specification sr-152 for 30mva mobile substations … - b... · specification sr-152 for 30mva...

JUNE 2017

THE ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD

PLANNING DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY DIVISION

RELIABILITY AND H.V. EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT

SPECIFICATION

SR-152

FOR

30MVA MOBILE SUBSTATIONS

161/24-36KV

ANNEXURE “B” AND SUMMARY OF DATA SPECIFICATION SR-152

2B -

SPECIFICATION

SR- 152

FOR

30MVA MOBILE SUBSTATIONS

161/24-36KV


3B -

1. PURCHASER: 10

2. NAME OF PROJECT 10

3. LOCATION 10

4. SCOPE OF WORK 10

4.1. ITEM 1 10

4.1.1. Alternative 1: 10

4.1.2. Alternative 2: 10

4.2. ITEM 2 – Main power transformer 30MVA 161/36-24kV Dyn11 (see

clause ‎13) 10

4.3. ITEM 3 – M.V. Surge Arrester (see clause ‎13‎14): 10

4.4. ITEM 4 – Cubicles installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container

on mobile substation trailer (see clause ‎15), including: 11

4.5. ITEM 5 – DC supply for services installed in air conditioned outdoor

L.V. Container (see clause ‎16), including: 11

4.6. ITEM 6 – Seven (7) bays 36kV metal enclosed SF6 gas insulated installed in air-conditioned outdoor mobile M.V. Container on mobile substation

trailer (see clause ‎17), including: 11

4.7. ITEM 7 – The Neutral Switchgear SF6 gas insulated in M.V. Container

on the mobile substation, (See Clause ‎18), including: 11

4.8. ITEM 8 – Neutral Earthing system for outdoor application (See

Clause ‎19), including: 11

4.9. ITEM 9 – 2 x 4 [MVAR] 36kV Capacitor Bank (See Clause ‎20) 12

4.10. ITEM 10 – Electrical Power Protections (See Clause ‎21) 12

4.11. ITEM 11 – Fire Protection Measures (See Clause ‎22) 12

4.12. ITEM 12 – Security Alarm System (See Clause ‎23) 12

4.13. ITEM 13 – Earthing System(See Clause ‎24) 12

4.14. ITEM 14 – Cables (See Clause ‎25) 12

4.15. ITEM 15 – Semitrailers "A" and “B” (See Clause ‎26) 12

4.16. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS (see Clause ‎29) 12

4.17. MANUFACTURER 13

5. TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTION 13

6. CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY 13

7. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL 14

7.1. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 14


4B -

7.2. QUALITY CONTROL 14

7.3. INTERCHANGEABILITY 15

8. STANDARDS AND CODES 15

9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 16

9.1. GENERAL 16

9.2. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO PROPOSAL 17

9.3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TO DELIVER AFTER AWARD NOTIFICATION 29

10. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS & SERVICE CONDITIONS 38

10.1. SERVICE CONDITIONS 38

10.2. RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY & MAITAINABILITY (RAM) 43

10.3. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 43

11. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 44

12. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ITEM 1 48


12.2. STANDARDS AND CODES 48

12.3. PROPERTIES 51

12.4. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 56

12.5. TESTS 147

12.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE 164

13. SPECIFICATION FOR ITEM 2 - POWER TRANSFORMER 172



13.3. PROPERTIES 175


13.5. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 243




14.3. RATING 264

14.4. PROTECTIVE LEVELS 265


14.6. TESTS & INSPECTIONS 272


15.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 273


5B -

15.2. ITEM 4.1 – CUBICLE FOR CONTROL AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR OPERATION 170kV SF6 SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL 277

15.3. ITEM 4.2 – CUBICLE FOR PROTECTIVE RELAYING EQUIPMENT OF POWER TRANSFORMER 279

15.4. ITEM 4.3 – CUBICLE FOR A.C. AND D.C SUPPLY 282

15.5. ITEM 4.4 – CUBICLE FOR NATIONAL CONTROL CENTER (NCC) RTU 287

15.6. ITEM 4.5 – CUBICLE FOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 289

15.7. ITEM 4.6 – SPACE FOR CUBICLE REGIONAL DISPATCH CENTER (RDC) 290


16.1. ITEM 5.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY 292

16.2. ITEM 5.2 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY CHARGER 295






17.5. TESTS & INSPECTIONS 363

17.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PLUSE 363






18.5. TESTS 383

18.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF MEASURES 383






19.5. TESTS 438

19.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES 448




6B -




20.5. TESTS 476

20.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES 480












24.1. PRPERTIES OF M.V. CABLES 516

24.2. Design and Construction 520

24.3. Tests 525

24.4. PRPERTIES OF H.V. 170KV CABLES 525

25. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTHING - ITEM 14 531


26. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEMITRAILERS - ITEM 15 533

26.1. General Requirements 533

26.2. On Semitrailer “A” 533

26.3. On Semitrailer “B” 533

27. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING 535

28. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE 538

28.1. SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear 538

28.2. Power Transformer 541

28.3. Petersen Coil 542

28.4. Other equipment 543

29. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS 545

30. NAMEPLATES AND MARKING 547


7B -

30.1. General Requirements 547

30.2. Power Transformer nameplate: 548

30.3. Petersen Coil nameplate: 548

30.4. One line diagram nameplate on GIS: 548

30.5. SF6 Gas system nameplate: 549

30.6. Circuit breaker nameplates: 549

30.7. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches nameplate: 550

30.8. Current transformers nameplates: 550

30.9. Voltage transformers nameplates: 551

30.10. Composite insulator nameplate: 551

30.11. Surge Arresters nameplates: 551

30.12. Capacitor Units: 552

30.13. Capacitor Banks: 552

30.14. L.V. Cubicles: 552

31. PACKING AND DELIVERY 553

32. STORAGE AND HANDLING 557

33. NOTES 558

33.1. Evaluation 558

33.2. Comments by Contractor on Annexure “B” 559

33.3. Deviations from Requirements 560

33.4. Conformity with Proposal Documents 561


8B -

APPENDIXES

A1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

A2 SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING ON GALVANIZED SURFACES BY WET OR

ELECTROSTATIC POWDER PAINTING

A3 TYPE TEST REPORTS

A4 ON-SITE HV TEST PROGRAM FOR 170 KV GIS FOR MOBILE SUBSTATION

A5 LIST OF MINIMUM CONTROL, FAULT SIGNALS AND ALARMS

A6 SYBER REQUIREMENTS

A7 EPD-A.03 CONTROL CUBICLE ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS

A8 STATIC CALCULATION OF STRESSES ON SILICON RUBBER SF6/AIR BUSHING

A9 MAIN ANTI-CORROSION COATINGS IN GIS

B1 BUSHINGS REQUIREMENTS

B2 RELIABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF 33MVA POWER

TRAMSFORMERS FOR SUBSTATIONS

B3 MINERAL INSULATING OIL SUPPLIED FOR/WITHIN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

B4 SELF INDICATING ORANGE SILICA GEL FOR USE AS DESICCANT IN

TRANSFORMER AIR DEHYDRATORS

B5 TESTS ON SITE

B6 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING GALVANIZED TIN OR ALUMINUM CABINETS BY

LIQUID OR POWDER COATING

B7 SPECIFICATION FOR COATING REQUIREMENTS OF POWER TRANSFORMERS

AND/OR PETERSEN COIL

B8 REPORT OF SOUND PRESSURE/INTENSITY LEVEL MEASUREMENT AND SOUND

POWER CALCULATION

B9 CONTRACTOR’S TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

B10 PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCES

B11 DESIGN REVIEW FOR TRANSFORMER ENGINEERING

C1 COMMANDS

C2 INDICATIONS

C3 ALARMS


9B -

C4 MEASURING

C5 TRANSDUCERS

D1 PROTECTION FUNCTIONS

D2 TIME SYNCHRONIZATION

D3 FREQUENCY RELAY

D4 MV BAY PROTECTION FUNCTIONS

TR031 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PURCHASE OF SEMITRAILERS FOR

TRANSFORMER MOBILE STATION

Y1 PROTECTIVE REQUIREMENTS' DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH

RESPECT TO ELECTRIC FIELDS INTERFERENCE


01B -

1. PURCHASER:

The Israel Electric Corporation Limited (IECo)

2. NAME OF PROJECT

30 MVA Mobile Substations 161/36-24kV

3. LOCATION

I.E.Co. transmission electrical power network 161 kV

4. SCOPE OF WORK

Design, develop, manufacture, cooperate with others where necessary, factory test,

supply all relevant information necessary - for all purposes linked with the

manufacture, supply, commissioning, maintenance and proper operation of 30MVA

161/36-24kV Mobile Substation (see drawing EVK-8478 on page 47), take all

necessary steps for suitable preserving and packing thereof furnish recommended

spare parts and complete set of maintenance and repair tools, tests and verify

equipment on site, provide technical guidance and assistance, as required, all in

accordance with this Specification as detailed hereunder

4.1. ITEM 1

170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear for Mobile substation

mounted on a high way semitrailers connecting between 161kV Over-

Head line and primary side of power transformer according to the one

line diagram SP-1010-01 in the following alternatives (see clause ‎12):

4.1.1. Alternative 1:

170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear three phases encapsulated

in two (2) options of connection to Power transformer (Z1):

Option A: Three (3) single-phase cable connections.

Option B: Three (3) single-phase direct connections

4.1.2. Alternative 2:

170kV Outdoor SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear single phase encapsulated

in two (2) options of connection to Power transformer (Z1):

Option A: Three (3) single-phase cable connections.

Option B: Three (3) single-phase direct connections.

4.2. ITEM 2 – Main power transformer 30MVA 161/36-24kV Dyn11 (see clause ‎13)

4.3. ITEM 3 – M.V. Surge Arrester (see clause ‎13‎14):

Item 3.1 Three (3) Metal oxide gapless surge arrester at 33 kV voltage

level

Item 3.2 One (1) Metal oxide gapless surge arrester at 02.87 kV voltage

level


00B -

4.4. ITEM 4 – Cubicles installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container on mobile substation trailer (see clause ‎15), including:

Item 4.1 – Control and metering equipment necessary for operation of

170kV SF6 switchgear, visual alarm signals

Item 4.2 - Protective relaying equipment of power transformer

Item 4.3 - Control and metering for AC and DC auxiliaries supply

Item 4.4 – RTU unit for National Control Center (NCC)

Item 4.5 – Communication equipment

Item 4.6 – Junction box Regional dispatch center (RDC)

4.5. ITEM 5 – DC supply for services installed in air conditioned outdoor L.V. Container (see clause ‎16), including:

Item 5.1 - DC Battery

Item 5.2 - Battery Charger 45A 60Vdc/400Vac

4.6. ITEM 6 – Seven (7) bays 36kV metal enclosed SF6 gas insulated installed in air-conditioned outdoor mobile M.V. Container on mobile substation trailer (see clause ‎17), including:

Item 6.1 - One (1) bay 36kV - 1250A for 36kV incoming feeder connecting

to secondary side of main power transformer

Item 6.2 – One (1) bay 36kV - 1250A busbar coupler

Item 6.3 – One (1) bay 36kV - 630A capacitors bank

Item 6.4 – One (1) bay 36kV - 630A outgoing lines, two (2) cables in each

phase


phase


phase


phase

4.7. ITEM 7 – The Neutral Switchgear SF6 gas insulated in M.V. Container on the mobile substation, (See Clause ‎18), including:

Item 7.1 – One (1) 36/√3kV bay, 400A, for connection to Petersen Coil

and to Neutral Point of power transformer

Item 7.2 – One (1) 36/√3kV bay, 400A, for connection to earthing system

4.8. ITEM 8 – Neutral Earthing system for outdoor application (See Clause ‎19), including:

Item 8.1 – 36-24kV Petersen Coil with continuously adjustable rated

current 15Amp to 150Amp, with restricted dimensions and

weight

Item 8.2 – Resistor Switching System (RSS) included in outdoor metal

clad cabinet


02B -

Item 8.3 – Automatic Resonance Controller (ARC) for automatic tuning of

the coil inductive current (OPTIONAL)

Item 8.4 – Current Injection Unit (CIU) into secondary winding of

Petersen Coil (OPTIONAL)

4.9. ITEM 9 – 2 x 4 [MVAR] 36kV Capacitor Bank (See Clause ‎20)

4.10. ITEM 10 – Electrical Power Protections (See Clause ‎21)

4.11. ITEM 11 – Fire Protection Measures (See Clause ‎22)

4.12. ITEM 12 – Security Alarm System (See Clause ‎23)

4.13. ITEM 13 – Earthing System(See Clause ‎24)

4.14. ITEM 14 – Cables (See Clause ‎25)

4.15. ITEM 15 – Semitrailers "A" and “B” (See Clause ‎26)

4.16. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS (see Clause ‎29)


03B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

4.17. MANUFACTURER

4.17.1. Contractor's name and address (if it is different from Manufacturer’s)

4.17.2. Manufacturer's name and address

4.17.3. Type of the Mobile Substation (denomination)

4.17.4. Manufacturer’s offer number

4.17.5. Contractor’s proposal number

4.17.6. Validity of proposal

4.17.7. Period time of supplying which begins on order receiving time and ends on products delivery time

4.17.8. The offered type of Mobile Substation shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©

4.17.9. List of all subcontractors or sub suppliers including name, address and status of QMS versus ISO

9001:2015 (see ‎‎7.1 below) standards and attach a copy

of their QMS certificate

4.17.10. List of subcontractors shall be approved by Purchaser

5. TERMINAL POINTS & TERMINAL CONNECTION

The Mobile Substation will be installed outdoor, in conjunction with overhead

transmission lines and XLPE cables, for connection with substations in 161 kV

electric power systems

6. CYBER & INFORMATION SECURITY

The proposed Mobile Substation shall applied the data security requirements,

measures and appropriate procedures security to prevent the exposure of the

company's critical infrastructures, exposure to information security risks, as well as to

prevent access by unauthorized parties requirements as required in Appendix A6


04B -

7. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND QUALITY CONTROL

7.1. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7.1.1. The Contractor and its main subcontractors shell have a Quality Management System (QMS) certified at least to ISO 9001:2015 requirements.

7.1.2. A valid certification , demonstrating compliance with this requirement , granted by a Certification Body (CB) which is a part of or belong to an International Certification Network of CB's , should be submitted to Purchaser with the bid.

7.1.3. The CB should be accredited by an Accreditation Body which is a member of the International Accreditation Forum Multilateral Arrangement (IAF MLA).

7.1.4. The Certificate should bare the marks of the CB, the above indicated Certification Network of CB's and its Accreditation Body.

7.1.5. The scope of activities indicated in the certificate of the QMS, should specifically cover the scope of work required by the tender/spec. (i.e. design, testing and manufacturing).

7.1.6. Further to the Contractor's QMS certification by any certification body, the Purchaser shall have the right to audit and comment about its QMS.

7.1.7. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that its sub contractor's and supplier's QMS and scope of supply meet Purchaser's quality requirements as imposed by the Purchaser in the Specification.

7.1.8. The selection of Contractor's subcontractors (for the contract) shall be subjected to Purchaser's approval.

7.2. QUALITY CONTROL

7.2.1. The Bidder shall submit with his proposal a preliminary Inspection and Test Plan (I&T Plan).

7.2.2. A mutually agreed Inspection Plan, including witness and hold points, shall be agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. Any subsequent alternation to his program shall require the Purchaser’s agreement, before starting of any work affected by these alterations.

7.2.3. When subcontracting parts of the works, Contractor shall submit copies of his unpriced orders to his subcontractors.

7.2.4. Test and Inspection certificates as required in the Specification and the applicable Standards, shall be submitted immediately following their generation. The certificates shall be original, signed by Contractor and contain actual measured values. The generation of certificates, including those generated by Subcontractors and sub-suppliers, shall be no extra cost to Purchaser.

7.2.5. Manufacturing shall not commence prior to respective drawing approval by the Purchaser.

7.2.6. Changes in Purchaser’s approved design are normally unaccepted. However, should such changes become necessary on an exceptional basis, the Contractor shall obtain the purchaser’s approval prior to introducing any change

7.2.7. Any equipment non-conformance to drawings, Specification or other purchase order requirements shall by solved according to the terms and requirement included in APPENDIX B10 “PROCEDURE FOR HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCES”.

7.2.8. Source inspection, including inspection of local manufacturing, shall be conducting by proficient, approved organization or individuals, using documented procedures. Any such independent inspector shall be subjected to Purchaser’s approval.


05B -

7.2.9. All materials used in the manufacture of the equipment shall conform to the Specification, approved drawings, accepted Standards and quality requirements included in APPENDIX A1".

7.3. INTERCHANGEABILITY

All Mobile Substation components of the same type and rating shall be respectively

interchangeable both electrically and mechanically and when so interchanged shall

perform their function equally well in every respect. All dismountable parts, of the

same type and rating, shall be also interchangeable for all Switchgear components

and, when so interchanged, shall perform their function equally well in every respect

8. STANDARDS AND CODES

8.1. All equipment shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the requirements of the latest relevant published Recommendations of the International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) and their amendments.

8.2. In case of contradiction between the requirements in this Specification and IEC Publications in any respect, the equipment shall conform to the requirements in this specification concerning that item.

8.3. All aspects, tests, etc., not covered by the IEC Recommendations, shall be executed according to the latest published issue of official, or otherwise approved standards of the Manufacturer's country. In such cases, the standards themselves shall be supplied.

8.4. In case of updating, amending, replacing or withdrawing any mention standard, after issuing this specification, the impact of these changing on the Specification will be subjected to agreements between the Contractor and the Purchaser

8.5. For the purpose of this specification, the definitions listed in IEC 60050 (IEV) and other IEC standards have been used


06B -

9. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

Manufacturer's offered data and parameters should be filled in against purchaser's required

values – as well as in absence thereof under all relevant paragraphs in the free columns on

the right hand side. A definite answers (Yes or No) or appropriate comments shall be given

to other requirements.

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.1. GENERAL

9.1.1. This document contains proprietary information of Israel Electric Corporation (I.E.Co.) and is to be used for the Project and for the sole purpose for which it is furnished. The recipient or anyone on its behalf shall not be entitled to use the document, or any part thereof, for any other purpose without the prior written approval of I.E.Co. The recipient shall keep this document in strict confidence and shall not transfer, disclose or divulge it to any other person without the prior written approval of I.E.Co. I.E.Co. is the sole owner of all intellectual property rights associated with this document and any future work product thereof

9.1.2. Each of the design, supervising, operation and maintenance electrical engineer teams of the main equipment subsystems (HV GIS switchgear, 161/24 kV Transformer, MV switchgear, Digital Equipment) will include at least one technical English or Hebrew fluent speaking engineer during all the equipment life (included subcontractors when relevant)

©

9.1.3. Bidder must submit CV for each of the said proposed Engineers, to be reviewed by IEC:

©

9.1.3.1. Each proposed Engineers must have at least Bachelor of sciences degree in electricity

9.1.3.2. IEC reserves the right, at its sole discretion to disapprove any of the proposed personnel or to request the Bidder to replace any of them

9.1.3.3. In case of replacement of the proposed Engineer during the Equipment life, the Contractor will send to IEC his/her CV for approval


07B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.1.4. For the avoidance of doubt the documentation should be written by a fluent English/Hebrew speaker or translated by a certified skilled translator

©

9.1.5. All dimensions shall be in metric units

9.1.6. All documents shall be submitted in DOCX or PDF formats

9.1.7. All drawings shall be submitted in DWG or PDF formats

9.1.8. All descriptive materials (lists, instruction books, etc.) should be numbered and dated for easy identification and reference purposes

9.1.9. Indicate for all requirements, number of drawing, catalogues or other documents

9.1.10. During the tender process, IECo, on its own discretion, may ask to receive additional technical documents relevant to the bidder’s proposal. The bidder will be obliged to submit the documents according to a specified time.

9.2. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS ATTACHED TO PROPOSAL

9.2.1. Documentation for all Items:

9.2.1.1. Dimension drawings giving principal dimensions

9.2.1.2. Description and drawing of cubicles and wiring diagrams and layout scheme

9.2.1.3. Description and explosion drawings of the Items showing all components and corresponding identification tag numbers

9.2.1.4. Operating Instructions of the Items under various operating conditions


08B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.1.5. Instruction Books shall include drawings, diagrams and prescriptions required for: Assembly on site Commissioning and site testing Operation Maintenance Checking Overhauls, repairs Dismantling Information for ordering renewal parts Indication for storage before erection

under the environmental conditions as

specified in cl. ‎‎10.1

Loading guide for the transformer Technical data for all the equipment

supplied within the contract

9.2.1.6. Drawing of the nameplate

9.2.1.7. Type test report for each ITEM including test circuit, instruments used and description of test method

9.2.1.8. Example of Routine tests reports

9.2.1.9. Example of Final factory test reports

9.2.1.10. Reliability and maintainability reports

9.2.1.11. Manufacturer is requested to fill in the enclosed APPENDIX B2 "Reliability, Maintainability, Safety (RMS)” based on relevant information from users. Manufacturer shall describe the system of relevant data collection from users

9.2.1.12. Customer list for each ITEM of offered type for the last five (5) years (include date of supply, quantity, electrical ratings)

9.2.1.13. Specification of the Manufacturer's Coating system

9.2.1.14. List of external metal parts which should be painted including and painting instruction for purchaser approval


09B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.1.15. List of accessories and fittings with short description, technical data, software specifications (where applicable) and catalogues

9.2.1.16. Drawings and description of packing and handling for each ITEM

9.2.1.17. List of all items to be shipped separately for field assembly

9.2.1.18. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a detailed description of his methods used to reduce or eliminate electrical and electromagnetic interference chosen on the basis of EMC analysis

9.2.1.19. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a list of test equipment for EMC tests on site

9.2.1.20. Description of corrosion protection of equipment

9.2.1.21. Quality Management manual

9.2.1.22. Certificate of Approval of the Quality

Management System (see sub-clause ‎7.1)

according to the ISO 9001:2015 Standard by an authorized inspection agency

9.2.1.23. Quality control plan

9.2.1.24. Quality plan during manufacturing

9.2.1.25. Inspection and Test Plan

9.2.1.26. Inspection and test procedures

9.2.1.27. Design control procedures

9.2.1.28. Acceptance test procedures for material and sub-assemblies

9.2.1.29. Qualification of Subcontractor's Procedure


21B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.1.30. List of qualified suppliers of the most important parts and components (if applicable)

9.2.1.31. Nonconformance and corrective action procedures

9.2.1.32. A list of special tools for installation, commissioning, maintenance and repair operations (including total quantities, number of catalogue and itemized prices)

9.2.1.33. A list of recommended spare parts including total quantities, manufacturer name, number of catalog, itemized prices and storage conditions

9.2.1.34. A list of all parts which could wear out after 5 years, 10 years and 20 years of operation according to Manufacturer or user experience (including total quantities, manufacturer name, number of catalog, itemized prices and storage conditions)

9.2.1.35. Details about installation safety rules for handling and protection against arc (gas and solid) decomposition by products, disposal procedures for SF6 equipment, maintenance procedures, tests and trouble shooting

9.2.1.36. Contractor's declaration that his specialists will participate in all meetings in Israel required by Purchaser during technical clarification as well as during performing the contract

9.2.1.37. Details about environmental management system (EMS) according to ISO 14001

9.2.1.38. An environmental product declaration (EPD) approved and certified by an Accredited Certification body. The calculation will take into consideration the requirements for EPD according to ISO 14025.

9.2.1.39. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a detailed description of his methods used to reduce or eliminate EMP (electromagnetic pulse) and GMD (geomagnetic disturbance) chosen on the basis of analysis


20B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.1.40. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer a list of test equipment for EMP and GMD tests on site

9.2.1.41. A detailed schedule of Training Course on proposed Items for Purchaser's personal

9.2.2. Additional Documentation for Item 1 & 6 & 7 (HV & MV GIS1):

9.2.2.1. One line diagram of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear

9.2.2.2. General arrangement of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear and gas system compartments

9.2.2.3. Plans, elevations and cross-sections of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear

9.2.2.4. Physical details of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear

9.2.2.5. Description and drawing of the support insulators

9.2.2.6. Description and drawing of air/SF6 bushing from bushing Manufacturer (silicon rubber bushing)

9.2.2.7. Description and drawing of the pressure relief device

9.2.2.8. Certificate of SF6 gas non-toxicity

9.2.2.9. SF6 gas recycling guide

9.2.2.10. Detailed vapor pressure graph showing the relationship between the SF6 gas pressure, temperature and density

9.2.2.11. Graph of current versus time for burn-through of the enclosure at the weakest and strongest areas, for short-circuit currents of fixed and traveling types (including 50 kA)

1 In this clause, when written HV it means also to MV switchgear


22B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.2.12. Manufacturer shall provide with his offer general indications about the handling of SF6 arcing by-products with an assessment of their effects on equipment and personnel and with his requirements for dates of removal

9.2.2.13. Description of gas monitoring system

9.2.2.14. Assembly and details of the gas filling, evacuating and processing equipment

9.2.2.15. Proposal for the basic earthing system of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear and all the supplied equipment

9.2.2.16. Diagram and information on the character and functioning of interlocks

9.2.2.17. Description of measuring units supplied by Manufacturer with all data

9.2.2.18. Assembly of local control panels

9.2.2.19. Wiring diagrams of HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear and of the local control panels

9.2.2.20. Description of all measuring control and protective relaying equipment

9.2.2.21. Drawings depicting the interlock system

9.2.2.22. Thermal calculation of the cubicle ventilation for heat evacuation

9.2.2.23. Contact movement diagram for auxiliary switch

9.2.2.24. Details of connections to the overhead line

9.2.2.25. Details of cables connections to the transformer

9.2.2.26. Details of direct connections to the transformer

9.2.2.27. Arrangement and details of the structural support steelworks


23B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.2.28. Support point reactions, including download, uplift, shear and torque for HV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear and supporting structures

9.2.2.29. Description, cross sections and explosion drawings showing all components and the corresponding catalogue number of:

9.2.2.29.1. Circuit breakers

9.2.2.29.2. Disconnectors

9.2.2.29.3. Earthing Switches

9.2.2.29.4. Current Transformers

9.2.2.29.5. Voltage Transformers

9.2.2.29.6. Surge Arresters

9.2.2.29.7. Cable connections to transformer

9.2.2.29.8. Direct connection to transformer

9.2.2.30. Description of the breaking process of high and low currents by circuit breaker

9.2.2.31. Description, drawing and contact movement diagram under rated conditions for main contacts of the:




9.2.2.32. Description and schematic drawing of the operating mechanism of the:





24B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.2.33. Description and drawing of inspection windows and complete documentation on the links and mechanical position indicators for earthing switches

9.2.2.34. A front view of LCC including type of equipment mounted in LCC (alarm indication, measuring indication, bay control unit, local bay control mimic and interposing relays etc.) including type of equipment mounted in LCC

9.2.2.35. Catalogue of pressure and temperature transducers

9.2.2.36. Magnetizing curves for current and voltage transformers

9.2.2.37. Installation and commissioning plan including man power diagram

9.2.2.38. HV test on site program of GIS

9.2.2.39. Requirements by Manufacturer for opening the switchgear for maintenance or repair work. User guidance on the methods of achieving the removal of any defective component with the minimum disturbance to the adjacent components

9.2.2.40. In addition Manufacturer is requested to fill in the enclosed RAMS Appendix B2 based on relevant information from users. Manufacturer shall describe the system of relevant data collection from users

9.2.2.41. A list of all gaskets and sealing rings in GIS including location, dimensions, compound denomination, number of catalogue, resilience properties, hardness and duration of conservation in storage without loss of qualities

9.2.2.42. A list of all bolts used in GIS including dimensions, number of catalogue, material, type of thread, maximum torque for fastening


25B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.2.43. Type test report of accessories (circuit breaker, disconnector, bushings, support insulators, barrier, CT’s. VT's, relays, instruments etc.) including test circuit, instruments used and description of test method

9.2.2.44. Instruction concerning disassembly and end of life procedures for different components of the equipment (composition, weight, toxicity, etc.)

9.2.3. Additional Documentation for Item 2 & 8 (Power Transformer and Petersen Coil2):

9.2.3.1. Description of arrangement of windings and core.(location of windings relative to the core)

9.2.3.2. Cross section through core and windings as well as through core window with windings installed, indicating clearances between windings of the same phase, between windings of different phases, to core etc. with details on insulating materials, size of insulation to core and areas with strengthened insulation

9.2.3.3. Cross section drawing of transformer core showing the selector switch and manholes with approximate dimensions

9.2.3.4. External view, on transformer side on which manholes are located, showing all external accessories near the manholes

9.2.3.5. Description, technical data and catalogue of on-load tap changer

9.2.3.6. Drawings and technical data of voltage regulator

9.2.3.7. Description, technical data and catalogue of monitoring system

9.2.3.8. Description of oil preservation system

2 In this clause, when written Transformer it means also to Arc Suppression Reactor


26B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.3.9. Technical data of oil and oil test report

9.2.3.10. General information and drawings covering the principle design of the cooling equipment. Description of temperature actuating relays. Temperature at which cooling equipment starts and range of adjustment, power and control voltage supply diagram, automatic control diagram

9.2.3.11. Complete description of coolers and fans including metal coating, painting and test reports

9.2.3.12. Drawing and description of air drain system

9.2.3.13. Description and drawing of control box and list of all measuring control and protective relaying equipment included in control box

9.2.3.14. Description of protection devices and their connection diagram

9.2.3.15. Drawings and technical data for each type of bushings. (H.V., L.V., neutral and core)

9.2.3.16. Description, cross section, wiring diagram and drawings of bushing CT’s

9.2.3.17. Drawings of transformer anchoring for anti-seismic purposes

9.2.3.18. Information about design of structures and foundation

9.2.3.19. Type tests of accessories (OLTC, bushings, radiators, CT’s, voltage regulator, Buchholz relay, etc.)

9.2.3.20. A list of all bolts used, including dimensions, number of catalogue, material, type of thread, maximum torque for fastening.

9.2.4. Additional Documentation for Item 9 (capacitor bank)

9.2.4.1. Capacitor bank


27B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.4.1.1. Descriptions, catalogues, data sheets and drawings of switching modules, bushing, support insulators

9.2.4.1.2. Layout drawing of the modules components

including compartments, windows and roof .

9.2.4.1.3. Description of a heating system of the module

9.2.4.1.4. Description of a ventilation system of the modules, or of other means to meet the environmental conditions specified in

Clause ‎10.1 ‎including temperature

calculation on the top of the capacitor units in the capacitor compartment

9.2.4.1.5. Description of the high temperature alarm system

9.2.4.1.6. Service information concerning Installation, Operation, Maintenance and Inspection of metal-enclosed capacitor banks

9.2.4.1.7. General outline drawings with all the relevant dimensions of the foundation (including cable entrances) necessary for fixing the capacitor module and switching module as well as all the details concerning the drainage system if Contractor considers such a solution

9.2.4.1.8. Complete type test reports of switching modules, bushing, support insulators

9.2.4.2. Capacitor Units

9.2.4.2.1. Descriptions, catalogues, data sheets and drawings of capacitor unit

9.2.4.2.2. A material safety data sheet for impregnation fluid and other data concerning the characteristics of the used impregnate with regard to the environment and available procedures for disposal of unserviceable capacitor units


28B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.4.2.3. A curve of average partial discharge inception level versus dielectric temperature in the dielectric

9.2.4.2.4. A curve of capacitor dielectric losses as a function of ambient temperature

9.2.4.2.5. A curve of capacitance variation as a function of ambient temperature

9.2.4.2.6. A test report, that confirms the value of maximum parallel stored energy, the tank must be capable of handling without rupture hazard

9.2.4.2.7. Definite type tank rupture curve or, if the curves are probability type curves, then both 10% probability curve and 50% probability curve shall be provided

9.2.4.2.8. Peak current measured during the proposed capacitor unit discharge into the short circuit across its terminals

9.2.4.2.9. Complete type test reports of capacitor unit

9.2.4.3. Current Transformer (CT) For Unbalance Protection:

9.2.4.3.1. Descriptions, catalogues, data sheets and drawings as well as complete type test reports of current transformer

9.2.4.3.2. Magnetizing curve

9.2.4.3.3. Characteristic ratio and phase - angle curves at 50Hz

9.2.4.3.4. Complete technical description of the transient overvoltage protective devices connected across the primary and the secondary sides of the CT

9.2.4.3.5. Complete type test report of the CT

9.2.4.4. Seismic Analysis


29B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.2.4.4.1. Contractor is required to submit a seismic analysis report to prove the qualification level of each component according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex S

9.2.4.4.2. For capacitor module enclosure according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex O

9.2.4.4.3. For protection and control chamber according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex M

9.2.4.4.4. For circuit breaker according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex C

9.3. TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS TO DELIVER AFTER AWARD NOTIFICATION

9.3.1. Documentation for all Items:

9.3.1.1. After notification of award, Contractor shall, submit to the Purchaser for approval five (5) complete sets of hard copies and one (1) Electronic media copy in the files format doc, DWG and PDF covering the following required documentation, within

2 months3

9.3.1.2. Painting specification procedures for approval including: surface preparation procedures, application procedures, materials (paints and metal coating), technical data sheets, details about protecting of problematic places (special thickness, strip coats), quality control procedures and case history of the paint system

9.3.1.3. Quality control documents:

9.3.1.3.1. Inspection and Test Plan included in Manufacturer's Quality Plan

9.3.1.3.2. Quality Control Procedures

9.3.1.3.3. Electrical testing procedures as per applicable standards

3 After notification of award


31B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.1.3.4. Non-conformance's procedures

9.3.1.3.5. Final list of all subcontractors and sub-suppliers including name, address and a copy of their Quality Assurance certificates.

9.3.1.4. Instruction manual, drawings and any other relevant descriptive materials which shall contain all information required for the storage before erection, assembly, commissioning, operation, maintenance, dismantling, checking, testing, repair and overhaul of the Items and any accompanying equipment thereof supplied

9.3.1.5. Instruction books will include for all equipment supplied within the contract, all technical information, drawings, diagrams and prescriptions required for:

3 months4

9.3.1.5.1. Technical data for all the supplied equipment

9.3.1.5.2. Storage before erection and Spare Parts storage requirements

9.3.1.5.3. Assembly on site

9.3.1.5.4. Commissioning and site testing

9.3.1.5.5. Operation and loading guide

9.3.1.5.6. Maintenance

9.3.1.5.7. Dismantling

9.3.1.5.8. Overhauls, repairs

9.3.1.5.9. Recommended periodic testing

9.3.1.5.10. Such drawing lists, performance test curves, lists of parts, etc., as may be required to give Purchaser complete information for the ordering of spare parts

4 Before equipment delivery


30B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.1.5.11. Software specifications for all accessories (where applicable)

9.3.1.5.12. Detailed indications on draining and refilling and handling of SF6 gas, including arcing products in case of internal arc, in any GIS compartment

9.3.1.5.13. Weight and type of insulation of Power transformer for DGA evaluation purposes:

9.3.1.5.13.1.1. Paper of H.V. winding (kg/type)

9.3.1.5.13.1.2. Paper of L.V. winding (kg/type)

9.3.1.5.13.1.3. Paper of leads (kg/type)

9.3.1.5.13.1.4. Press-board (kg/type)

9.3.1.5.13.1.5. Side plates (kg/type)

9.3.1.5.13.1.6. Core plates (kg/type)

9.3.1.6. The Purchaser will return the documentation to Contractor with approval or with comments to revised them within

2 months5

9.3.1.7. The Contractor may start the manufacture of any stage of the approval process in order to meet the contractual delivery date, but taking into account that the equipment shall fully meet the approved documentation and any changes required shall not postpone the contractual delivery date

9.3.1.8. If all, or any part, of the submissions required drawings are returned by Purchaser, stamped "Approved Except as Noted", Contractor shall correct the drawings in DWG format according to Purchaser's comments and resubmit them within: This process will be finished only after Purchaser's approval

1 month6

5 From documentation receiving 6 From comments sending


32B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.1.9. In addition to the drawing requirements, Contractor shall furnish a comprehensive outline as to the extent of field fabrication required, cleaning, checking, inspection, painting, testing, etc., to be done by the Erector

9.3.1.10. After approval of the drawings and instruction books the Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser, two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD the following:

2 months4

9.3.1.10.1. Drawings with the files of drawings in PDF and DWG format

9.3.1.10.2. Complete instruction books

9.3.1.11. Installation and Erection Commissioning program shall be supplied for approval, on two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD within

2 months4

9.3.1.12. Routine tests and Special tests reports of the equipment shall be submitted for approval, on two (2) hard copies and one (1) CD within

1 month4

9.3.1.13. Complete nameplate drawings according to relevant standards

9.3.1.14. All documents and drawings shall be provided with:

9.3.1.14.1. Purchaser's name

9.3.1.14.2. Station or project name

9.3.1.14.3. Unit number

9.3.1.14.4. Purchaser's order number

9.3.1.14.5. Supplier's order number


33B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.1.15. Purchaser reserves to himself the right to require all additional necessary data: manuals, catalogues, drawings, etc. that may contribute in completing information supplied by Manufacturer. Anyway, the Contractor is obliged to submit updates and corrections as required.

9.3.2. Additional Documentation for Item 1 & 6 & 7 (HV & MV GIS7):

9.3.2.1. One line diagram and general lay-out

9.3.2.2. Cross-sections

9.3.2.3. Electromechanical design including static and dynamic stresses

9.3.2.4. General data and proposed drawings for earthing grid

9.3.2.5. Steps for ensuring fire protection

9.3.2.6. Detailed technical drawings and cross sections containing the dimensions, details of mounting, equipment weights and all relevant cross-sectional measurements of the HV switchgear

9.3.2.7. Description and drawings of the support and barrier insulators from insulator Manufacturer

9.3.2.8. Description and drawings of air/ SF6 bushing from bushing Manufacturer

9.3.2.9. Diagrams and schemes of the HV Switchgear, such as:

9.3.2.9.1. Wiring diagrams of control and measuring circuits

9.3.2.9.2. Gas distribution diagram

9.3.2.9.3. Gas compartment scheme

7 In this clause, when written HV it means also to MV switchgear


34B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.2.9.4. Gas monitoring scheme, including all devices for measuring, control and alarm

9.3.2.10. Details about installation, safety rules for handling and protection against arc (gas and solid) decomposition by products, disposal procedures for SF6 equipment, maintenance procedures, tests and trouble shooting

9.3.3. Additional Documentation for Item 2 & 8 (Power Transformer and Petersen Coil8):

9.3.3.1. Outline drawings of Power Transformer complete with all accessories, including all necessary details for mounting, such as fixing holes, weight, major dimensions permissible static and dynamic forces.

9.3.3.2. Cross section of ready assembled transformer, showing inner arrangement and details of pressure relief device, method of sealing and prevention of internal condensation etc., as well as material used

9.3.3.3. Details of skid base, provisions for blocking the transformer after it’s installation, coolers, bushing terminals, anti-seismic fixations, etc.

9.3.3.4. The drawings of transformer base shall include the following information: Arrangement and size of the base

members Width and length of each bearing member Load on each bearing member Center of gravity of loads Location of jacking points Center line distance between base

supports piers Number of base supports piers

9.3.3.5. H.V. and L.V. connection schemes

9.3.3.6. General dimensions and wiring diagram of control box.

8 In this clause, when written Transformer it means also to Arc Suppression Reactor


35B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.3.7. Voltage regulation system.

9.3.3.8. Connection diagram of protection devices

9.3.3.9. Schematic wiring of cooling equipment.

9.3.3.10. Drawings, schemes and tests reports of on-load tap changer

9.3.3.11. Drawings and test reports of all bushings and bushing insulators

9.3.3.12. A list of all gaskets and sealing rings including location, dimensions, number of catalogue, resilience properties and duration of conservation in storage without loss of qualities

9.3.3.13. Wiring diagrams of all accessory equipment furnished with the transformer, including connections to tap-changer and software specifications

9.3.3.14. Size and location of ground connectors for power transformer and terminal box.

9.3.3.15. Drawings and wiring diagrams for Resistor Switching System cubicle

9.3.3.16. Curves of active and total losses versus adjusted current in the whole adjustment range of Petersen Coil

9.3.3.17. Certificate for insulating oil

9.3.3.18. Authorization documents of the welding procedures used during manufacture in the factory and in the field, as well as the qualification documents of the personnel that has performed the welding processes in the factory

6 months9

9 Before the delivery of the first transformer


36B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.3.19. For power transformer models development purposes used in transient overvoltages and overcurrents calculation of switching operations, the following data shall be provided:

9.3.3.20. The transformer capacitive scheme (computed for grounded core case), including:

9.3.3.20.1. Equivalent capacitance of each winding terminal to ground.

9.3.3.20.2. Capacitance between each pair of windings.

9.3.3.20.3. Series capacitance of each winding.

9.3.3.21. The nominal flux density at rated voltage and the saturation flux density - in Tesla

9.3.3.22. The magnetizing curve of the assembled magnetic core (for the closest winding to the core) in the following conditions:

9.3.3.22.1. Represented as the peak values of the voltage (or magnetic flux) versus the no-load peak current.

9.3.3.22.2. Measured up to 1.2 p.u. and extrapolated up to 2.5 p.u. of the magnetic flux.

9.3.3.22.3. The air-core inductance for 2 pu to 2.5 pu. (computed from H.V. side and L.V. side)

9.3.3.22.4. All the graphs shall be presented in uniform scale instead the logarithmic scale.

9.3.3.23. The core power losses dependence on the peak value of the voltage. (in the uniform scale representation)

9.3.3.24. After engineering of the transformer the Manufacturer is requested to submit to Purchaser for approval, a design review according to APPENDIX B11


37B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

9.3.4. Additional Documentation for Item 9(capacitor bank)

9.3.4.1. Outline drawings of the complete bank showing the bank in its entirety as well as its different component parts

9.3.4.2. The main outline drawings showing total weight, major dimensions and connection to the bank

9.3.4.3. Complete part list of the Bank including manufacturer’s name, the main technical data of the components, relevant standards, etc.

9.3.4.4. Front, lateral, rear, plan and upper views of the capacitor bank

9.3.4.5. All mounting details of the capacitor bank

9.3.4.6. Final general outline drawings with all the relevant dimensions of the foundation (including cable entrances) necessary for fixing the capacitor bank as well as all the details concerning the drainage system if Contractor considers such a solution

9.3.4.7. Rating plate of the capacitor and switching bank

9.3.4.8. The detailed internal arrangement of the installed equipment in the capacitor bank including the dimensions of the clearances between the live parts (phases) as far as the clearances between live parts and grounded components

9.3.4.9. Schematic three-phase electrical medium-voltage diagram of capacitor bank

9.3.4.10. Drawings of the following main elements: Capacitor unit (including capacitor

bushings) Line connectors Eight (8) phase Earthing switch Unbalance current transformer Support insulator


38B -

10. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS & SERVICE CONDITIONS

Manufacturer's offered data and parameters should be filled in against purchaser's required values – as well as in absence thereof under all relevant paragraphs in the free columns on the right hand side. A definite answers (Yes or No) or appropriate comments shall be given to other requirements.

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1. SERVICE CONDITIONS

10.1.1. System Data

10.1.1.1. Rated system High Voltage (line to line) (kV) 161

10.1.1.2. Rated system Medium Voltage (line to line) (kV) 33/22

10.1.1.3. Highest system High Voltage (line to line) (kV) 170

10.1.1.4. Highest system Medium Voltage (line to line) (kV)

36/24

10.1.1.5. Neutral connection in High Voltage (161 kV system)

effectively earthed

10.1.1.6. Neutral connection in Medium Voltage (33/22 kV system)

solidly earthed or

through impedance

10.1.1.7. Symmetrical short circuit current in High Voltage (161 kV system)

50

10.1.1.8. Symmetrical short circuit current in Medium Voltage (33/22 kV system)

16/20

10.1.1.9. Earth Fault Factor in High Voltage (161 kV system)

1.4

10.1.1.10. Earth Fault Factor in Medium Voltage (33/22 kV system)

1.85

10.1.1.11. Fault duration in High Voltage (161 kV system) 1s

10.1.1.12. Fault duration in Medium Voltage (three phase/single phase)

1s/1hr


39B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1.1.13. Transformer bay auto-reclosing policy in High Voltage (161 kV system)

3 - phases 1 - shot

10.1.1.14. Line auto-reclosing policy in Medium Voltage (33/22 kV system)

3 - phases 2 - shots

10.1.1.15. Rated Frequency (Hz) 50

10.1.1.16. Range of frequency variation (Hz) 50.5-47.2

10.1.1.17. DC auxiliary supply voltage for control and alarm [V]

60 (48÷66)

10.1.1.18. AC auxiliary supply voltage for heating and lighting [V]

230 (207÷253)

10.1.2. Climatic Conditions

10.1.2.1. Long periods without rain, alternating with high humidity as experienced in coastal or desert areas in this country

10.1.2.2. Permissible ambient air temperature: ©

10.1.2.2.1. Maximum (deg. C) +50

10.1.2.2.2. Minimum (deg. C) -5

10.1.2.2.3. Average, measured over a period of 24 hours (deg. C)

+35

10.1.2.3. Permissible humidity:

10.1.2.3.1. Low relative/absolute humidity (%//g/cum) 4/0.9

10.1.2.3.2. High relative/absolute humidity (%//g/cum) 100/27

10.1.2.4. Rain intensity (mm/min) 15

10.1.2.5. Low/High air pressure (KPa) 70/106

10.1.2.6. Solar radiation: Heating effects of solar radiation (W/sq. m)

1120


41B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1.2.7. Maximum wind velocity measured 10 m above grade (bare area) at 3 sec duration (m/sec)10

44

10.1.3. Environmental Conditions

10.1.3.1. Environmental parameters according to IEC standard

IEC 60721-3-4/2002

10.1.3.2. Sever atmospheric and industrial air pollution, dust, salt spray and sandstorms

10.1.3.3. Water from sources other than rain: Spraying water and water jets with water velocity (m/sec)

15

10.1.3.4. Chemically active substances according to IEC 60721-3-4/2002

Table 4 4C3

10.1.3.5. Mechanically active substances according to IEC 60721-3-4/2002

Table 5 4S3

10.1.4. Special Requirements for Environmental Protection

10.1.4.1. Due to the severe environmental conditions to which the equipment may be subjected during its service life, the following requirements for its protection form an integral part of the Specification and are in addition to the standard design and protective measures which the Manufacturer would normally invoke for conditions C5-M/I as indicated in ISO-12944-5

10.1.4.2. Bolts, nuts and washers greater than 1/2" shall be Zinc coated by the method, Electrolytically or Thermo diffusion, and shall be passivated according to ASTM F1135-99 Grade 3 Olive Drab color, or equivalent standard (indicate the standard)

10

Considering a 50 years mean return period


40B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1.4.3. Components such as springs, pins and those for which a tight maintained dimensional tolerance is required shall be made of stainless steel. The preferred stainless steel is an austenitic grade; however, if physical requirements are overriding, other stainless steel grades will be acceptable. Austenitic grades will be subject to a solution quench. Prior to being placed into service all stainless steel components will be cleaned and passivated

10.1.4.4. All aluminum components shall be fabricated from grades of aluminum that show resistance to salt spray and moist conditions; e.g., Al-Mg base alloys. Al-Cu alloys are not acceptable. After fabrication, all aluminum components shall be anodized to ASTM B 580-79 Type A, or equivalent (indicate the standard)

10.1.4.5. All copper or copper alloy components shall be electrolytically tinned to ASTM B 579-73 Service Condition SC4 or equivalent (indicate the standard)

10.1.4.6. Components such as sleeves or bushings which may be fabricated having an inner face of one metal and a supporting outer face of another, or conductors which are used with connectors of a dissimilar metal, are to have their exposed interfaces protected against moisture

10.1.4.7. All bearings shall be sealed type. The seal shall be guaranteed to be protective against sand, salt spray and moisture for a minimum period of 10 years.

10.1.4.8. All grease packed bearing shall be shipped lubricated

10.1.4.9. All exposed metal surfaces of the transformer shall be coated according to APPENDIX B7, with upper color RAL 7038

10.1.4.10. All components shall successfully withstand in operation the climatic and environmental

conditions as defined under clause ‎10.1 and


42B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1.4.11. Environmental conditions shall not cause corrosion or deterioration of the gasket and/or mating material of gasket joints

10.1.4.12. All interiors of enclosures, panels, cabinets, etc. which are not of corrosion resistant metal, shall be thoroughly cleaned, primed and painted

10.1.4.13. The interior coatings shall not deteriorate when exposed to the SF6 gas and other vapors, arc products, etc., that may be present in the enclosures. They shall also not contain any substances, which could contaminate the enclosed SF6 gas or affect its insulating properties over a period of time

10.1.4.14. All exterior surfaces of GIS shall be coated with a corrosion inhibitor type primer, an intermediate and a finish coat. The total paint thickness shall not be less than 150 microns for the outdoor sections of the GIS and 100 microns for the indoor sections of the GIS, if existing

10.1.4.15. All structural support and associated steelwork, as well as the connection bolts, shall be hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A123 or ASTM A386 and. The thickness of the zinc shall be at least 90 μm on average but the minimum thickness shall not be less than 70 μm. If dimensional or functional requirements do not allow hot dip galvanizing, steel parts will be electrolytically zinc plated to a minimum measured thickness of 20 μm. Galvanized steel shall be protected by paint (see Appendix A2)

10.1.4.16. The cubicle shall be protected by paint according to Appendix B6

10.1.4.17. A small quantity of touchup paint, identical to the specific finish coat, shall be furnished with the equipment

10.1.4.18. Fill in the Appendix A9

10.1.5. Seismicity of Site ©


43B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.1.5.1. The seismic design of the equipment and their supports shall be based on the seismic qualification requirements stated in standard

IEEE 693-2005

10.1.5.2. The required seismic qualification level for equipment qualification shall be

moderate level

10.1.6. Electromagnetic compatibility

10.1.6.1. The equipment will be installed in an environment having the following maximum severity levels according to

IEC 60255-26

10.1.6.2. Severity level for electrostatic discharge [kV] 4

10.1.6.3. Severity level for radio frequency interference [V/m]

10

10.1.6.4. Severity level for electrical 1MHz burst disturbance [kV]

2.5

10.1.6.5. Severity level for fast transients according to IEC [kV]

2

10.1.7. Other Requirements

10.1.7.1. Permissible altitude over the sea level (m) 1000

10.1.7.2. The equipment shall be vermin proof

10.2. RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY & MAITAINABILITY (RAM)

10.2.1. Manufacturer is requested to fill in the enclosed RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, MAINTAINABILITY, (RAM) Appendix B2 based on relevant information from users. Manufacturer shall describe the system of relevant data collection from users.

10.3. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

10.3.1. The equipment shall be constructed as to comply with the ratings and to meet all test requirements of this specification


44B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

10.3.2. The equipment shall be substantially in the same electromechanical conditions at the termination, as at the beginning, the specified test duties

11. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS





REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

11.1.1. Tests General

11.1.1.1. Contractor shall perform Production Tests to check the quality and uniformity of the workmanship and materials used in the manufacture of the equipment

11.1.1.2. The Manufacturer is required to submit with the proposal type test reports of the offered equipment type, performed by a neutral laboratory (e.g. Kema) accredited to ISO/IEC 17025 (2005) by an accreditation body which is a member of ILAC MRA (e.g. APLAC, EA, IAAC, A2LA). Furthermore the Laboratory scope of accreditation must include the required specific test methods used for the above mentioned type tests

11.1.1.3. Contractor shall also submit test data to prove that the design has the capability to meet all the ratings as specified in Annexure "B" as well as relevant test report

11.1.1.4. 8 (eight) weeks prior to the execution of the routine (also special and type tests) tests the Contractor shall notify the Purchaser the exact date of performing of the tests

11.1.1.5. Contractor shall submit with the test reports a list of all measuring instruments, including their accuracy class and type, test equipment and test circuits


45B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

11.1.1.6. Contractor shall submit a list of all tests to be performed on site, after mounting of the equipment, however the final test program shall be agreed between Purchaser and Manufacturer

11.1.1.7. Contractor shall indicate permissible tolerances for each test value

11.1.1.8. The equipment type tested cannot be used in equipment which will be supplied to Purchaser

11.1.1.9. The missing type and special tests will be performed in a neutral laboratory approved by Purchaser according to the specification requirements

11.1.1.10. The equipment can be supplied only after approval of all type and routine test reports

11.1.1.11. Purchaser can require from Contractor to perform again type tests, which are not performed according to the requirements in this specification without extra price and in presence of IECo representatives.

11.1.1.12. Contractor shall perform all Routine (also special) Tests for every supplied Item and each component (circuit breaker, isolator, earthing switch etc.) and accessories of the installation according to the provisions of the latest relevant issue of IEC Recommendations and submit all test reports

11.1.1.13. The Purchaser can require from Contractor to carry out the tests in the presence of the Purchaser representatives

11.1.1.14. Routine tests shall be performed on all transportable assemblies

11.1.1.15. All external components and fittings that are likely to affect the performance of the equipment during the tests shall be in place

11.1.2. Equipment Qualification to Prove Seismic Withstand


46B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

11.1.2.1. The offered equipment shall be verified to prove the seismic design. The equipment shall be qualified according to IEEE 693-2005. The required seismic qualification level

moderate level

11.1.2.2. The equipment shall be qualified taking into account the in service configuration (equipment installed on semitrailer)

11.1.2.3. Seismic withstand capability for the equipment shall be demonstrated by inherently acceptable in accordance with IEEE 693-2005. The appropriate calculations shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval

11.1.3. Tests After Erection On-Site

11.1.3.1. Contractor shall include in his offer a list of recommended on site tests.

11.1.3.2. The final on-site test program shall be agreed between the Purchaser and the Contractor

11.1.3.3. The on-site tests will be performed by the Purchaser in the presence and under responsibility of Contractor's representative


47B -


ITEM 1 – H.V. GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR

48B -

12. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ITEM 1





REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.1. MANUFACTURER



12.1.3. Type of the 170 kV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear (denomination)




12.1.7. The offered type of 170 kV outdoor SF6 insulated switchgear shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

© ©

12.1.8. List of all subcontractors or sub suppliers including name, address and status of QMS versus ISO 9001:2015

(see ‎‎7.1 above) standards and attach a copy of their

Q.M.S. certificate


12.2. STANDARDS AND CODES

The terminology used in this Specification, is, except where otherwise indicated, in

accordance with IEC Publications:

12.2.1. IEC 60068-1(2013) Environmental testing 12.2.2. IEC 60085 (2007) Electrical insulation – Thermal evaluation and

designation 12.2.3. IEC 60099-4 (2014) Surge Arresters – Metal-Oxide surge arresters without

gaps for A.C. systems. 12.2.4. IEC 60137 (2008) Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V 12.2.5. IEC 60255-1 (2009) Measuring relays and protection equipment



49B -

12.2.6. IEC 60376 (2005) Specification of technical grade sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) for use in electrical equipment

12.2.7. IEC 60417 (2004) Graphical symbols for use on equipment 12.2.8. IEC 60480 (2004) Guidelines for the checking and treatment of sulfur

hexafluoride (SF6) taken from electrical equipment and specification for its re-use

12.2.9. IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code) 12.2.10. IEC 60617 (2012) Graphical symbols for diagrams 12.2.11. IEC 60695-2-2 (1991) Fire hazard testing - Part 2: Test methods –

Section 2: Needle-flame test 12.2.12. IEC 60721-3-4 (1996) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3:

Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities - Section 4: Stationary use at non-weather protected locations

12.2.13. IEC 60721-4-3 (2001) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 4-3: Guidance for the correlation and transformation of environmental condition classes of IEC 60721-3 to the environmental tests of IEC 60068 - Stationary use at weather protected locations

12.2.14. IEC 60815-1 (2008) Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions - Part 1: Definitions, information and general principles

12.2.15. IEC 60815-3:2008 Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions - Part 3: Polymer insulators for a.c. systems

12.2.16. IEC 60947-1 (2007) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 1: General rules

12.2.17. IEC 60947-7-1 (2002) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 7-1: Ancillary equipment - Terminal blocks for copper conductors

12.2.18. IEC 61000-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques

12.2.19. IEC 61439-1 (2011) Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 1: General rules

12.2.20. IEC 61462 (2007) Composite hollow insulators - Pressurized and unpressurized insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltage greater than 1000V - Definitions, test methods, acceptance criteria and design recommendations

12.2.21. IEC 61463 (2000) Bushings - Seismic qualification 12.2.22. IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems for power utility

automation 12.2.23. IEC 61869-1(2007) Instrument transformers - Part 1: General requirements 12.2.24. IEC 61869-2(2012) Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional

requirements for current transformers 12.2.25. IEC 61869-3 (2011) Instrument transformers - Part 3: Additional

requirements for inductive voltage transformers 12.2.26. IEC 62039 (2007) Selection guide for polymeric materials for outdoor use

under HV stress 12.2.27. IEC 62073 (2003) Guidance on the measurement of wettability of insulator

surfaces 12.2.28. IEC 62155 (2003) Hollow pressurized and unpressurized ceramic and

glass insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltages greater than 1000V

12.2.29. IEC 62217 (2012) Polymeric HV insulators for indoor and outdoor use - General definitions, test methods and acceptance criteria



51B -

12.2.30. IEC 62262 (2002) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for electrical equipment against external mechanical impacts (IK code)

12.2.31. IEC 62271-1 (2011) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 1: Common specifications

12.2.32. IEC 62271-3 (2015) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 3: Digital interfaces based on IEC 61850

12.2.33. IEC 62271-4 (2013) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 4: Handling procedures for sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and its mixtures

12.2.34. IEC/IEEE 62271-37-082 (2012) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 37-082: Standard practice for the measurement of sound pressure levels on alternating current circuit-breakers

12.2.35. IEC 62271-100 (2012) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 100: Alternating current circuit-breakers

12.2.36. IEC 62271-102 (2013) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 102: Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches

12.2.37. IEC 62271-110 (2012) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 110: Inductive load switching

12.2.38. IEC 62271-203 (2011) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 203: Gas-insulated metal-enclosed switchgear for rated voltages above 52kV

12.2.39. IEC 62271-207 (2012) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 207: Seismic qualification for gas-insulated switchgear assemblies for rated voltages above 52 kV

12.2.40. IEC 62271-209:2007 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 209: Cable connections for gas-insulated metal-enclosed switchgear for rated voltages above 52 kV - Fluid-filled and extruded insulation cables - Fluid-filled and dry-type cable-terminations

12.2.41. IEC 62271-303/2008 - HV switchgear and control-gear – Use and handling of sulfur hexafluoride (SF6).

12.2.42. IEC 62271-310:2008 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 310: Electrical endurance testing for circuit-breakers above a rated voltage of 52 kV

12.2.43. IEC 81346-1:2009 Industrial systems, installations and equipment and industrial products - Structuring principles and reference designations - Part 1: Basic rules

12.2.44. CENELEC EN 50052 Cast aluminium alloy enclosures for gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and control gear

12.2.45. CENELEC EN 50064 Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy enclosures for gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and controlgear

12.2.46. CENELEC EN 50069 Welded composite enclosures of cast and wrought aluminium alloys for gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and controlgear

12.2.47. CENELEC HD 22.1 Rubber insulated cables of rated voltages up to and including 450/750 V Part 1: General requirements

12.2.48. CENELEC HD 22.9 Part 9: Single core non-sheathed cables for fixed wiring having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases

12.2.49. IEEE C37.122 Standard for High Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations Rated Above 52 kV

12.2.50. IEEE C37.122.1/2014 – IEEE guide for gas-insulated substations rated above 52 kV.

12.2.51. IEEE C37.122.6/2013 – IEEE recommended practice for the interface of new gas insulated equipment in existing gas insulated substations rated over 52kV.

12.2.52. IEEE C57.13:2008 Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers 12.2.53. IEEE 693-2005 Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations



50B -

12.2.54. DIN 1055 Actions on structures 12.2.55. DIN 45635 parts 1+12- Measurement of noise emitted by machines;

airborne noise emission; enveloping surface method; basic method, divided into 3 grades of accuracy

12.2.56. DIN 48113 Post insulators for switchgears and substation with nominal voltages greater than 1000 V; co-ordination of the definitions for mechanical bending strength

12.2.57. ANSI C37.82-82 – IEEE standard methods for the measurement of sound pressure levels of AC power circuit breakers.

12.2.58. ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

12.2.59. ASTM A386 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products

12.2.60. ASTM D2794 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact)

12.2.61. ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers

12.2.62. ASTM D635 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position

12.2.63. BS EN 50089 Cast resin partitions for metal-enclosed gas-filled high-voltage switchgear and controlgear

12.2.64. ISO 1518 Paints and varnishes – Determination of scratch resistance 12.2.65. ISO 1520 Paints and varnishes – Cupping test 12.2.66. ISO 2409-2007 Paints and varnishes – Cross-cut test 12.2.67. ISO 9000 Quality management systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary 12.2.68. ISO 9001 Quality management systems – Requirements 12.2.69. ISO 10005 Quality management systems – Guidelines for quality plans 12.2.70. ISO 14001 Environmental management systems – Requirements with

guidance for use 12.2.71. ISO 14025 Environmental labels and declarations – Type III environmental

declarations – Principles and procedures 12.2.72. ISO 16276:2007 Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint

systems – Assessment of, and acceptance criteria for, the adhesion/cohesion (fracture strength) of a coating

12.2.73. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories

12.2.74. ISO 19840:2012 Paints and varnishes – Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems – Measurement of, and acceptance criteria for, the thickness of dry films on rough surfaces

12.2.75. NACE SP0188 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates

12.2.76. SPC-PA 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Printing of Steel

12.3. PROPERTIES

MANUFACTURER'S OFFERED DATA AND PARAMETERS SHOULD BE FILLED IN AGAINST PURCHASER'S REQUIRED

VALUES – AS WELL AS IN ABSENCE THEREOF UNDER ALL RELEVANT PARAGRAPHS IN THE FREE COLUMNS ON THE

RIGHT HAND SIDE.

A DEFINITE ANSWERS (YES OR NO) OR APPROPRIATE COMMENTS SHALL BE GIVEN TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS.

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2



52B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.3.1. Electrical Data11 ©

12.3.1.1. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170

12.3.1.2. Rated insulation level (at the minimum operating density of the equipment):

12.3.1.2.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage

12.3.1.2.1.1. Phase to earth Up (kV peak) 750

12.3.1.2.1.2. Across open switching device and isolating distance Up (kV peak)

860

12.3.1.2.2. Power frequency withstand voltage for 60 sec:

12.3.1.2.2.1. Phase to earth Ud (kV r.m.s.) 325

12.3.1.2.2.2. Across open switching device and isolating distance Ud (kV r.m.s)

375

12.3.1.3. Power frequency withstand of switchgear bays

at atmospheric pressure of SF6 gas and 20C :

12.3.1.3.1. Power frequency withstand voltage for 60 sec:

12.3.1.3.1.1. Phase to earth (kV r.m.s.)

12.3.1.3.1.2. Across open switching device and isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)

12.3.1.3.2. Power frequency withstand voltage continuous:

12.3.1.3.2.1. Phase to earth (kV r.m.s.)

12.3.1.3.2.2. Across open switching device and isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)

12.3.1.4. Rated frequency fr (Hz) 50

11

The terms used here are in general according to IEC recommendations. In case that Manufacturer can supply GIS with higher performance than those acc. to IEC standards or IECo requirements, he

should indicate his offered values and relevant standards, etc., which they conform.



53B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.3.1.5. Rated normal currents Ir : 1250

12.3.1.6. Rated short-time withstand current Ik (kA r.m.s.)

50

12.3.1.7. Rated duration of short-circuit tk (sec) 1

12.3.1.8. Rated peak withstand current Ip (kA peak) 125

12.3.1.9. Total time until burn-through at line to ground short-circuits current not less than (sec/kA r.m.s.)

0.5/50

12.3.2. Temperature Rise

The components of the SF6 insulated switchgear shall be able to carry the specific rated current continuously without exceeding the limit value of temperature rise, acc. to IEC 62271-203/2011 subcl.4.4.2 IEC 62271-1/2011 table3 Indicate value and type of material.

12.3.2.1. Bolted connections [K] 65

12.3.2.2. Spring loaded contacts [K] 55

12.3.2.3. Points of the enclosure accessible to an operator [K]

30

12.3.2.4. Terminals (silver, nickel or tin coated) [K]

55

12.3.3. Degree of Protection

According to IEC 60529/2013

12.3.3.1. Outdoor GIS lP65

12.3.3.2. Accessories IP55

12.3.3.3. Motor drive units lP54 D

12.3.3.4. Control cubicles lP55

12.3.3.5. Protection of LCC equipment against mechanical impact acc. to IEC 62262/2002

IK 10

12.3.4. Environmental Protection



54B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.3.4.1. See clause ‎10.1

12.3.5. Auxiliary and Control Circuits

12.3.5.1. Rated supply voltage Ua:

12.3.5.1.1. D.C. (V) 60

(+10%) (-15%)

12.3.5.1.2. A.C. (V) 230 /

400 (+10%) (-15%)

12.3.5.1.3. The ripple voltage in case of DC supply is limited at:

DC compon

ent +5%

12.3.5.2. The impulse voltage withstand (kV peak) 5

12.3.5.3. Power frequency withstands voltage for 1 min (kV r.m.s.)

2

12.3.6. Capacitances and Impedances

12.3.6.1. Capacitance to ground per phase of:

12.3.6.1.1. Disconnectors:

12.3.6.1.1.1. On position (pF)

12.3.6.1.1.2. Off position (pF)

12.3.6.1.2. Current transformer (pF)

12.3.6.1.3. Circuit breaker (with one quenching chamber):

12.3.6.1.3.1. On position (pF)

12.3.6.1.3.2. Off position (pF)

12.3.6.1.4. Voltage transformer (pF)

12.3.6.1.5. Surge arrester (pF)



55B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.3.6.1.6. Duct (pF/m)

12.3.6.1.7. 90 deg. Elbow module (pF)

12.3.6.1.8. T – shaped module, cross module (pF)

12.3.6.1.9. Barrier insulator (pF)

12.3.6.1.10. Support insulator (pF)

12.3.6.1.11. SF-6 outdoor bushing (pF)

12.3.6.1.12. Total capacitance to ground of SF6 insulated switchgear (pF)

12.3.6.2. Surge impedance ()

12.3.6.3. Inductance for bus-duct (H/m)

12.3.6.4. Resistance of bus-duct enclosure at fr (/m)

12.3.6.5. Resistance of bus-duct conductor at fr (/m)

12.3.7. Total thermal losses at rated current (kW)

12.3.8. Seismic qualification of GIS equipment (including LCC) according to IEEE 693 /2011 and IEC 62271-207/2012 and IEC 60068-3-3 and IEC 61463/2000

12.3.8.1. Qualification level acc. to IEEE 693/2011 or IEC 62271-207/2012

Moderate



56B -

12.4. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

MANUFACTURER'S OFFERED DATA AND PARAMETERS SHOULD BE FILLED IN AGAINST

PURCHASER'S REQUIRED VALUES – AS WELL AS IN ABSENCE THEREOF UNDER ALL RELEVANT

PARAGRAPHS IN THE FREE COLUMNS ON THE RIGHT HAND SIDE.

A DEFINITE ANSWERS (YES OR NO) OR APPROPRIATE COMMENTS SHALL BE GIVEN TO

OTHER REQUIREMENTS.

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.1. General

12.4.1.1. The switchgear shall be designed for outdoor installation

12.4.1.2. The switchgears shall be of modular design offer maximum flexibility from the point of view of design, operation, maintenance, extension of substation and possible repairs

12.4.2. Metalclad Enclosure

12.4.2.1. The material or thickness of the enclosures shall be such as to withstand an internal arc and to definitely prevent a melt-through or puncturing of the housing within the second stage (0.5 sec) of short-circuit protection systems, with a single phase short-circuit current of 50 kA. The possibility of arc traveling may be considered in this respect and the above requirement on thickness shall apply for the zones where the arc is stable (flange zone)

12.4.2.2. Type of material for enclosure of:

12.4.2.2.1. Circuit Breaker

12.4.2.2.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches




12.4.2.2.6. Remaining sections of bay



57B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.2.3. Wall thickness for enclosure of:

12.4.2.3.1. Circuit Breaker (mm)

12.4.2.3.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches (mm)

12.4.2.3.3. Current Transformers (mm)

12.4.2.3.4. Voltage Transformers (mm)

12.4.2.3.5. Surge arresters (mm)

12.4.2.3.6. Cable connection enclosure (mm)

12.4.2.3.7. Enclosure for direct connection to transformer (mm)

12.4.2.3.8. Remaining sections of bay (mm)

12.4.2.4. Wall thickness for enclosure in the flange zone (for stable arc burning) of:





12.4.2.4.5. Surge Arresters (mm)




12.4.2.5. Outside diameter for enclosure of:




58B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2




12.4.2.5.5. Surge Arresters (mm)




12.4.2.6. Design pressure for enclosure of:12

12.4.2.6.1. Circuit Breaker (bar)

12.4.2.6.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches (bar)

12.4.2.6.3. Current Transformers (bar)

12.4.2.6.4. Voltage Transformers (bar)

12.4.2.6.5. Surge Arresters (bar)

12.4.2.6.6. Cable connection enclosure (bar)

12.4.2.6.7. Enclosure for direct connection to transformer (bar)

12.4.2.6.8. Remaining sections of bay (bar)

12.4.2.7. Design temperature of enclosures (K)

12.4.2.8. Minimum bursting pressure of:



12

Indicate bar relative or absolute



59B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2







12.4.2.9. The maximum pressure that the enclosures can withstand without damage or distortion assuming that a pressure relief device is not fitted or fails to operate:









12.4.2.10. D.C. resistance at operating temperature of:

12.4.2.10.1. Circuit Breaker ()

12.4.2.10.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches ()

12.4.2.10.3. Current Transformers ()

12.4.2.10.4. Voltage Transformers ()



61B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.2.10.5. Surge Arresters ()

12.4.2.10.6. Cable connection end ()

12.4.2.10.7. Direct connection to transformer ()

12.4.2.11. Induced circulating current (% rated current)

12.4.2.12. Specific active losses at maximum current (W/m)

12.4.2.13. Total active losses (W)

12.4.2.14. Type of manufacture (casting or welding) for enclosure of:

12.4.2.14.1. Circuit Breaker

12.4.2.14.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches




12.4.2.14.6. Cable connection

12.4.2.14.7. Enclosure for direct connection to transformer

12.4.2.14.8. Remaining sections of switchgear

12.4.2.15. Welded and/or bolted connections of the enclosures are acceptable, but field assembly of separate sections should be done by bolting.

12.4.2.16. Connections between the enclosures of different phases in order to limit circulating currents shall be supplied by GIS Manufacturer

12.4.2.17. The finish and painting of the enclosures shall be able to withstand the service conditions specified under cl.‎10 (fill in Appendix A9)



60B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.2.18. Painting of enclosures

12.4.2.18.1. Exterior painting (µm) Indicate number of layers

150

12.4.2.18.2. Interior coating (µm) If applicable send details

12.4.2.19. Test report for cross cut test (see cl. ‎12.5.2.23)

shall be provided acc. to ISO 2409 grad 0

12.4.2.20. A small quantity of touch up paint, identical to the specific finish coat, shall be furnished with equipment

12.4.3. Division into Compartments

12.4.3.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided into independent gas compartments for operational and maintenance reasons

©

12.4.3.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with gas tight segregating insulators so that the following requirements are observed:

12.4.3.2.1. The dielectric characteristics in one compartment shall not substantially alter when an adjacent compartment is at a reduced pressure (due to leaks or maintenance operations)

12.4.3.2.2. SF6 /epoxy insulating system configuration should provide reliable spacer protection against surface flashover, independent of the applied voltage form. GIS internal discharges, if they occurred at HV tests, overvoltage's, etc., are permissible in the gas gap only, which is classified as self-restoring insulation

12.4.3.2.3. The dielectric strength of the insulation shall not be reduced as a result of switching operations during the service life



62B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.3.2.4. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and recharged before and after maintenance operations shall be a minimum. Indicate volume (m3)

12.4.3.2.5. The extent of plant rendered inoperative as a result of excessive leakage or for maintenance operations shall be a minimum

12.4.3.3. The SF6 insulated switchgear will be provided with separate compartments for SF6/air bushings

12.4.3.4. The electrical connections between the various gas compartments shall preferably be made by means of multiple contact connectors so that electrical connection is automatically achieved when bolting one section to another.

12.4.3.5. The surface of the connector fingers and conductor tubes on such connections shall be silvered

Indicate thickness (m)

12.4.3.6. Please give details in case of other electrical connections between gas compartments

12.4.3.7. Each gas compartment shall be provided with means for eliminating decomposition products and residual moisture

12.4.3.8. Partitioning of the SF6 insulated switchgear will take into consideration the following requirements:

12.4.3.8.1. An internal fault will never contaminate more than one gas compartment and will therefore never involve more than three compartments (i.e. the compartment where the fault took place and the two adjacent compartments)

12.4.3.8.2. A detailed plan for repair a fault in each compartment including all steps required during dismantling, repair, mounting and testing shall be supplied by Contractor



63B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.3.8.3. The Contractor shall ensure availability of supplying all the components of the SF6 insulated switchgear offered type for a period of 15 (fifteen) years from the delivery of GIS. acc. to the contract

12.4.3.8.4. The Purchaser shall be informed by Contractor about the intention to change the offered type of GIS 2 (two) years before production interruption

12.4.4. Support Insulators and Partitions

12.4.4.1. Manufacturer's name and type designation for:

12.4.4.1.1. Support insulators (spacer insulators)

12.4.4.1.2. Partitions (gas barrier)

12.4.4.2. The support insulators shall have sufficient strength to ensure that the conductor spacing and clearances are maintained when faults occur

12.4.4.3. In addition to cl. 5.104 in IEC 62271-203, the partitions including seals to the conductor and the enclosure shall be gas-tight and shall be capable of withstanding the maximum pressure differential that could occur across the barrier as follows:

12.4.4.3.1. With a vacuum drawn on the one side of the barrier and, on the other side, at least the maximum gas pressure that can exist under normal operating and maintenance conditions. Indicate the design pressure of the partitions (bar)

12.4.4.3.2. With maximum gas overpressure at least equal to the operating pressure of the relief devices that could be attained with a persistent internal fault arc unless the barriers have been specifically designed to collapse and act as pressure relief device



64B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.4.3.3. The relation between breaking pressure and design pressure of gas barrier insulators shall be higher than

>3

12.4.4.3.4. Indicate the relation between design withstand pressure of partitions and opening pressure of pressure relief device

12.4.4.4. The supporting insulators and partitions shall be free from partial discharge at a voltage level at least 5% above the maximum service voltage

12.4.4.5. Materials used including ASTM data sheets:

12.4.4.5.1. Polyesters

12.4.4.5.2. Epoxies

12.4.4.5.3. Ceramics

12.4.4.5.4. Other material

12.4.4.6. Thermal shock test with preceding and following partial discharge test performed (short description added)

12.4.4.7. Creepage distance for:

12.4.4.7.1. Support insulators (CB/other) (mm/mm)

12.4.4.7.2. Partitions (CB/other) (mm/mm)

12.4.4.8. The partitions and support insulators shall be subjected to the tests specified under subcl. ‎12.5.1.11 and ‎12.5.2.11 (see also Appendix

A3)

12.4.5. Protection against Overpressure

12.4.5.1. Type of external pressure relief



65B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.5.2. Suitable guards and deflectors shall be provided for external pressure relief to prevent pieces of the diaphragm or plug from flying out, or any dangerous SF6 arc product gases escaping in a manner that could endanger personnel who may be present

12.4.5.3. Operating pressure of the valve of the external pressure relief13

12.4.5.3.1. Circuit breaker (bar)

12.4.5.3.2. Other section (bar)

12.4.5.4. Minimum/maximum expected working time of the pressure relief (msec)

12.4.6. Technical Data for SF6 Gas System

12.4.6.1. SF6 Gas Ratings:

12.4.6.1.1. The switchgear shall be designed for use with SF6 gas complying with provisions acc. to IEC 60376 (2005)

12.4.6.1.2. Manufacturer

12.4.6.1.3. Density of SF6 gas at 20 C and 760 torr (g/l)

6.16

12.4.6.1.4. Critical temperature for liquefying by

compression of SF6 gas (C) 45.6

12.4.6.1.5. Dielectric strength at atmospheric pressure

and 20C (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at atmospheric

pressure and 20C (tan) (%)

12.4.6.1.7. Impurity or group of impurities as determined by test, acc. to IEC 60376 Table l

12.4.6.1.8. CF4 (concentration mass by mass) (%) 0.05

13




66B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.1.9. Oxygen + nitrogen, air (%) 0.05

12.4.6.1.9.1. Water (ppm) 15

12.4.6.1.9.2. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm) 0.3

12.4.6.1.9.3. Hydrolysable fluorides, expressed as HF (ppm)

1.0

12.4.6.1.9.4. Oil content (please indicate concentration and method of measurement)

12.4.6.1.10. A biological test for non-toxicity of the SF6 gas shall be carried out, acc. to IEC 60376 (2005) cl.22

12.4.6.1.11. Rated filling gas pressure at 20 ºC in:14

12.4.6.1.11.1. Circuit breaker (bar)

12.4.6.1.11.2. Cable connection enclosure (bar)

12.4.6.1.11.3. Direct connection to transformer (bar)

12.4.6.1.11.4. Voltage transformer (bar)

12.4.6.1.11.5. Surge Arresters (bar)

12.4.6.1.11.6. Remaining sections of bay (bar)

12.4.6.1.12. The critical pressures at which an alarm

signal will be given at 20 C in:






14




67B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2


12.4.6.1.13. The pressure rising in adjacent compartments of CB in case of accidental leak (bar)

12.4.6.1.14. The critical pressure at which the affected part of the equipment must be isolated at

20 C in:







12.4.6.1.15. Maximum pressure rise due to temperature at 50 ºC in:







12.4.6.1.16. Rated filling gas density at 20 ºC in:

12.4.6.1.16.1. Circuit breaker (g/l)

12.4.6.1.16.2. Cable connection enclosure (g/l)

12.4.6.1.16.3. Direct connection to transformer (g/l)



68B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.1.16.4. Voltage transformer (g/l)

12.4.6.1.16.5. Surge Arresters (g/l)

12.4.6.1.16.6. Remaining sections of bay (g/l)

12.4.6.1.17. The critical densities at which the alarm signals will be given in:







12.4.6.1.18. The critical density at which the affected part of the equipment must be isolated in:







12.4.6.1.19. Dielectric strength at rated density in:

12.4.6.1.19.1. Circuit breaker (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.19.2. Cable connection enclosure (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.19.3. Direct connection to transformer (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.19.4. Voltage transformer (kV/cm)



69B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.1.19.5. Surge Arresters (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.19.6. Remaining sections of bay (kV/cm)

12.4.6.1.20. Dew point temperature of water vapor content in SF6 gas in the installed switchgear determined, acc. to IEC 60376

(2005) not more than (C)

-5

12.4.6.1.21. Maximum permissible water vapor content

at rated operating pressure at 20 C in continuous operation/filling for:

12.4.6.1.21.1. Circuit breaker (ppm)

12.4.6.1.21.2. Cable connection enclosure (ppm)

12.4.6.1.21.3. Direct connection to transformer (ppm)

12.4.6.1.21.4. Voltage transformer (ppm)

12.4.6.1.21.5. Surge Arresters (ppm)

12.4.6.1.21.6. Remaining sections of bay (ppm)

12.4.6.1.22. Maximum gas leakage rate that can normally be tolerated from any gas compartment and between compartments (%/year)

<0.5

12.4.6.1.23. Maximum permissible SF6 gas losses (leakage and handling) for life duration (30 years) for entire substation (%)

<1

12.4.6.1.24. The procedure for SF6 handling shall be acc. to IEC 60480 (2004) and IEC 62271-4 (2013)

12.4.6.1.25. Time between refilling (years) >10

12.4.6.1.26. Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendation for steps to be taken in design ventilation of GIS in case of SF6 leakage



71B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.1.27. Permissible total SF6 gas losses (%/year)

<0.5

12.4.6.1.28. Gas used during shipping of installation Indicate also the pressure (bar)

12.4.6.2. Gas Monitoring

12.4.6.2.1. The insulating capacity of each gas filled compartment shall be monitored , separately, via designated gas monitoring

12.4.6.2.2. Type of gas monitoring conventi

onal

12.4.6.2.3. The monitoring system shall have the following setting levels:

12.4.6.2.3.1. For Circuit Breaker:

- Loss of SF6

- General lock-out

©

12.4.6.2.3.2. For remaining sections of SF6 bay :

- SF6 pressure rising (where applicable)

- Minimum service SF6 pressure or density

- Loss of SF6

For voltage transformer:

- Minimum service SF6 pressure or density

- Loss of SF6

12.4.6.3. Gas Treatment Devices

12.4.6.3.1. Constructional measures for controlling moisture increase in SF6 gas, or to remove the impurities:

12.4.6.3.1.1. Static filters

12.4.6.3.1.2. Dynamic filters

12.4.6.3.1.3. Sealing rings with large diffusion lengths

12.4.6.3.1.4. Desiccants



70B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.3.1.5. Other measures

12.4.6.3.2. These constructional measures shall be provided as permanent facilities, preferably arranged so that they can be removed, replaced

12.4.6.4. Gas Filling and Evacuating accessories

12.4.6.4.1. SF6 gas supply system must be self-contained and must work independently

12.4.6.4.2. Each gas compartment shall be equipped with a gas supply connection to permit evacuation or refilling with gas

12.4.6.4.3. Easy access to filling points should be provided

12.4.6.4.4. The SF6 gas supply connection for the gas compartments shall be appropriate to connect the mobile DILO gas refilling devices type 3-019, 3-041, 3-020, 3-061 or Z288-R02

12.4.6.4.5. The scope of supply shall include all the necessary SF6 gas storage cylinders, as well as those necessary for any other gases which may be used during commissioning and maintenance operations

12.4.6.4.6. The equipment shall be provided with all the necessary pipes, couplings, flexible tubes and valves for coupling up to the switchgear equipment, for filling or evacuating all the gases to be used

12.4.6.4.7. The design of the plant, valves, couplings, connections, etc., shall be of such a standard that leakage of any SF6 gas during the filling and evacuating processes is kept to an absolute minimum

12.4.6.4.8. The arrangement of valves, coupling and pipe work shall also be such as to prevent accidental loss of gas into the atmosphere



72B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.6.5. Gas Seals

12.4.6.5.1. All gas seals shall be designed to ensure that leakage rates are kept to an absolute minimum under all normal pressure, temperature, electrical load and fault conditions

12.4.6.5.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when exposed to the gas and vapors, as well as to temperature variations and mechanical forces that can be expected

12.4.6.5.3. Type of materials of gas seals:

12.4.6.5.3.1. Between gas barrier insulator and conductors

12.4.6.5.3.2. Between gas barrier insulator and enclosures

12.4.6.5.3.3. Between enclosure flanges

12.4.6.5.4. Gas valve material

12.4.6.5.5. Number of gas seals between enclosure flanges

12.4.6.6. Pipes and Fittings

12.4.6.6.1. Type of material for fittings of gas pipe connections

12.4.6.6.2. Type of material for pipes

12.4.6.7. Shut Off Valves: All shut off valves shall be equipped with protective cover over the valve spindle to guard against unauthorized operation

12.4.7. Partial Discharge Measurement

12.4.7.1. UHF method Please send technical documentation including calibration method, sensitivity verification, etc.



73B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.7.1.1. Manufacturer name of couplers

12.4.7.1.2. Type of couplers

12.4.7.1.3. Location of couplers

12.4.7.1.4. Maximum distance between two adjacent couplers(m)

12.4.7.1.5. Indicate number of offered couplers

12.4.8. Prevention of Dielectric Strength Reduction

12.4.8.1. The surface finish of all conductors, joints, connections and metallic enclosures shall provide maximum Partial Discharge level not more than during the whole operating period [pC]

5

12.4.8.2. The surface roughness of conductors and of the metallic enclosures shall be such that no reduction in dielectric strength occurs under the influence of the electric field stress:

12.4.8.2.1. Conductor (m)

12.4.8.2.2. Inner surface of enclosure (m)

12.4.8.3. Particular attention shall be paid to the selection of suitable materials and to constructional features to prevent moisture penetration

12.4.8.4. The design of hazardous insulation systems, the methods of clearing and preliminary treatment, the assembly, transport etc., shall ensure that no ingress of impurities (left over from assembly, or metallic parts produced by switching operations) occurs so that the insulating capacity shall not be affected. This also applies to dust, fibers left from cleaning and traces of lubricant.

12.4.9. Structural Support and Associated Steel Work



74B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.9.1. The Contractor shall supply all the steelwork necessary for fixing and supporting the GIS and the associated equipment

12.4.9.2. The design of supporting steel structure shall permit total accessibility

12.4.9.3. A system of personnel crossovers, access platforms and/or decking, staircases and ladders provided with hand railings shall be included for easy access to all components.

The sloping of stairs shall be less than 45

12.4.9.4. All metallic frames, rails and the like, fixed in the semitrailer for supporting and fixing the switchgear, the local control panels, etc., shall be provided and mounted by the Contractor

12.4.9.5. All other metallic parts (supporting structures, access platforms, etc.) shall be included in the GIS scope of supply

12.4.9.6. The finish and painting of the structural support and associated steel work shall be according to Appendix A2 and shall enable withstanding the service conditions under clause ‎10.1 (Fill in

also Appendix A9):

12.4.9.6.1. Hot dip outdoor parts

12.4.9.6.1.1. Hot dip galvanized thickness (µm) Average

120

12.4.9.6.1.2. The painting shall be acc. to Appendix A2 cl. 3.2.1 in one of the following painting system:

12.4.9.6.1.2.1. Liquid paints – Epoxy polyamide (µm)

70+50

12.4.9.6.1.2.2. Electrostatic power painting (µm) 60+60

12.4.9.6.2. Steel parts electrolytically zinc plated with minimum zinc layer (µm)

20



75B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.9.6.3. The painting of outdoor parts shall be acc. to Appendix A2 cl. 3.2.2 in one of the following painting system:

12.4.9.6.3.1. Liquid paints – Epoxy polyamide (µm) and two component aliphatic polyurethane (µm)

100

50

12.4.9.6.3.2. Electrostatic power painting (µm) 60+60

12.4.10. Earthing

12.4.10.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts of the switchgear which are normally not energized (enclosures, supports, bases, pipes, operating mechanism cabinet etc.)

12.4.10.2. The continuity of the earthing circuits shall be ensured taking into account the thermal and electrical stresses caused by the current they may have to carry

12.4.10.3. The switchgear earthing as well as the design of earthing system of mobile substation shall be proposed with the offer and supplied by the Contractor, based on his equipment and design arrangement Please give your comments

12.4.10.4. Please take into consideration in your design that the main earthing system supplied by Purchaser shall be made of hot-deep galvanized steel

12.4.10.5. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and copper rope bars and conductors for earthing the switchgear, the structural support steel work, the local control panels including their doors etc., shall be provided by Contractor

12.4.10.6. The ground pads shall be copper faced:

12.4.10.6.1. RF Grounding, unless otherwise specified, shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 3



76B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.10.6.2. RF Grounding Straps shall be placed according to Appendix Y1 clause 3

12.4.10.7. If portable devices for temporary earthing when carrying out maintenance work are considered necessary and/or useful, additionally to the required earthing switches, the Contractor shall propose a set of such devices

12.4.10.7.1. Ground pads for temporary earthing shall be provided in this case

12.4.10.8. The ground pad connections shall be rated for the one (1) second short-time current ratings of the GIS equipment (kA)

50 ©

12.4.10.9. The earthing terminals shall be acc. to IEC 62271-1/2011 cl.5.3 and shall be marked acc. to IEC 60417

12.4.10.10. The maximum potential difference between any point on the enclosure and the nearest ground pad or between any two points on adjacent enclosures shall not exceed for the maximum internal or external design fault current (V)

65 ©

12.4.10.11. Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendations for steps to be taken before such operations are carried out to ensure safety for personnel

12.4.10.12. Manufacturer shall indicate in his offer steps taken to mitigate transient ground rise effects on disconnector operation

12.4.11. Interlocks

12.4.11.1. Interlocking between different items of switchgear shall be carried out, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.5.11

12.4.11.2. The interlocking system design shall take into consideration that its testing shall be possible during normal operation



77B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.11.3. The internal interlocking system of switchgear shall fulfill the following conditions:

12.4.11.3.1. Disconnectors can only be operated when Circuit Breaker is open and earthing switches are in the open position.

12.4.11.3.2. Circuit Breaker can only be closed when disconnectors and earthing switches are in their final position where disconnectors are in a closed position

12.4.11.3.3. High speed earthing switch Q8 can only be operated when line disconnector Q9 is open and there is no voltage on the line

12.4.11.3.4. It should be possible to connect a cable for interlock process of Disconnector Q9 and earthing switch Q8 from medium voltage. This should be done by terminals in serial to the interlock system

12.4.11.3.5. The following interlocking release switches, provided with a key, shall be mounted in control cubicle:

12.4.11.3.5.1. Main Interlocking release

12.4.11.3.5.2. Line earthing switch interlocking release

12.4.11.3.5.3. Earthing switch interlocking release

12.4.11.3.6. Manufacturer shall indicate additional or alternative interlocks and shall give all necessary information the purpose and function of interlocks

12.4.11.3.6.1. The Purchaser reserve himself the right to give his amendments during approval of electrical circuit diagrams drawing’s



78B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.11.4. Manufacturer shall submit with the tender a clear description of the interlock conditions in terms of Boolean algebra

12.4.12. Control Cubicle

12.4.12.1. For local control and supervision of the switchgear one control cubicle shall be provided.

12.4.12.2. Degree of protection IP55

12.4.12.3. The monitoring, measuring and control units for the control and supervision of the switchgear shall be offered by Manufacturer

12.4.12.4. The communication functionality of the switchgear control system shall:

12.4.12.4.1. Conform to Network & Security Safeguards Requirements for Control Protection and Data Acquisition Systems in Transmission and Substation Division as detailed in Appendix A6

12.4.12.4.2. The communication functionality of the switchgear control system shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 1 & 5

12.4.12.5. LCC mounted on the supporting structure shall be included in seismic calculations/tests

12.4.12.6. Control cubicle shall be designed with the following features:

12.4.12.6.1. Stable framework (indicate material and thickness of material)

12.4.12.6.2. Rear, side, top and bottom covers (indicate material and thickness of material)

12.4.12.6.3. Front door with cut-out covered with Plexiglas for easy visibility of the equipment



79B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.6.4. Internal front door for mimic diagram and easy visibility of the metering equipment

12.4.12.6.5. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands. The bottom plate for customer’s cable shall be removable

12.4.12.6.6. Solid copper earthing bar (indicate cross section)

12.4.12.6.7. The anchoring of LCC to floor will be designed acc. to IEEE 693, Annexures A (A4) and L Please send the proposed drawing.

12.4.12.6.8. Material of LCC:

12.4.12.6.9. Painting of LCC: Please fill in Appendix A9

12.4.12.6.9.1. For CC made of aluminum the painting shall be acc. to Appendix B6 in one of the following painting systems:

12.4.12.6.9.1.1. Liquid coating – Polyamide epoxy

(m)

and Polyurethane (m)

50 50

12.4.12.6.9.1.2. Powder coating – Pure polyester

(m) 80

12.4.12.6.9.2. For CC made of steel the painting shall be acc. to Appendix A2 one of the following painting systems:

12.4.12.6.9.2.1. Liquid coating – Polyamide epoxy

(m)

and Polyurethane (m)

70 50

12.4.12.6.9.2.2. Powder coating – Phenolic epoxy

(m)

and Pure polyester (m)

70 50

12.4.12.6.9.3. Test report for cross cut test (see cl. ‎12.5.2.23) shall be provided acc. to ISO

2409

grad 0



81B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.6.9.4. A small quantity of touch up paint, identical to the specific finish coat, shall be furnished with equipment

12.4.12.7. Access to the internal equipment of the cubicle shall be from the front only

12.4.12.8. Legends (in English) shall be provided for all schemes and for each signal

12.4.12.9. The control cubicle shall be EMI proofed

12.4.12.10. Details of the circuits in the control cubicle as well as design details will be settled between Contractor and Purchaser

12.4.12.11. Modifications of LCC in design stage shall not involve additional prices

12.4.12.12. The minimum fault signals shall be according to Appendix A5 of this specification

12.4.12.13. The Manufacturer shall provide with his offer recommendations for the design arrangement of the control cables laying route between the control cubicles and the GIS equipment

12.4.12.14. The cable between local control cubicles and operating mechanisms, gas monitoring, CT’s, VT’s and Hurting plug-in connectors shall be supplied by Contractor

12.4.12.15. Mimic diagram and local control facilities:

12.4.12.15.1. A mimic diagram with all necessary position indicators shall be provided on the face of the LCC, so that clear and complete indication is given at any time on the position of the breakers, Disconnectors and Earthing switches

12.4.12.15.2. Position indicators for CB, Disconnectors and Earthing switches shall be provided with three indicating positions: (1) open, (2) close, (3) no voltage



80B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.15.3. A common local/remote selector switch for CB and Disconnectors shall be mounted in control cubicle for selecting the desired mode of operation

12.4.12.15.4. For each high speed earthing switch the push buttons shall be provided with a key

12.4.12.15.5. Green and red push buttons shall be mounted in control cubicle for local opening (red) and closing (green) of all switching device except high-speed earthing switches

12.4.12.15.6. For circuit breaker the push buttons shall be rectangular and all others shall be circular

12.4.12.15.7. The control devices for all operating mechanisms of the switchgear shall be included in the mimic diagram

12.4.12.15.8. The LCC shall include all auxiliary relays, fuses, low voltage switches, etc., necessary for control, remote control, alarm, measuring, interlocking, etc., circuits

12.4.12.15.9. Ten (10) interposing relays shall be provided in control cubicle

12.4.12.15.9.1. Manufacturer/Type

12.4.12.15.9.2. The interposing relays shall be energized from two control sources with rated voltage (V-DC)

60

12.4.12.15.9.3. Number of contacts 6NO+2N

C

12.4.12.15.9.4. The measuring transducers for metering currents, voltages, active and reactive power and frequency shall be provided in control cubicle

12.4.12.15.10. For each fuse shall be provided a label with description of fuse function



82B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.15.11. Relay contacts shall be for V. DC 250

12.4.12.15.12. For each alarm five (5) NO potential free contacts for Customer's use shall be wired to the terminals of the cubicles : 1(one) for local alarm (60V-DC), 1(one) for remote alarm (60V-DC), 1(one) for substation computer , 1(one) contact depending on mechanical sign, and 1(one) contact depending on coil activation (with self-reset), 1 (one) reserved

12.4.12.15.13. Internal, automatically operated lighting of the electrical unit to provide good working conditions shall be provided

12.4.12.15.14. Heating of the LCC shall be provided:

12.4.12.15.14.1. Heaters shall be provided with thermostats for temperature regulation

12.4.12.15.14.2. Number of heaters for LCC

12.4.12.15.14.3. Rated voltage (V. A.C. single phase) 230

12.4.12.15.14.4. Rated power (W/heater)

12.4.12.15.14.5. Total power required by all heaters (W)

12.4.12.16. Metering unit

12.4.12.16.1. One or some metering units shall be mounted on the face of LCC

12.4.12.16.2. The metering unit shall integrate a number of measurements, monitoring and metering functions as follows:

12.4.12.16.2.1. Phase voltage for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.2.2. Line voltage between phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear



83B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.16.2.3. Currents for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.2.4. Active power for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.2.5. Reactive power for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.2.6. Active energy for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.2.7. Reactive energy for phases 1, 2, 3 in switchgear

12.4.12.16.3. Indicate the number and type of metering units for the above functions installed in LCC:

12.4.12.16.4. Technical data for metering unit:

12.4.12.16.4.1. Type of serial interface

12.4.12.16.4.2. Number of analog inputs/outputs

12.4.12.16.4.3. Output data transmitted to RTU will be between 4-20mA with typical accuracy not more than

± 0.1%

12.4.12.17. Gas density monitoring system

12.4.12.17.1. Type and manufacturer of gas density monitor

12.4.12.17.2. Gas density monitors should consist of two contacts

12.4.12.17.3. The number of gas density monitors



84B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.12.17.4. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control and protection equipment associated with gas density/pressure monitoring devices shall be provided, together with any relays for the alarm, indication, protection and control released to gas monitoring. Provision shall be made for remote signaling

12.4.12.17.4.1. For each alarm 3 (three) NO potential free contacts for customer use shall be wired to the terminals of the control cubicle; 1(one) for local alarm (60 V-DC), 1(one) for remote alarm (60 V-DC), 1 (one) reserved

12.4.12.17.4.2. The alarm and trip signals shall be done at the front of the cubicle. Alarm and trip signals shall be displayed separately

12.4.13. Auxiliary and Control Circuits

12.4.13.1. The auxiliary and control circuits and devices, as well as the wiring shall be executed and mounted, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) and IEC 62271-1 (2011) subcl.5.4

12.4.13.2. The graphical symbols for diagrams shall be according to IEC 60617 (2012)

12.4.13.3. All denomination used by manufacturer shall be according to the Item Designation in Electro-technology standard IEC 81346 (2009)

12.4.13.4. Unless otherwise required in this Specification, control wiring, terminal blocks, arrangement of wiring shall be designed according to Israel Electric Co. standard EPD-A.03/2004 APPENDIX A7

12.4.13.5. The Purchaser can furnish the following power supply voltages:

12.4.13.5.1. Heating purposes (V-AC single phase) 230



85B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.13.5.2. Motor of operating mechanism (V-DC) 60

(+10% -15%)

12.4.13.5.3. Control circuits (V-DC) 60

(+10% -15%)

12.4.13.5.4. Alarm circuits for substation computer (V-DC)

60 (+10% -

15%)

12.4.13.5.5. Other alarm circuits (V-DC) 60

(+10% -15%)

12.4.13.6. All wiring and cables from CT's, VT's, gas density monitor and operating mechanisms shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 4 and mounted in screen-covered ducts fixed on support structure

12.4.13.7. All wiring for auxiliary equipment and operating devices for connection to Purchaser's cables shall be terminated at terminal blocks in control cubicle after passing through appropriate RF energy shunting penetration and/or filter. Filter attenuation design shall rely on Appendix Y1 clause 2 table 2

12.4.13.8. Current circuits and voltage circuits shall be in separate cables

12.4.13.9. Control circuits and power circuits shall be in separate cable

12.4.13.10. Separate cables shall be provided for DC1, DC2 and AC circuits

12.4.13.11. Contractor shall supply all cables for interlocking purposes

12.4.13.12. Control circuits to the two tripping coils shall be in separate cables according to Appendix Y1 clause 4

12.4.13.13. Terminals:

12.4.13.13.1. Type of terminals shall be as follows:

12.4.13.13.1.1. Current circuits (16 mm2, 500V) Phoenix UGSK/s



86B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.13.13.1.2. Voltage circuits (16 mm2, 500V) Phoenix URTK/s

12.4.13.13.1.3. Control and alarm circuits (10 mm2, 750V)

Phoenix UK 6N

12.4.13.13.1.4. Remote signal and alarm circuits (1.5-4 mm2, 750V)

Phoenix UK 6N

12.4.13.13.2. Each terminal block shall be provided with not less than 10% spare terminals

12.4.13.13.3. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample clearance on all sides

12.4.13.13.4. The terminals shall be with facility for plug connection on both sides for circuit breakers and disconnectors (indicate type)

12.4.13.13.5. The connection between control cubicles and interface cubicles shall be through terminals

12.4.13.14. Wiring:

12.4.13.14.1. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible conductors according to Appendix Y1 clause 4 with a preferred cross section as follow:

12.4.13.14.1.1. Control and alarm circuits with current lower than 0.5 A (mm2)

1.5

12.4.13.14.1.2. Control and alarm circuits with current higher than 0.5 A (mm2)

2.5

12.4.13.14.1.3. CT secondary circuits (mm2) 6

12.4.13.14.1.4. VT secondary circuits (mm2) 4

12.4.13.14.2. The wires with XLPE insulation shall be for 1000V rated voltage



87B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.13.14.3. In case of connection by means of sockets, the Contractor shall supply spare pins (minimum 5) for Purchaser’s spare cores in cables as well as spare wiring (minimum 5) from sockets to bays switchgear. Please indicate the number of spare pins and wiring provided.

12.4.13.14.4. The type of sockets shall be Hurting type

12.4.13.14.5. EMC requirements shall be taken into consideration in all phases of planning the GIS equipment acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) cl.6.9

12.4.13.14.6. The contractor shall use a combined EMC hardened secondary cables and EMC hardened connectors with a minimum transfer impedance

12.4.13.14.7. All cables shall be screened and the screen shall be earthed at both cable ends. The cables shall be coated with an external PVC sheath

12.4.13.14.7.1. Cable screening/shielding shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4

12.4.13.14.7.2. Cables/Conduit shall be terminated at equipment entry point according to Appendix Y1 clause 4

12.4.13.14.8. All wiring insulation and terminal blocks shall be flameproof protected acc. to ASTM D635

12.4.13.14.9. The Purchaser reserve himself the right to give his amendments during approval of electrical circuit diagram drawings

12.4.13.15. Auxiliary switches for circuit breakers, disconnectors and earthing switches:



88B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.13.15.1. Auxiliary switches shall be supplied with and directly operated by each operating mechanism to indicate positively whether each pole is open or closed

12.4.13.15.2. The relay contacts shall comply with IEC 61810 (2011) and shall be designed for V DC

250

12.4.13.15.3. Auxiliary switches shall be clearly and durably marked

12.4.13.15.4. The number of normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts per each operating mechanism, for customer's use shall not be less than

12NO + 12NC

12.4.13.15.5. These contacts shall be wired to terminals in control cubicle

12.4.13.15.6. Multiplication of not more than 4NO+4NC contacts from the total number of contacts for customer's use is acceptable but only by two separate auxiliary relays, one operates by NO main contact and other operates by NC contact. In this case the Contractor will prepare via the contacts of theses relays a supervisory alarm which indicates no voltage or faulty position.

12.4.13.15.7. Auxiliary contact class 1

12.4.13.15.7.1. Rated and making current for auxiliary switches shall be continuously at least (A D.C.)

10

12.4.13.15.7.2. Rated short time withstand current A DC/msec

100/30

12.4.13.15.7.3. Breaking current at 220V D.C. with a circuit time constant of a least 20 ms shall be at least (A D.C.)

2

12.4.13.15.8. Auxiliary switches shall be easily accessible for connection, inspection and adjustment



89B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.13.15.9. Suitable MCB's as necessary for protection of the control circuits shall be provided. All MCB's shall be monitored and the tripping of MCB shall be remote signaled.

12.4.13.15.10. Data for AC MCB:

12.4.13.15.10.1. Manufacturer/type

12.4.13.15.10.2. Rated current (A)

12.4.13.15.10.3. Short circuit current (kA)

12.4.13.15.10.4. Number of auxiliary contacts 2NO +2NC

12.4.13.15.11. Data for DC MCB:


12.4.13.15.11.2. Rated current (A)

12.4.13.15.11.3. Short circuit current (kA)

12.4.13.15.11.4. Number of auxiliary contacts 2NO +2NC

12.4.14. Bus ducts and Conductors

12.4.14.1. The conductors connections to be supplied for interconnecting the items of primary equipment, shall be in accordance with the following general requirements:

12.4.14.1.1. Expansion joints shall be provided wherever they are necessary

12.4.14.1.2. The conductors shall be capable of carrying, without overheating or otherwise deteriorating, the rated current

12.4.14.1.3. The surface finish of all conductors, joints, connections and metallic enclosures shall provide maximum Partial Discharge level not more than during the whole operating period [pC]

5



91B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.14.1.4. Mechanical Strength and Supports:

12.4.14.1.4.1. All the conductors shall be sized so as to withstand without any damage or distortion the short-circuit forces

12.4.14.1.4.2. Conductors shall be supported by insulators (or section barriers) spaced at such intervals that under short-circuit fault current conditions any transient reduction in the phase-to-phase or phase to earth clearance of the conductors (as a result of elastic bending or distortion) shall not cause any spark-over

12.4.14.2. Conductor material

12.4.14.3. General dimensions:

12.4.14.3.1. Conductor outer diameter (mm)

12.4.14.3.2. Conductor inner diameter (mm)

12.4.14.3.3. Conductor cross section (mm2 )

12.4.14.3.4. Maximum unsupported length of conductor between insulators

12.4.15. Position indicators

12.4.15.1. Position indicating devices for contacts in the main circuit shall be set upon the compact module for every switching element and meet the requirements acc. to IEC 62271-205 (2008) cl. 5.12

12.4.15.2. Each position indicator shall clearly indicate the switching device to which it belongs

12.4.16. Requirements for Composite SF6/Air Bushings

The 170 kV connection to OH line shall be performed by Composite SF6/Air Bushings

12.4.16.1. Insulator Manufacturer



90B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.2. Type (condenser or gas type):

12.4.16.3. Rated voltage (kV) 170 ©

12.4.16.4. Rated insulation level at minimum dielectric gas density:

12.4.16.4.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV peak)

750 ©

12.4.16.4.2. Power frequency withstands voltage, 1 min dry and wet. (kV r.m.s.)

325 ©

12.4.16.5. Rated current: 1250 ©

12.4.16.6. Rated thermal short-time current (kA) 50 ©

12.4.16.7. Duration of short-time current (sec) 1 ©

12.4.16.8. Rated frequency (Hz) 50

12.4.16.9. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high creepage-path type, composite hollow insulator suitable for the climatic, environmental and atmospheric conditions as described under clause ‎10.1.3 shall be provided15

Silicon rubber

12.4.16.10. The insulator shall be "anti-fog" profile with normal sheds or aerodynamic profile with alternate sheds (preferable) (acc. to figure 2a or figure 6 in IEC 60815-3 (2008) and the enclosed drawings on pages B-165, B-166 (please fill in all data) permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces

12.4.16.11. Mounting of bushing (indicate the permissible angle from vertical, if applicable)

12.4.16.12. The materials used in design of composite insulators (for example see drawing on page B-168)

12.4.16.13. The insulators shall be only "windformed" type not "drop shaped edge"

15

Type B of pollution severity and SPS class e (very heavy) as defined in IEC 60815-1/2008



92B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.14. Color of insulator grey

12.4.16.15. Reference unified specific creepage distance (RUSCD) (mm)16

53.7mm/kVph.

to earth 5270

12.4.16.16. Corrected unified specific creepage distance USCD for insulator diameter (Kad) taking into consideration fig.7b in IEC 60815-3 (2008), for HTM (hydrophobicity transfer materials) with possible loss of hydrophobicity (mm)

12.4.16.17. Minimum creepage distance In SF6 (mm)

12.4.16.18. Arcing distance (A) not less than (mm) ≥1500

12.4.16.19. Permissible value of loading on terminal:

12.4.16.19.1. Service load (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in service: conductor pull, conductor weight and wind, excepted short-circuit) in any direction in space not less than (N)

2700 ©

12.4.16.19.2. Testing load for 60 sec. applied to the midpoint of the terminal, perpendicular to the bushing axis (N)

4700 ©

12.4.16.19.3. Short time load (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in case of service and short-circuit) in any direction in space not less than (N)

6700 ©

12.4.16.19.4. Recommended rope pull (N)

12.4.16.20. Wind load at wind velocity of 44 m/sec acc. to DIN 1055 (N)

12.4.16.21. Seismic qualification of bushing acc. to IEC TS 61463

12.4.16.21.1. Ground acceleration reference

16

The required value is for insulator with average diameter Da<300 mm



93B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.21.2. Simultaneous earthquake acceleration applied at the bushing flange taking into consideration seismicity of the site “ag “ acc. to subcl.6.2 in IEC 61463

12.4.16.21.3. Horizontal acceleration “af “ (m/s2)

12.4.16.21.4. Vertical acceleration (m/s2)

12.4.16.21.5. Height of mounting of bushing (m)

12.4.16.21.6. Testing method used

12.4.16.22. Safety factors of insulator taking into consideration the requirements under subcl. ‎12.4.16.19 (see Appendix A8 in the following

conditions17:

12.4.16.22.1. Condition 1 – routinely expected load including - design pressure 100% (if applicable) - mass 100%, - rated terminal load 100% (tensile force on conductors, weight of conductor and load to wind on conductor) - load do to wind on bushing 30%

> 2.1

12.4.16.22.2. Condition 2– rarely occurring extreme loads including - design pressure 100% (if applicable) - mass 100%, - rated terminal load 50% (tensile force on conductors, weight of conductor and load to wind on conductor) - load do to wind on bushing 100% - short circuit load 100%

> 1.5

17

Safety factor = Damage limit of the tube insulator//Bending moment



94B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.22.3. Condition 3– rarely occurring extreme loads including - design pressure 100% (if applicable) - mass 100%, - rated terminal load 70% (tensile force on conductors, weight of conductor and load to wind on conductor) - load do to wind on bushing 10% - seismic load 100%

> 1.2

12.4.16.23. The design of insulator will be only: Tube type

12.4.16.24. Describe the manufacturing process of composite insulator in separate document

12.4.16.24.1. Method vulcanization HTV

12.4.16.24.2. Type of inorganic fillers added to polymer materials and concentration

12.4.16.24.3. Describe the mechanism of hydrophobicity transfer and recovery and include details in connection with:

12.4.16.24.3.1. Losing and recovery of hydrophobicity in time

12.4.16.24.3.2. Losing and recovery of hydrophobicity in polluted conditions

12.4.16.24.3.3. Losing and recovery of the hydrophobicity under rain conditions

12.4.16.24.3.4. Changing of dielectric withstand characteristics at losing and recovery of hydrophobicity characteristic

12.4.16.25. Send drawings with all the dimensions required and with manufacturing tolerances

12.4.16.26. Materials:

12.4.16.26.1. Housing

12.4.16.26.1.1. Wall thickness of the housing (mm)



95B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.26.2. Interface:

12.4.16.26.2.1. Between glass fibers and impregnating resin

12.4.16.26.2.2. Between tube and housing

12.4.16.26.2.3. Between various parts of the housing: between sheds and sheath

12.4.16.26.2.4. Between housing, tube and end fittings

12.4.16.26.3. Tube

12.4.16.26.4. End fitting

12.4.16.27. Indicate if electrode or capacitive foil and film condenser body are provided

12.4.16.28. Indicate if corona ring is necessary

12.4.16.29. Specify the surface hydrophobicity level of the hollow insulator material at the time of installation acc. to IEC 62073 (2003). Indicate the measurement method and submit test report.

12.4.16.30. Specify the loss of hydrophobicity of sheds versus time in polluted zone and ability to recover hydrophobicity after loss

12.4.16.31. Electric field stress around the Triple-Junction areas:

12.4.16.31.1. Air/SIR/Metal (kV/cm)

12.4.16.31.2. FRP/SIR/Metal (kV/cm)

12.4.16.32. Recommended method to detect on site the defective insulators (send technical description)

12.4.16.33. Limits of temperature inside the tube (highest/lowest) (˚C/˚C)



96B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.34. Tube characteristics:

12.4.16.34.1. External diameter (mm)

12.4.16.34.2. Internal diameter (mm)

12.4.16.34.3. Wall thickness (mm)

12.4.16.34.4. Specified Mechanical load (SML) at room temperature (N)

> 11175

12.4.16.34.4.1. Deflection under bending load of SML (tube in irreversible plastic phase) (mm)

12.4.16.34.4.2. Residual deflection after release of the above load (mm)

12.4.16.34.5. Maximum Mechanical Load (MML) (N) > 4470

12.4.16.34.5.1. Deflection under bending load (MML) (mm)

12.4.16.34.5.2. Deflection under bending load 1.5xMML (tube in elastic phase) (mm)

12.4.16.34.5.3. Residual deflection after release of the above load (mm)

12.4.16.34.6. Specified internal pressure (SIP) (MPa)

12.4.16.34.7. Maximum service pressure (MSP) (Mpa)

12.4.16.34.8. Maximum permissible axial stress (Mpa)

12.4.16.34.9. Maximum residual strain after bending load:

12.4.16.34.9.1. MML load (µm/m)

12.4.16.34.9.2. Damage limit load (µm/m)

12.4.16.34.9.3. SML load (µm/m)

12.4.16.34.10. Maximal tube residual deflection under bending load:



97B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.16.34.10.1. MML load (mm)

12.4.16.34.10.2. Damage limit load (mm)

12.4.16.34.10.3. SML load (mm)

12.4.16.34.11. Other method to determine the onset of deterioration (if applicable)

12.4.16.35. Indicate if the influence of solar radiation is included in calculation of MSP

12.4.16.36. Indicate method of attaching the metal end-fitting to the tube. Describe also the checking methods

12.4.16.37. Indicate the sealing system for composite hollow insulator

12.4.16.38. Indicate if decomposition product resulted from interactions between interior surface of the tube and gaseous or liquid insulation materials

12.4.16.39. Required minimum air clearance "phase to phase/phase to earth" (m/m)

12.4.16.40. Weights:

12.4.16.41. The bushing shall be provided with a corrosion-proof nameplate, made of suitable material and characters engraved by laser acc. to : and including :

12.4.16.41.1. Rated (1 sec) short-time current

12.4.16.41.2. Creepage distance

12.4.16.41.3. Rated pressure and reference temperature for the pressure

12.4.16.41.4. Maximum mechanical load (MML)

12.4.16.42. Type, sample and routine tests reports shall be supplied acc. to IEC 61462 and IEC 60137



98B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.17. Requirements for SF6/Cable Connections for GIS (option A)

12.4.17.1. In Option A the connection of 170 kV switchgear to transformer shall be performed by cable connections (one (1) connection per phase)

12.4.17.2. The cable connections shall be designed acc. to

IEC 62271- 209 (2007)

12.4.17.3. The cable connections shall be an integral part of this Specification and the Manufacturer of SF6 switchgear shall supply them including all necessary accessories, insulating, facilities, etc., needed for their operation, commissioning, testing, monitoring and maintenance Requirements and characteristics of cable connection enclosure

12.4.17.4. The cable connection will be dry type for XLPE extruded cable acc. to IEC 62271-209 (2007) fig.4,5

12.4.17.5. Rated voltage (kV) 170

12.4.17.6. Number of phases in one enclosure 1

12.4.17.7. Rated insulation level at minimum gas density:

12.4.17.7.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV peak)

750

12.4.17.7.2. Power frequency withstand voltage, 1min (kV r.m.s.)

325

12.4.17.8. Rated normal current (A) 1250

12.4.17.9. Maximum temperature with no heat transfer from the main circuit end terminal to the cable

termination (C)

90

12.4.17.10. Rated short-time withstand current for 1 sec (kA)

50



99B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.17.11. Rated peak withstand current (kA) 125

12.4.17.12. The minimum functional pressure for insulation (pme) at 20 ºC shall be less than (MPa)

< 0.35

12.4.17.13. Rated filling pressure (pre) (MPa) > pme

12.4.17.14. Maximum operating pressure (MPa) < 0.85

12.4.17.15. Gas-pressure limits for dielectric test of

cable termination at 20C (MPa)

< pme+ 0.02

12.4.17.16. Cooperation between SF6 GIS Manufacturer and Cable Manufacturer is necessary to ensure suitable and safe cable sealing ends

12.4.17.17. The limits of supply of GIS Manufacturer shall be according to

IEC-62271-

209 fig. 4

12.4.17.18. The cable sealing ends shall include:

12.4.17.18.1. The tubular enclosure and the flanges (one flange to match the flanges of the switchgear and the other to suit the cable insulator, with its base fittings) shall be supplied by the SF6 Switchgear Manufacturer

12.4.17.18.2. Direct connection by 4X35mm2 flexible non insulated Cu wire between GIS enclosure and cable flange shall be supplied by GIS Manufacturer acc. to appended EVK-8254. Please send details of mounting.

12.4.17.18.3. If nonlinear resistors are necessary to be connected between GIS enclosure and cable flange, these shall be supplied by cable manufacturer. Please indicate the type of recommended nonlinear resistors, number, and characteristics and send details of mounting.



011B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.17.18.4. The cable insulator with the fittings and the head fitting, mounted on the cable conductor, supplied by a Cable Manufacturer

12.4.17.18.5. The sealing ends shall be submitted to all the type tests and routine tests, according to IEC 62271-203 (2011)

12.4.17.19. Suitable means shall be provided to enable the switchgear to be completely filled with SF6 gas and tested, even when a cable is not available and fitted into the SF6 switchgear

12.4.17.20. The GIS Manufacturer shall provide for cable connection the disconnecting facilities from GIS and earthing, for performing HV tests on power cables

12.4.17.21. The distance between cable connection and semitrailer floor will be higher than (m)

1.5

12.4.17.22. The insulation of the disconnecting facilities from GIS shall be capable of withstanding the following cable test voltage at minimum working density or pressure of SF6 gas in the sealing end (AC test – Uo for 24 hours)(kV/24 hours)

12.4.17.23. All cables between GIS and transformers will be supplied by Contractor

12.4.18. Requirements for Direct Connections for GIS (Option B)

12.4.18.1. In Option B the connection between GIS (switchgear) and transformer will be performed by direct connection

12.4.18.2. The connections shall be an integral part of this Specification and the GIS Manufacturer shall supply them including all necessary accessories, insulating, facilities, etc, needed for their operation, commissioning, testing, monitoring and maintenance



010B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.18.3. The direct connection between GIS and transformers shall be designed acc. to:

IEC 62271-

211

12.4.18.3.1. Rated voltage (kV) 170

12.4.18.3.2. Number of phase in one enclosure 1

12.4.18.3.3. Rated insulation level:

12.4.18.3.3.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV peak)

750

12.4.18.3.3.2. Power frequency withstand voltage (kV r.m.s.)

325

12.4.18.3.4. Rated normal current (A) 1250

12.4.18.3.5. Rated short time withstand current for 1 sec (kA)

50

12.4.18.3.6. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak) 125

12.4.18.3.7. Rated SF6 gas pressure (bar gauge)

12.4.18.3.8. The maximum operating gas pressure (bar gauge)

12.4.18.3.9. Minimum gas pressure for dielectric tests (bar gauge)

12.4.18.3.10. Mechanical forces applied to the bushing at connection interface applied transversally or axially less than (N)

2000

12.4.18.3.11. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing flange and transformer according to IEC 62271-211 Mechanical forces applied on the bushing flange and transformer

12.4.18.3.11.1. Bending moment Mo less than (kNm)

10

12.4.18.3.11.2. Shearing force Ft less than (kN) 10

12.4.18.3.11.3. Tensile or compressive force Fa less than (kN)

5



012B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.18.3.12. The vibrations generated by transformer will be made known by Purchaser to SF6 G.I.S. Manufacturer and shall be taken into consideration in design of GIS Indicate the characteristics of vibrations can be suffered by GIS in standard design

12.4.18.3.13. The contact surfaces of the connection

interface shall be silver – coated (m) 20

12.4.18.4. Cooperation between GIS Manufacturer and Transformer Manufacturer is necessary to ensure suitable and safe connection

12.4.18.5. The limits of supply of GIS Manufacturer shall be according to

IEC-62271-

211 fig. 1

12.4.18.6. In addition the GIS manufacturer shall supply:

12.4.18.6.1. Connections between the enclosures of different phases in order to limit circulating currents in transformer tank

12.4.18.6.2. Insulation junctions placed between bushing flange and flange of transformer connection enclosure or between transformer enclosure and next enclosure, to achieve correct operation of protection schemes of transformer, will be capable to withstand power frequency voltage test with 5 kV r.m.s for 1 min18

12.4.18.6.3. Nonlinear resistors connected in parallel with insulation junction Indicate the number and characteristic and send detail of mounting

12.4.18.7. The transformer connection shall be submitted to all the type tests and routine tests acc. to

IEC 62271-

211

18

In case of the insulation junction placed between transformer tank and bushing flange, it (including non-linear resistors) will be supplied by transformer manufacturer.



013B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.18.8. The transformer connection shall include

facilities to perform the “tan.” test on transformer with 10 kV test voltage Please send details of the required facilities and insulation

12.4.18.9. Suitable means shall be provided to enable the switchgear to be completely filled with SF6 gas and tested, even when a transformer is not available and fitted into the SF6 switchgear



014B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19. Requirements for Circuit Breaker

12.4.19.1. TYPE

12.4.19.1.1. Type of circuit breaker (denomination)

12.4.19.1.2. Type of mounting (horizontal preferable or vertical)

12.4.19.1.3. The circuit breaker shall supplied in accordance with the requirements of IEC 62271-100 (2012) IEC 62271-203 (2011) Indicate the type of interrupting chamber

12.4.19.1.4. The circuit breaker shall be capable to break and make the capacitor banks (MVAR)

12.4.19.2. ELECTRICAL DATA

12.4.19.2.1. Breaking Capacity:

12.4.19.2.1.1. Circuit breakers shall be ample and safe for protecting and instantly interrupting their circuit as specified in "Properties"

clauses ‎12.3 and "tests and

Inspections" ‎12.5

12.4.19.2.1.2. The circuit breakers shall be substantially in the same mechanical conditions at the termination, as at the beginning, of the specified test duties

12.4.19.2.1.3. Circuit breakers shall be capable for carrying rated voltage and their main current carrying parts shall be at the termination of the specified tests substantially in the same condition as at the beginning



015B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.1.4. The breakers shall be restrike free for all operating duties except capacitive current breaking. They shall be able to break any current up to the rated breaking current at any voltage up to maximum rated voltage

12.4.19.2.1.5. The breakers shall be type C2 (very low expected probability of restrike during capacitive current breaking)

12.4.19.2.1.6. The breakers shall be class M2 proved by mechanical endurance test consist of 10000 operating sequences

12.4.19.2.1.7. Number of series connected breaking units per pole

1

12.4.19.2.1.8. The CB shall have a monitoring system to ensure that all breaker poles are either open or closed

12.4.19.2.2. Auto-Reclosing: The breakers shall be supplied suitable for three-phase rapid auto-reclosing duty, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.104

12.4.19.2.3. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170

12.4.19.2.4. Rated insulation level acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.4.2 and IEC 62271-100 (2012)

12.4.19.2.4.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand

voltage 1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities “to earth/across open contacts” Up (kV peak)

750/860

12.4.19.2.4.2. Rated short duration power frequency withstands voltage 1 min. “to earth/across open contacts” Ud (kV r.m.s.)

325/375

12.4.19.2.5. Rated normal current Ir Indicate the over-current capability of CB (if applicable)

1250 ©



016B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.6. Rated short time withstand current Ik (kA) 50 ©

12.4.19.2.6.1. Rated peak withstand current Ip (kA peak)

135

12.4.19.2.6.2. Rated duration of short circuit tk (sec) 1 ©

12.4.19.2.7. Rated short-circuit breaking current at 170kV- Isc

12.4.19.2.7.1. Value of A.C. component, not less than (kA r.m.s.)

50

12.4.19.2.7.2. Maximum permissible percentage of the D.C. component at contact separation taking into account a time constant of 45 msec (%)

12.4.19.2.7.3. Minimum opening time of the first opening pole Top (ms)

12.4.19.2.8. Breaking capacities not less than:

12.4.19.2.8.1. Asymmetrical (MVA)

12.4.19.2.8.2. Symmetrical (MVA) 14720 ©

12.4.19.2.9. Rated short circuit making current (kA peak)

125 ©

12.4.19.2.10. Rated operating sequence for CB suitable for three phase rapid auto-reclosing

CO-15sec- -CO

12.4.19.2.11. If the dead time is adjustable indicate the adjustment limits

12.4.19.2.12. Rated transient recovery voltage characteristics for terminal faults, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) Table 3 cl.4.102 and cl.6.106

12.4.19.2.12.1. At breaking capacity in percent at 170 kV (%)

10 | 30 | 60 | 100

12.4.19.2.12.2. First pole to clear factor (kpp) 1.3



017B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.12.3. Standard value of TRV

12.4.19.2.12.3.1. u1 = first reference voltage (kV)

12.4.19.2.12.3.2. t1 = time to reach u1 (s)

12.4.19.2.12.3.3. uc = second reference voltage (TRV peak value) (kV peak)

12.4.19.2.12.3.4. t2 = time to reach Uc (s)

12.4.19.2.12.3.5. td = time delay (s)

12.4.19.2.12.3.6. u1/ t1 = rate of rise (kV/s)

12.4.19.2.12.4. TRV characteristics for 2nd and 3rd clearing poles acc. to IEC 62271-100/ (2012) Table 6 cl. 4.102.3

12.4.19.2.12.4.1. Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV)

12.4.19.2.12.4.1.1. 2nd clearing pole (kV/s)

12.4.19.2.12.4.1.2. 3rd clearing pole (kV/s)

12.4.19.2.12.4.2. uc – second reference voltage

12.4.19.2.12.4.2.1. 2nd clearing pole (kV peak)

12.4.19.2.12.4.2.2. 3rd clearing pole (kV peak)

12.4.19.2.13. Rated transient recovery voltage (TRV) characteristics for short-line faults, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) Table 3 cl.4.105 and cl.6.109 Annex A

12.4.19.2.13.1. Fault current in percent of rated symmetrical breaking current (%)

90+2 | 75+4

12.4.19.2.13.2. First pole to clear factor 1



018B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.13.3. Standard values of transient recovery voltage of the supply circuit for short line faults

12.4.19.2.13.3.1. td = time delay (s)

12.4.19.2.13.3.2. Rate of rise at rated short circuit breaking current Isc (du/dt)TF

(kV/s)

12.4.19.2.13.3.3. Rate of rise at short-line fault breaking current IL (du/dt)SLF

(kV/s)

12.4.19.2.13.3.4. Voltage at instant of current interruption ux (kV)

12.4.19.2.13.3.5. Transient peak voltage um (kV)

12.4.19.2.13.4. Values of TRV on line side

12.4.19.2.13.4.1. Voltage at instant of current interruption uo (kV)

12.4.19.2.13.4.2. Peak factor (p.u.)

12.4.19.2.13.4.3. Peak value of first peak of line side TRV uL (kV)

12.4.19.2.13.4.4. Time delay tdL (s)

12.4.19.2.13.4.5. Rate of rise of line side TRV

(duL/dt) (kV/s)

12.4.19.2.13.5. Total first peak voltage across the CB:

12.4.19.2.13.5.1. Time coordinate tT= tL+ 2tDL to

first peak (s)

12.4.19.2.13.5.2. Source side voltage contribution uS to TRV at tT (kV)

12.4.19.2.13.5.3. First peak voltage uT = uL +

uS (kV)



019B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.14. Rated out-of-phase making and breaking current acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.102 Table 3 cl.4.106 and cl.6.110

12.4.19.2.14.1. Value of out-of-phase breaking current Iop (kA)

12.5

12.4.19.2.14.2. Value of out-of-phase making current Iop (kA)

17.6

12.4.19.2.14.3. Symmetrical breaking current in percent of the assigned out of phase breaking capacity (% Iop) acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) Table 26

Test Duty

OP1 OP2

12.4.19.2.14.4. D.C. component of the breaking current shall be less than of the A.C. component (%)

20

12.4.19.2.14.5. Transient recovery voltage characteristics for out-of-phase breaking, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.102 Table 3

12.4.19.2.14.5.1. First pole to clear factor 2

12.4.19.2.14.5.2. u1 = first reference voltage (kV)

12.4.19.2.14.5.3. t1 = time to reach u1 (s)

12.4.19.2.14.5.4. uC = TRV peak value (kV)

12.4.19.2.14.5.5. t2 = time to reach uC (s)

12.4.19.2.14.5.6. td = time delay (s)

12.4.19.2.14.5.7. u1/ t1 = rate of rise (kV/s)

12.4.19.2.14.6. Out-of-phase power frequency recovery voltage (kV)

2Un/3= 196.5

12.4.19.2.15. Rated capacitive switching currents acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.107 Table 9 IEEE C37 06 table 14



001B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.15.1. Class of CB in connection to restrike performance

C2

12.4.19.2.15.2. Rated line charging breaking current (A)

63

12.4.19.2.15.3. Rated cable charging breaking current (A)

160

12.4.19.2.15.4. Rated single capacitor bank breaking current (A)

400

12.4.19.2.15.5. Rated back to back capacitor bank breaking current (A)

400

12.4.19.2.15.6. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank inrush making current (current/frequency) (kA peak/Hz)

20/4300

12.4.19.2.16. Inductive load switching capabilities acc. to IEC 62271-110 (2012)

12.4.19.2.16.1. Magnetizing current (A)

12.4.19.2.16.2. Shunt reactor switching current (A)

12.4.19.2.17. Rated Time Quantities of main contacts acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl. 4.109

12.4.19.2.17.1. Opening time (no load) (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.2. Arcing time (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.3. Break time not more than (ms tolerance)

50

12.4.19.2.17.4. Pre-arcing time (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.5. Closing time (no load) (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.6. Dead time (ms tolerance)



000B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.17.7. Close-open time (no load) (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.8. Reclosing time (no load) (ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.9. Open-Close-Open time (no load)

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.17.10. Operating time diversion between breaker poles on closing or/and tripping shall not exceed :

12.4.19.2.17.10.1. Open (ms) 3.3

12.4.19.2.17.10.2. Close (ms) 5

12.4.19.2.17.10.3. Close-open (ms)

12.4.19.2.17.10.4. Open-close (ms)

12.4.19.2.18. Time quantities of auxiliary contacts:

12.4.19.2.18.1. Closing time of:

12.4.19.2.18.1.1. Auxiliary switch break contact

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.1.2. Auxiliary switch make contact

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.1.3. Auxiliary switch wiping contact

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.2. Opening time of:

12.4.19.2.18.2.1. Auxiliary switch break contact

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.2.2. Auxiliary switch make contact

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.2.3. Auxiliary switch wiping contact

(ms tolerance)



002B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.18.3. Operating time diversion between NO/NC auxiliary contacts and main contact at:

12.4.19.2.18.3.1. Closing operation (ms/ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.18.3.2. Opening operation (ms/ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.19. Additional time quantities required by Purchaser:

12.4.19.2.19.1. Minimum time open command (ms

tolerance)

12.4.19.2.19.2. Minimum time close command (ms

tolerance)

12.4.19.2.19.3. Time delay between close-open command

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.19.4. Time delay between close-open command

(ms tolerance)

12.4.19.2.20. Class of CB taking into account the number of mechanical operation which will be able to perform in concordance with manufacturer maintenance program acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl.4.110

Class M2 (10000

CO)

12.4.19.2.21. Sound pressure level

12.4.19.2.21.1. Sound pressure level shall be measured according to IEC 62271-37-082 (2012)

12.4.19.2.21.2. Near field measurement with fully opened control cabinet doors:



003B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.2.21.2.1. Sound pressure level at 0.6 m distance from tested circuit breaker during tripping operation (dB)

12.4.19.2.21.2.2. Sound pressure level at 0.6 m distance from tested circuit breaker during closing operation (dB)

12.4.19.2.21.3. Near field measurement with fully closed control cabinet doors



12.4.19.2.21.4. Far field measurement:



12.4.19.3. OPERATING MECHANISM

12.4.19.3.1. Type of operating mechanism (spring, spring-hydraulic) Spring operating mechanism is preferable

12.4.19.3.2. The breakers shall be supplied with operating mechanisms, suitable for single and three phase rapid auto-reclosing duty, without derating



004B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.3. The circuit breaker mechanism shall be designed to absorb any shock incident to the operation of the breaker with minimum resultant disturbance, jar and noise

12.4.19.3.4. Steps to prevent undesirable operation due to stresses, vibrations etc. shall be provided by the design. Please give details.

12.4.19.3.5. System of blocking main contacts in closed position (latching) and in open position. Please send description and drawings.

12.4.19.3.6. Please indicate method of damping the energy of moving parts at closing and tripping

12.4.19.3.7. Operating mechanism shall be designed for successful local and remote electrical and local manual control for emergency operation

12.4.19.3.8. The manual tripping device shall be protected against accidental operation (description to be included)

12.4.19.3.9. The stored energy shall be sufficient to provide for the performance of the rated operating sequence at all currents up to the rated short circuit currents

12.4.19.3.10. In case the stored energy is not sufficient for the completion of a closing (tripping) operation, the operating mechanism shall be blocked and an alarm shall be given. A closing operation already started shall be carried out to the end.

12.4.19.3.11. Automatic recharging of the closing mechanism shall be provided for renewed operation immediately after completion of a closing operation



005B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.12. Manual charging of the energy accumulators shall be possible in the event of failure of the motor drive

©

12.4.19.3.13. Crank for emergency manual operation shall be supplied

12.4.19.3.14. Each pump motor shall be protected with a thermal magnetic type overload protection device and with an open phase protection, not enclosed in the motor

12.4.19.3.15. Each pump shall be provided with a running time meter, to stop the motor if the normal running time is exceeded, in case of leakage (if applicable)

12.4.19.3.16. Each motor circuit shall be provided with means for disconnecting the motor and the protection devices from the power supply. The disconnecting means (socket and plug) shall be enclosed in suitable housing, even if located inside the operating mechanism cabinet

12.4.19.3.17. The operating mechanism shall be provided with push buttons located inside the operating mechanism cabinet for local opening and closing of circuit breaker

12.4.19.3.18. Motor drive mechanism shall be accommodated in vermin proof and weatherproof operating mechanism cabinet with degree of protection

IP 55

12.4.19.3.19. Operating mechanism cabinet shall be designed bottom closed with plated provided with cable glands



006B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.20. Local/remote selector switch (located in bay control cubicle) shall interrupt all circuits, including those of the trip coil for control purposes, but shall not interrupt the circuits used for protection purposes to both trip coils. A normally closed alarm contact, in "local" position shall be provided and wired to the terminals of control cubicle.

12.4.19.3.21. In control cubicle an electrical position indicating device shall be provided for CB position with the following functions:

12.4.19.3.21.1. – position 1 – CB closed

12.4.19.3.21.2. – position 2 – CB open

12.4.19.3.21.3. – position 3 – no voltage

12.4.19.3.22. A mechanical position indicating device shall be provided on operating mechanism of each CB

12.4.19.3.23. The operating mechanism with its control relays shall afford the equivalent of trip-free and anti-pump features

12.4.19.3.24. Control relays supplied with the circuit breakers shall be heavy-duty, plug-in-type, with dust tight covers. Where practical, they shall be arranged to break both polarities of the control circuit

12.4.19.3.25. All the three poles shall be tripped automatically if any one pole fails to close following a closing pulse. Phase disagreement relays or other devices shall be provided by Manufacturer.

12.4.19.3.26. Phase disagreement relay shall send five seconds trip signal to coils

12.4.19.3.27. Power supply voltage:

12.4.19.3.27.1. Control circuit (V-D.C.) 60 (+10%)

(-15%)



007B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.27.2. Alarm circuit (V-D.C.) 60 (+10%)

(-15%)

12.4.19.3.28. The operating mechanism shall be capable of closing and opening the circuit breaker for any value of supply voltage between 85% and 110% of the rated value

12.4.19.3.29. The operating mechanism shall be capable of closing and opening the circuit breaker for any value of supply pressure between 85% and 110% of the rated value

12.4.19.3.30. The closing coil shall operate correctly between 85% and 110% of the rated supply voltage of the closing device

12.4.19.3.31. The opening/tripping coil shall operate correctly between 70% and 110% of the rated supply voltage of the opening device

12.4.19.3.32. Number of closing coils per breaker.(per phase)

1

12.4.19.3.32.1. Maximum power rating per closing coil at 60 V D.C. (W/phase)

12.4.19.3.32.2. Current required by closing circuit at 60 V D.C. (A/phase)

12.4.19.3.32.3. Permissible duration of total current by closing circuit (s)

12.4.19.3.32.4. Resistance of closing coil ()

12.4.19.3.32.5. Maximum power rating per closing coil at 60 V DC (W/phase)

12.4.19.3.32.6. Current required by closing circuit at 60 V-DC (A/phase)

12.4.19.3.32.7. Permissible duration of total current by closing circuit (s)



008B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.32.8. Resistance of closing coil ()

12.4.19.3.33. Number of tripping coils per breaker (per phase)

2

12.4.19.3.33.1. Maximum power rating per tripping coil at 60V DC (W/phase)

12.4.19.3.33.2. Rated trip current at 60 V DC (A/phase)

12.4.19.3.33.3. Tripping peak current when tripping circuits are energized at 60 V DC (A/phase)

12.4.19.3.33.4. Permissible duration of total current by tripping circuit (s)

12.4.19.3.33.5. Resistance of tripping coil ()

12.4.19.3.33.6. Each tripping coil shall be mounted on separated armature of magnet

12.4.19.3.34. Maximum cable resistance at 60 V-DC of the tripping circuit for which trip coil

operation is assured (/phase)

12.4.19.3.35. Facilities shall be provided to enable travel and timing measurements to be carried out after the switchgear has been filled with SF6 gas. The test connections shall be possible without opening of any gas section

12.4.19.3.36. The routine test of each CB shall include contact movement diagram (contact displacement as against time) for main contact and auxiliary switches. The Manufacturer shall indicate method of plotting, list of apparatus used and information about possible modification of the curves



009B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.37. Minimum SF6 gas pressure or density for which circuit breakers operation is allowed without mechanical damages (bar or g/l)

12.4.19.3.38. The following alarms shall be provided as a minimum: Indicate corresponding values

12.4.19.3.38.1. Abnormal density of SF6 gas system (low density, minimum breaking density /pressure, minimum dielectric density)

12.4.19.3.38.2. Abnormal pressure of the operating mechanism at 20˚C

12.4.19.3.38.2.1. Low/high pressure with time delay (bar/bar)

12.4.19.3.38.2.2. Minimum auto-reclosing pressure (bar)

12.4.19.3.38.2.3. Minimum closing pressure (bar)

12.4.19.3.38.2.4. Minimum tripping pressure if applicable (bar)

12.4.19.3.38.3. Under voltage for pumps (with time delay)

12.4.19.3.38.4. Under voltage for direct current control circuits

12.4.19.3.38.5. Failure of any essential part of the operating mechanism and motor protection

12.4.19.3.38.6. Normal running time of pump exceeded

12.4.19.3.38.7. Operating time diversion between breaker poles on closing or tripping greater than indicated values



021B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.39. Facilities shall be provided to enable travel and timing measurements with CB analyzer. Indicate the type of CB analyzer.

12.4.19.3.40. The following data shall be indicated by Manufacturer:

12.4.19.3.40.1. Travel specifications under rated conditions:

12.4.19.3.40.1.1. Total travel (mm +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.1.2. Over travel open (mm +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.1.3. Over travel close (mm +/- toleranc

12.4.19.3.40.1.4. Rebound open (mm +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.1.5. Rebound close (mm +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.1.6. Contact wipe (mm +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.2. Velocity specification under rated conditions:

12.4.19.3.40.2.1. Closing operation (mm/s +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.40.2.2. Opening operation (mm/s +/- tolerance)

12.4.19.3.41. Spring Mechanism

12.4.19.3.41.1. Number of mechanisms per breaker (Alt 1/ Alt 2)

1/3

12.4.19.3.41.2. Motor reset and hand reset

12.4.19.3.41.3. Motor voltage (V-DC) 60



020B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.41.4. Rated motor power (W)

12.4.19.3.41.5. Starting motor current (A–DC)

12.4.19.3.41.6. Steady motor current (A)

12.4.19.3.41.7. Total running time required for spring loading:

12.4.19.3.41.7.1. After ON operation (sec)

12.4.19.3.41.7.2. After CO operation (sec)

12.4.19.3.41.7.3. After OCO operation (sec)

12.4.19.3.41.8. Total spring loading of closing mechanism (kJ)

12.4.19.3.41.9. Number of turns per closing operation

12.4.19.3.41.10. Spring mechanisms shall be provided with electrical and mechanical interlocks against undesired operation resulting from a mechanical fault

12.4.19.3.41.11. For hand reset the direction of motion of the handle shall be marked

12.4.19.3.41.12. Actuating force required for manually charging (N)

12.4.19.3.42. Spring Hydraulic Mechanism

12.4.19.3.42.1. Number of mechanisms per breaker (Alt 1/ Alt 2)

1/3

12.4.19.3.42.2. Spring-hydraulic mechanism shall be complete with pump, accumulator, necessary controls, piping, valves and wiring



022B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.42.3. Operating oil pressure shall be maintained automatically and a pressure gauge shall be provided to give indication of the pressure

12.4.19.3.42.4. Motor voltage (V-DC) 60

12.4.19.3.42.5. Rated motor power (W)

12.4.19.3.42.6. Starting motor current /elapsed time until steady current (A/msec)

12.4.19.3.42.7. Steady motor current (A)

12.4.19.3.42.8. Delivery rate (m3/h)


12.4.19.3.42.9.1. After 1 ON operation (sec)



12.4.19.3.42.10. Stored operations

12.4.19.3.42.11. Spring-hydraulic mechanisms shall be provided with electrical and mechanical interlocks against undesired operation resulting from a mechanical fault

12.4.19.3.42.12. Blocking shall apply on all three phases, even if the pressure is low in only one or two phase mechanism(s)

12.4.19.3.42.13. Material of:

12.4.19.3.42.13.1. High and low hydraulic piping

12.4.19.3.42.13.2. Connection between piping and control cabinet



023B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.3.42.14. Spring-hydraulic mechanisms shall be provided with a counter for oil-pump start and an oil fault alarm relay

12.4.19.4. ACCESSORIES AND FITTINGS

12.4.19.4.1. Each circuit-breaker shall be equipped with a complete set of necessary accessories for operation, including the following:

12.4.19.4.1.1. Position indicators (Alt 1/ Alt 2) 1/3

12.4.19.4.1.2. Operation counter to indicate the number of trip operations (Alt 1/ Alt 2)

1/3

12.4.19.4.1.3. Gas density monitor (Alt 1/ Alt 2) 1/3

12.4.19.4.2. The electromagnetic compatibility requirements shall be taken into account in design of counter

12.4.19.4.3. The CB shall have a monitoring system to ensure that all breaker poles are either open or closed (please give details)

12.4.19.4.4. Heaters

12.4.19.4.4.1. Heaters shall be provided in operating mechanism cabinet for heating and to prevent condensation

12.4.19.4.4.2. Heaters shall be provided with thermostats

12.4.19.4.4.3. Number of heaters

12.4.19.4.4.4. Rated voltage (V) 230

12.4.19.4.4.5. Rated power (W/heater)

12.4.19.4.4.6. Total power required by all heaters for one three phase CB (W)



024B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.19.4.4.7. AC power supplies shall be provided with breakers with one NC alarm contact each

12.4.20. Requirements for Disconnectors and Earthing Switches

12.4.20.1. Type and General Requirements:

12.4.20.1.1. Type of Disconnectors:

12.4.20.1.1.1. The disconnectors (Q9) can be offered as combined disconnectors with LSES Q52 (if applicable indicate type and send single line diagram modified accordingly)

12.4.20.1.2. Type of earthing switches:

12.4.20.1.2.1. High speed earthing switches (Q8)

12.4.20.1.2.2. Low speed earthing switches (Q52)

12.4.20.1.3. The Disconnectors and earthing switches shall be designed acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) and IEC 62271-203 (2011)

12.4.20.1.4. Earthing switches close to the circuit breakers and current transformers shall be designed as insulated earthing switches in order to enable an current injection test, without removing SF6 gas or other components

12.4.20.1.5. The insulated earthing switches shall be designed to have a insulation level of 2 kV and shall be able to carry an continuous current of 400 A

12.4.20.1.6. The earthing switches shall be provided with a indicating pointer linked directly to the operating shaft of the moving contact of each phase, in order to indicate the OPEN and CLOSE position of the earthing switches

©



025B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.1.7. In case that the requirement under subcl. ‎12.4.20.1.6 above cannot be fulfilled,

windows shall be supplied for all low and high speed earthing switches

12.4.20.1.8. The inspection windows shall be so designed to assure an easy and reliable checking of contact position

12.4.20.1.9. Manufacturer shall submit with the proposal the relevant drawing for the above required pointer

12.4.20.1.10. Easy access to indicating position device and mechanical interlocks shall be provided

12.4.20.2. Electrical Data ©

12.4.20.2.1. Rated voltage Ur (kV) 170

12.4.20.2.2. Rated frequency (Hz) 50

12.4.20.2.3. Rated normal current for all Disconnectors at maximum ambient temperature +50ºC:

1250

12.4.20.2.4. The switching current capability of disconnectors acc. to IEC 62271-102 cl. 3.4.101 and IEV 441-14-05 (A)


12.4.20.2.5.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand

voltage full wave 1.2/50 sec, both polarities:

12.4.20.2.5.1.1. To earth (kV peak) 750

12.4.20.2.5.1.2. Across the isolating distance (kV peak)

860

12.4.20.2.5.2. Rated power frequency (50 Hz) withstand voltage 1min:



026B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.2.5.2.1. To earth (kV r.m.s.) 325

12.4.20.2.5.2.2. Across the isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)

375

12.4.20.2.6. Rated short-time withstands current for Disconnectors and earthing switches for 1 sec (Ik) (kA r.m.s.)

50

12.4.20.2.7. Rated peak withstand current for Disconnectors and earthing switches (Ip) (kA peak)

125

12.4.20.2.8. Rated short circuit making current for high speed earthing switches (kA peak)

125

12.4.20.2.9. Rated bus charging current switching capability of Disconnectors acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) Annex F 0.1 (A r.m.s)

12.4.20.2.10. Rated bus transfer current switching capability of Disconnectors acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) Annex B

12.4.20.2.10.1. Rated bus-transfer current (A) 1000

12.4.20.2.10.2. Rated bus-transfer voltage (V r.m.s)

10

12.4.20.2.11. Rated induced current switching capability of earthing switches acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) Annex C

12.4.20.2.11.1. Class of high speed earthing switches

B

12.4.20.2.11.1.1. Electromagnetically induced current:

12.4.20.2.11.1.1.1. Rated induced current for high speed earthing switches (A r.m.s.)

80

12.4.20.2.11.1.1.2. Rated induced voltage for high speed earthing switches (kV r.m.s.)

2



027B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.2.11.1.2. Electrostatically induced current:

12.4.20.2.11.1.2.1. Rated induced current for high speed earthing switches (A r.m.s)

3

12.4.20.2.11.1.2.2. Rated induced voltage for high speed earthing switches (kV r.m.s)

9

12.4.20.2.11.2. Class of low speed earthing switches

A

12.4.20.2.11.2.1. Electromagnetically induced current:

12.4.20.2.11.2.1.1. Rated induced current for low speed earthing switches (A r.m.s.)

50

12.4.20.2.11.2.1.2. Rated induced voltage for low speed earthing switches (kV r.m.s.)

1

12.4.20.2.11.2.2. Electrostatically induced current:

12.4.20.2.11.2.2.1. Rated induced current for low speed earthing switches (A r.m.s)

0.4

12.4.20.2.11.2.2.2. Rated induced voltage for low speed earthing switches (kV r.m.s)

3

12.4.20.2.12. Classification of disconnectors for mechanical endurance

M2 (10000

CO)

12.4.20.2.13. Classification of earthing switches for mechanical endurance

M1 (2000 CO)

12.4.20.2.14. Classification of high speed earthing switches for electrical endurance

E1

12.4.20.2.15. Opening/closing time of:

12.4.20.2.15.1. Disconnectors (msec/msec)



028B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.2.15.2. Low speed earthing switch (msec/msec)

12.4.20.2.15.3. High speed earthing switch (msec/msec)

12.4.20.2.15.4. Combined disconnectors and ES (if applicable) (msec/msec)

12.4.20.3. Contacts

12.4.20.3.1. Contacts shall be of the high pressure contact type, and shall open and close with sufficient positive action but shall not cause galling of the contact surface

12.4.20.3.2. Full contact and current carrying capacity shall be secured during reasonable overtravel and undertravel of the mechanism

12.4.20.3.3. All contact surfaces shall be silver plated with minimum thickness of silver plating

(m)

20

12.4.20.3.4. Contact pressure (N/sq. cm)

12.4.20.4. Operating mechanism

12.4.20.4.1. Type of Disconnectors operating mechanism (number/denomination):

12.4.20.4.2. Combined disconnectors and ES (if applicable) (number/denomination):

12.4.20.4.3. Type of earthing switch operating mechanism (number/denomination):

12.4.20.4.3.1. High speed earthing switches

12.4.20.4.3.2. Low speed earthing switches



029B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.4.4. Control of Disconnectors and earthing switches shall be arranged for local (manual and electrical) and remote control

12.4.20.4.5. The three phases of each Disconnectors or earthing switch shall be operated simultaneously

12.4.20.4.6. Once the electrical command of an operation has been initiated, the power mechanism shall complete the open or close operation without requiring the electrical command to be held closed

12.4.20.4.7. The Disconnectors and the earthing switches shall be provided with a time delayed discrepancy alarm to indicate that one or more phases failed to operate correctly

12.4.20.4.8. Local/remote selector switch shall be provided in the control cubicles for selecting the desired mode of operation of Disconnectors (see subcl. 12.5.12.13.3)

12.4.20.4.9. The operating mechanism shall be provided with push buttons located inside the operating mechanism cabinet for local opening and closing of isolator (see subcl. ‎12.4.12.15.5)

12.4.20.4.10. A local control key shall be provided in control cubicle for operation of each HS earthing sw‎12.4.12.15.3itch (see

subcl.‎12.4.12.15.4)

12.4.20.4.11. Crank for emergency manual operation shall be supplied

12.4.20.4.12. A normally closed alarm contact in "local" position shall be provided and wired to the terminals



031B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.4.13. In case of loss of auxiliary D.C. voltage for blocking purposes, the Disconnectors shall be blocked until unlocked with key to allow insertion of handle for manual operation

12.4.20.4.14. In control cubicle an electrical position indicating devices shall be provided for Disconnectors and earthing switch, with the following functions:

12.4.20.4.14.1. - Position 1 – closed

12.4.20.4.14.2. - Position 2 – open

12.4.20.4.14.3. - Position 3 - no voltage

12.4.20.4.15. Mechanical position indicating device shall also be provided on operating mechanism of Disconnectors and earthing switch

12.4.20.4.16. The position of disconnectors/earthing switches shall be displayed in a mechanically linked mimic diagram in LCC

12.4.20.4.17. Manufacturer may also propose his own solution for a clear and reliable indication of the operating position of Disconnectors and earthing switches for approval by Purchaser

12.4.20.4.18. Control relays supplied with the disconnectors and the earthing switches shall be heavy-duty type, with dust tight covers. Where practical, they shall be arranged to break both polarities of the control circuit

12.4.20.4.19. Relay contacts shall be rated as indicated in subcl. ‎12.4.13.15 (Auxiliary switches)

12.4.20.4.20. Maximum force and number of revolutions required for manual operation (N/no. of revolutions)



030B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.4.21. Each electrical motor for power operation shall be protected with a thermal-magnetic type overload protection device

12.4.20.4.22. Each motor circuit shall be provided with means for disconnecting the motor and the protection devices from the power supply (indicate type)

12.4.20.4.23. The disconnecting means shall be enclosed in suitable housing, even if located inside the operating mechanism cabinet

12.4.20.4.24. Rating of motor drive:

12.4.20.4.24.1. Rated power (kW)

12.4.20.4.24.2. Rated voltage (V.D.C.) 60

+10% -15%

12.4.20.4.24.3. Rated current (A)

12.4.20.4.24.4. Starting current / elapsed time until steady current (A/msec)

12.4.20.4.24.5. Total running time (sec)

12.4.20.4.25. Number of mechanisms per Disconnectors

12.4.20.4.26. Number of mechanisms per Earthing Switch

12.4.20.4.27. Number of mechanisms per combined Disconnector and Earthing Switch (if applicable)

12.4.20.5. Interlocks

12.4.20.5.1. Disconnectors and earthing switches shall have provision for locking in both the open and closed positions



032B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.20.5.2. When the Disconnectors is locked in either the open or closed position, the short-circuit or other cause shall not bring it out of this position

12.4.20.5.3. Disconnectors and associated earthing switch shall be electrically interlocked to prevent either of them closing unless the other is open. In case of combined disconnectors and ES will be provided also the mechanical interlocking

12.4.20.5.4. In addition, an mechanical interlock with padlock shall be used

12.4.20.5.5. Disconnectors and earthing switches shall each have their own separate electrical interlocking devices

12.4.20.5.6. Blocking of either electrical or manual operation by an NC auxiliary contact of a circuit breaker or another Disconnectors shall be provided

12.4.20.5.7. The locking positions shall be provided with labels "open" and "closed" respectively

12.4.20.5.8. Interlocking between secondary voltage of VT's and high speed line earthing switch shall be provided

12.4.20.5.9. Blocking in case of hand operation shall be identical to blocking in case of electrical operation

12.4.20.5.10. Please send description of interlocking in case of combined disconnectors and earthing switches



033B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

MEAS. CORE

PROT. CORE

MEASCOR

E

PROT.

CORE

MEAS

CORE

PROT CORE

12.4.21. Requirements for Current Transformers

12.4.21.1. TYPE

12.4.21.1.1. Types of current transformer (denomination)

12.4.21.1.2. The current transformer shall be supplied in accordance with:

IEC 61869-1/2007 IEC 61869-2/2012

12.4.21.1.3. Class of protective current transformer

P

12.4.21.2. ELECTRICAL DATA (T1) CORE NO. 1,2,3,4

12.4.21.2.1. Number of cores 1 3

12.4.21.2.2. Rated primary current Ipr (A)

400 400

12.4.21.2.3. Rated secondary current Isr (A)

5 5/5/5

12.4.21.2.4. Rated short time thermal current for 1sec Ith (kA r.m.s)

50

12.4.21.2.5. Rated dynamic current Idyn (kA peak)

125

12.4.21.2.6. Rated continuous thermal current Icth (1.2 x Ipr) (A)

480 480

12.4.21.2.7. Rated primary short circuit current Ipsc (kA r.m.s)

50

12.4.21.2.8. Extended current rating (%)

120 NA



034B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

MEAS. CORE

PROT. CORE

MEASCOR

E

PROT.

CORE

MEAS

CORE

PROT CORE

12.4.21.2.9. Rated output burden Sr (VA)

20 20

12.4.21.2.10. Accuracy class 0.2s 5P

12.4.21.2.11. Instrument security factor FS

5 NA

12.4.21.2.12. Accuracy limit factor ALF NA 30

12.4.21.2.13. Current error at rated primary current (%)

0.2 1

12.4.21.2.14. Phase displacement at rated primary current (min)

10 60

12.4.21.2.15. Composite error εc (%) > 10 5

12.4.21.2.16. Maximum secondary

winding resistance Rct ()

12.4.21.2.17. Knee point voltage (V)

12.4.21.2.18. Exciting current at knee point voltage (A)

12.4.21.2.19. Maximum permissible density current taking into consideration the rated short-time thermal current 50kA/1sec and maximum

winding temperature 200C

for aluminum or 250C for cooper:

12.4.21.2.19.1. Primary winding, including also the skin effect (A/mm2)

12.4.21.2.19.2. Secondary winding, including also the skin effect (A/mm2)



035B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

MEAS. CORE

PROT. CORE

MEASCOR

E

PROT.

CORE

MEAS

CORE

PROT CORE

12.4.21.2.20. Safety factor taking into consideration maximum permissible density current and actual density current for each winding:

12.4.21.2.20.1. Primary winding

12.4.21.2.20.2. Secondary winding Indicate also the cross section

12.4.21.3. Insulation requirements

12.4.21.3.1. Lightning impulse withstand

voltage test 1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities (kV-peak)

750

12.4.21.3.2. Lightning impulse withstand

voltage test 1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities (kV-peak)

325

12.4.21.3.3. Partial discharge test acc. to:

IEC 62271 203 (2011) cl.6.2.9

12.4.21.3.3.1. PD level at 1.2xUm/3 kV (pC)

< 5

12.4.21.3.4. Class of insulation windings acc. to:

E IEC 60085 (2007)

12.4.21.3.5. Rated power frequency voltage withstand for secondary terminals and between sections (kV r.m.s)

3

12.4.21.3.6. Rated withstand voltage for inter-turn insulation (kV peak)

4.5



036B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

MEAS. CORE

PROT. CORE

MEASCOR

E

PROT.

CORE

MEAS

CORE

PROT CORE

12.4.21.3.7. The overvoltage transmitted from the primary to secondary terminals for impulse type B acc. to: shall not exceed (kV peak)

IEC 61869-1

Table 9 ≤ 6.1

12.4.21.4. General requirements

12.4.21.4.1. The secondary windings shall be wired to barrier type terminals accommodated in a terminal box mounted directly on the current transformer section of the GIS and in control cubicle

12.4.21.4.2. Provisions shall be made for earthing of the secondary windings inside the terminal box

12.4.21.4.3. The position of the primary terminals in the current transformer section of the GIS shall be clearly marked by plates permanently fixed to the enclosure

12.4.21.4.4. Indicate if return primary conductor has any influence on CT's composite error

12.4.21.4.5. The primary terminal P1 shall be in the CB's direction

12.4.21.4.6. Indicate if CT's have turn correction. In the affirmative indicate turn correction ratio

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2



037B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22. Requirements for Inductive Voltage Transformers

12.4.22.1. Type and General Requirements

12.4.22.1.1. Type of voltage transformer (denomination) Indicate if the VT is air gap core type

12.4.22.1.2. The voltage transformers shall be supplied in accordance with IEC 61869-3 (2011)

12.4.22.1.3. The voltage transformers will be connected line-to-ground

12.4.22.1.4. The VT's should be of either plug-in construction or the disconnect link type

12.4.22.1.5. Special covers and shields should be supplied so that the station can be pressurized and dielectrically tested in case of removal of the VT's

12.4.22.2. Electrical data (T5) ©

12.4.22.2.1. Rated primary voltage Upr (kV) 161/3

12.4.22.2.2. Rated secondary voltages Usr (V) 115/3/

115/3

12.4.22.2.3. Accuracy class 0.2 (3P)

12.4.22.2.4. Rated voltage factor Fv:

12.4.22.2.4.1. Continuous, not less than 1.2

12.4.22.2.4.2. 30 sec, not less than 1.5

12.4.22.2.5. Rated output for each secondary winding (VA)

40

12.4.22.2.6. Total simultaneous burden in specified accuracy class (VA)

80

12.4.22.2.7. Class of insulation windings acc. to IEC 60085 (2007)

E



038B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22.2.8. Thermal limiting output for each secondary winding without exceeding the limits of temperature rise:

12.4.22.2.8.1. Secondary windings (kVA/kVA)

12.4.22.2.8.2. Total simultaneous burden (kVA)


12.4.22.2.9.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage -

1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities (kV peak)

750

12.4.22.2.9.2. One minute power frequency withstand voltage on primary winding (kV r.m.s.)

325

12.4.22.2.9.3. The partial discharge level acc. to IEC 61869-1 (2007) Cl. 5.3.3.1

12.4.22.2.9.4. PD level at 1.2xUm/3 (pC) < 5

12.4.22.2.9.5. The overvoltage transmitted from the primary to secondary terminals for impulse type B acc. to IEC 61869—1 (2007) Table 9. Shall not exceed (kV peak)

1.6

12.4.22.2.9.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at Um/3

(tan.) (%)

12.4.22.2.9.7. The rated power frequency withstand voltage for secondary windings and between sections (kV r.m.s.)

3

12.4.22.2.9.8. The rated power frequency withstand voltage for earthed terminal (kV r.m.s.)

3

12.4.22.2.9.9. Each winding shall fulfill its respective accuracy requirements within its output range, while at the same time other winding has an output of any value from 0 to 100% of the upper limit of the output range specified for the other winding



039B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22.2.9.10. The VT shall be designed to withstand without damage when energized at rated voltage, the mechanical and thermal effects of an external short-circuit for the duration of 1sec acc. to IEC 61869-3 07 (2011) Cl. 6.301

12.4.22.3. Special requirements

12.4.22.3.1. All inductive VT’s must be designed so as to be able when connected directly to a 170 kV line up to 100 km long or cable line up to 20 km long to drain the trapped charge, initially assumed to be 1.5 p.u. to values lower than 0.2 p.u. Indicate time period for draining the trapped charge from the moment of line or cable disconnection.

12.4.22.3.2. The VT’s shall have the capability to withstand thermally and mechanically two successive drainages of the line, the second of which occurs immediately after the first one

12.4.22.3.3. The characteristics of the 170 kV double circuit transmission lines or cable lines, to which VT’s will be connected are as follow:

12.4.22.3.3.1. Overhead line:

R1 = 0.0400 /km

X1 = 0.3830 /km

R0 = 0.1860 /km

X0 = 1.4790 /km

RM = 0.0487 /km

XM = 0.3653 /km C1 = 9.6820 nF/km C0 = 6.1450 nF/km

12.4.22.3.3.2. Cable line:

R1 = 0.0138 /km

X1 = 0.1856 /km

R0 = 0.0639 /km

X0 = 0.0517 /km CE = 288 nF/km



041B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22.3.4. Maximum energy which the voltage transformer may absorb in a period of 2 sec. during transient ferroresonance occurrence without any damage (kJ)

12.4.22.3.5. Discharge withstand capability test will be performed. Describe method and supply the test report.

12.4.22.3.6. The following data shall be supplied by Manufacturer for first manufactured VT:

12.4.22.3.6.1. Leakage inductance for primary winding (H)

12.4.22.3.6.2. Leakage inductance for secondary windings (H/H)

12.4.22.3.6.3. Resistance for primary winding ()

12.4.22.3.6.4. Resistance for secondary windings (/)

12.4.22.3.6.5. Magnetizing curve taking into consideration the following:

12.4.22.3.6.5.1. The uniform scale representation is preferred instead of logarithmic one

12.4.22.3.6.5.2. The magnetizing curve shall be measured directly on the core and not on the assembled VT (without the influence of primary winding capacitance)

12.4.22.3.6.5.3. Magnetizing curve will be sent as

Upeak (or peak) versus Ipeak

12.4.22.3.6.5.4. Magnetizing curve up to 2 p.u. (measured values and extrapolated up to 4 p.u. of the magnetic flux or dynamic saturation inductivity for 3.5 - 4 p.u)

12.4.22.3.6.6. Hysteresis curve



040B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22.3.6.7. Equivalent resistance of the magnetic core power losses or magnetic core power losses dependence on the peak value of the magnetizing branch voltage taking into consideration the following:

12.4.22.3.6.7.1. The uniform scale representation is preferred instead the logarithmic one

12.4.22.3.6.7.2. Rfe = f( Upeak) or Pfe = f1( Upeak) where Upeak is the peak value of the magnetizing branch voltage

12.4.22.3.6.8. Core power losses including both eddy-current and hysteresis power losses

12.4.22.3.6.9. Secondary loads (indicate the respective

power factor cos. )

12.4.22.3.6.10. Indicate if steps shall be taken (screenings, special type of earthing) to reduce overvoltage between terminals of secondary windings and earth to safe value on switching the VT on and off at rated voltage and during atmospheric overvoltages

12.4.22.3.7. Each VT should be equipped with one Ferro resonance protection device using a resistor or reactor to be connected across one secondary winding. The final data about value of resistor/reactor and duration of resistor/reactor connection will be decided after results of Ferro resonance study by VT's Manufacturer and in parallel by IECo. The results of the two studies should be compared and a final decision will be taken. All necessary electrical data and drawings for the Ferro resonance damping device and required automation shall be supplied.



042B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.22.3.8. Maximum time allowed between last circuit breaker opening time to all Disconnectors opening time, without any damage caused to the Ferro resonance protective device (sec)

12.4.22.3.9. Miniature circuit breakers for protection of secondary side of VT's should be provided in control cubicle

12.4.22.3.10. Each MCB shall be equipped with auxiliary contacts

2NC and 2NO

12.4.23. Requirements for ZnO Surge Arrester

12.4.23.1. TYPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

12.4.23.1.1. Type of ZnO Surge Arrester (denomination)

12.4.23.1.2. The surge arrester shall be supplied in accordance with IEC 60099-4 /2014

12.4.23.1.3. The insulation medium of surge arrester will be

SF6

12.4.23.1.4. Number of column

12.4.23.1.5. Mounting position – connection to busduct on top of SA enclosure (preferable)

12.4.23.1.6. The surge arrester and accessories shall be suitable for outdoor application

12.4.23.1.7. The SA should be of disconnect link type

12.4.23.1.8. Special covers and shields should be supplied so that the station can be pressurized and dielectrically tested after removal of the SA

12.4.23.2. ELECTRICAL DATA

12.4.23.2.1. Rated voltage Ur of arrester (kV r.m.s) 132

12.4.23.2.2. Continuous operating voltage Uc (kV r.m.s)



043B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.23.2.3. Continuous current of arrester at Uc (mA)

12.4.23.2.3.1. Resistive component of continuous current (mA)

12.4.23.2.3.2. Capacitive component of continuous current (mA)

12.4.23.2.4. Reference voltage Uref (kV)

12.4.23.2.5. Reference current Iref (mA peak)

12.4.23.2.6. Permissible temporary overvoltage (after discharge of 7 kJ/kV) The power frequency voltage versus time characteristics shall be supplied:

IEC60099-4

subcl 6.12

12.4.23.2.6.1. At 1.05 Ur (sec)

12.4.23.2.6.2. At 1.10 Ur (sec)

12.4.23.2.6.3. At 1.15 Ur (sec)

12.4.23.2.7. Nominal discharge current 8/20 sec wave (kA peak)

20

12.4.23.2.8. Arrester class: SH

12.4.23.2.8.1. Thermal energy rating not less than[kJ/kV]

10

12.4.23.2.8.2. Repetitive charge transfer rating not less than [C]

2.4

12.4.23.2.9. Minimum energy discharge capability for a single impulse energy (kJ/kV)

7

12.4.23.2.10. Minimum prospective symmetrical fault current (kA r.m.s)

50

12.4.23.2.11. Protective levels

12.4.23.2.11.1. Maximum residual voltage at 8/20 µs lightning impulse current wave

12.4.23.2.11.1.1. At 0.1 kA (kV peak)



044B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.23.2.11.1.2. At 0.5 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.3. At 1 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.4. At 3 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.5. At 5 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.6. At 10 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.7. At 15 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.8. At 20 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.1.9. At 40 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.2. Maximum residual voltage at 30/60 µs switching impulse current wave

12.4.23.2.11.2.1. At 0.5 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.2.2. At 1 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.2.3. At 2 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.2.4. At 3 kA (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.11.3. Maximum residual voltage for steep

current impulse with 1 sec virtual front time and peak value equal to the rated discharge current ±5% (kV peak)

12.4.23.2.12. The insulation level between internal parts and metal housing shall be:

12.4.23.2.12.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage phase to earth (kV peak)

1.3 LOPL

19

12.4.23.2.12.2. Power frequency withstand voltage phase to earth (kV peak)

1.06 SOPL

20

12.4.23.2.13. SF6 pressure for insulation at 20 C

19

LOPL – Lightning over-voltage Protection Level of arrester 20

SOPL -Switching over-voltage Protection Level of arrester



045B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.23.2.14. PD level at 1.05 Uc (pC) <5

12.4.23.3. OTHER REQUIERMENTS

12.4.23.3.1. Each arrester compartment is fitted with gas connection for gas monitoring devices and for SF6 maintenance, like in other GIS compartments

12.4.23.3.2. The surge arrester compartment shall be provided with an access opening closed with cover including pressure relief device and filter

12.4.23.3.3. Please indicate the used method for electrical field control along the axis of active parts and between active parts and earthed encapsulation (send details)

12.4.23.3.4. The bottom plate of the arrester housing shall be removable and provided with bushing for the insulated connection to earth

12.4.23.3.5. Two earthing terminals shall be provided in the bottom plate of the arrester housing (indicate type, dimensions, material)

12.4.23.3.6. The conductor used for connection of SA to earthing system will be supplied by Manufacturer:

12.4.23.3.6.1. Type and size of conductor (mm2)

12.4.23.3.6.2. Length/phase (m)

12.4.23.3.6.3. Insulation (kV r.m.s)

12.4.23.3.6.4. Maximum permissible length of lead between SA enclosure and earth (mm)

12.4.23.3.6.5. Type and material of terminals

12.4.23.3.7. The manufacturer will supply all covers for closing the apertures in GIS enclosure for performing of HV test on site of GIS without surge arrester



046B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.23.3.8. Please indicate if special provisions are required during shipment and storage of surge arrester

12.4.24. Dimensions and Weights

12.4.24.1. DIMENSIONS

12.4.24.1.1. Dimensions of 170 kV SF6 switchgear:

12.4.24.1.1.1. Overall length (m)

12.4.24.1.1.2. Overall width (m)

12.4.24.1.1.3. Maximum height (m)

12.4.24.1.2. Typical dimensions of a local control cubicle:

12.4.24.1.2.1. Length (m)

12.4.24.1.2.2. Width (m)

12.4.24.1.2.3. Height (m)

12.4.24.2. WEIGHTS

12.4.24.2.1. Total weight of 170 kV SF6 switchgear (t)

12.4.24.2.2. Total mass of SF6 gas in the 170 kV SF6 switchgear (t)

12.4.24.2.3. The mass of gas in the largest/smallest gas sections (kg)

12.4.24.2.4. Mass of reserve SF6 gas supplied by Contractor shall be 10% from total mass of SF6 gas (kg)

12.4.24.2.5. Shipping weight (ton)

12.4.25. LOADS ON SEMITRAILER

12.4.25.1.1. Static (kN)



047B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.4.25.1.2. Dynamic impulse forces in all relevant directions during switching operation of CB's (kN)

12.4.25.1.3. Number of drawing including diagram of forces and explanations

12.4.25.1.4. Please indicate and describe recommended methods to absorb shocks transmitted to floor of the semitrailer

12.5. TESTS

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1. Type Tests

12.5.1.1. The Manufacturer is required to submit with the proposal type test reports of the offered equipment type, performed by a neutral laboratory (e.g. Kema) accredited to ISO/IEC 17025 (2005) by an accreditation body which is a member of ILAC MRA (e.g. APLAC, EA, IAAC, A2LA). Furthermore the Laboratory scope of accreditation must include the required specific test methods used for the above mentioned type tests

©

12.5.1.2. Type test reports for offered type according to the provisions of the latest relevant issue of IEC Recommendations, shall be supplied with the proposal21 see Appendix A3.

©

12.5.1.3. Dielectric tests acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.2

12.5.1.3.1. Power frequency (50-Hz) withstand voltage test 1 min, on the main circuit acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.2

12.5.1.3.1.1. To earth and between phases (kV r.m.s.) 325

21

Indicate number of each test report



048B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.3.1.2. Across isolating distance and across open switching device (kV r.m.s.)

375

12.5.1.3.1.3. Power frequency (50 Hz) withstand voltage test, 1 min, wet conditions for bushings (kV r.m.s.)

325

12.5.1.3.2. Lightning impulse withstand voltage test

1.2/50 sec full wave, both polarities, acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl. 6.2.6.2

12.5.1.3.2.1. To earth and between phases (kV peak) 750

12.5.1.3.2.2. Across isolating distance and across open switching device (kV r.m.s.)

860

12.5.1.3.3. Partial discharge tests acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.2.9

12.5.1.3.3.1. Maximum permissible PD level at 1.2Ur/√3/>1min (pC)

< 5

12.5.1.3.4. Artificial pollution test for composite outdoor bushings based on IEC-TC-36 Guides and local pollution indices (ESDD/NSDD)

12.5.1.3.4.1. Test procedure

12.5.1.3.4.2. Acceptance criteria

12.5.1.3.4.3. Conclusion

12.5.1.3.5. Dielectric type test of cable termination in a single phase at minimum functional pressure for insulation acc. to IEC 62271-209 (2007) The tests will be performed at maximum SF6 gas pressures (MPa)

12.5.1.3.6. Dielectric tests on auxiliary and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.2.10 IEC 62271-1 (2011) subcl.6.10.6



049B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.3.6.1. Power frequency voltage withstand test (50 Hz) 1 min. (kV r.m.s.) If electronic components are used indicate the testing procedure and test value

2

12.5.1.3.7. Radio interference voltage (RIV) tests (for external bushings) acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.3 Radio interference level at 1.1 Ur/√3 does

not exceed maximum value (V)

2500

12.5.1.4. Tests to prove the temperature rise and measurements of resistances acc. to:

12.5.1.4.1. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.4 Acceptance test value will be supplied.

12.5.1.4.2. Measurement of the resistance of auxiliary contacts class 1 acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl. 6.4.2.1

12.5.1.4.3. Temperature rise test on main circuit and on auxiliary and control equipment acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.5

12.5.1.4.3.1. The resistance value measured prior and after temperature rise test will not differ by more than (%)

20

12.5.1.5. Tests to prove the rated peak and the rated short-time withstand current (on main circuits and earthing circuits) acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.6

12.5.1.5.1. Rated short-time withstand current (kA r.m.s./sec)

50/1

12.5.1.5.2. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)

125

12.5.1.6. Verification of making and breaking capacities acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl. 6.101



051B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.6.1. Circuit breakers acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) Cl.6.102 to 6.112 IEEE C37 06

12.5.1.6.2. Earthing switches and Disconnectors acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013)

12.5.1.6.2.1. Short circuit making capability of HSES IEC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.101

class E1

12.5.1.6.3. Bus transfer current switching capability of disconnectors IEC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.106 Annex. B

12.5.1.6.4. Induced current switching capability of ES EC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.107 Annex. C

12.5.1.6.5. Bus charging switching capability of disconnectors IEC 62271-102 (2013) Cl.6.108 Annex. F

12.5.1.7. Mechanical and environmental tests acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl. 6.102 Number of operating cycles for:

12.5.1.7.1. Circuit breakers class M2 acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) subcl. 6.101.2.4 Five times the following test series shall be performed:

12.5.1.7.1.1. Circuit breaker at minimum supply voltage and operating pressure

500x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.1.2. Circuit breaker at rated supply voltage and operating pressure

500x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.1.3. Circuit breaker at maximum supply voltage and operating pressure

500x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.1.4. Circuit breaker at rated supply voltage and operating pressure

250 x (C–0.3s

-CO-3min-C)



050B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.7.2. Disconnectors class M2 and Earthing Switches class M1 acc. to IEC 62271-102 (/2013) cl.6.102 Ten times for Disconnectors and two times for ES the following series will be performed:

12.5.1.7.2.1. Disconnectors and ES at rated supply voltage and for hand operated

900x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.2.2. Disconnectors and ES at minimum supply voltage

50x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.2.3. Disconnectors and ES at maximum supply voltage

50x (C–O)

12.5.1.7.3. Operation test at limit temperatures acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.102

12.5.1.7.3.1. Operation test at high temperature (C) +50

12.5.1.7.3.2. Operation test at low temperature (C) -5

12.5.1.7.4. Operating time, maximum energy consumption, operation of auxiliary contacts, position indicating device shall be verified

12.5.1.7.5. The main circuit resistance shall not increase after test more than

20%

12.5.1.7.6. All other elements comprising interlocks. Contractor shall indicate a list.

50x(C–O)

12.5.1.7.7. A tightness test shall be performed before and after mechanical endurance test

12.5.1.8. Electrical endurance testing of CB acc. to IEC 62271-310 (2008)

12.5.1.9. Voltage test as condition check, after breaking and mechanical tests acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.2.11

12.5.1.10. Verification of degree of protection for auxiliary and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.6.7



052B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.10.1. Verification of the IP coding acc. to IEC 60529 (2013)

12.5.1.10.2. Mechanical impact test acc. to IEC 62262 (2002) cl.5

12.5.1.11. Test for support insulators and partitions acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) cl.6.104, cl.6.106 and IEEE C37-122 and BS 50089. Please indicate other standards and describe test method.

12.5.1.11.1. Pressure test on partitions

12.5.1.11.1.1. Pressure test higher than: Indicate design pressure "p".

> 3p

12.5.1.11.1.2. Thermal performance (on partitions and support insulators)

12.5.1.11.1.3. Tightness test for partitions

12.5.1.12. Proof tests for enclosures, acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2012) subcl. 6.103

12.5.1.12.1. Bursting pressure test:

12.5.1.12.1.1. Pressure rise (KPa/min) ≤ 400

12.5.1.12.1.2. Bursting pressure for cast aluminum or composite aluminum enclosures

5 x p22

12.5.1.12.1.3. Bursting pressure for welded aluminum or steel enclosures23

(2.3v)(σ

t/σa)p

12.5.1.12.2. Non-destructive pressure test acc. to to IEC 62271-03 (2012) subcl. 6.103.3

12.5.1.12.2.1. Test pressure for cast aluminum enclosures

22

p – design pressure 23

v – welding coefficient, σt – design stress at test temperature, σa – design stress at design temperature



053B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.12.2.2. Test pressure for welded aluminum and steel enclosures

12.5.1.12.2.3. Alternative procedures for non-destructive pressure test may be indicated

12.5.1.13. Internal arc test, at 50 kA and 0.5 sec. arc duration acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.105

12.5.1.14. Gas tightness test acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.6.8 Indicate if the proposed equipment is closed or sealed pressure system

12.5.1.15. Environmental tests:

12.5.1.15.1. Outdoor equipment (stationary use at non-weather protected location) acc. to IEC 60721-4-4 (2003) and IEC 60068

12.5.1.16. Corrosion test on earthing connections acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.107

12.5.1.17. Corrosion test on enclosures acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 6.108

12.5.1.18. Electromagnetic Compatibility – EMC

12.5.1.18.1. Emission tests from the auxiliary and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.9.1.2

12.5.1.18.2. Immunity tests on auxiliary and control circuits which include electronic equipment (if applicable):

12.5.1.18.2.1. Electric fast transient/burst test acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.9.2.3 Test voltage (kV):

2

12.5.1.18.2.2. Oscillatory wave immunity test acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) cl.6.9.2.4



054B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.18.2.3. Electrostatic discharge test (ESD) on electronic equipment

12.5.1.18.3. Ripple on DC input power port immunity test acc. to IEC 61000-4-17

12.5.1.18.4. Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations on DC input power port immunity test acc. to IEC 61000 4-11 and 4-29

12.5.1.18.5. Indicate the tested sub-assemblies

12.5.1.19. Tests on auxiliary and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-1/2011 cl.6.10

12.5.1.19.1. Functional tests

12.5.1.19.2. Electrical continuity of earthed metallic parts test

12.5.1.19.3. Verification of the operational characteristics of auxiliary contacts

12.5.1.19.4. Environmental tests including:

12.5.1.19.4.1. Cold test acc. to IEC 60068-2-1

12.5.1.19.4.2. Dry heat test acc. to IEC 60068-2-2

12.5.1.19.4.3. Damp heat acc. to IEC 60068-2-3

12.5.1.19.4.4. Cyclic test acc. to IEC 60068-2-30

12.5.1.19.4.5. Vibration response and seismic test acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

12.5.1.19.4.6. Other environmental tests acc. to IEC 60068-2 Please indicate.

12.5.1.20. Type tests of CT’s acc. to IEC 61869-1,2/2012

12.5.1.20.1. Additional type tests:



055B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.20.1.1. Measurement of exciting current and voltage at 50 Hz with open primary winding and drawing of magnetization curve for each core of CT’s

12.5.1.20.1.2. Transmitted overvoltage test

12.5.1.21. Type tests of VT’s acc. to IEC 61869- 1,3 (2012)

12.5.1.21.1. Transmitted overvoltage test as additional type test

12.5.1.22. Type tests of SA’s acc. to IEC 60099-4 (2014)

12.5.1.23. Type tests of composite air/SF6 bushing acc. to IEC 61462 (2007) IEC 60137 (2008)

12.5.1.23.1. Design tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.7 and table 3

12.5.1.23.1.1. Tests on interface and connections IEC 61462 cl.7.2

12.5.1.23.1.2. Tests on shed and housing material acc. to IEC 62217 (2012) cl.9.3

12.5.1.23.1.3. Tests on tube material acc. to IEC 62217 cl.9.4

12.5.1.23.2. Mechanical tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.8

12.5.1.23.3. Sample tests acc. to IEC 61462 cl.9

12.5.1.23.4. Special tests:

12.5.1.23.4.1. Accelerated aging test

12.5.1.23.4.2. Power arc test

12.5.1.23.4.3. Tests on insulating materials acc. to IEC 62039

12.5.1.23.4.3.1. Tests on housing materials

12.5.1.23.4.3.2. Core



056B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.23.4.3.3. Structural materials

12.5.1.24. Type tests for cable connection acc. to IEC 62271-209 (2007) cl.8

12.5.1.25. Seismic qualification test shall prove that the GIS equipment including LCC will operate fully satisfactory during and after earthquake acc. to IEEE C37.122.1 IEEE 693 IEC/TS 61463 IEC 62271-207 (2012)

12.5.1.25.1. Qualification by combined test and dynamic analysis

12.5.1.25.2. The qualification shall consider the as built condition of the GIS, including supports and structure in defining the excitation for test and analysis

12.5.1.25.3. LCC (auxiliary and control equipment) which is independent of the GIS shall be qualified independently

12.5.1.25.4. The dynamic analysis report shall be acc. to IEEE 693 and shall take into consideration:

12.5.1.25.4.1. Damping ratio (%)

12.5.1.25.4.2. The history parameters acc.to IEEE 693 cl.5.5.2

12.5.1.25.4.3. Test sequence acc.to IEEE 693 cl.5.5.4

12.5.1.25.4.4. Qualification by combined test and numerical analysis shall be performed acc.to IEEE 693 cl.6

12.5.1.25.4.5. Documentation for test and analysis report shall be according to IEEE 693 cl.8

12.5.1.26. Electrical and mechanical life tests of bellows, elbows or expansion joints acc. to IEEE C37.122



057B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.1.27. Welding and pressure testing performed on the pressure vessels acc. to CENELEC 50069 and 50064

12.5.1.28. Cross cut test of painting acc. to ISO 2409 grad 0

12.5.2. Routine and Sample Tests

12.5.2.1. Power frequency voltage 1min, dry test, on the main circuit, at minimum functional pressure, with switching devices (CB and Disconnectors) closed and open, acc. to24 IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.1 (kV r.m.s.)

325 ©

12.5.2.2. Partial discharge measurements on transport units or components acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.1.2

©

12.5.2.2.1. Pre-stress voltage/duration (kV r.m.s./sec) 325kV/1min

12.5.2.2.2. Measuring voltage / duration (kV r.m.s./sec)

1.2 Ur/√3 / > 1 min

12.5.2.2.3. Partial discharge level for all assemblies not more than (pC) Contractor shall indicate a list of all components subjected to partial discharge test.

5

12.5.2.2.4. No partial discharge up to (kV r.m.s.)

12.5.2.2.5. Extinction voltage (kV r.m.s.)

12.5.2.3. Voltage tests (1 s) for the auxiliary and control circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) ubcl.7.2 (kV r.m.s.)

1

24

The CB’s and Disconnectors will be tested also in open position with 375 kV r.m.s, if will be supplied as transportable units



058B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.4. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.3 Overall resistance on transport units measured with the equipment in closed position (ohm)25

≤ 1.2 Ru

12.5.2.5. Gas tightness tests acc. to IEC 62271-203/2011 subcl.7.4

12.5.2.6. Visual check, verification of design and checking of nameplate, in order to prove the compliance with Specification SR-152 acc. to IEC 62271 -203 (2011) subcl.7.5

12.5.2.7. Pressure tests of enclosures acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.101

12.5.2.7.1. Welded aluminum/steel enclosures (bar) 1.3 x p /

≥ 1min26

12.5.2.7.2. Cast aluminum and composite aluminum enclosures (bar)

2 x p / ≥ 1min

12.5.2.8. Mechanical operation tests, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.102 Number of operating cycles for:

12.5.2.8.1. Circuit breaker at:

12.5.2.8.1.1. Rated supply voltage and rated pressure for operation (if applicable)

5 x (C-O)

5 x (O-to-C)

to=0.3 s

12.5.2.8.1.2. Minimum supply voltage and minimum pressure for operation (if applicable)

5 x C 5 x O

12.5.2.8.1.3. Maximum supply voltage and maximum pressure for operation (if applicable)

5 x C 5 x O

25

Ru = Sum of the resistance of relevant components (CB, Disconnectors, etc) during the type test 26

p = design pressure of enclosure



059B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.8.1.4. The SF6 pressure and pressure of operating mechanism (if applicable), operating times and mechanical travel characteristics shall be noted during the test

12.5.2.8.2. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches at:

12.5.2.8.2.1. Rated supply voltage 5 x (C-

O)

12.5.2.8.2.2. Minimum supply voltage 5 x (C-

O)

12.5.2.8.2.3. Maximum supply voltage 5 x (C-

O)

12.5.2.8.2.4. Operating time and maximum energy consumption shall be recorded during the test. Operation of auxiliary contacts and position indication device shall be verified for manual mechanism, the max. forces shall be recorded.

12.5.2.8.3. All switching device fitted with interlocks (Contractor shall indicate a list)

5 x (C-O)

12.5.2.8.4. Operating time measurements of main contact of CB at rated conditions (SF6 pressure, pressure of operating mechanism, control voltage) including contact movement diagram for each phase and each tripping coil:

12.5.2.8.4.1. Closing time

12.5.2.8.4.2. Closing time difference

12.5.2.8.4.3. Opening time with each tripping coil

12.5.2.8.4.4. Opening time difference with each tripping coil

12.5.2.8.4.5. Close-open time



061B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.8.4.6. Close-open time difference

12.5.2.8.4.7. Open-close-open time

12.5.2.8.4.8. Open-close-open time difference

12.5.2.8.4.9. Dead time

12.5.2.8.5. Operating time measurements of auxiliary contacts of circuit breaker closing/opening time

12.5.2.8.6. The routine test of CB shall include the contact movement diagram for each phase (contact displacement as against time for opening with each tripping coil, closing, close-open and open-close-open operations) for main contact and auxiliary switches. The Manufacturer shall indicate method of plotting, list of apparatus used and information about possible modification of the curves.

12.5.2.8.7. Checking of CB operating mechanism characteristics and monitoring system of operating mechanism

12.5.2.8.8. Operation of electrical and mechanical interlocks

12.5.2.8.9. Operation of anti-pumping device

12.5.2.9. Tests of auxiliary circuits, equipment and interlocks in the control mechanisms acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl.7.103

12.5.2.10. Tests on auxiliary and control circuits acc. to IEC 62271-1 (2011) subcl.7.2 shall include:

12.5.2.10.1. Inspection and verification of conformity to the circuit diagrams and wiring diagrams

12.5.2.10.2. Functional tests

12.5.2.10.3. Verification of protection against electrical shock



060B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.10.4. Verification of the electrical continuity of earthed metallic parts (if not possible only visual inspection)

12.5.2.11. Routine tests of partitions and support insulators acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) cl.7.104 and BS 50089

12.5.2.11.1. Power frequency voltage test (kV r.m.s.)

12.5.2.11.2. Visual inspection

12.5.2.11.3. Nondestructive examination (indicate method)

12.5.2.11.4. Partial discharge test

12.5.2.11.5. Pressure test Indicate also the design pressure (bar).

2 x design pressure, 1min

12.5.2.11.6. Production consistency pressure test acc. to BS 50089 cl.7.2.5

12.5.2.11.7. Permissible leakage rate Fp (%)

12.5.2.12. Welding and pressure testing performed on the pressure vessels shall be according to CENELEC EN 50 052 (cast) CENELEC EN 50 064 and EN 50069 (welded)

12.5.2.13. LCC tests acc. to IEC 61439-1/2009 IEC60439-1 (2004) IEC60204-1 (2005) IEC 60255-3 (1992)

12.5.2.14. Check of the pick-up values of the pressure and density of SF6 gas monitoring

©

12.5.2.15. Check of pressure relief device ©

12.5.2.16. UHF coupler test ©

12.5.2.17. Measurement of heater resistance ©

12.5.2.18. Resistance measurement of control coils of CB ©



062B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.19. Tests of current transformers acc. to IEC 61869-2 (2012) and additional tests as follow:

12.5.2.19.1. Routine test for accuracy for measuring core at extended current rating

12.5.2.19.2. Measurement of secondary resistance for each core and each ratio and correction at 750

12.5.2.19.3. Measurement of exciting current and voltage at 50 Hz with open primary winding and drawing of magnetization curve on one of each core of CT’s for each delivery

12.5.2.19.4. Test for verifying the knee point voltage by measuring the exciting current and voltage for two points of magnetization curve close to the knee point

12.5.2.20. Tests of voltage transformers acc. to IEC 61869-3/2011 and additional tests as follow:

12.5.2.20.1. Gas density gauge check shall be performed to show the switch contact operate as specified

12.5.2.20.2. Measurement of primary and secondary windings resistance

12.5.2.20.3. Measurement of insulation resistance acc. to ANSI C 57.13 (1993) Cl.8.3

12.5.2.20.4. Measurement of the magnetization curve at 50 Hz on one VT of each delivery acc. to IEEE C57.13 (2008) Cl.8.3

12.5.2.20.5. Tests of Ferro resonance protection device (if applicable)

12.5.2.21. Routine and acceptance tests of Surge Arresters acc. to IEC 60099-4 (2014)

12.5.2.22. Routine and sample tests of composite air/SF6 bushings acc. to IEC 61462 (2007) cl.10



063B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.2.22.1. Sample tests acc. to IEC 61462/2007 cl.9

12.5.2.22.1.1. Verification of dimensions

12.5.2.22.1.2. Mechanical tests

12.5.2.22.1.3. Galvanizing test

12.5.2.22.1.4. Check of between end fittings and the housing

12.5.2.22.2. Routine tests acc. to IEC 61462 (2007) cl.10

12.5.2.22.2.1. Visual examination

12.5.2.22.2.2. Pressure test

12.5.2.22.2.3. Mechanical tests

12.5.2.22.2.4. Tightness test

12.5.2.23. Cross-cut test of painting acc. to ISO 2409 grad 0

12.5.2.24. Completeness and packing check

12.5.2.25. Test certificate of SF6 gas acc. to IEC 60376 (2005)

12.5.3. Tests after Erection on Site

12.5.3.1. Voltage tests on the main circuits shall be according to attached Appendix A4 and according to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101

12.5.3.1.1. The Manufacturer will supply all accessories (covers for closing the apertures in GIS enclosures, etc.) for performing of HV tests on site (HV cable, etc)

12.5.3.1.2. The Manufacturer will supply all necessary adapters and fittings for connection of the following HV test equipment to GIS (for details see Appendix A4)



064B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.5.3.2. Power frequency voltage test for the auxiliary and control circuits, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.3

12.5.3.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuits of the complete equipment, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.4

12.5.3.4. Gas tightness tests acc. to IEC 62271-203/2011 subcl. 10.2.101.5

12.5.3.5. Checks and verifications of correct wiring, proper function of the interlocks, proper function of the control, measuring and regulating equipment including heating and lighting acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.6

12.5.3.6. Measurement of gas condition, acc. to IEC 62271-203 (2011) subcl. 10.2.101.7 Indicate the maximum permissible moisture content (ppm).

12.5.3.7. Mechanical operation tests for the various components (circuit breakers, isolators, earthing switches)

12.5.3.8. EMC compatibility site measurements shall be performed acc. to IEC 62271-1 Annex J

12.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.6.1. Electromagnetic Pulse Measures

12.6.1.1. Sensor/Controller Cable Shielding:

12.6.1.1.1. CT/VT Sensor, CB Position Sensors and other cables shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 1 & 4 & 5

12.6.1.2. Control Cubicle:



065B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Alt 1 Alt 2

12.6.1.2.1. The Control Cubicle will terminate any necessary control and monitoring cables Consistent with Cable Shielding Guidelines, including circumferential bonding of shield cables, termination of conduit and other measures. Power to the Control Cubicle will be through shielded cable according to Appendix Y1 clause 1 & 4

COMPOSITE INSULATOR – ALTERNATE SHEDS TYPE

REQUIRED OFFERED

P1-P2 > 15 mm P1-P2 =

S/P1 > 0.8 S/P1 =

C > 40 mm C =

= 5-14 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =

RUSCD = 53.7 mm/kV l =

L = 5280 mm L =

P1

P2

P1

S1

l1

d2

S

d1

l2

Dt

l2

Ds2

Ds1

\2

C



066B -

L/A < 4 L/A =

l1/d1 < 4.5 l1/d1 =

l2/d2 < 4.5 l2/d2 =

Kad = Correction factor of the RUSCD for insulator diameter

Da = (Ds1+Ds2+2Dt)/4

RUSCD = Reference unified specific creepage distance phase to ground.

L = Phase to ground external creepage distance

A = Arcing distance

SHEDS TYPENORMAL –COMPOSITE INSULATOR

REQUIRED OFFERED

S/P > 0.8 S/P =

C > 25 mm C =

= 5-14 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =

RUSCD= 53.7 mm/kV l =

L = 5280 mm L =

S

C=d

P

l

P

Dt

Ds

\2



067B -

L/A < 4 L/A =

l/d < 4.5 l/d =

Kad = Correction Factor for insulator diameter of the RUSCD

Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2

RUSCD = Reference unified specific creepage distance phase to ground


A = Arcing distance



068B -

COMPOSITE INSULATOR

DETAILS FILLED BY

MANUFACTURER

MATERIALS ITEMS No.

SILICON RUBER HOUSING

FRP TUBE

ALUMINIUM FLANGE

INTERFACE 1

(BETWEEN HOUSING

AND TUBE)

INTERFACE 2

(BETWEEN HOUSING

AND FLANGE)

INTERFACE 3

(BETWEEN TUBE AND

FLANGE)

ARC RESISTANCE

SURFACE

INNER SURFACE



069B -



071B -



070B -


ITEM 2 – POWER TRANSFORMER

072B -

13. SPECIFICATION FOR ITEM 2 - POWER TRANSFORMER





REQUIRED OFFERED

13.1. MANUFACTURER



13.1.3. Type of the Power Transformer (three phases, two winding) (denomination)





13.1.8. The offered type of Power Transformer shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©


9001:2015 (see subclause ‎‎7.1 above) standards and

attach a copy of their Q.M.S. certificate



The following standards are applicable in the relevant parts to the individual

components of the transformer:

13.2.1. IEC 60076-1/2011: Power Transformer part-1: General 13.2.2. IEC 60076-2/2011: Power Transformer Part-2: Temperature rise for liquid

immersed oil transformers



073B -

13.2.3. IEC 60076-3/2013: Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external clearances in air

13.2.4. IEC 60076-4/2002: Guide to the lightning impulse and switching impulse testing - Power transformers and reactors

13.2.5. IEC 60076-5/2006: Ability to withstand short circuit 13.2.6. IEC 60076-7/2005: Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers 13.2.7. IEC 60076-10/2016: Determination of sound levels 13.2.8. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted

conditions: Definitions, information and general principles 13.2.9. IEC 60815-2/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted

conditions: Ceramic and glass insulators for a.c. systems 13.2.10. IEC 60815-3/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted

conditions: Polymer insulators for a.c. systems 13.2.11. IEC 61083-1/2001: Instruments and software used for measurement in

high-voltage impulse tests: Requirements for instruments 13.2.12. IEC 61083-2/2013: Instruments and software used for measurement in

high-voltage impulse tests: Requirements for software for tests with impulse voltages and currents

13.2.13. IEC 61869-2/2012: Instrument transformers: Additional requirements for Current transformers

13.2.14. IEC 60085/2007: Electrical insulation - Thermal evaluation and designation

13.2.15. IEC 60137/2008: Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V

13.2.16. IEC 60214/2014: On-load tap-changers 13.2.17. IEC 60255-26/2013: Electrical disturbance tests for measuring relays and

protection equipment 13.2.18. IEC 60296/2012: specification for unused mineral insulating oils for

transformers and switchgear 13.2.19. IEC 60317/2013: specifications for particular types of winding wires -

Enameled round and rectangular copper wire 13.2.20. IEC 60404-8-7/2008: specifications for individual materials -

Cold-rolled grain-oriented electrical steel strip and sheet delivered in the fully-processed state

13.2.21. IEC 60529/2013: Degrees of protection provided by enclosures. (IP code) 13.2.22. IEC 60554/2001: specification for cellulosic papers for electrical purposes 13.2.23. IEC 60567/2011: Oil-filled electrical equipment – Sampling of gases and

analysis of free and dissolved gases - Guidance 13.2.24. IEC 60641/2008: Pressboard and presspaper for electrical purposes 13.2.25. IEC 60721-3-4/1995: Classification of environmental conditions 13.2.26. IEC 60851/2013: Winding wires-Tests methods 13.2.27. IEC 61181/2012: Mineral oil-filled electrical equipment

Application of dissolved gas analysis (DGA) to factory tests on electrical equipment

13.2.28. IEC 61439/2014: Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies 13.2.29. IEC 61850/2016: Communication networks and systems in substations 13.2.30. IEC 62155/2003: Tests on hollow insulators for use in electrical equipment 13.2.31. IEC 62231/2006: Composite station post insulators for substations with

a.c. voltages greater than 1 000 V up to 245 kV – Definitions, test methods and acceptance criteria

13.2.32. IEC 60071-2/1996: Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guide 13.2.33. IEEE Std. C57.109-2008: Guide for Liquid-Immersed Transformer

Through-Fault-Current Duration



074B -

13.2.34. IEEE Std C57.12.90-2015: Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers

13.2.35. IEEE Std C57.93-2007: Guide for Installation and Maintenance of Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers

13.2.36. IEEE Std 693-2005: Recommended Practice for Seismic Design for Substations

13.2.37. ANSI/IEEE C57.12.00-2010: General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers

13.2.38. ISO/IEC 17025/2006: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories

13.2.39. ISO 9001:2015: Quality Management Systems Requirements 13.2.40. ISO 14001:2004: Environmental Management Systems 13.2.41. ISO 14025:2006: Environmental labels and declarations - Type III

environmental declarations - Principles and procedures 13.2.42. ISO 4871:2009: Acoustics - Declaration and verification of noise emission

values of machinery and equipment 13.2.43. SSPC-PA 1/2004: Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel 13.2.44. API STD 650-2011: Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage 13.2.45. ASTM A 153M-2009: Standard specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on

Iron and Steel Hardware 13.2.46. ASTM A 876/2012: Standard specification for Flat-Rolled, Grain-Oriented,

Silicon-Iron, Electrical Steel, Fully Processed Types 13.2.47. 13.2.48. ASTM B 579-73/2015: Standard specification for Electrodeposited

Coatings of Tin-Lead Alloy. (Solder Plate) 13.2.49. ASTM B 580-79/2014: Standard specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings

on Aluminum 13.2.50. ASTM D 3455/2011: Standard Test Methods for Compatibility of

Construction Material with Electrical Insulating Oil of Petroleum Origin 13.2.51. ASTM D 520-00/2011: Standard specification for Zinc Dust Pigment 13.2.52. ASTM F 1135-99/2004: Standard specification for Cadmium or Zinc

Chromate Organic Corrosion Protective Coating for Fasteners 13.2.53. BS EN 10025-2004: Hot rolled products of structural steels 13.2.54. DIN EN ISO 2409/2007: Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test 13.2.55. DIN EN ISO 12944-2/1998: Paints and varnishes -

Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems: Classification of environments

13.2.56. DIN EN 50216-4:2015 Power transformer and reactor fittings. Basic accessories (earthing terminal, drain and filling devices, thermometer pocket, wheel assembly)



075B -

13.3. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1. Electrical Data

13.3.1.1. Number of phases 3

13.3.1.2. Ratings of the transformer shall be based on the following temperature conditions

© IEC

60076-2 tables

T1 & T2 (k=-5)

13.3.1.2.1. Winding temperature rise as measured by resistance [K]

60

13.3.1.2.2. Top oil temperature rise as measured by thermometer [K]

55

13.3.1.2.3. Winding hot spot temperature rise and metallic parts in contact with cellulosic insulation material [K]

73

13.3.1.2.4. Maximum temperature of the cooling air [˚C] 40

13.3.1.3. Rated frequency [Hz] 50

13.3.1.4. Rated voltages: ©

13.3.1.4.1. High voltage winding [kV] 161

13.3.1.4.2. Low voltage winding [kV] 36 | 24

13.3.1.5. Coils voltages: ©

13.3.1.5.1. High voltage winding [kV] 161

13.3.1.5.2. Low voltage winding [kV] 36/√3 | 24/√3

13.3.1.6. Connection symbol: ©

Dyn11

13.3.1.7. Type of cooling methods shall be ONAN/ONAF

13.3.1.8. Rated power based on the temperature conditions under sub-clause ‎13.3.1.2 with cooling

according to the following methods

©



076B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.8.1. ONAF [MVA] 30

13.3.1.8.2. ONAN at least [MVA] 20

13.3.1.9. Rated currents based on temperature condition described at sub clause ‎13.3.1.2, with ONAF

cooling method:

13.3.1.9.1. H.V. winding terminal [A]

13.3.1.9.2. L.V. winding terminal [A]

13.3.1.9.2.1. At principal tap [A]

13.3.1.9.2.2. At maximum tap [A]

13.3.1.9.2.3. At minimum tap [A]

13.3.1.10. Thermal time constant as defined in IEC 60076-2 and IEC 60076-7 for1:

13.3.1.10.1. Oil [min]

13.3.1.10.2. Average winding [min]

13.3.1.11. On-load tap changer shall be supplied on low voltage side:

13.3.1.11.1. Number of taps 27(±13 steps)

13.3.1.11.2. Voltage range [kV] ±15%

13.3.1.12. Two (2) rated voltage ratios (at no load guaranteed):

13.3.1.12.1. At principal tap [kV/kV]

161/36 or

161/24

13.3.1.12.2. At maximum tap (+5.4kV) [kV/kV]

13.3.1.12.3. At minimum tap (-5.4kV) [kV/kV]

13.3.1.12.4. The Tap Changer sensor cables shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2



077B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.13. Reduced capacity for the range of voltage regulation below the middle tap is acceptable. Manufacturer shall indicate corresponding values for each tap

13.3.1.14. Transformer neutral: The L.V. 36(24) kV neutral shall be brought out through a suitable neutral bushing to enable operation directly earthed or by Petersen coil. Necessary connections shall be provided

13.3.1.15. Short circuit impedance between H.V. (161kV) and L.V. (36kV) winding terminals guaranteed at 75˚C based on rated power 30MVA:

13.3.1.15.1. Positive sequence impedance at:

13.3.1.15.1.1. principal tap (%±tolerance) 12±7.5

13.3.1.15.1.2. maximum tap (%±tolerance) Uscmax

±10

13.3.1.15.1.3. minimum tap (%±tolerance) Uscmin

±10

13.3.1.15.2. Zero sequence impedance at:

13.3.1.15.2.1. principal tap (%±tolerance) X0±10

13.3.1.15.2.2. maximum tap (%±tolerance) X0max±

10

13.3.1.15.2.3. minimum tap (%±tolerance) X0min±

10

13.3.1.16. In addition for 2 or more units on one order the differences of same impedance between each two transformers shall not exceed

13.3.1.16.1. For positive sequence principal tap [%] 7.5

13.3.1.16.2. For positive sequence extreme taps [%] 10

13.3.1.16.3. For zero-sequence principal and extreme taps [%]

10

13.3.1.17. Rated insulation level: ©

13.3.1.17.1. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec:



078B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.17.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal [kV peak ] 650

13.3.1.17.1.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal [kV peak] 200

13.3.1.17.1.3. L.V. (36kV) neutral terminal [kV peak ] 200

13.3.1.17.2. Rated power frequency withstand voltage 60 sec:

13.3.1.17.2.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal [kV peak ] 275

13.3.1.17.2.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal [kV peak] 70

13.3.1.17.2.3. L.V. (36kV) neutral terminal [kV peak ] 70

13.3.1.18. Guaranteed regulation on the principal tap (H.V. - 161kV winding to L.V. - 36kV winding with rated power on L.V. winding):

13.3.1.18.1. Unity power factor [%]

13.3.1.18.2. 0.8 power factor [%]

13.3.1.19. Guaranteed regulation on the principal tap (H.V. - 161kV winding to L.V. - 24kV winding with rated power on L.V. winding) at:

13.3.1.19.1. Unity power factor [%]

13.3.1.19.2. 0.8 power factor [%]

13.3.1.20. Guaranteed exciting current referred to 30MVA

13.3.1.20.1. At 161kV voltage [%]

13.3.1.20.2. At 170kV voltage[%]

13.3.1.21. No-load harmonics at:

13.3.1.21.1. 100% rated voltage:

13.3.1.21.1.1. 3rd [%]

13.3.1.21.1.2. 5th [%]

13.3.1.21.1.3. 7th [%]



079B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.21.2. 110% rated voltage:

13.3.1.21.2.1. 3rd [%]

13.3.1.21.2.2. 5th [%]

13.3.1.21.2.3. 7th [%]

13.3.1.22. Maximum Inrush r.m.s. magnetizing current with no residual magnetism at 161kV (p.u. based on full load current)

13.3.1.23. Permissible time the transformer can withstands the following power frequency overvoltage at no-load:

161

kV

36

kV

13.3.1.23.1. 135% overvoltage [sec]






13.3.1.24. Each transformer shall have at least overload capabilities in accordance with

IEC 60076-7

13.3.1.25. Manufacturer shall supply indications about permissible overloads, taking into account the following data:

13.3.1.25.1. Top oil temperature [˚C]

13.3.1.25.2. Hot spot temperature at continuous operation [Normal loss of life]

98˚C

13.3.1.25.3. Average ambient temperature [˚C] 22

13.3.1.25.4. Previous continuous loading related to 30MVA[K1]



081B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.25.5. Permissible overload (K2 % of 30MVA rated power) for the following high loading time:

0.5

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

13.3.1.25.5.1. 0.5h

13.3.1.25.5.2. 1h

13.3.1.25.5.3. 4h

13.3.1.25.5.4. 8h

13.3.1.25.5.5. 24h

13.3.1.26. All associated components of the transformer including bushings, bushing CT’s and tap changer shall have overload capabilities not lower than the transformer

©

13.3.1.27. Losses and auxiliary power prices/kW evaluation will be considered at commercial stage as follows:

13.3.1.27.1. No load (excitation) losses at 161kV ($/kW) 6050

13.3.1.27.2. Load (copper) losses at 30 MVA ($/kW) 1800

13.3.1.27.3. Auxiliary power at 30MVA will be ($/kW 2800

13.3.1.28. Losses:

13.3.1.28.1. At the first stage of proposal only tolerances values shall be submitted

13.3.1.28.2. The losses values will be submitted only at the commercial stage. (Calculated values shall be introduced. Final measure values shall be within tolerances)

13.3.1.28.3. The tolerances for losses are according to

IEEE STD

C57.12.00

13.3.1.28.4. No load loss (excitation loss) at:



080B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.28.4.1. 50Hz and 161kV voltage applied (guaranteed) at both ratios (kW ± tolerance %).

±10

13.3.1.28.4.2. 50Hz and 170kV voltage applied (guaranteed) at both ratios (kW ± tolerance %)

±10

13.3.1.28.5. Load losses at 30MVA and 75˚C at:

13.3.1.28.5.1. Maximum tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±10

13.3.1.28.5.2. Principal tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±10

13.3.1.28.5.3. Minimum tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±10

13.3.1.28.6. Total loss(guaranteed) excluding auxiliary power at 30MVA (no-load plus load loss with 30MVA loading of the low voltage winding) at:

13.3.1.28.6.1. Maximum tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±6

13.3.1.28.6.2. Principal tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±6

13.3.1.28.6.3. Minimum tap (kW ± tolerance %) ±6

13.3.1.28.7. In addition for 2 or more units belonging to the same order the average tolerances for no load and short circuit losses of all ordered units on maximum, minimum and principal taps shall not exceed (%)

0

13.3.1.28.8. Auxiliary power (total power requirements for cooling) with 30MVA loading on the L.V. side (kW ±tolerance %)

±10

13.3.1.28.9. If transformer losses exceed the declared values, IECo reserves the right to reject the transformer or to accept it with compensation acc. to annexure “D” in General Conditions.

13.3.1.29. Guaranteed efficiency (not including power for cooling) at 0.85 power factor and 161/36kV at:

13.3.1.29.1. Full load (30MVA)[%]



082B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.29.2. 3/4 load (22.5MVA)[%]

13.3.1.29.3. 1/2 load (15MVA) [%]

13.3.1.29.4. 1/4 load (7.5 MVA) [%]

13.3.1.30. Guaranteed efficiency (not including power for cooling) at 0.85 power factor and 161/24kV at:

13.3.1.30.1. Full load (30MVA)[%]

13.3.1.30.2. 3/4 load (22.5MVA)[%]

13.3.1.30.3. 1/2 load (15MVA) [%]

13.3.1.30.4. 1/4 load (7.5 MVA) [%]

13.3.1.31. The guarantee of the noise emission shall be submit as declared single number or dual number in accordance with ISO 4871

13.3.1.32. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged average sound pressure level of the transformer at short circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling equipment in operation, at 2.0m distance from the principal radiating surface [dB(A)]

13.3.1.33. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound power level of the transformer at short circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling equipment in operation, [dB(A)]

13.3.1.34. Maximum guaranteed spatially averaged sound pressure level of the transformer at no load and excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling equipment out of service, at 1m distance from the principal radiating surface [dB(A)]



083B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.3.1.35. Maximum guaranteed sound power level of the transformer at no load and excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with the OLTC on the principal tapping and cooling equipment out of service [dB(A)]

13.3.1.36. Maximum guaranteed total sound power level at rated voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with cooling equipment in operation and the OLTC in the principal tapping calculated by summarizing the guaranteed values under sub-clause 15.2.32 and 15.2.34, according to shall not exceed [dB(A)]

IEC 60076-

10

85©

13.3.1.37. Radio influence voltage [µV]

13.3.1.38. Indicate the transformer category, according to IEEE Std.C57.12.00-2006, to which the offered transformer belongs from point of view of through fault withstand capability (acc. to ANSI/IEEE C57.109-1993 (R 2008)) In case the offered transformer cannot be assign to any category, Manufacturer is required to submit its through fault protection curve



084B -


REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.1. Magnetic Circuit

13.4.1.1. The core shall be manufactured of high cold rolled grain oriented, low-loss, non-aging sheet, steel lamination according to

ASTM A876 IEC 60404-

8-7

13.4.1.2. Type (designation and catalogue number)

13.4.1.3. Manufacturer

13.4.1.4. Type of the sheet

13.4.1.5. Material of the sheet

13.4.1.6. Thickness of the sheet [mm]

13.4.1.7. The sheets shall be insulated Please indicate the Manufacturer and type of insulation

13.4.1.8. The iron core shall be provided with cooling ducts

13.4.1.9. The sheets shall be pressed by means of glass tapes and suitable tension screw

13.4.1.10. Indicate whether step lapped core method is used in construction of magnetic circuit

13.4.1.11. Indicate if magnetic shunts/screens are required

13.4.1.11.1. Send details

13.4.1.11.2. The shunts/screens operating efficiency shall be proved during transformer load-losses test, by measuring the electric field quantity which is passed through

13.4.1.12. In order to provide an external removable core grounding connection, the magnetic circuit earthing links shall be brought outside the transformer tank as follows:



085B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.1.12.1. All the sections of the magnetic core separated by oil channels or electrically insulated shall be brought outside the transformer tank, each one through a separate transition bushing. The transition bushings shall be located in a weatherproof box, protected IP55 and mounted on the tank cover. Inside this box, all these bushings shall be linked together and the connection between this link and the earthing point in the lower part of transformer tank shall be carried out by an insulated copper cable 1×95 mm², rated 1 kV and passed through an insulated flexible metallic conduit. The upper end of the flexible metallic conduit shall be grounded to the weatherproof box. The earthing connection point located in the lower part of transformer tank shall be marked by a nameplate located close to the grounding pad. On the nameplate shall be written “Magnetic Core Grounding Point". Indicate the number of transition bushings for the magnetic core sections

13.4.1.12.2. Indicate the number of transition bushings for the magnetic core sections



086B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.1.12.3. The metallic transformer active parts insulated from the tank and insulate between them, such as a core frame, beams, tie plates, braces etc. shall be linked together by an insulated wire and brought outside the transformer tank through a separate transition bushing. This bushing shall be located in the same waterproof box on the tank cover. The link between the different parts shall be performed in such manner to avoid loop forming. The connection between this bushing and the earthing point in the lower part of the transformer tank shall be carried out by an insulated cooper cable 1x95mm2, rated 1kV and passed through the insulated flexible metallic conduit mentioned above. The earthing connection point located in lower part of transformer tank shall be marked by a nameplate located close to the grounding pad. On the nameplate shall be written "core Clamp Grounding Point"

13.4.2. Windings

13.4.2.1. Type of windings (disk, layer, interleaved) for:

13.4.2.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding

13.4.2.1.2. L.V.(36kV) winding

13.4.2.2. In order to protect the winding copper wire against sulfur corrosion phenomena, the copper wire shall be enameled according to And all materials used in transformer construction (oil, gaskets, insulation materials, glues, etc.) shall be corrosive sulfur free

IEC 60317

13.4.2.3. Type, standard or specification and catalogue number of windings wire:

13.4.2.3.1. H.V. (161kV) winding

13.4.2.3.2. L.V.(36kV) winding

13.4.2.4. Material, type and catalogue of H.V. and L.V. insulation:



087B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.2.4.1. HV winding

13.4.2.4.2. LV winding

13.4.2.4.3. Tapping connections

13.4.2.4.4. Side plates

13.4.2.4.5. Thermally upgraded paper or equivalent shall be used for winding insulation

©

13.4.2.4.6. Manufacturer’s upgraded paper

13.4.2.4.7. Catalogue number

13.4.2.4.8. Conforming standards

IEC 60554 IEC 60641-

3-1

13.4.2.5. Temperature class of winding insulation according to IEC 60085 [˚C]

120(E)

13.4.2.6. Winding hot-spot temperature and metallic parts in contact with cellulosic insulation material shall not exceed [˚C]

110

13.4.2.7. Capacitance to earth and capacitance between windings (per phase):

13.4.2.7.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal to ground (L.V. winding not grounded) [pF]

13.4.2.7.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminal to ground (H.V. winding not grounded) [pF]

13.4.2.7.3. H.V. (161kV) winding terminal to L.V. (36kV) winding [pF]

13.4.2.8. Series capacitance:

13.4.2.8.1. H.V. (161kV;) winding [pF]

13.4.2.8.2. L.V. (36kV) winding [pF]

13.4.2.9. Total three-phase capacitance from L.V. (36)kV) windings to ground [mF]



088B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.2.10. Resistance of winding at 75˚C (per phase):

13.4.2.10.1. H.V. (161kV) winding [Ω]

13.4.2.10.2. L.V. (36kV) winding [Ω]

13.4.2.11. Temperature class of winding insulation 120 (E)

13.4.2.12. Temperature-rise at 30MVA of:

13.4.2.12.1. Average winding (guaranteed) measured by resistance [K]

13.4.2.12.2. Hot spot [K]

13.4.2.12.3. Top of winding oil [K]

13.4.2.13. Ability to withstand three phase short-circuit currents on L.V. (36kV) side:

13.4.2.13.1. Maximum withstand symmetrical short-circuit current on:

13.4.2.13.1.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminals [kA r.m.s.]: Maximum tap Principle tap Minimum tap

13.4.2.13.1.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminals [kA r.m.s.] Maximum tap Principle tap Minimum tap

13.4.2.13.2. Dynamic withstand short-circuit current on:

13.4.2.13.2.1. H.V. (161kV) winding terminals [kA peak] Maximum tap Principle tap Minimum tap

13.4.2.13.2.2. L.V. (36kV) winding terminals [kA peak] Maximum tap Principle tap Minimum tap

13.4.2.13.3. Permissible duration of the symmetrical short-circuit current not less than [sec]

2



089B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.2.13.4. Maximum permissible value of average temperature of the winding after short-circuit shall not exceed [˚C]

250

13.4.2.14. Joint of wire:

13.4.2.14.1. The joint shall be tin plated

13.4.2.14.2. Joint of wire into winding:

13.4.2.14.2.1. The winding design shall care for a minimum joint of wire into the same winding, then the actual performed joints shall not exceed the designed number

13.4.2.14.2.2. Type of joint (butt, lap)

13.4.2.14.2.3. Type of technology (welding, soldering)

13.4.2.14.2.4. Type of solder (specification) shall be without phosphorus content

13.4.2.14.2.5. Test of samples according to: IEC 60581 and AWS

D9.2

13.4.2.14.3. Joint between ends of winding and leads:

13.4.2.14.3.1. Type of joint on LV side

13.4.2.14.3.2. Type of joint on HV side

13.4.2.14.4. Joint between leads of winding and bolts of bushings:

13.4.2.14.4.1. The connection at LV bushings terminals shall be performed in such manner to avoid current passing through any screwed connection

13.4.2.14.4.2. Type of joint on LV side

13.4.2.14.4.3. Type of joint on HV side

13.4.2.15. The flexible connections inside the tank shall be performed of thin copper tapes instead of copper fibers



091B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3. On-load tap changer (OLTC)

13.4.3.1. Manufacturer is required to offer two alternatives for On Load Tap Changer shall be mounted on L.V. (36kV) side:

13.4.3.1.1. Vacuum OLTC

13.4.3.2. Manufacturer MR

Reinhausen or ABB

13.4.3.3. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue

13.4.3.4. Standard

13.4.3.5. Type (rotary/linear) (denomination)......................


13.4.3.7. Tap voltages:

13.4.3.7.1. Voltage range [kV] 10.8

(±5.4)

13.4.3.7.2. Step voltage [kV] 0.415

13.4.3.7.3. At principal rapping (middle “0” tap position) transformer shall have 161/36kV ratio

13.4.3.7.4. Number of taps above principal position 13

13.4.3.7.5. Number of taps below principal position 13

13.4.3.8. Rated switching capacity [kVA]

13.4.3.9. Breaking capacity [kVA]

13.4.3.10. Full capacity is required for the taps above principal tap position

13.4.3.11. Voltage regulation category C.F.V.V. (constant Flux Voltage Variation)

13.4.3.12. Rated through current [A]

13.4.3.13. Maximum rated through current (highest tapping current of transformer) [A]

1.2Ith



090B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.14. Maximum rated step voltage [V]

13.4.3.15. The overload capability of the tap changer:

13.4.3.15.1. Maximum permissible overload current [A]

13.4.3.15.2. Duration [sec]

13.4.3.15.3. Number of the tap changes operations for the above overload conditions

13.4.3.15.4. Tap changing equipment shall be capable to carry and switch the maximum permissible overload current of power transformer

13.4.3.16. Rated short time current

13.4.3.16.1. For 2 sec [kA r.m.s.]

13.4.3.16.2. For 4 sec [kA r.m.s.]

13.4.3.17. Dynamic short circuit withstand current [kA peak]

13.4.3.18. Insulation levels:

13.4.3.18.1. Voltage class [kV]

13.4.3.18.2. Maximum continuously operating voltage [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.3.18.3. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec

13.4.3.18.3.1. To earth [kV peak] 350

13.4.3.18.3.2. Between phases [kV peak]

13.4.3.18.3.3. Between the first and last contacts of the tap selector or selector switch and, where fitted, of the change-over selector [kV peak]

13.4.3.18.3.4. Between any two adjacent contacts of the tap selector or selector switch or any other contacts relevant to the tap-changer contact configuration [kV peak]



092B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.18.3.5. Between diverter switch contacts in their final open position [kV peak]

13.4.3.18.4. Power frequency withstand voltage 50Hz, 1 min:

13.4.3.18.4.1. To earth [kV r.m.s.] 140

13.4.3.18.4.2. Between phases [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.3.18.4.3. Between the first and last contacts of the tap selector or selector switch and, where fitted, of the change-over selector [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.3.18.4.4. Between any two adjacent contacts of the tap selector or selector switch or any other contacts relevant to the tap-changer contact configuration [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.3.18.4.5. Between diverter switch contacts in their final open position [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.3.19. Tests:

13.4.3.19.1. OLTC shall be tested according to:

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.7

IEC 60214

13.4.3.19.2. Other standards with which OLTC will comply

DIN/VDE

13.4.3.20. The tap changer consists of the diverter switch installed into an oil compartment and tap selector mounted below it.

13.4.3.21. Oil of diverter switch shall be completely separated from oil of transformer

13.4.3.22. Diverter switch oil compartment pressure proof up to [bar]

13.4.3.23. Gas oil flow relay for protection of the diverter switch compartment:

13.4.3.23.1. Manufacturer designation.

RS-2001

or

equivalent



093B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.23.2. Type Oil flow

speed

13.4.3.23.3. Variant

13.4.3.23.4. Flap valve aperture [mm]

13.4.3.23.5. Critical oil flow tripping the flap valve at 20˚C [m/s +%]

13.4.3.23.6. Number and type of contacts (normally open, normally closed, changeover)

13.4.3.23.7. Make/break current of the contact for 250Vdc and time constant 40msec [A/A]

13.4.3.23.8. Switching capacity [W]

13.4.3.23.9. Tests voltage to ground 50Hz, 1min [kV r.m.s.]

2.5

13.4.3.23.10. Shock and vibration proof up to (m/sec2)

13.4.3.23.10.1. In frequency range (Hz to Hz)

13.4.3.23.11. Degree of protection according to: IEC 60529

IP55

13.4.3.24. Type of surge protection of the diverter switch

13.4.3.25. The equipment shall be complete with all necessary device for:

13.4.3.25.1. Manual operation

13.4.3.25.2. Electric operation from a local panel

13.4.3.25.3. Electric operation by remote control from substation control room

13.4.3.25.4. Electric operation by remote control from Central Electrical Dispatch

13.4.3.26. The tap-changer shall enable the initiation of signals:



094B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.26.1. 'Tap in progress' signal (indicates that tap changer is under operation)

13.4.3.26.2. 'Incomplete tap changer operation' (indicates that a preset time for the tap operation has elapsed without completing a tap change)

13.4.3.26.3. 'Extreme tap position' (indicates the two extreme positions, as well as the medium position)

13.4.3.26.4. 'Motor protective switch open' (indicates that motor protective switch of the tap changer is open

13.4.3.26.5. Additional to the above mentioned signals, the tap changer shall enable the initiation of signals (NO contact) in all taps positions

13.4.3.27. Tap changer motor drive unit serves for driving the tap changer to the selected service position:

13.4.3.27.1. Manufacturer and type

13.4.3.27.2. Power [kW]

13.4.3.27.3. Voltage [Vac] 230/400

13.4.3.27.4. Phase 3

13.4.3.27.5. Frequency 50

13.4.3.27.6. Starting current [A]

13.4.3.27.7. Synchronous speed [r.p.m.]

13.4.3.27.8. Revolutions of the drive shaft per switching operation

13.4.3.27.9. Rated torque on the drive shaft [Nm]

13.4.3.27.10. Revolution of the hand crank per switching operation

13.4.3.27.11. Time period per tap change operation [sec]



095B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.27.12. Maximum number of operating positions

13.4.3.27.13. The motor drive housing shall be provided with heaters permanent controlled by thermostat. Indicate its power [kw]

13.4.3.28. All mechanical and electrical parts necessary for operating of tap changer shall be housed in weatherproof hot dip galvanized or aluminum enclosure with sealed doors provided with locks

13.4.3.29. The tap changer control box shall be provided with environmental protection type according to:

IP55

13.4.3.30. The bottom of the tap changer control box shall be provided with plates for the cable entries. Indicated number of cable entries

13.4.3.31. Gearing of motor drive unit shall include transmission gear and control gear

13.4.3.32. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided

13.4.3.33. Operation counter shall be provided to record the switching operation performed

13.4.3.34. For reading the counter, the control box shall be provided with window

13.4.3.35. Additional electrical equipment:

13.4.3.35.1. External mechanical position indicator

13.4.3.35.2. Safety switch interlocked with hand crank

13.4.3.35.3. Remote Automatic Local selector with minimum 8 poles for mounting on Purchaser’s control panel

13.4.3.35.4. Local “Rise-off Lower” control switch

13.4.3.35.5. Remote “Rise-off-Lower” control switch



096B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.3.35.6. Position transmitter Diode Matrix BCD code, to generate a BCD coded signal at its connecting terminals corresponding to the tap position

13.4.3.35.7. Additional to the contact range for OLTC remote position, the motor drive shall be equipped with a N/O contact range for each tap position of the tap changer for Purchaser use.

13.4.3.35.8. Remote indicating lamps for mounting on control panel

13.4.3.35.9. Contact door

13.4.3.35.10. Electrostatic thermo device

13.4.3.36. Contact life

13.4.3.36.1. Number of tap change operations at rated through current

13.4.3.36.2. Number of tap change operations at 50% of rated through current

13.4.3.36.3. Number of permissible successive operations per hour

13.4.3.37. Approximate number of operations before changing oil in diverter switch tank (operations are carried out at an average load of 70%)

13.4.3.38. Mechanical life of OLTC (to be determined by a type test)

13.4.3.39. Total weight [kg]

13.4.4. Voltage Regulator

13.4.4.1. Automatic electronic operations control system for OLTC shall be mounted in ITEM 4.2 cubicle

13.4.4.1.1. Sensor and control cables shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 4 & 5



097B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.4.2. The voltage regulator shall comply with standards requirements

IEC 61850

13.4.4.3. The voltage regulator shall include all the hardware and software necessary to communicate with substation control system.

13.4.4.4. The voltage regulator software fulfill the requirements of Appendix A6

13.4.4.5. The voltage regulator and all other static equipment shall be protected against shocks, vibrations, electro-magnetic and temperature influence appeared in the installation site


MR

or

equivalent

13.4.4.7. Type

Digital

indoor panel

mounting


TAPCON BU

or

equivalent

13.4.4.9. Remote control of voltage level shall be provided from:

13.4.4.9.1. The voltage regulator, when it sets to LOCAL mode

13.4.4.9.2. The station control system, when it set to REMOTE control mode via serial link

13.4.4.10. For remote control mode the voltage regulator shall include all hardware and software required for establishing a serial link to the station's computer

13.4.4.11. The voltage regulator shall connected to the station communication LAN by connector

RJ45

13.4.4.12. Auxiliary power supply [Vdc] 60

13.4.4.13. Power frequency withstands voltage 50Hz (1 min) to ground [kV r.m.s.]

2.5



098B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.4.14. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec to ground [kV peak]

5

13.4.4.15. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range (Hz to Hz)

13.4.5. Changeover Switch (OFF LOAD TAP CHANGER)

13.4.5.1. The low voltage winding shall be connected to a changeover switch located under oil in the transformer tank, to provide the low-voltage ratings specified (36 or 24kV)

13.4.5.2. The switch shall be externally operated with provision for padlocking in any position

13.4.5.3. The switch shall be suitable for manual operation when the substation is de-energized


MR

Reinhausen

or

equivalent


13.4.5.6. Standard

13.4.5.7. Type (rotary/linear) (denomination


13.4.5.9. Rated through current acc. to [A] IEC 60214

13.4.5.10. Tap changing equipment shall be capable to carry the maximum permissible overload current of transformer

13.4.5.11. The overload capability of the tap changer:

13.4.5.11.1. Maximum permissible overload current (A)

13.4.5.11.2. Duration (sec)

13.4.5.12. Short circuit strength:



099B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.5.12.1. Thermic at 3 sec [kA r.m.s.]

13.4.5.12.2. Dynamic [kA r.m.s.)

13.4.5.13. Insulation of tap changer:

13.4.5.13.1. Voltage class [kV]

13.4.5.13.2. Lighting impulse withstand voltage:

13.4.5.13.2.1. To earth [kV peak]

13.4.5.13.2.2. Between phases [kV peak]

13.4.5.13.3. Power frequency withstand voltage, 50Hz, 1 min:

13.4.5.13.3.1. To earth [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.5.13.3.2. Between phases [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.5.14. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided:

13.4.5.15. Type and location of tap changer position indicator (Please send drawing)

13.4.5.16. Interlocking device shall be provided. (please send details)

13.4.5.17. The contact life of an off load tap changer shall exceed the transformer life.

13.4.5.18. Working temperature range [˚C/˚C]

13.4.5.19. Off load tap changer shall be tested according to: IEC 60214-2

13.4.6. Transformer tank

13.4.6.1. Tank manufacturer

13.4.6.2. The transformer tank shall be of welded steel plate construction, reinforced in order to withstand the most severe conditions of operation, transport and vacuum treatment according to

IEC 60076-1

subcl.

10.1.2.6



211B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.6.3. The steel grade shall be

EN 10025

grade

S235JR

or

equivalent

13.4.6.4. Other steel grades will subjected to Purchaser approval

13.4.6.5. All welding shall be according to the standard for "Welded steel tanks for oil storage"

API 650

or European

equivalent

standard

(DIN, EN)

13.4.6.5.1. Details of welding: Tanks and their structural attachments shall be welded by the SMAW with basic E70 covered electrodes conform to AWS A5.1, GTAW, SAW, FCAW with E71T-5 electrode conform to AWS A5.20. Use of any other process will be by agreement between the Contractor and the Purchaser. Welding shall be performed in a manner that ensure full penetration and complete fusion in the vertical and horizontal butt welds

13.4.6.5.2. Inspection of welds:

13.4.6.5.2.1. Butt welds: Inspection for the quality of the welds shall be made using the radiographic method and the visual method

13.4.6.5.2.2. Fillet welds: Inspection for the quality of the welds shall be made using the visual method

13.4.6.5.3. Radiographic test:

13.4.6.5.3.1. Radiographic inspection is required for shell butt welds. For butt welded joints in which the thinner shell plate is less than or equal to 9.6 mm thick, one (1) spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 2 meter of complete vertical joints of each type and thickness welded by each welder or welding operator



210B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.6.5.3.2. One (1) spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 2 meter of complete horizontal butt joint

13.4.6.5.3.3. In addition, all junctions of vertical and horizontal joins shall be radiographed

13.4.6.5.3.4. Technique: The radiographic examination method shall be in accordance with Section V, Article 2, ASME code

13.4.6.5.3.5. Radiographic interpretation: All radiograms shall be delivered to I.E.Co./Material Laboratory prior painting for interpretation and acceptance

13.4.6.5.4. Welders qualification: The Contractor shall conduct tests for all welders assigned to manual and semiautomatic welding and all operators assigned to automatic welding to demonstrate the welders and operators ability to make acceptable welds

13.4.6.6. The transformer tank shall be absolutely water and hot-oil tight and provided with an oil tight cover

13.4.6.7. The mechanical design of the tank shall prevent water accumulation on the transformer cover in order to avoid corrosion appearance

13.4.6.8. The tank shall be designed to withstand full vacuum

13.4.6.9. The tank, oil-filled components and vital pipe works shall withstand the maximum static weight of oil in service plus an additional over pressure of minimum [bar] A routine test shall be performed to prove the above requirement

0.5

13.4.6.10. The construction of the tank shall enable easy installation or removal of bushings, bushing current transformers, and other accessories without disturbing the leads, emptying the transformer or removing the cover



212B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.6.11. The joints between the tank and the cover and between various sections shall be provided with suitable flanges and properly spaced bolts and gaskets to make joints oil-tight

13.4.6.12. Five (5) pockets (two oil temperature sensors, two winding temperature sensors and one reserve) shall be provided on transformer cover

13.4.6.13. Two (2) pockets for oil temperature sensors, shall be provided on the bottom of the transformer

13.4.6.14. Lifting eyes for transformer cover, conservator tanks, on load tap-changer as well as lugs for lifting completely assembled transformer shall be provided

13.4.6.15. Four (4) jacking points shall be provided at height not less than 350 mm to transformer base and shall be sufficient wide to permit a tolerance from the center line of 150 mm Location and relevant dimensions will be represented.

13.4.6.16. The transformer tank shall be grounded according to subcl. ‎13.4.8

13.4.6.17. The tank shall also be provided with:

13.4.6.17.1. Oil drain valve (3 inch) type DN 80

13.4.6.17.2. Oil filter valve (3 inch) type DN 80

13.4.6.17.3. Two (2) shutoff oil valves between main tank and conservator on each side of the Buchholz relay Indicate type and size

13.4.6.17.4. Two (2) sampling valves (1 inch), one for draining the oil from the winding bottom level and one for draining the oil from the winding top level. Type: Both valves shall be placed on the drain side of the drain valve

DN 25

13.4.6.18. All other necessary valves for vacuum and filling, draining and filtration of oil shall be provided



213B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.6.19. Each transformer tank shall be fitted with a pressure-relief device to protect against high pressures inside the oil tank

13.4.6.20. The transformer tank shall be provided with one manhole (minimum 800x500mm) and space all around On Load Tap Changer to permit easy inspection and repair (minimum 400mm between OLTC and tank)

13.4.6.21. Additional manhole(s) shall be provided in front of the connections between the LV bushings and the winding to permit easy connections removal and assembly

13.4.6.22. In case, the connections between the HV bushing and the winding is performed at bushing inferior part, additional manhole(s) shall be provided also in front of these connections to permit easy connections removal and assembly

13.4.6.23. The transformer cover shall be provided with provisions to protect all the accessories mounted on the cover against mechanical damages

13.4.6.24. The transformer cover shall be provided with two provisions to make possible tying the workers safety belts in order to ensure safe work on the cover. These provisions shall be proportionally placed on the cover surface, in order to permit the workers free movement on all transformer cover and shall be according to enclosed drawing EVK-8488

13.4.6.25. The transformer tank shall be provided with two provisions for anchor ladders to permit the workers safety to go up on the cover. The provisions shall be according to the enclosed EVK-8487

13.4.6.26. The transformer tank shall be provided with provisions for mounting metal supports for surge arresters.

13.4.7. Coating



214B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.7.1. The coating of the transformer different metal component (cover, outside/inside tank, conservator, radiators, pipe system etc.) shall comply the requirements in Appendix B7

13.4.7.2. The coating repairs after test shall be done according to Appendix B7 and collected in a summary report attached to transformer test reports

13.4.7.3. The Manufacturer shall present, which coating application method A, B, C or D (see Appendix B7) selected for the different areas of the transformer

13.4.7.3.1. Outside tank

13.4.7.3.2. Outside cover

13.4.7.3.3. Inside tank and cover

13.4.7.3.4. Inside conservator

13.4.7.3.5. Outside conservator

13.4.7.3.6. Inside radiators

13.4.7.3.7. Outside radiators

13.4.7.3.8. Pipe system

13.4.7.4. Indicate other coated components (if any) and their coating

13.4.7.5. The Manufacturer shall provide the Control Box coating application system according to table 2.1 in Appendix B6

13.4.8. Earthing

13.4.8.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts of transformer which are normally not energized (tank, radiators, conservator, pipes, control box, etc.)



215B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.8.2. Four (4) grounding pads with tapped holes shall be welded one on each side of transformer tank periphery. Location shall be indicated in relevant drawing

13.4.8.3. The grounding pads shall be copper faced and marked with appropriate graphical symbols

13.4.8.4. Rated short-time withstand current of grounding pads for 1 sec. [kA]

50

13.4.8.5. Rated peak withstand current [kA peak] 125

13.4.8.6. The maximum potential difference between any point of the equipment and the nearest ground pad or between any two points of adjacent equipment shall not exceed, for the maximum internal or external fault current [V]

65

13.4.8.7. Flanged joints provided with gaskets shall be galvanic connected

13.4.8.8. All parts on the transformer cover shall be connected to the grounding terminals of the cover

13.4.8.9. The grounding of the metallic parts core shall be performed according to sub-clause ‎13.4.1.12

13.4.8.10. The OLTC cover shall be grounded by at least two opposite points parallel with the long transformer axis

13.4.8.11. Additional grounding points shall be provided as follows

13.4.8.11.1. On CT's housing

13.4.8.11.2. Near to OLTC cover

13.4.8.11.3. Near to H.V. bushings

13.4.8.12. For grounding path continuity, grounding straps connections between cover and tank shall be provided



216B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.8.13. Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendations for earthing system and an earthing drawing

13.4.9. Skids

13.4.9.1. The bottom of the transformer shall be provided with a steel skid base or a steel plate, suitable for pulling in directions parallel to both center lines of the tank

13.4.9.2. Pulling eyes at base of transformer for skidding transformer parallel to either center line of transformer shall be provided

13.4.9.3. The transformer shall be fastened to supports on semitrailer so as to withstand non stationary vibrations, shocks and seismic events as defined in

IEEE 693

Moderate

level

13.4.9.4. The anchorage welds of the transformer to the support shall fulfill the requirements of according to

IEEE 693

13.4.9.5. The vendor shall indicate on the equipment outline drawing: location, size and length of field welds

13.4.10. Gaskets

13.4.10.1. The necessary gaskets shall be tight under all conditions especially against the hot oils. Means shall be provided to prevent over compression of the gaskets

13.4.10.2. Material of gaskets shall be synthetic rubber which shall not deteriorate under the action of hot oil

13.4.10.3. Gaskets between metal surfaces shall be set in grooves so that all parts are bolted metal to metal

13.4.10.4. The gaskets manufacturer shall supply a compatibility test report according to:

ASTM D3455

13.4.11. Oil and Oil Preservation System



217B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.11.1. The transformer oil shall meet the requirements indicated in I.E.Co. Specification for inhibited mineral insulating oil No. 50/2013 (see Appendix B3

13.4.11.2. The transformer oil certificate shall be approved by Purchaser before delivery.

13.4.11.3. Oil manufacturer and type according to I.E.Co. Specification No. 50/2013 Appendix B3

©

13.4.11.4. Oil preservation system shall be provided for protecting the oil against atmospheric moisture and oxygen

13.4.11.5. Oil preservation system should be Manufacturer’s standard, excluding any system which permits direct contact between oil and air. All necessary accessories shall be supplied by Manufacturer

13.4.11.6. Type of oil preservation equipment

13.4.11.7. The conservator shall contain main conservator with synthetic membrane and conservator for tap changer

13.4.11.8. The anti-vibration supports shall be provided between conservator and its support

13.4.11.8.1. Type


13.4.11.8.3. Number

13.4.11.8.4. Rated Load [kg]

13.4.11.8.5. Standard or Specification shall be attached

13.4.11.9. Conservator shall be provided with all necessary drain cocks, plugs for oil filling, connection to tank etc.



218B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.11.10. Conservator and conservator for tap-changer shall be provided with cobalt free SILICAGEL AIR DRIER complying with Appendix B4 requirements

13.4.11.10.1. Type of silicagel


13.4.11.10.3. Standard or specification shall be attached

13.4.11.10.4. Manufacturer is requested to fill in all data in the enclosed Appendix B4

13.4.11.11. The silicagel shall be clearly visible through a glass and shall be mounted for each conservator at 1.5m approximately above ground level.

13.4.11.12. The paint, insulation materials and all other materials in contact with transformer oil shall not contain any substance that may, to any extent, influence its dielectric properties or result in chemical reactions with the oil or in any way lead to a deterioration of oil quality

13.4.11.13. Recommended vacuum for site filling [kPa]

13.4.11.14. First filling of oil shall be provided by Manufacturer

13.4.12. Cooling System

13.4.12.1. The cooling system shall consist of the necessary heat exchanger, complete with automatic control equipment required to maintain the specified temperature rise in subcl ‎13.3.1.2 in

the service conditions from clause ‎10.1

13.4.12.2. Heat exchanger:

13.4.12.2.1. Radiator’s Manufacturer Menk or equivalent

13.4.12.2.2. The heat exchanger shall be divided into coolers (radiators). Indicate number of radiators



219B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.12.2.3. All radiators of heat exchanger shall be equipped with valves to permit the removal of any radiator without draining the oil from the cooling system

13.4.12.2.4. Vent holes with plugs shall be provided in the top, and drain holes with plugs in the bottom of each radiator or heat exchanger

13.4.12.2.5. The studs, as well as their threaded holes, used in various subassemblies in contact with the atmosphere shall be silicone greased before fastening.

13.4.12.2.6. All corners and problematic places will be strip coated

13.4.12.3. Fans:

13.4.12.3.1. The forces air cooling shall be achieved by means of silent fans


13.4.12.3.3. Manufacturer's designation

13.4.12.3.4. Type

13.4.12.3.5. Number (per radiator)

13.4.12.3.6. Total number of pans

13.4.12.3.7. Air flow at full cooling:

13.4.12.3.7.1. Per fan [m3/min]

13.4.12.3.7.2. Per cooling system [m3/min]

13.4.12.3.8. Fans motors

13.4.12.3.8.1. Manufacturer

13.4.12.3.8.2. Manufacturer's designation and catalogue number

13.4.12.3.8.3. Voltage [VAC] 400/230



201B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.12.3.8.4. Phase 3

13.4.12.3.8.5. Frequency [Hz] 50

13.4.12.3.8.6. Synchronous speed [rpm]

13.4.12.3.8.7. Starting current [A]

13.4.12.3.8.8. Power per fan [kW]

13.4.12.3.8.9. Rated power factor

13.4.12.3.8.10. Rated efficiency

13.4.12.3.8.11. Protection degree according to standard

IP55 IEC-60529

13.4.12.3.8.12. Weight [kg]

13.4.12.3.9. The fan shall be connected by means of the terminal box provided at the motor

13.4.12.3.10. The terminal box shall be equipped with cable glands to enable several fans to be connected in parallel. Indicate type and number of cable glands

13.4.12.3.11. Water accumulation around the terminal box shall be avoided

13.4.12.3.12. The fan motor shall be provided with a rating plate containing the electrical and mechanical data of the fan

13.4.12.3.13. The fan shall be provided with vibration damping:

13.4.12.3.13.1. Type


13.4.12.3.13.3. Number

13.4.12.3.13.4. Rated load [kg]



200B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.12.3.13.5. Standard or specification shall be attached

13.4.12.3.13.6. All bearings shall be sealed type

13.4.12.3.14. The motor shall be provided with thermal overload and overcurrent protection

13.4.12.3.15. The motor shall be capable to operate for any value of supply voltage between 85% and 110% of rated voltage

13.4.12.3.16. Auxiliary power (total fans power requirements for cooling) at full capacity [kW]

13.4.12.4. Cooling system control:

13.4.12.4.1. Manufacturer's standard control method shall be applied for control of transformer cooling equipment

13.4.12.4.2. A complete control system for the automatic operation of the cooling system shall be provided

13.4.12.4.3. A transfer switch for automatic or manual control of the cooling system shall be provided

13.4.12.4.4. The control of the cooling equipment shall be fully automatic and shall include relays or auxiliary contacts for remote indications the number of fans in operation and remote alarm for failure

13.4.12.4.5. Control equipment for transformer cooling shall include necessary circuit breakers, selector switches, temperature control relays alarm actuating devices, and associated equipment as required to provide a complete control system (automatically and manual control)

13.4.12.4.6. The control of the transformer cooling shall be from hot spot temperature (winding thermometer)



202B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.12.4.7. The cooling system control shall incorporate means to initiate fans immediately upon sudden increase of load above a threshold value agreed between the Purchaser and the Contractor

13.4.12.4.8. Due to severe environmental service conditions, the cooling system control shall incorporate means to initiate daily, for duration of half an hour, all non-operated fans in order to prevent their mechanical blocking

13.4.12.4.8.1. Forced Air Cooling Fans are vulnerable to failure. Remediation shall take one or more of the following forms:

13.4.12.4.8.2. House Power for fans shall be RF filtered and shall be routed to the forced air cooling fans through RF sealed conduit. A MOV of appropriate size with an appropriate RF ground shall be placed on each of the fan motor conductors

13.4.12.4.8.3. The transformer Bidder shall identify the deration level where it can operate safely without Forced Cooling Fans

13.4.12.4.8.4. Bidder shall supply spare fan motors shall be provisioned with the mobile substation to effect replacement of failed

13.4.12.4.9. All control equipment shall be housed in the Transformer Control Box (see ‎13.4.13)

13.4.12.4.10. The following signals shall be provided:

13.4.12.4.10.1. Position signal of the switch for local or remote control circuits

13.4.12.4.10.2. Alarm signal for power supply failure

13.4.12.4.10.3. Alarm signal for control voltage supply failure

13.4.12.4.10.4. Alarm signal for motor disconnected by protection relays



203B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.12.4.10.5. Alarm signal for outage of any one of the fans

13.4.12.4.10.6. Alarm signal for exceeding temperature limit conditions

13.4.12.4.10.7. For all these signals double circuits shall be provided

13.4.12.5. Transformer performance with cooling out of service:

13.4.12.5.1. Transformer carrying power, based on the temperature conditions under sub-clause 13.2, with one of the following cooling element out of service:

13.4.12.5.1.1. One fan [MVA]

13.4.12.5.1.2. One radiator [MVA]

13.4.12.5.2. Estimated time that transformer can carry full load, without damage, at 30˚C ambient temperature, with all fans out of service under the following conditions

13.4.12.5.2.1. Starting cold [hours]

13.4.12.5.2.2. After continuous operating at full load [hours]

13.4.13. Transformer Control Box

13.4.13.1. All necessary automatic control, motor starters, protective devices, switches, etc. for cooling equipment shall be assembled in dust proof and weatherproof metal or aluminum box arranged for mounting on the tank according to

IEC-61439-1

13.4.13.1.1. The Transformer Control Box shall be shielded against RF energy, including the use of RF sealing, appropriate penetrations, filters or other protection means for power, sensor and control cabling



204B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.13.2. One (1) incoming power supply breaker with overcurrent protection relay shall be provided and shall have an interrupting rating of not less than [kA]

15

13.4.13.3. One (1) 230V AC, 16A electric outlet shall be provided for service proposes

13.4.13.4. Mini circuit breakers shall be provided for power heater and light supply circuits

13.4.13.5. Heater 230V AC with thermostats shall be provided

13.4.13.5.1. Number of heaters

13.4.13.5.2. Unit power per heater [W]

13.4.13.6. A 5W, 230V AC lamp with a switch shall be provided

13.4.13.7. The control box shall be accessible from ground level for operation by a man. Top of control box shall not be more than 2300mm above top of foundation

13.4.13.8. The control box shall be provided with a door for front access, handles, locking facilities (key locks) and all equipment required for local operation

13.4.13.9. The control box shall be provided with environmental protection of type according to IEC 60529

IP 55

13.4.13.10. Material of the control box Galvanized metal or aluminum

13.4.13.11. Thickness of the control box

13.4.13.12. The control box shall be provided for terminating the conduits and wiring for Purchaser’s connection

13.4.13.13. The control box coating system shall be according to Appendix B6



205B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.13.14. Cables Glands on the bottom of control box shall be provided. Indicate number

13.4.13.15. Drain holes shall be provided at low points of box and conduits.

13.4.13.16. The control box shall be supported by suitable vibration damping device

13.4.14. Wiring

13.4.14.1. Wiring shall be in general according to enclosed EPD-A.03 Standard (Appendix A7) unless otherwise required in this specification

©

13.4.14.1.1. All small wiring for control or accessory equipment shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

13.4.14.2. The Purchaser can furnish the following power supply voltages:

13.4.14.2.1. Heating purposes (V AC single phase) 230

13.4.14.2.2. Motors (V AC) 230/400

13.4.14.2.3. Control circuits (V AC) 230

13.4.14.2.4. Alarm circuits (V DC) 60

13.4.14.3. All small wiring for control or accessory equipment shall be installed in standard galvanized rigid steel conduits, or electrical metallic tubing, or ducts, with water tight joints. Indicate type

13.4.14.4. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible conductors with a preferred cross section as follows

13.4.14.4.1. Control circuits [mm2] 1.5

13.4.14.4.2. Secondary circuits of bushing current transformers [mm2]

4

13.4.14.5. All small wiring enclosures shall be grounded



206B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.14.6. The terminal blocks in the control boxes of the tap changer and of the fans shall be as follows:

13.4.14.6.1. Current circuits Phoenix

UGSK/S + GS

13.4.14.6.2. Control circuits Phoenix UNKN

13.4.14.7. All control and instrument wiring, alarm leads and secondary windings of instrument transformer for connection to Purchaser’s cables shall be terminated at terminal blocks

13.4.14.8. The blocks shall be spaced to allow 1½” (inch) clearance on all sides. Liberal space shall be provided for training and crossing Purchaser’s incoming leads

13.4.14.9. The size of Purchaser’s incoming conduits will be 2 inches or larger

13.4.14.10. Ten (10) free terminals shall be left at Purchaser’s disposal in each terminal block

13.4.14.11. The assembled control equipment and wiring connections shall be subjected to a one minute High voltage power frequency test at the factory after fabrication and assembly is complete, according to:

IEC 60076-3 clause 9

13.4.14.11.1. The wiring for auxiliary power and control circuit at (kV AC)

2

13.4.14.11.2. The wiring for CT secondary windings (kV AC)

2.5

13.4.15. Accessories

13.4.15.1. The following accessories shall be provided for the protection and control of the transformer

13.4.15.2. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of top oil temperature

©

13.4.15.3. Characteristic of Pointer thermometer for local measuring of top oil temperature:



207B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.15.3.1. Manufacturer MESSKO

or equivalent

13.4.15.3.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No TRASY 2

MT-ST 160F

13.4.15.3.3. Catalogue number 635082

13.4.15.3.4. Type dial

13.4.15.3.5. The pointer thermometer shall include:

13.4.15.3.5.1. Thermo well type Combi-Well

13.4.15.3.5.2. Thermometer case welded into transformer acc. to

EN 50216-4

13.4.15.3.6. Measuring range [˚C] -20 to +140

13.4.15.3.7. Tolerance of indication class 1

DIN 16203

13.4.15.3.8. The oil temperature indicator shall have appropriate contacts for alarms and tripping the CB’s of transformer

13.4.15.3.9. Number and type of adjustable alarm contacts (normally-open, normally-closed, changeover)

4

13.4.15.3.10. Switching capacity of the contacts 5A 220V AC 0.1A 250V

DC

13.4.15.3.11. Capillary (length/type) 6m/23

13.4.15.3.12. Number of cable glands/type 4/2

13.4.15.3.13. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min [kV r.m.s.]

2

13.4.15.3.14. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] in frequency range Hz to Hz

2g 5 to 15

13.4.15.3.15. Degree of protection, according to IEC 60529

IP 54

13.4.15.3.16. Manufacturer recommendation for temperature values:

on off



208B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.15.3.16.1. Alarm [˚C]

13.4.15.3.16.2. Trip [˚C]

13.4.15.4. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of winding temperature

©

13.4.15.5. Characteristic of Pointer thermometer for local measuring of winding temperature:

13.4.15.5.1. Manufacturer MESSKO

or equivalent

13.4.15.5.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

TRASY 2 MT-STW 160F2 for different cooling

methods

13.4.15.5.3. Catalogue number 635162

13.4.15.5.4. Type dial

13.4.15.5.5. The pointer thermometer shall include:

13.4.15.5.5.1. Temperature sensor including heating coil and gradient adjustment

ZT-F2

13.4.15.5.5.2. Additional wiring and components (1 relay and additional resistors) for adjustment of two temperature gradients corresponding to each cooling method under subcl. 13.7

13.4.15.5.5.3. Current converter V5a

13.4.15.5.5.4. Thermometer case welded into transformer EN 50216

13.4.15.5.6. Measuring range 0 to +160

13.4.15.5.7. Tolerance of indication Class 1

DIN 16203

13.4.15.5.8. The winding temperature indicator shall have appropriate contacts for alarms and tripping the CB’s of transformer

13.4.15.5.9. Number/type of micro switches (normally-open, normally-closed, changeover)

4



209B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.15.5.10. Switching capacity of the contacts 5A 220V AC 0.1A 250V

DC

13.4.15.5.11. Capillary (length/type) 6m/23

13.4.15.5.12. Number of cable glands/type 4/2

13.4.15.5.13. Tests voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min [kV r.m.s.]

2

13.4.15.5.14. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range, Hz to Hz.

2g 5 - 15


IP 55

13.4.15.5.16. Manufacturer recommendation for temperature values:

13.4.15.5.16.1. Fans operations [˚C] on off

13.4.15.5.16.2. Alarms [˚C]

13.4.15.5.16.3. Trip [˚C]

13.4.15.6. Pressure relief valve with breakable diaphragm to safeguard the tank against abnormal internal overpressure

©

13.4.15.7. Characteristic of Pressure relief valve:

13.4.15.7.1. Manufacturer Qualitrol

or equivalent


13.4.15.7.3. Type spring load

13.4.15.7.4. Automatic or manual reset

13.4.15.7.5. Operating response pressure [bar]

13.4.15.7.6. Number and type of the trip contacts 1

changeover

13.4.15.7.7. Make/break current of the alarm contacts, for 60V DC and time constant 4msec [A/A]



221B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.15.7.8. Switching capacity of the alarm contacts [W]

13.4.15.7.9. Test voltage to ground 50 Hz, 1 min [kV r.m.s.]

2

13.4.15.7.10. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range, Hz to Hz


IP 55

13.4.15.8. Twin float Buchholtz relay ©

13.4.15.9. Characteristic of Twin float Buchholtz relay:

13.4.15.9.1. Manufacturer EMB

or equivalent

13.4.15.9.2. Manufacturer’s designation DR 80

13.4.15.9.3. Type XB-0278-01

13.4.15.9.4. Vent valve for taking gas sample shall be provided. The valve shall be located at 1.2m height from the ground.

13.4.15.9.5. Number and type of contacts 2

changeover

13.4.15.9.6. Make/break current for 220V DC and time constant 20msec [A/A]

2/2

13.4.15.9.7. Switching capacity of the contacts [W]

13.4.15.9.8. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min, [kV r.m.s.]

2

13.4.15.9.9. The relay shall be tested for leaks at:

13.4.15.9.9.1. Pressure [bar]

13.4.15.9.9.2. Time [min]

13.4.15.9.10. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range (Hz to Hz)



220B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


IP 55

13.4.15.9.12. Manufacturer recommendations for alarm and trip:

on off

13.4.15.9.12.1. Oil level above pipe center [mm+/-]

13.4.15.9.12.2. Gas accumulation or oil loss [cm3 +/-]

13.4.15.9.12.3. Oil flow velocity referred to nominal pipe size [cm/sec +/-%]

13.4.15.9.12.4. Buchholz Relay power and sensor leads shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

13.4.16. Transformer monitoring system

13.4.16.1. Electronic monitor for liquid filled transformer for installing in Purchaser's panel (delivered loose) shall be provided

©

13.4.16.1.1. The Electronic Transformer Monitor cables shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

13.4.16.2. Characteristic of Electronic monitor:

13.4.16.2.1. Manufacturer Qualitrol

or equivalent

13.4.16.2.2. Type of monitoring system 509 - 100


13.4.16.2.4. The electronic monitor for liquid filled transformer shall have the following measurements and monitoring functions:

13.4.16.2.4.1. Advanced thermal modeling of winding temperature measurement

13.4.16.2.4.2. Top and bottom oil temperature measurement

13.4.16.2.4.3. Integrated OLTC temperature monitoring



222B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.16.2.4.4. Cooling system control and fans monitoring

13.4.16.2.4.5. Monitoring of oil levels in the main and OLTC conservators

13.4.16.2.5. The monitoring system shall be equipped with:

13.4.16.2.5.1. Adjustable relays to operate cooling equipment, signal alarms and provide trip functions depending on transformer conditions

8

13.4.16.2.5.2. Relay for sensors, power and internal instrument circuitry diagnostics

1

13.4.16.2.5.3. 4-20mA DC loops for use with SCADA systems

4

13.4.16.2.5.4. Digital communication port with optic interface

RS-232 RS-485 RJ-45

13.4.16.2.5.5. Keypad to operate the device

13.4.16.2.5.6. Easy to read (at least 2 lines, 16 characters) alphanumeric Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

13.4.16.2.5.7. Red LED set point indicators to indicate that the set point has been exceeded

8

13.4.16.2.6. Input modules:

13.4.16.2.6.1. RTD modules for monitoring oil temperatures

3

13.4.16.2.6.1.1. Input type parameter PT100

13.4.16.2.6.1.2. Output range [C] -40 to +120

13.4.16.2.6.2. Contact closure module for fan control contactor state monitoring (energized / not energized)

13.4.16.2.6.3. CT modules for monitoring winding temperatures

3



223B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.16.2.6.3.1. Input range [A] 0 to 10

13.4.16.2.6.4. Potentiometer modules for monitoring oil level

2

13.4.16.2.6.4.1. Input range [Ω] 5000

13.4.16.2.6.4.2. Output range scaling [%] 0 to 100

13.4.16.2.6.5. Input modules accuracy ±0.5% full

range

13.4.16.2.7. Output contacts:

13.4.16.2.7.1. Number and type 10 isolated

NO/NC

13.4.16.2.7.2. Contacts switching capacity at:

13.4.16.2.7.2.1. 230V AC

13.4.16.2.7.2.2. 60V DC

13.4.16.2.8. Required accessories: 1

13.4.16.2.8.1. Three (3) temperatures sensors PT100

13.4.16.2.8.2. Oil level sensor with local indication for OLTC conservator

13.4.16.2.8.2.1. Scale diameter [mm]

13.4.16.2.8.2.2. Dry contact required for minimum and maximum oil level

1NO+1NC

13.4.16.2.8.3. Oil level sensor with local indication for main conservator

13.4.16.2.8.3.1. Scale diameter [mm]

13.4.16.2.8.3.2. Dry contact required for minimum and maximum oil level

1NO+1NC

13.4.16.2.8.4. Monitoring software, to be run on PC, for remote control supervision which comply with the requirements of Appendix A6

13.4.16.2.8.5. PC communication equipment



224B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.16.2.8.6. 19" Rack Mounting Kit

13.4.16.2.9. The monitoring system communication protocol shall comply with the standard

IEC 61850

13.4.16.2.10. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min. [kV r.m.s.]

2.5

13.4.16.2.11. Auxiliary power supply 40-290 V

AC/DC

13.4.16.2.12. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range [Hz/Hz]

10g 60/120

13.4.16.2.13. Degree of protection, according to IEC-60529

IP55

13.4.17. Bushing

13.4.17.1. The connections between transformer and different voltages of the system and neutral point will be achieved by bushings

13.4.17.2. The bushings shall be designed for the service conditions stated in clause 10 in this specification and tested according to

IEC 60137

13.4.17.3. The external bushings insulator (envelope) must fulfill the requirements for outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path type, Hollow composite insulator suitable for the climatic, environmental and atmospheric conditions as described under clause 10:

13.4.17.4. Insulator's Pollution levels according to Desert and Coastal-Industrial types of environments, as defined by:

IEC 60815-1

13.4.17.4.1. Environmental type of pollution

combination of type A

and type B, A-prevalent

13.4.17.4.2. Site pollution severity (SPS) class e

(very heavy)

13.4.17.5. The H.V. and L.V. bushings shall be mounted on the transformer cover and shall be located as indicated in the attached drawing EVK-8488



225B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.6. The following types of bushings shall be provided:

13.4.17.6.1. H.V. (161kV) side of transformer in two (2) alternatives (type A1 and type A2)::

13.4.17.6.1.1. Alternative A: Type A1 – 170kV transformer cable connection

IEC 62271-209

13.4.17.6.1.2. Alternative B: Type A2 – 170kV SF6-OIL direct connections between GIS and transformer acc. to

IEC 62271-211

13.4.17.6.2. Type B - L.V. (36KV) line and neutral bushing

13.4.17.6.3. Type C - L.V. (1.0KV) core and frame earthing bushing

13.4.17.7. Alternative A : Type A1 – 170kV transformer cable connection:

13.4.17.7.1. The cable connections shall be an integral part of this Specification and the transformer's Manufacturer shall supply them including all necessary accessories, insulating, facilities, etc., needed for their operation, commissioning, testing, monitoring and maintenance Requirements and characteristics of cable connection enclosure

13.4.17.7.2. The cable connections shall be designed according to

IEC 62271-209

13.4.17.7.3. The cable connection will be dry type for XLPE extruded cable according to

IEC 62271-209

fig.4,5

13.4.17.7.4. Manufacturer pfisterer

or equivalent

13.4.17.7.5. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue:

13.4.17.7.6. Type




226B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.7.8. Rated voltages Ur [kV] 170

13.4.17.7.9. Insulation levels:

13.4.17.7.9.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec [kV peak]

750

13.4.17.7.9.2. Power frequency withstand voltage (dry) [kV r.m.s.]

355

13.4.17.7.9.3. Power frequency withstand voltage (wet) [kV r.m.s.]

325

13.4.17.7.10. Rated current Ir [A] 250

13.4.17.7.11. Temperature of transformer connection enclosure and temperature of connection interface, as indicated in 4.4.2 of IEC 62271-203, shall not exceed [˚C]

90

13.4.17.7.12. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) for 2 sec [kA r.m.s.]

17.7Ir

13.4.17.7.13. Rated dynamic short-circuit current [kA peak] 2.5Ith

13.4.17.7.14. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing at connection interface applied transversally or axially not less than

2000


interface shall be silver – coated (m)

20

13.4.17.7.16. Cooperation between Transformer Manufacturer and Cable Manufacturer is necessary to ensure suitable and safe connection

13.4.17.7.17. The name’s Cable Manufacturer will be made known by Purchaser to the Transformer Manufacturer in due time

13.4.17.7.18. The limits of supply of Transformer Manufacturer shall be according to

IEC 62271-209 fig. 4



227B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.7.19. The transformer connection shall include

facilities to perform the “tan.” test on transformer with 10 kV test voltage. Please send details of the required facilities and insulation

13.4.17.7.20. Material of the conductor terminal aluminum

13.4.17.7.20.1. Cable end

13.4.17.7.20.2. Transformer end

13.4.17.7.21. Diameter of the conductor terminal

13.4.17.7.21.1. Cable end [mm]

13.4.17.7.21.2. Transformer end [mm]

13.4.17.7.22. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal:

13.4.17.7.22.1. Cable end [mm2]

13.4.17.7.22.2. Transformer end [mm2]

13.4.17.7.23. The cable sealing ends shall include:

13.4.17.7.23.1. The tubular enclosure and the flanges (one flange to match the flanges of the transformer and the other to match the cable insulator, with its base fittings) shall be supplied by the transformer Manufacturer

13.4.17.7.23.2. Direct connection by 4X35mm2 flexible non insulated Cu wire between transformer enclosure and cable flange shall be supplied by transformer Manufacturer according to drawing no EVK-8254 Please send details of mounting



228B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.7.23.3. If nonlinear resistors are necessary to be connected between transformer enclosure and cable flange, these shall be supplied by cable manufacturer. Please indicate the type of recommended nonlinear resistors, number, and characteristics and send details of mounting

13.4.17.7.23.4. The cable insulator with the fittings and the head fitting, mounted on the cable conductor, supplied by the Cable Manufacturer

13.4.17.7.23.5. The sealing ends shall be submitted to all the type tests and routine tests, according to

IEC 62271-203

IEC 60840

13.4.17.7.24. Suitable means shall be provided to enable the transformer to be completely be filled with oil and be tested, even when the cable is not available and fitted into the transformer

13.4.17.7.25. Transformer Manufacturer shall provide for cable connection the disconnecting facilities from transformer and earthing, for performing HV tests on power cables

13.4.17.7.26. The insulation of the disconnecting facilities from transformer shall be capable of withstanding cable voltage test in the sealing end (AC test – Uo for 24 hours)[kV/24hrs]

13.4.17.7.27. The distance between cable connection and semitrailer floor [m]

13.4.17.7.28. All cables between transformers and GIS will be supplied by Cable manufacturer

13.4.17.7.29. Total weight (including flanges) [kg]

13.4.17.8. Alternative B: Type A2 - H.V. 170KV SF6-OIL direct connections between GIS and transformer:



229B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.8.1. The connections shall be an integral part of this Specification and the transformer's Manufacturer shall supply them including all necessary accessories, insulating, facilities, etc, needed for their operation, commissioning, testing, monitoring and maintenance

13.4.17.8.2. Manufacturer MICAFIL

or equivalent

13.4.17.8.3. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue:

13.4.17.8.4. Type


13.4.17.8.6. Rated voltages Ur [kV] 170


13.4.17.8.7.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec [kV peak]

750


355


325

13.4.17.8.8. Rated current Ir [A] 250

13.4.17.8.9. Temperature of transformer connection enclosure and temperature of connection interface, as indicated in 4.4.2 of IEC 62271-203, shall not exceed [˚C]

90

13.4.17.8.10. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) for 2 sec [kA r.m.s.]

17.7Ir

13.4.17.8.11. Rated dynamic short-circuit current [kA peak] 2.5Ith

13.4.17.8.12. Enclosure Filled with SF6:

13.4.17.8.12.1. Minimum functional pressure for insulation (Pme) at 20[˚C] [MPa]

<0.35



231B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.8.12.2. SF6 rated filling pressure [MPa] > Pme

13.4.17.8.12.3. SF6 maximum operating pressure [MPa]

<0.85

13.4.17.8.12.4. SF6 minimum pressure (Pme) for dielectric at 20[˚C] [MPa]

< Pme + 0.02

13.4.17.8.13. Gas and vacuum tightness

13.4.17.8.13.1. The bushing shall prevent entering insulating oil into the GIS, and gas into the transformer

IEC 62271-211

subcl. 5.3

13.4.17.8.13.2. The bushing shall be capable of withstanding vacuum conditions as part of maintenance operations according to

IEC 62271-211

subcl. 5.3

13.4.17.8.14. Mechanical forces applied on the bushing at connection interface applied transversally or axially less than [N]

2000

13.4.17.8.15. Mechanical forces applied on the flange of the bushing attached to the transformer connection enclosure according to

IEC 62271-211

subcl. 5.5

13.4.17.8.15.1. Bending moment Mo less than [kNm] 10

13.4.17.8.15.2. Shearing force Ft less than [kN] 10

13.4.17.8.15.3. Tensile or compressive force Fa less than [kN]

5

13.4.17.8.16. The vibrations generated inside the energized transformer transmitted to SF6 switchgear shall be made known by Purchaser to SF6 switchgear Manufacturer in order to take into consideration the SF6 switchgear design according to Indicate the characteristics of vibrations can be made by the transformer

IEC 62271-211

subcl. 5.7

13.4.17.8.17. Cooperation between Transformer Manufacturer and GIS Manufacturer is necessary to ensure suitable and safe connection and minimum displacement between them according to

IEC 62271-211

subcl. 5.6



230B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


interface shall be silver – coated (m)

20

13.4.17.8.19. The limits of supply of Transformer Manufacturer shall be according to

IEC 62271-211 fig. 1 & subcl. 5.1

13.4.17.8.20. Cooperation between Transformer Manufacturer and GIS Manufacturer is necessary to ensure suitable and safe connection

13.4.17.8.21. The name’s GIS Manufacturer will be made known by Purchaser to the Transformer Manufacturer in due time

13.4.17.8.22. The transformer connection shall include

facilities to perform the “tan.” test on transformer with 10 kV test voltage. Please send details of the required facilities and insulation

13.4.17.8.23. Suitable means shall be provided to enable the transformer to be completely filled with oil and tested, even when a SF6 switchgear is not available or fitted into the transformer

13.4.17.8.24. The transformer connection shall be submitted to all the type tests and routine tests according to

IEC 62271-211

13.4.17.8.25. Material of the conductor terminal aluminum

13.4.17.8.25.1. SF6 end

13.4.17.8.25.2. Transformer end


13.4.17.8.26.1. SF6 end [mm]

13.4.17.8.26.2. Transformer end [mm]

13.4.17.8.27. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal:

13.4.17.8.27.1. SF6 end [mm2]



232B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.8.27.2. Transformer end [mm2]


13.4.17.9. Technical requirements for Type B - L.V. (36KV) line and neutral bushing


MICAFIL

or equivalent

13.4.17.9.2. Manufacturer’s designation and catalogue

13.4.17.9.3. Type

13.4.17.9.4. Number 4

13.4.17.9.5. Material and color Composite/

Porcelain

13.4.17.9.6. Condenser core insulation technology

13.4.17.9.7. Rated voltages:

13.4.17.9.7.1. Rated phase to phase voltage [kV] 36

13.4.17.9.7.2. Rated phase to earth voltage [kV] 36/√3

13.4.17.9.7.3. Maximum phase to earth temporary overvoltages the bushings can withstand according to:

IEC 60137 subcl. 5.1


13.4.17.9.8.1. Lightning impulse withstand voltage 1.2/50μsec (dry) [kV peak]

250


105


95

13.4.17.9.9. Rated currents according to: IEC 60137

cl. 4.2 to 4.4

13.4.17.9.9.1. Rated current (Ir) [A] 1250



233B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.9.9.2. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) at 2 sec [kA r.m.s.]

17.7Ir

13.4.17.9.9.3. Dynamic short-circuit withstand current [kA peak]

2.5Ith

13.4.17.9.10. Required minimum values to cantilever withstand load applied on the bushing as defined in

IEC 60137 Subcl. 4.5 (level II)

13.4.17.9.10.1. Cantilever operating load not less than [N]

1000

13.4.17.9.10.2. Cantilever test load [N] 2000

13.4.17.9.10.3. Recommended rope pull [N]

13.4.17.9.11. Partial discharge level at 1.5Un/√3 not more than [pC]

10

13.4.17.9.12. Maximum value of dielectric dissipation

factor (tan ) at ambient temperature and at 1.05Um/√3 shall not exceed

0.007

13.4.17.9.13. The bushings shall be designed for operation in the temperature conditions stipulated in ‎10.1 according to

IEC 60137 Subcl 4.8, 5.3. 10.1

13.4.17.9.14. Angle of mounting from the vertical [°]

13.4.17.9.15. Creepage distance:

13.4.17.9.15.1. Minimum reference unified specific creepage distance (RUSCD) according to SPS class e [mm/kV]

53.7

13.4.17.9.15.2. Correction factor (Kad) of the reference unified specific creepage distance RUSCD, for insulator average diameter Da

13.4.17.9.15.3. Minimum corrected unified specific creepage distance (USCD) [mm/kV]

13.4.17.9.15.4. Minimum total creepage distance (L) of the insulator [mm]



234B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.9.16. Arcing distance (A) not less than [mm]

13.4.17.9.17. Maximum Creepage factor CF 4

13.4.17.9.18. The bushing shall have permissible temporary overvoltage capabilities not lower than the power transformer

13.4.17.9.19. Bushings shall be capable to carry maximum permissible overload current of the power transformer

13.4.17.9.20. Maximum permissible overload of the bushing according to

IEC 60137 table 2

13.4.17.9.20.1. The bushing hottest-spot temperature above the temperature of the immersion medium in overload conditions [˚C]

13.4.17.9.20.2. Duration [sec]

13.4.17.9.21. The insulators shall be of the Open or Anti-fog profiles, with alternate or non-alternate shed type (acc. to the enclosed drawing on page B-257 and B-259) permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces

13.4.17.9.22. The insulators shall be only “windformed” type, not “drop shaped edge” and not with under ribs

13.4.17.9.23. Indicate on enclosed drawing on page B-257 and B-259 all dimensions required

13.4.17.9.24. Material of the conductor terminal


13.4.17.9.26. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal

13.4.17.9.27. Indicate whether the protective gaps are provided for bushings



235B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.9.28. The material for HV bushings inner tube which is passed through the conductor from the winding

13.4.17.9.29. The bushings shall be of simple design such as hollow insulator and not as bushing with internal insulation

13.4.17.9.30. The connection between the windings and the bushings terminals shall be performed in such manner that avoid the current passing through any screwed connection

13.4.17.9.31. Indicate the applied special treatments for the metallic parts corrosion protection

13.4.17.9.32. Total weight (including flanges [kg]

13.4.17.10. Technical requirements for Item C (1.0 kV) core earthing bushing:


13.4.17.10.2. Type

13.4.17.10.3. Number of earthing bushings according to subcl.‎13.4.1.12.3

13.4.17.10.4. Material and color Porcelain

Brown

13.4.17.10.5. Rated voltage [kV] 1

13.4.17.10.6. Rated current [In]

13.4.17.10.7. Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50sec [kV peak]

13.4.17.10.8. Power frequency withstand voltage, dry and wet [kV r.m.s.]

13.4.17.10.9. Rated thermal short time current (Ith) at 10 sec [kA r.m.s.]

1.5

13.4.17.10.10. Dynamic short-circuit withstand current [kA peak]

2.5Ith



236B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.17.10.11. Maximum permissible overload of the bushing according to

IEC 60137 table 2

13.4.17.10.11.1. The bushing hottest spot temperature above the temperature of the immersion

medium in overload condition [C]

13.4.17.10.11.2. Duration [sec]

13.4.17.10.12. Minimum external creepage distance [mm]


13.4.17.10.14. Diameter of the conductor terminal [mm]

13.4.17.10.15. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal [mm2]


13.4.17.11. All bushing shall be mark by with nameplate according to In addition the following data shall be provided

IEC 60137 subcl. 6.2

13.4.17.11.1. Rated short time (2 sec) current

13.4.17.11.2. Creepage distance

13.4.17.11.3. Cantilever withstand service load

13.4.18. Bushing CT’s

13.4.18.1. Bushing type current transformers shall be furnished on the L.V. and neutral bushings (see drawing No. 1 on page B - 260)

13.4.18.2. Type of current transformers (denomination)

13.4.18.2.1. Type CT1 - L.V. neutral bushing CT’s for zero sequence overcurrent protection

13.4.18.2.2. Type CT2 - L.V. (36kV) side three phase bushing CT’s



237B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.18.2.3. Type CT3 - L.V. (36kV) side one phase bushing CT’s for thermal image

13.4.18.3. The bushing current transformers shall be designed and tested in accordance with:

IEC 61869-2

13.4.18.4. Electrical data for Bushing CT - Type CT1:


13.4.18.4.2. Phases N

13.4.18.4.3. Number of cores 1

13.4.18.4.4. Type of cores Protection

13.4.18.4.5. Rated primary current [A] 800

13.4.18.4.6. Secondary current [A] 5

13.4.18.4.7. Rated continuous thermal current 1.2xI1

13.4.18.4.8. Rated burden [VA] 20

13.4.18.4.9. Accuracy class 5P

13.4.18.4.10. Accuracy limit factor (ALF) 20

13.4.18.4.11. Current error at rated primary current [%] ±1

13.4.18.4.12. Phase displacement at rated primary current [min]

±60

13.4.18.4.13. Composite error at rated accuracy limit primary current [%]

<5

13.4.18.4.14. Secondary winding resistance, Rct at 20˚C [Ω]

13.4.18.4.15. Knee point voltage [V]

13.4.18.4.16. Magnetizing current at knee point voltage [A]

13.4.18.4.17. Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current [kA r.m.s.]

20



238B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.18.4.18. Rated dynamic current [kA peak] 50

13.4.18.4.19. Rated insulation level [kV peak/kV r.m.s.] 170/70

13.4.18.4.20. Class of insulation, acc. to IEC 60085 A

13.4.18.5. Electrical data for Bushing Current Transformer – Type: CT2 & CT3:

CT2 CT3


13.4.18.5.2. Phases 3 1


13.4.18.5.4. Type of cores measuring

13.4.18.5.5. Primary current I1 [A] 800-1000

13.4.18.5.6. Rated continuous thermal current 1.5xI1 [A]

13.4.18.5.7. Secondary current [A] 5

13.4.18.5.8. Extended current rating [%] 150

13.4.18.5.9. Rated burden [VA] 20

13.4.18.5.10. Accuracy class 0.5

13.4.18.5.11. Instrument security factor [FS] 5/10

13.4.18.5.12. Current error at rated primary current [%] ±0.5

13.4.18.5.13. Phase displacement at rated primary current [min]

±30

13.4.18.5.14. Composite error at rated accuracy limit primary current [%]

>10

13.4.18.5.15. Secondary winding resistance, Rct at 20˚C [Ω]

13.4.18.5.16. Rated short-time (2 sec) thermal current [kA r.m.s.]

20

13.4.18.5.17. Rated dynamic current [kA peak] 50



239B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.18.5.18. Rated insulation level [kV peak/kV r.m.s.] 170/70

13.4.18.5.19. Class of insulation, acc. to IEC 60085 105 (A)

13.4.18.6. General requirements for bushing CT’s:

13.4.18.6.1. The secondary windings (for each type) shall be wired to barrier type terminals accommodated in a thermal box mounted directly on power transformer tank

13.4.18.6.2. Provisions shall be made for earthing of the secondary windings inside the terminal box

13.4.18.6.3. The bushing current transformers shall carry the markings specified in

IEC 61869-2

13.4.18.6.4. Cables from Bushing CT’s shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

13.4.19. Connection Between LV side of transformer to 36kV cable

13.4.19.1. The connections between 36kV side of transformer and 36kV cable shall be an integral part of this Specification and they shall be supplied including

13.4.19.1.1. Outdoor post insulators

13.4.19.1.2. Rigid conductors

13.4.19.1.3. All necessary accessories, insulating facilities, etc. needed for their execution commissioning, testing and maintenance

13.4.19.2. Characteristics of 36KV outdoor post insulators according to:

IEC 62231


13.4.19.2.2. Number of post insulators 4

13.4.19.2.3. Material of core and housing

13.4.19.2.4. Type outdoor



241B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.19.2.5. Rated voltage 36


13.4.19.2.6.1. Lightning impulse withstands voltage [kV peak]

200

13.4.19.2.6.2. Power frequency withstands voltage 1 min dry and wet [kV r.m.s.]

95

13.4.19.2.7. Rated current [A] 1250

13.4.19.2.8. Overload capability:

13.4.19.2.8.1. Maximum permissible overload of insulator [A]

13.4.19.2.8.2. Duration [sec]

13.4.19.2.9. Rated thermal short time current [kA r.m.s.] 20

13.4.19.2.10. Duration of short time current [sec]

13.4.19.2.11. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path type, composite insulator suitable for the climatic, environmental and atmospheric conditions (see subclause ‎10.1) shall be provided. The insulators shall be of thermal sheds type permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces according to our drawings on Appendix B-1 (please fill in all data). Drawing of insulator with all dimensions shall be provided

13.4.19.2.12. Minimum creepage distance [mm] 900

13.4.19.2.13. Arcing distance not less than [mm] 225

13.4.19.2.14. Failing load bending [N]

13.4.19.2.15. Torsional strength [Nm]

13.4.19.2.16. Stresses on mounted insulators:

13.4.19.2.16.1. Guaranteed value of failing load (≥120%F) acc. to: Not less than [N]

DIN 48113 3000



240B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.19.2.16.2. Permissible values of loading for terminals acc. to:

DIN 48113

13.4.19.2.16.3. Service load (≤40%F) (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in service: conductor pull, conductor weight and wind, short-circuit excepted) in any direction in space not less than) [N]

1000

13.4.19.2.16.4. Testing load for 60 sec, applied to the midpoint of the terminal, perpendicularly to the bushing axis (>70XF) [N]

1750

13.4.19.2.16.5. Short-time load (F*) (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in case of short-circuit) in any direction in space not less than [N]

2500

13.4.19.2.17. Type of insulator terminals shall be according to Manufacturer Standard


13.4.19.2.19. Diameter of the conductor terminal [mm]

13.4.19.2.20. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal [mm2]

13.4.19.2.21. Markings according to IEC 62231

13.4.19.2.22. The insulators shall be subject to the tests specified in:

IEC 62231

13.4.19.3. Characteristics of rigid conductors

13.4.19.3.1. Conductor material and dimensions [mm/mm]

13.4.19.3.2. Conductor cross-section [mm2]

13.4.19.3.3. Current ratings:

13.4.19.3.3.1. Rated current [A] 1250

13.4.19.3.3.2. Rated peak withstand current (dynamic s.c. current) [kA peak]

50



242B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.19.3.3.3. Rated short time (3 sec) current [kA r.m.s.] 20

13.4.20. NAMEPLATE

13.4.20.1. The transformer shall be provided with a nameplate, of suitable material, according to

IEC 60076-1 cl. 8

13.4.20.2. The nameplate shall be protected from UV radiation, withstand the service conditions

specified under clause ‎10.1, durable and

readable during the entire power transformer life duration.

13.4.20.3. In addition the nameplate shall contain the following information

13.4.20.3.1. A diagram showing the use of each core of bushing CT’s and its corresponding terminal markings for each ratio of power transformer

13.4.20.3.2. Number of this specification

13.4.20.3.3. Sound pressure level at no load according to

IEC 60076-10 [dB(A)]

13.4.20.3.4. Sound pressure level at full load according to

IEC 60076-10 [dB(A)]

13.4.20.4. Except of main rating plate with the information listed above, all the transformer accessories shall carry plates with identification and characteristics of the auxiliary equipment according to standards for such components (bushing, tap changer, current transformer, cooling system, relays, etc.)

13.4.21. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

13.4.21.1. The overall dimensions of the assembled power transformer shall not exceed trailer dimensions according to L*W*H [mm*mm*mm]

13.4.21.2. Approximate weights (net):

13.4.21.2.1. Core [t]

13.4.21.2.2. Coils (HV/LV) [t]



243B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.4.21.2.3. Cellulose insulation [t]

13.4.21.2.4. Tank [t]

13.4.21.2.5. Radiators [t]

13.4.21.2.6. Fittings [kg]

13.4.21.2.7. Oil [t]

13.4.21.2.8. Total weight shall not exceed [t] 100 ©

13.4.21.2.9. Empty tank weight [t]

13.4.21.2.10. Weight of heaviest piece to be handled [t]

13.4.21.2.11. Weight for transport including trailer shall not exceed [t]

80

13.5. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1. Routine Tests ©

13.5.1.1. Routine tests for all accessories (bushing, grounding bushing, CT’s, etc.) according to the relevant standards, shall be submitted

13.5.1.2. The Routine Tests Reports shall include:

13.5.1.3. Measuring of winding resistance on each tap position (performed before no-load test), according to

IEC

60076-1

subcl.11.

12

13.5.1.4. Measuring of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement, according to

IEC

60076-1

subcl.11.

3

13.5.1.5. Measuring of short-circuit impedance and load losses shall be performed at principal tap and on the highest and lowest tap, according to sub clauses ‎13.3.1.15, ‎13.3.1.16, ‎13.3.1.28

IEC

60076-1

subcl.11.

4



244B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.6. Measuring of no-load loss and exciting current, according to

IEC

60076-1

subcl.11.

5

13.5.1.7. The measurements shall be made at:

13.5.1.8. 90% of rated voltage


13.5.1.10. 105.6% of rated voltage


13.5.1.12. Dielectric Routine tests:

13.5.1.13. Chopped wave Lightning impulse (LIC) on maximum, minimum and principal tap of each H.V. (161 kV) and L.V. (24 kV) line terminals according to in the following order:

IEC

60076-3

cl.13

13.5.1.14. Reduced level full impulse:

one

applicati

on

13.5.1.15. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak)

13.5.1.16. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak)

13.5.1.17. Full level full impulse:

one

applicati

on

13.5.1.18. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak) 650

13.5.1.19. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) 170

13.5.1.20. Full level chopped impulses:

two

applicati

ons



13.5.1.23. Chopping time between (µsec) 3-6



245B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.24. Full level full impulses:

two

applicati

ons



13.5.1.27. Switching impulse test for the line terminal (SI)

IEC

60076-3

cl.14.4

13.5.1.28. Reduced level full impulse :

one

applicati

on

13.5.1.29. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV peak)

13.5.1.30. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) N.A.

13.5.1.31. Full level full impulse:

three

applicati

on


13.5.1.33. L.V. (24 kV) line terminals (kV peak) N.A.

13.5.1.34. A neutral current measurement shall follow each reduced and full voltage wave application if current records are not obtained simultaneously with voltage records

13.5.1.35. The impulse tests shall be performed with impulse testing equipment which complies with the requirements of

IEC

61083-

1&2

13.5.1.36. The impulse test report shall Comply with

IEC

60076-4

cl.11

13.5.1.37. Applied voltage test (AV), according to

IEC

60076-3

cl.10

13.5.1.38. H.V. (161 kV) line terminals (kV r.m.s.) 275

13.5.1.39. L.V. (24 kV) line and neutral terminals (kV r.m.s.) 70



246B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.40. Induced voltage test with Partial discharge measurements (IVPD) according to

IEC

60076-3

subcl.11.

3

13.5.1.41. The test shall be performed in a symmetrical three-phase connection at L.V. principal tap position, feed by L.V. side

13.5.1.42. The time sequence for the application of the test (IVPD) shall be according to

IEC

60076-3

Figure 1

13.5.1.43. The test acceptance criteria shall be according to

IEC

60076-3

subcl.11.

3.5

13.5.1.44. Voltage tests (1 min.) for the auxiliary and control circuit (AuxW) (kV r.m.s.) as follows:

60076-3

scl. 9

13.5.1.45. The wiring for aux power and control circuit at (kV AC)

2

13.5.1.46. The wiring for CT secondary windings (kV AC) 2.5

13.5.1.47. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and the capacitance, on each transformer, according to and additional conditions as follows:

IEEE Std

C.57.12.9

0

subcl.10.

10

13.5.1.48. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor shall be made on fully assembled transformer

13.5.1.49. The measurement shall be performed at (kV) 10

13.5.1.50. The test shall be performed with guarded circuit as follows:

13.5.1.51. H.V. to Tank; L.V. and Core and bushing test taps on guard

13.5.1.52. H.V. to Core; L.V. and Tank on guard

13.5.1.53. H.V. to L.V.; Tank and Core on guard

13.5.1.54. L.V. to Tank; H.V. and Core on guard



247B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.55. L.V. to Core; H.V. and Tank on guard

13.5.1.56. During the dielectric dissipation factor measurement the tank shall be grounded

13.5.1.57. The values of dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) at 20°C shall not exceed (%)

0.5

13.5.1.58. In the test report both the measured test temperature and the reference temperature shall be indicated

13.5.1.59. Zones C1 and C2 of H.V. bushings shall be measured

13.5.1.60. The report shall contain a table with the temperature correction factor in steps of 5°C up to the maximum temperature rise of the transformer

13.5.1.61. For the first delivered transformer exact measurements shall be performed during transformer cooling after temperature rise test completion

13.5.1.62. Measurement of the insulation resistance and of the polarization index:

13.5.1.63. Measurement of the windings insulation resistance and of the polarization index (the ratio of apparent insulation resistance after 10 min. to that after 1 min. after the application of testing voltage) shall be performed, on each transformer, at (kV DC)

5

13.5.1.64. The measurement shall be made between:

13.5.1.65. H.V. to Tank; L.V., Core and Core frame to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.66. H.V. to Core; L.V. ,Core frame and Tank earthed and to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.67. H.V. to Core frame; L.V., core and Tank earthed and to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.68. H.V. to L.V.; Tank, Core and Core frame earthed and to Guard of instrument



248B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.69. L.V. to Tank; H.V., Core and Core frame to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.70. L.V. to Core; H.V., core frame and Tank earthed and to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.71. L.V. to Core frame; H.V., core and Tank earthed and to Guard of instrument

13.5.1.72. Measurement of the core and frame insulation resistance during 1 min. according to

IEC60076

-1

subcl.11.

12

13.5.1.73. shall be performed at (kV DC) 2.5

13.5.1.74. The measurement shall be performed between:

13.5.1.75. Each insulated section of Core to Core frame

13.5.1.76. Each insulated section of Core to Tank

13.5.1.77. Core frame to Tank

13.5.1.78. Test Report for the polarization index measurement as well as variation of apparent winding insulation resistance with time shall be provided

13.5.1.79. The minimum value will be agreed between purchaser and Manufacturer

13.5.1.80. The polarization index value shall be higher than

13.5.1.81. Testing of OLTC operation according to

IEC

60076-1

subcl.11.

7

& IEC

60214

13.5.1.82. OLTC control system shall be checked by means of the voltage regulator of the transformer. Manual operation of the OLTC shall also be checked

13.5.1.83. In case of checking by means of voltage regulator, voltage shall be varied by means of variac. The check shall be performed for both slow and sudden voltage variations



249B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.84. The alarm signal for delayed transition from one tap to another shall be checked

13.5.1.85. Forced outage of OLTC and initiation of suitable alarms shall be checked

13.5.1.86. Mechanical test:

13.5.1.87. Oil leak test according to:

IEC

60076-1

subcl.

11.8

13.5.1.88. The tank, oil-filled compartments and vital pipe works shall be tested for oil tightness according to Manufacturer’s Standards at a minimum pressure as stated in ‎13.4.6.9

13.5.1.89. The Manufacturer shall describe in the proposal how the oil-leak test is to be performed

13.5.1.90. Vacuum withstand test:

13.5.1.91. Main tank without oil (KPa)

13.5.1.92. Conservator (KPa)

13.5.1.93. Tap changer compartments (KPa)

13.5.1.94. Permanent enclosure deflection after the oil leakage test and vacuum test shall be recorded and mentioned in the test reports

13.5.1.95. Mechanical test of transformer tank, oil level gauges and valves to prove proper operation

13.5.1.96. Testing of current transformers according to IEC

61869-2

13.5.1.97. Magnetization curves shall be performed for each CT core

13.5.1.98. Check of the ratio and polarity of each CT



251B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.1.99. Determination of capacitances windings-to-earth, and between windings, according to

IEC

60076-1

scl.

11.1.2.2.

a

13.5.1.100. Tests of auxiliary devices

13.5.1.101. Verification of the correct wiring

13.5.1.102. Testing of the bushings according to IEC

60137

13.5.1.103. Routine and Sample tests for the hollow insulators performed by insulators Manufacturer, according to

IEC

62155

13.5.1.104. Measurement of dissolved gases in dielectric liquid for each separate oil compartment except diverter switch compartment, according to

IEC

60076-1

scl.11.1.2

.2

13.5.1.105. Oil tests for each oil quantity existing in the different transformer compartments, or delivered in separate containers (if any), according to APPENDIX B3 and

IEC

60296

13.5.2. Type Tests ©

13.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform all type tests on the first delivered power transformer except where indicated otherwise and submit all test reports according to

IEC

60076-1

scl.11.1.3

13.5.2.2. The type test reports shall include:

13.5.2.3. Temperature-rise tests according to (only for the first new design of the power transformer)

IEC

60076-2

cl. 6 & 7

13.5.2.4. The temperature rise test shall be performed on the maximum current tapping.

13.5.2.5. The temperature rise test report shall include also the oil and average winding thermal time constant:

13.5.2.6. Windings temperature rise (measured by the resistance method)



250B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.2.7. Top oil temperature rise (measured by thermometer)

13.5.2.8. Measurement of power taken by the fans

13.5.2.9. The external Infrared Thermography of the tank shall be performed in order to check the effectiveness of the cooling system during the temperature rise test

13.5.2.10. A chromatographic analysis of dissolved gases in the oil shall be performed before and after the temperature rise test according to

IEC

60076-2

Annex

C.4,

IEC

61181 &

IEC

60567

13.5.2.11. Determination of transformer sound level (only for the first delivered power transformer) according to

IEC

60076-10

13.5.2.12. The verification of the declared noise emission values for a batch of transformers according to ISO 4871.

13.5.2.13. The measurement performed with the OLTC on the principal tapping shall include:

13.5.2.14. Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer under no-load and excited at rated voltage and rated frequency, with cooling equipment out of service, at 1m distance from the principal radiating surface.

13.5.2.15. Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer in operation at short-circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with cooling equipment out of service, at 1m distance from the principal radiating surface.

13.5.2.16. Measurement of sound pressure level of the transformer in operation at short-circuit impedance voltage, rated current and rated frequency, with cooling equipment in operation, at 2.0m distance from the principal radiating surface.



252B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.2.17. Measurement of sound pressure level of the cooling equipment in operation, with transformer non energized, at 2.0 m distance from the principal radiating surface

13.5.2.18. In addition Manufacturer is requested to fill in all data in the enclosed Appendix B8

13.5.2.19. Type tests for all accessories (OLTC, CT, VR, bushings, etc.), according to the relevant standards, shall be submitted

13.5.3. Special Tests ©

13.5.3.1. In addition to the tests mentioned above, Manufacturer shall perform the following special tests on the first delivered power transformer, except where indicated otherwise and supply test reports and curves accordingly:

13.5.3.2. The special test shall include:

13.5.3.3. winding hot-spot temperature-rise measurement as a part of temperature-rise test under sub-clause according to ‎13.5.2.3

IEC

60076-1

clause

11.1.4 b

13.5.3.4. In addition to sub-clause ‎13.5.1.6, measurement of

no load losses and exciting current by Single-phase method, on the L.V. star connected winding shall be performed on each power transformer at 0.1Un/√3 voltage, as follows:

13.5.3.5. Supply voltage between 2u and 2n terminals, terminals 2v and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2w free (measurement A)

13.5.3.6. Supply voltage between 2v and 2n terminals, terminals 2w and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2u free (measurement B)

13.5.3.7. Supply voltage between 2w and 2n terminals, terminals 2u and 2n short-circuited and terminal 2v free (measurement C)

13.5.3.8. Differences between the values of the currents in the symmetrical phases measurements shall not exceed (%)

10



253B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.3.9. Differences between the values of the no-load losses in the symmetrical phases measurements shall not exceed (%)

5

13.5.3.10. If the transformer will be shipped without oil, the Dew Point test shall be provided for each delivered transformer according to

IEEE

C57.93-

2007

13.5.3.11. The moisture content in percent of dry weight on each transformer's insulation shall not exceed (%)

1

13.5.3.12. Additional to the CT tests performed by the CT Manufacturer, after assembling the current transformers, insulation resistance measurement tests shall be performed for each transformer, on the CT terminals block, at (kV r.m.s.) :

2.5

13.5.3.13. Lightning impulse on L.V. neutral terminal by direct application (LIN),on each power transformer, according to

IEC

60076-3

subcl.

7.2.3 .d

and 13.4

13.5.3.14. Reduced level full impulse

one

applicati

on

13.5.3.15. Full level full impulse

three

applicati

ons

13.5.3.16. Voltage test value (kV peak) 200

13.5.3.17. Duration of the front time up to (µsec) 13

13.5.3.18. Measurement of zero-sequence impedance, on each power transformer according to sub-clauses ‎13.3.1.15.2 and ‎13.3.1.16

IEC

60076-1

subcl.

11.6

13.5.3.19. Sweep Frequency Response Analysis (SFRA) shall be performed on each power transformer to obtain a fingerprint reference used for comparison in order to detect any subsequent internal mechanical configuration change, occurred during transport, or after fault events. The SFRA test involves the analysis of the frequency response of each winding, as follows:



254B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.3.20. Tests on L.V. winding shall be performed in 2 tap positions: in the principal tap position and in the tap combination that places all sections of the tap windings in the circuit

13.5.3.21. When tests are performed at principal tap position, the previous tap position must also be recorded. It is recommended that principal tap position measurements be made after arriving from lower tap positions

13.5.3.22. Bushings not under test, including neutrals, shall be ungrounded

13.5.3.23. Shall be performed 9 tests with the following connections:

13.5.3.24. 2u-2n, 2v-2n, 2w-2n; 1U-1V-1W open

13.5.3.25. 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n open

13.5.3.26. 1U-1W, 1V-1U, 1W-1V; 2u-2v-2w-2n short circuited

13.5.3.27. Magnetization curves based on the test values for the voltages up to 110% (or 120% if possible) of nominal and on calculated values for voltage above 110% (120%) up to 140% on each power transformer

13.5.3.28. The thermal and dynamic ability to withstand the short-circuit currents shall be demonstrated by calculation according to

IEC

60076-5

13.5.3.29. In addition the Contractor shall submit short-circuit test reports for similar transformers delivered by the Contractor in the past

13.5.3.30. In case the Contractor has the facilities to perform a short-circuit test for the specified transformer a price proposal for this test shall be included in Annexure "C"

13.5.3.31. For calculation of the short-circuit current at transformer terminals, the short-circuit power (S'') of the H.V. system shall be assumed (MVA)

15000



255B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.3.32. Measurement of the harmonics on the no-load current on each power transformer

13.5.3.33. Determination of transient voltage transfer characteristics on each power transformer according to

IEC

60076-1

scl.

11.1.4.e

13.5.3.34. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and the capacitance, only on the first power transformer, in the same conditions as required under sub-clause ‎13.5.1.56, but with the voltage

applied in Increasing steps (of 0.2Un) up to rated coil voltage and reduced in similar steps

13.5.3.35. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) and the capacitance in the emptied transformer (after tests completion and transformer draining for delivery purpose). The measurement shall be performed only on the first transformer, in the same conditions as in sub-clause ‎13.5.1.56, in order to

detect the location of future faults (oil or active parts) Indicate the recommended test voltages for:

13.5.3.36. H.V. (kV) :

13.5.3.37. L.V. (kV) :

13.5.3.38. Testing of cooling system on each power transformer:

13.5.3.39. Pressure test for radiators

13.5.3.40. Testing of fans

13.5.3.41. Automatic and manual operation of fans shall be checked. Automatic operation and tripping shall be checked by means of a thermostat

13.5.3.42. All alarms shall be checked

13.5.3.43. Unreliability Demonstration Procedure as defined in Appendix B2

13.5.3.44. Coating tests of all coated components, on each power transformer according to Appendix B7



256B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.3.45. In case additional Special Tests are performed by Manufacturer, please indicate

13.5.4. Equipment qualification to prove seismic withstands (additional requirements to subcl. ‎11.1.2)

©

13.5.4.1. The transformer performance level is defined according to IEEE Std 693 clause 8.3.2 and Fig A.2

13.5.4.2. The transformer shall be tested or analyzed for the Required Response Spectrum according to IEEE Std 693 clause A.1.2.2.1 and Figure A.2

13.5.4.3. Required qualification method for different kind of equipment:

IEEE 693

13.5.4.4. Seismic withstand capability for the power transformer shall be demonstrated according to Annex D.4.1 static analysis

13.5.4.5. Seismic withstand capability for Composite polymer material and insulators shall be demonstrated by

Annex D.4.4 time history shake-table test for 161kV and above Annex D.4.4.2 shall be used for Monitoring requirements for composite polymer bushings shake table test. Annex D.4.5 static pull test for 36kV Annex D.4.3 /A.1.4 inherently acceptable for 24kV

13.5.4.6. After the shake table test the bushing shall be checked to fulfill the functional requirements according to Annex D.5.2 After shake-table testing of bushings, they shall be subjected to and pass all routine tests as specified in the latest revision of IEEE C57.19.00

13.5.4.7. Seismic withstand capability for terminal boxes shall be demonstrated by Annex L.4.2, A1.3.1 at 1.5g

13.5.4.8. After performing the tests or analysis the Contractor is requested to submit for approval the following documents:

13.5.4.9. Seismic analysis qualification report according to IEEE Std 693/ Annex S



257B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

13.5.4.10. Seismic test qualification report according to IEEE

Std 693/ Annex T

13.5.5. Tests after erection on site

13.5.5.1. The field tests will be performed by the Purchaser in the presence and under responsibility of Contractor’s delegate according to Appendix B5

13.5.5.2. The site tests shall include also a SFRA test to compare its results with the Fingerprint test carried out according to sub-clause ‎13.5.3.19

13.5.5.3. In case additional tests are required by Manufacturer please indicate

13.5.6. Additional Electromagnetic Pulse Remediation Measures

13.5.6.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience measures at the transformer, Bidder shall provide Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow operation of the transformer in potential extreme circumstances where normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not available



258B -


REQUIRED OFFERED

P1-P2 > 15 mm P1-P2 =

S/P1 > 0.65 S/P1 =

C > 40 mm C =

= 5-10 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =


L = 5280 mm L =

L/A < 4.7 L/A =

l1/d1 < 4.5 l1/d1 =

l2/d2 < 4.5 l2/d2 =





A = Arcing distance

P1

P2

P1

S1

l1

d2

S

d1

l2

Dt

l2

Ds2

Ds1

\2

C



259B -

COMPOSITE INSULATOR – NORMAL SHEDS TYPE

REQUIRED OFFERED

S/P > 0.65 S/P =

C > 25 mm C =

= 5-10 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =


L = 5280 mm L =

L/A < 4.7 L/A =

l/d < 4.5 l/d =


Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2



A = Arcing distance

S

C=d

P

l

P

Dt

Ds

\2



261B -

Drawing no. 1: CT's core designation



260B -



262B -


ITEM 3 – M.V. SURGE ARRESTER

263B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

14.1. MANUFACTURER



14.1.3. Type of the Surge Arrester (denomination)





14.1.8. The offered type of Surge Arrester shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©







components of the S.A.:

14.2.1. IEC 60099-4/2014: Surge arrester. Metal-oxide surge arresters without

gaps for a. c. systems 14.2.2. IEC 60099-5/2013: Surge arrester. Part 5. Selection and application

recommendations



264B -

14.2.3. IEC 61462/2007: Composite hollow insulators - Pressurized and unpressurized insulators for use in electrical equipment with rated voltage greater than 1 000 V - Definitions, test methods, acceptance criteria and design recommendations

14.2.4. IEC 60815-1/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions: Definitions, information and general principles

14.2.5. IEC 60815-2/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions: Ceramic and glass insulators for a.c. systems

14.2.6. IEC 60815-3/2008: High-voltage insulators intended for use in polluted conditions: Polymer insulators for a.c. systems

14.2.7. IEC 60137/2008: Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V 14.2.8. IEC 60721-3-4/1995: Classification of environmental conditions 14.2.9. IEC 60071-2/1996: Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guide 14.2.10. ISO 9001:2015: Quality Management Systems Requirements 14.2.11. ISO/IEC 17025/2005: General requirements for the competence of testing

and calibrating laboratories 14.2.12. ASTM A123/2015 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)

Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 14.2.13. ASTM B 579-73/2015: Standard specification for Electrodeposited

Coatings of Tin-Lead Alloy. (Solder Plate) 14.2.14. ASTM B 580-79/2014: Standard specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings

on Aluminum

14.3. RATING

REQUIRED Item 3.1

Item 3.2

OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.3.1. Arrester classification SM ©

IEC 60099-4

subcl.4.2

14.3.1.1. Thermal energy rating not less than[kJ/kV] 1.6

14.3.1.2. Repetitive charge transfer rating not less than [C]

7

14.3.2. Continuous S.A. operating voltage (Uc ) [r.m.s.; kV] (It shall be chosen by the Manufacturer in order to meet system data. See

subcl. ‎10.1.1)

IEC 60099-4

subcl.8.4

14.3.3. Rated S.A. voltage (Ur) [r.m.s. ; kV] (It shall be chosen by the Manufacturer in order to

meet system data. See subcl. ‎10.1.1)

36 ©

IEC 60099-4

subcl.5.1

14.3.4. Rated frequency [Hz] 50 ©

IEC60099-4

subcl.5.2

14.3.5. Nominal discharge current [8/20µs] [kA peak]

10 ©

IEC 60099-4

subcl.5.3



265B -

REQUIRED Item 3.1

Item 3.2

OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.3.6. Long duration Line Discharge class at least 2 ©

IEC 60099-5

subcl.6.3.2.3

14.3.7. Minimum energy discharge capability for a single impulse at least [kJ/kV]

4

14.3.8. Permissible temporary overvoltage (TOV) capability curve in per unit of rated voltage versus time shall be supplied with the proposal.

IEC60099-4

subcl.6.12

14.3.9. Partial discharge at 1.05 Uc [pC] ≤10

IEC60099-4

subcl.6.4

14.4. PROTECTIVE LEVELS

REQUIRED Item 3.1

Item 3.2

OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.4.1. Maximum residual voltage at lightning impulse 8/20 µs and peak current value

IEC60099-4

subcl.8.3.3

14.4.1.1. 5kA [kV peak]

14.4.1.2. 10kA [kV peak] 118

©

80

©

14.4.1.3. 20kA [kV peak]

14.4.1.4. 40kA [kV peak]

14.4.2. Maximum residual voltage for switching impulse 30µs and peak current value :

IEC60099-4 subcl.8.3.4

14.4.2.1. 125kA [kV peak]

14.4.2.2. 500kA [kV peak]

14.4.2.3. 2kA [kV peak]

14.4.2.4. 1kA [kV peak]

14.4.3. Maximum residual voltage for steep impulse with 1µs virtual front time and peak current value :

IEC60099-4 subcl.8.3.2

14.4.3.1. 5kA [kV peak]

14.4.3.2. 10kA [kV peak]

14.4.3.3. 20kA [kV peak]



266B -

REQUIRED Item 3.1

Item 3.2

OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.4.4. Maximum permissible varistor temperature after current surges and in environmental conditions described in sub-clause "Service conditions"

(‎10.1) for which there is no risk of thermal

runaway during the lifetime of the arrester [°C]


REQUIRED OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.5.1. GENERAL REQUIREMETS

14.5.1.1. Number of units per complete arrester

14.5.1.2. Rated voltage of each unit [kV]

14.5.1.3. In case the units are not identical, each unit shall be clearly and permanently marked for identification in the final arrester assembly

14.5.1.4. Indicate whether a grading ring is provided

14.5.1.5. Indicate whether the internal grading capacitors are provided to control the voltage distribution along the metal-oxide resistor stack

14.5.1.6. Filling medium of the S.A. (nitrogen, dry air, etc.)

14.5.1.7. Indicate whether the S.A. provided with pressure relief device

14.5.1.8. The S.A. shall be of a completely sealed type against any atmospheric influence and moisture penetration Indicate method of sealing

14.5.1.9. The S.A. shall be suitable for installation on the power transformers – taking into consideration the transformer vibration

©

14.5.1.10. The S.A. shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor installation

©

14.5.1.11. The S.A. shall be explosion-proof ©

14.5.2. TERMINALS



267B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.5.2.1. Aluminum or copper terminal on the line side shall be provided Indicate type and dimensions

14.5.2.2. Surface contact of line terminal [mm²]

14.5.2.3. Maximum permissible conductor size connected to line terminal [mm²]

14.5.2.4. Earth copper terminal marked with appropriate graphical symbol shall be provided Indicate type and dimensions

14.5.2.5. The earthing connections shall be designed to withstand a short time (2 sec) current of [kA]

14.5.2.6. Surface contact of earth terminal [mm2]

14.5.2.7. Maximum permissible conductor size connected to earth terminal [mm2]

14.5.3. INSULATOR

14.5.3.1. The insulator shall material polymer type

14.5.3.2. Indicate offered type of the insulator

14.5.3.3. Manufacturer of the insulator

14.5.3.4. Color of the insulator Brown or

gray

14.5.3.5. The insulators shall be of the Open or Anti-fog profiles, with alternate or non-alternate shed type (acc. to the enclosed drawing on page B-271) permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces

14.5.3.6. Heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path type, insulator for outdoor and indoor installation, suitable for the service conditions

as described under subclause ‎10.1

14.5.3.7. Pollution levels according to Desert and Coastal-Industrial types of environments as defined by IEC 60815-1 shall be provided

14.5.3.8. Environmental type of pollution combination

of type A and

type B, A-prevalent



268B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.5.3.9. Site pollution severity (SPS) class e

(very heavy)

14.5.3.10. The Bidder shall submit all relevant test reports from the neutral Laboratory authorized in accordance with ISO 17025 (e.g. KEMA), to prove that the offered polymer material is suitable for the service conditions as described

under sub clause ‎10.1

14.5.3.11. The insulator shall be only "windformed" type, not drop shaped type

14.5.3.12. Indicate all relevant dimensions and details on the enclosed drawings (page B-271 Please supply with the proposal the Manufacturer's insulator drawing

14.5.3.13. Minimum phase to ground external creepage distance (25 mm/kVph):

000 525

14.5.3.14. Arcing distance not less than [mm] In case of lower values than 350 mm the impulse and power frequency test reports for offered insulators shall be provided to prove that the insulation withstand conditions are fulfilled

350

14.5.3.15. Failing load bending (F) [N] 4000

14.5.3.16. Guaranteed mean value of failing load (120% F) not less than [N]

14.5.3.17. Torsional strength [Nm] 4000

14.5.3.18. Indicate whether the protective gaps are provided

14.5.4. STRESSES ON MOUNTED SURGE ARRESTER

14.5.4.1. Permissible values of loading on the terminal

14.5.4.2. Service load (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in service: conductor pull, conductor weight, wind pressure on conductor) in any direction in space not less than [N] In case this load value is not applicable in any direction in space, please explain reason

1000



269B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.5.4.3. Testing load for 60 sec., applied to the midpoint of the terminal, perpendicularly to the insulator axis [N]

2000

14.5.4.4. Short time load (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in case of service and short-circuit) in any direction in space not less than [N]

3000

14.5.4.5. Operating pressure of the pressure relief device [N/cm²]

14.5.4.6. Ratio between operating pressure of the pressure relief device and bursting pressure of porcelain

14.5.4.7. Wind load at wind velocity 44 m/sec acc. to DIN 1055

14.5.4.8. Recommended rope pull [N]

14.5.5. NAMEPLATES

14.5.5.1. Each S.A. shall be provide with corrosion proof and clearly legible nameplate of suitable material including the data indicated in

IEC 60099-4 Clause 4.1

14.5.5.2. In addition the following data shall be provided

14.5.5.2.1. Line discharge class

14.5.5.2.2. Energy capability

14.5.5.2.3. Name and number of standard

14.5.5.3. The nameplate shall be subject to Purchaser's approval

14.5.6. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

14.5.6.1. Number of attached dimensions drawing

14.5.6.2. Minimum clearances for correct operation:

14.5.6.2.1. Between S.A. phase-axes [mm]

14.5.6.2.2. Between S.A. phase-axis and earthed metal [mm]

14.5.6.2.3. Between arrester and other equipment [mm]



271B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Item 3.1

Item 3.2

14.5.6.2.4. From the outermost circumference of the grading ring (if applicable) to live metal of the same phase [mm]

14.5.6.3. Net weight of complete surge arrester [kg]



270B -

COMPOSITE INSULATOR DRAWING

REQUIRED ITEMS 3.1,3.2

OFFERED

ITEM 3.1 ITEM 3.2

S/P > 0.75 – 0.8 S/P = S/P =

C = mm C = C =

a 12° a = a =

Kd = 1 Kd = Kd =

Dm < 300 mm Dm = Dm =

l = 25 mm/kV l = l =

L Item 3.1 = 900 mm L =

L Item 3.2 = 550 mm L =

L/A < 4 L/A = L/A =

ld/ d ld/ d = ld/ d =

Dti mm Dti = Dti =

Dte mm Dte = Dte =

Di mm Di = Di =

De mm De = De =

Kd = Factor to increase the creepage distance

Dm = (De +Di)/2; for 300mm < Dm < 500mm, kd=1.1

l = Minimum specific creepage distance per phase (related to highest system voltage phase to phase)


A = Arcing distance



272B -

14.6. TESTS & INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED OFFERED

14.6.1. Type Tests

14.6.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all offered types (Items 3.1, 3.2) of S.A. according to IEC 60099-4

14.6.2. Routine and Acceptance Tests

14.6.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine and acceptance tests for all offered types (Items 3.1, 3.2) of S.A. according to IEC 60099-4

14.6.2.2. Specify the range of the reference voltage at reference current during routine tests at Manufacturer's site:

14.6.2.3. Maximum level:

14.6.2.3.1. Item 3.1 [kV]

14.6.2.3.2. Item 3.2 [kV]

14.6.2.4. Minimum level:

14.6.2.4.1. Item 3.1 [kV]

14.6.2.4.2. Item 3.2 [kV]


ITEM 4 – LV CUBICLES

273B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

15.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

15.1.1. Cubicles shall be provided on semitrailer “A” as follows:

15.1.1.1. Item 4.1 - One cubicle for CONTROL AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR OPERATION OF 170kV SF6 SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL

15.1.1.2. Item 4.2 - One cubicle for PROTECTIVE RELAYING EQUIPMENT OF POWER TRANSFORMER

15.1.1.3. Item 4.3 - One cubicle for A.C. AND D.C. SUPPLY

15.1.1.4. Item 4.4 – One cubicle RTU to National Control Center (NCC)

15.1.1.5. Item 4.5 One Cubicle for COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

15.1.1.6. Item 4.6 Space for future Cubicle for Regional Dispatch Center (RDC)

15.1.2. All cubicles as well as the equipment in them shall be for

Indoor

15.1.2.1. And suitable for rough conditions as described under in sub-clause ‎10.1 all operating conditions of the mobile substation (accelerations, etc.)

15.1.3. The cubicles shall be mounted in “L.V. container” (outdoor kiosk) provided with air conditioner controlled automatically by thermostat

15.1.4. The type of environmental protection shall be as follows:



274B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.1.4.1. For cubicles 4.1 to 4.6

15.1.4.1.1. Cubicle's environmental protection degree shall be

IP 54

15.1.4.1.2. Cubicle's RF shielded degree shall be EM4677xx according to IEC-61000-5-7 clause 5 (table 1) and all the sub-clauses in Appendix Y1 clause 1

15.1.4.2. The L.V. container (outdoor kiosk)

15.1.4.2.1. Cubicle's environmental protection degree shall be

IP 65

15.1.5. The air conditioner shall cool and heat type (denomination)

15.1.6. Power of air conditioner (kW)

15.1.7. The air conditioner shall be mounted on approximate 2m high

15.1.8. Electric control panel of air conditioner including switches, thermostats, hygrometer, emergency sockets, shall be provided

15.1.9. Internal lighting system of the container shall be provided

15.1.10. Emergency lightning for L.V. container shall be provided

15.1.11. The container shall be made of aluminum and suitable to environmental condition according to sub-clause.‎10.1

15.1.12. The container shall be coated according to requirements in Appendix B6

15.1.12.1. Type of paint:

15.1.12.1.1. For L.V. container RAL7038

15.1.12.1.2. For cubicles RAL 7032



275B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.1.12.2. The tests for paint shall be according to ISO 2409 grade 0

15.1.12.3. The Contractor shall provide for the Cubicles and the L.V. Container painting certificates

15.1.12.4. The painting certificate shall include at least:

15.1.12.4.1. Identification number of the equipment

15.1.12.4.2. Testing code.

15.1.12.4.3. Prime and intermediate coat (description) and type of paint

15.1.12.4.4. Spacing between coats

15.1.12.4.5. Thickness of coat and measuring instruments

15.1.12.4.6. Test results

15.1.13. All the insulation, cladding, materials, etc. of the container shall not include polyvinylchloride (P.V.C)

15.1.14. Indicate type of insulating material and thickness used in kiosk construction (ε/cm)

15.1.15. The container shall be vermin proof ©

15.1.16. The container shall be insulated against sun radiation and shall ensure an indoor temperature according to sub-clause ‎10.1

©

15.1.17. An insulating carpet shall be provided on container floor

15.1.18. Door(s) with locking frame outside and free opening from inside shall be provided for container

15.1.19. The container shall be so designed that no condensation should appear in any part of container or equipment

©



276B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.1.20. The measuring, control and protection equipment inside the cubicles shall be flush mounted on a hinged frame to permit easy access for inspection and maintenance

15.1.21. Handles, locking facilities (keys, locks) shall be provided to ensure safe door locking during transport and on site

15.1.22. The cubicles shall be supported by suitable vibration damping device

15.1.23. Internal, automatically operated lighting of the cubicle to ensure good working conditions shall be provided

15.1.24. A special box shall be provided for Instructions Books and all documentation of Mobile Substation

15.1.25. A fold down table affixed to the wall shall be provided

15.1.26. Heating of the cubicle shall be provided:

15.1.26.1. The heaters shall be provided with thermostats for temperature regulation

15.1.26.2. Number of heaters

15.1.26.3. Rated voltage (V AC single phase)

15.1.26.4. Rated power (W/heater)

15.1.26.5. Total power required by all heaters (W)

15.1.27. Any manually controlled equipment shall not be mounted higher than 180cm or lower than 60 cm

15.1.28. Additional requirements:

15.1.28.1. Bottom closed with plates provided with cable glands

15.1.28.2. Meshed ventilation louvers



277B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.1.29. Time delayed, relay shall be manufacturer’s choice

15.1.30. Relay contacts shall be for V DC 60V DC

15.1.30.1. Time constant less than (msec) 40 msec

15.1.30.2. Rating current (A) 1.5A

15.1.31. The alarm and trip signal circuits, as well as the indicating and monitoring circuits will be supplied at (V DC)

60 V DC

15.1.32. The cubicles shall be supplied wired and factory tested

15.1.33. Details of the circuits in the control cubicle as well as design details will be settled between Contractor and purchaser

15.1.34. Wiring shall be in general according to enclosed EPD-A.03 Standard (see Appendix A7) unless otherwise required in this Specification

15.1.35. Approval of Manufacturer for mounting of all protective relays in control cubicle taking into account the environmental conditions described in this specification

15.2. ITEM 4.1 – CUBICLE FOR CONTROL AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT FOR OPERATION 170kV SF6 SWITCHGEAR AND ALARM PANEL

The Cubicle shall be in principle accommodate the following minimum equipment ready wired and tested

15.2.1. A mimic diagram with all necessary position indicators for SF6 switchgear and power transformer, so that clear and complete indication is given at any time on the position of the breaker, isolators and earthing switches (see One Line Diagram drawing SP-1010-01)

15.2.2. Electrical position indicator for input 36/24 kV circuit breakers shall be added on mimic diagram



278B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.2.3. Control devices for all operating mechanisms of the SF6 switchgear and power transformer, isolators and breakers shall be included in the mimic diagram

15.2.4. Measurement and Metering:

15.2.4.1. One voltmeter (0 ÷ 190kV) with transfer switch

15.2.4.2. One voltmeter with two scales (0-36kV,0-24kV) with transfer switch

15.2.4.3. Measuring (see Appendix C4) and Transducers (see Appendix C5)

15.2.4.3.1. WATT/VAR Transducer ("Measuring" clause 1 and "Transducers" clause 12)

1

15.2.4.3.2. Three Phase Current Transducer ("Measuring" clause 1 and "Transducers" clause 13)

1

15.2.4.3.3. Three Phase Voltage Transducer ("Measuring" clause 3 and "Transducers" clause 15)

1

15.2.4.3.4. Transducer outputs shall be wired to NCC cubicle (Item 4.4)

15.2.5. Ancillary Devices:

15.2.5.1. All auxiliary relays, fuses, L.V. switches, etc. necessary for control alarm, measuring, interlocking etc. circuits

15.2.5.2. Tele/Station selector switch to distinguish between station control or NCC control

15.2.6. Alarm Panel

15.2.6.1. Centralized visual alarms including at least 60 Alarm windows as per Appendix C3

15.2.6.2. Legends shall be provided for each signal to permit easy identification of source of trouble. The legends shall be in English



279B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.2.6.3. Two push buttons

15.2.6.3.1. Reset

15.2.6.3.2. Lamp lest

15.2.6.4. The Alarm Panel shall be equipped with a NO aux contact. This contact will be wired to NCC cubicle

15.2.7. Load Shedding Relay

15.3. ITEM 4.2 – CUBICLE FOR PROTECTIVE RELAYING EQUIPMENT OF POWER TRANSFORMER

15.3.1. Cubicle Dimensions:

15.3.2. Width [mm] 800

15.3.3. Height [mm] 2200

15.3.4. Depth [mm] 650

15.3.5. Cubicle shall be equipped with front door opening 180 degrees to the right with door stay

15.3.6. The cubicle shall be equipped with roof-mounted fan with filter

15.3.7. The cubicle shall be equipped with thermostat operating at 60 V DC floating

15.3.8. The cubicle shall be equipped with slotted vents in front and rear with mounted filter mat

15.3.9. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply (60 VDC, 230VAC)

15.3.10. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19" equipment installation including all accessories

15.3.11. Equipment to be mounted in Control Room to include but not limited to the following:



281B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.3.12. Digital Differential Protection Relay

15.3.12.1. Manufacturer's name and address

15.3.12.2. Type designation

15.3.12.3. Number of relays 1

15.3.12.4. Operating Requirements

15.3.12.4.1. The differential relay shall be suitable for two winding transformer, with rated current [A]

5

15.3.12.4.2. The differential relay will be used without supplementary auxiliary current transformers (ACT’s) for correcting phase shift as well as different CT ratios on each side of transformer

15.3.13. Digital Overcurrent Protection Relay





15.3.13.4.1. The Overcurrent protection on the 161kV side shall be in two stages, Instantaneous and time delayed, with rated current [A]

5

15.3.13.4.2. The overcurrent relay shall be non-directional

15.3.13.4.3. The overcurrent relay shall have inverse time characteristic

15.3.13.4.4. The instantaneous and time delayed units shall have separate output contacts

15.3.14. Lockout relay with manual reset (LOR)




280B -

REQUIRED OFFERED




15.3.14.4.1. Lockout relay LOR-1 (86-1) shall be connected the output (trip) contacts of

15.3.14.4.1.1. Pressure relay valve

15.3.14.4.1.2. Oil-flow relay (on OLTC)

15.3.14.4.1.3. Buchholtz relay

15.3.14.4.2. Lockout relay LOR-2 (86-2) shall be connected the output (trip) contacts of overcurrent relay (161kV side (Instantaneous and time delayed)

15.3.15. Auxiliary Relay (AUX)





15.3.15.4.1. The following protection relays shall have their output contacts connected to the auxiliary relay, according to AD-100

15.3.15.4.2. List of subcontractors shall be approved by Purchaser

15.3.15.4.2.1. Thermal image

15.3.15.4.2.2. Zero sequence O/C relay

15.3.15.4.2.3. Breaker failure relay

15.3.15.4.2.4. O/C relay (36kV side)



282B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.3.16. Transformer Temperature Monitoring device

according to sub-clause ‎13.4.16

15.3.17. Transformer Voltage Regulator according to

sub-clause ‎13.4.16‎13.4.4

15.3.18. Tripping Relays Type and Manufacturer

15.3.19. Peterson Coil Protective and Control

Equipment, according to sub-clause ‎19.4.2‎19.4.4

15.3.19.1. Automatic Resonance Controller, according to sub-

clause ‎19.4.3

15.3.19.1.1. Controller Analogue channel card 0-110V input 4-20mA output to be wired to NCC cubicle as per Appendix C4 Measuring clause 9

15.3.19.2. Position Indicator, according to sub-

clause ‎19.4.1.11.6

15.3.19.3. Voltmeter, according to sub-clause ‎19.4.1.11.7

15.3.19.4. Lower and Raise Pushbuttons

15.3.19.5. Three (3) Indication Lamps

15.3.20. Double socket outlet connected to, and including Miniature Circuit Breaker 6A "C"

2

15.4. ITEM 4.3 – CUBICLE FOR A.C. AND D.C SUPPLY

15.4.1. A.C supply shall include:

15.4.1.1. Busbars [V]

3x400 VAC

15.4.1.2. Suitable MCBs with auxiliary contacts for all circuit

15.4.1.3. Switch for incoming cable with three positions 3x400V /100A

15.4.1.3.1. External source (1)

15.4.1.3.2. Off



283B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.4.1.3.3. External source (2)

15.4.1.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for AC supplies as follows:

15.4.1.4.1. Station Supply (OLTC, fans, pumps, motors, power sockets etc.) not less than [units]

10

15.4.1.4.2. Tele Supply (NCC cubicle, Communication Cubicle, Regional Dispatch Center) not less than [units]

3

15.4.1.4.3. MCB for external lighting of Mobile substation

15.4.1.4.4. MCB for emergency lighting including operating in two positions Manual/Auto through the photoelectric cell

15.4.1.4.5. Spare MCBs not less than [units] 4

15.4.1.5. The MCBs' characteristics:


15.4.1.5.2. type

15.4.1.5.3. Rated current [A]

15.4.1.5.4. Short circuit current [kA]

15.4.1.5.5. Number of auxiliary contacts

15.4.1.6. Voltmeter with transfer switch

15.4.1.7. Ammeter with transfer switch

15.4.1.8. Leakage protection for enclosure or container auxiliary circuits (air conditioner, lighting, A.C. supply for plugs, etc.(

15.4.1.9. Mimic diagram on cubicle face, reproducing one line diagram, as designed by Manufacturer, including the equipment indicated above



284B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.4.1.10. No voltage and phase failure relay shall be provided

15.4.1.11. Legends with destination of AC circuits shall be provided. The legends shall be in English

15.4.2. 06V D.C. supply shall include:

15.4.2.1. Busbars [V] 60

15.4.2.2. Suitable MCBs with auxiliary contacts for all circuits

15.4.2.3. Circuit breaker for incoming cable from DC battery

15.4.2.4. Circuit breaker for incoming cable from 380VAC/60VDC RECTIFIER

15.4.2.5. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 60V DC supplies as follows:

15.4.2.5.1. Miniature CB’s for D.C. supplies (control protection and alarm circuits, automatic switch for lighting, emergency lighting, interlocking circuits) not less than [units]

12

15.4.2.5.2. Tele Supply (NCC cubicle, Communication Cubicle, Regional Dispatch Center) not less than [units]]

4




15.4.2.6.2. type




15.4.2.7. Voltmeter



285B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.4.2.8. Ammeter [units] 2

15.4.2.9. DC monitor insulation relay

15.4.2.10. System monitoring under voltage, over voltage and ripple voltage

Bender or equivalent


15.4.2.12. Legends with destination of DC supply shall be provided. The legends shall be in English

15.4.3. 84V D.C. supply shall include

15.4.3.1. DC to DC converter [V/V] 60/48

15.4.3.2. Power of DC converter shall be not less than [kW] 1

15.4.3.3. Busbars [V] 48

15.4.3.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 48V DC supplies as follows:

15.4.3.4.1. Tele Supply (NCC cubicle, Communication Cubicle, Regional Dispatch Center) not less than [units]

6




15.4.3.5.2. type




15.4.3.6. Voltmeter



286B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.4.3.7. Ammeter


15.4.3.9. Legends with destination of DC supply shall be provided. The legends shall be in English

15.4.4. 036V A.C. supply shall include

15.4.4.1. DC to AC converter [V/V] 60VDC/ 230VAC

15.4.4.2. Power of DC converter shall be not less than [kW] 2

15.4.4.3. Busbars [V] 230VAC

15.4.4.4. Miniature circuit breakers (MCB) for 230V AC supplies as follows:

15.4.4.4.1. Transducers, Fire Detection System etc., not less than [units]

4




15.4.4.5.2. type




15.4.4.6. Voltmeter

15.4.4.7. Ammeter




287B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.4.4.9. Legends with destination of AC supply shall be provided. The legends shall be in English

15.4.5. A.C./D.C. Secondary Distribution boxes shall be provided and mounted on semitrailer A & B

15.4.5.1. The A.C./D.C. distribution box shall be metal construction

15.4.5.2. The A.C./D.C. distribution box shall be suitable to be installed in environmental condition according to sub-clause ‎10.1

outdoor

15.4.5.3. The distribution box shall be accommodate with terminal blocks, sockets and all necessary wiring

IP55

15.4.5.4. The distribution box shall be coated according to requirements in Appendix B6

15.5. ITEM 4.4 – CUBICLE FOR NATIONAL CONTROL CENTER (NCC) RTU

15.5.1. The cubicle shall be built according to the suggested cubicle layout drawing MK-60000.


15.5.2.1. Width [mm] 800

15.5.2.2. Height [mm] 2200

15.5.2.3. Depth [mm] 650







288B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.5.7. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply (60 VDC, 230VAC)

15.5.8. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19" equipment installation including all accessories

15.5.9. The cubicle shall be shall furnished with terminal blocks for accommodating the commands which will be accepted from NCC and wire them to the field equipment, according to Command s list Appendix C1

15.5.10. The cubicle shall be shall furnished with terminal blocks for accommodating the Indications which will be sent to NCC and wire them to the field equipment, according to Indications List Appendix C2

15.5.11. The cubicle shall be shall furnished with terminal blocks for accommodating the Alarms which will be sent to NCC, and wire them to Alarm Panel in cubicle Item 4.1, according to Alarms List Appendix C3

15.5.12. The cubicle shall be shall furnished with terminal blocks for accommodating the Measuring which will be sent to NCC, and wire them to appropriate transducers and secondary equipment, according to Measuring List Appendix C4

15.5.13. Manufacturer shall provide interposing tripping/closing relays which shall be operated by single command (+60VDC).

15.5.14. 5 (five) cable sleeves between NCC cubicle and communication cubicle with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied

15.5.15. 5 (five) cable sleeves between NCC cubicle and RDC cubicle location with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied

15.5.16. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from NCC cubicle exiting the LV container with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied


2



289B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.6. ITEM 4.5 – CUBICLE FOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT


15.6.1.1. Width [mm] 800

15.6.1.2. Height [mm] 2200

15.6.1.3. Depth [mm] 650


15.6.3. The front door shall be glazed with safety glass for viewing installed equipment




15.6.7. The cubicle shall prewired to an auxiliary supply (48 VDC, 60 VDC, 230VAC)

15.6.8. The cubicle shall be shall fitted to 19" 42U height swinging frame including all accessories

15.6.8.1. Swing frame opening 135 degrees to the left with door stay

15.6.8.2. Maximum load of equipment mounted on Swing Frame [kg]

150

15.6.8.3. Electronic Equipment shall be accessed easily from rear side when swing frame in open position

15.6.8.4. Clearance between outer door and swing frame shall be greater [mm]

40



291B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

15.6.8.5. 5 (five) cable sleeves between Communication cubicle and NCC cubicle with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied

15.6.8.6. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from Communication cubicle exiting the LV container with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied


2

15.7. ITEM 4.6 – SPACE FOR CUBICLE REGIONAL DISPATCH CENTER (RDC)

15.7.1. Space Dimensions required for Cubicle:

15.7.1.1. Width [mm] 600

15.7.1.2. Height [mm] 800

15.7.1.3. Depth [mm] 250

15.7.2. Cubicle will be wall mounted and installed by IECo

15.7.3. Auxiliary Supply (230VAC) cables shall be supplied and laid from the 230 VAC Distribution to the space provided for the RDC cubicle. The cables shall be wired on the 230 VAC Distribution side and insulated on the RDC cubicle side.

15.7.4. 5 (five) cable sleeves between RDC cubicle and NCC cubicle with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied

15.7.5. 5 (five) external cable sleeves from RDC cubicle exiting the LV container with PG21 cable glands for future cables shall be supplied



290B -


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

292B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

16.1. ITEM 5.1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY


16.1.2. Type of designation (denomination)

16.1.3. General requirements:

16.1.3.1. The battery shall be mounted in a separate compartment with ventilation controlled automatically by thermostat The ventilation system shall be according to

EN-50272-2

16.1.3.2. The battery compartment shall be installed in the same L.V. air conditioned outdoor container together with cubicles 4.1 to 4.6 (clause ‎15) and

the battery charger (subclause ‎16.2) and shall

maintain the RF Shielding according to Appendix Y1 clause 1

16.1.3.3. To ensure an adequate ventilation, minimum two fans with filters shall be provided, Indicate number of fans and their power [W]

16.1.3.3.1. Ventilation shall be through a Waveguide-Below Cutoff penetration that is integrated to the LV Container RF shield shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 1

16.1.3.4. Explosion proof lighting of the compartment, according to security requirements shall be provided

16.1.3.5. The compartment shall be provided with doors from indoor side of the container and outdoor access


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

293B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.1.3.5.1. The outdoor access door shall be of RF shielded design and will not compromise the RF performance of the LV Container shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 1

16.1.3.6. All General Requirements under subclause ‎15.1

shall be met

16.1.3.7. The battery shall be of type OGI or GroE (Plante) or

OpzS battery

Lead Acid

16.1.3.8. The battery shall be designed and manufactured according to

DIN 40734 (for OGi)

DIN 40738 (for GroE) DIN 40737 (for OpzS)

IEC-60896-11

16.1.3.9. The battery shall be provided with electrolyte

16.1.3.10. The battery compartment shall be designed to prevent battery movement during mobile substation transport

16.1.3.11. Manufacturer shall provide battery safety recommendations for mobile substation transport

16.1.3.12. The battery shall be connected by means of suitable cable to D.C. distribution cubicles busbar

16.1.3.13. The battery compartment flooring shall be covered with acid-resistant battery room floor coating and adhere to EN-50272-2

acid-resistant battery

room floor coating

16.1.3.14. The battery compartment flooring shall be covered with meet the resistance stipulated by EN-50272-210.1f. The resistance (ohms):

R in ohms

16.1.4. Performance Data:

16.1.4.1. Rated voltage (V) 60


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

294B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.1.4.2. The battery will be “fully float” operated at (V) 64.5

16.1.4.3. Number of cells

16.1.4.4. The battery shall be rated on 10 hour discharge basis and on a final voltage of 52V assuming an initial electrolyte temperature of 25˚C

16.1.4.5. Equalizing charge voltage shall be (V) 70

16.1.4.6. Rated capacity (Ah), as a function of necessary loads

200

16.1.5. Design and Construction:

16.1.5.1. The battery shall be fully insulated

16.1.5.2. The battery shall be of “Low Maintenance” type guaranteed to need no maintenance, checking, etc., whatsoever during at least half a year at the “full float” operating conditions, and constructed for long life time of at least 15 years

16.1.5.3. Negative plates shall have life equal to or greater than positive plates

16.1.5.4. The plates shall be rigidly constructed and shall be supported by ledges in the jar walls

16.1.5.5. Cell jars shall be sealed type. Each cell shall be numbered by label

16.1.5.6. Cell jars shall be of rigid construction, no additional cases or braking required

16.1.5.7. The battery cell jars have to be semitransparent

16.1.5.8. Material of terminals

16.1.5.9. Material of inter-cell connectors

16.1.5.10. Special protection against corrosion and creepage shall be provided

16.1.5.11. Rating plate and markings specified in IEC 60896-11(2002)


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

295B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.1.5.12. The DC battery shall be subjected to the tests as specified in

IEC 60896-11(2002)

16.1.5.13. Dimensions (length/width/height) [mm/mm/mm]

16.1.5.14. Weight (kg)

16.2. ITEM 5.2 – REQUIREMENTS FOR BATTERY CHARGER


16.2.2. Type of designation (denomination)

16.2.3. General requirements:

16.2.3.1. The battery charger cubicle shall be installed in the L.V. air conditioned container

16.2.3.2. The charger will be connected to the D.C. system of an unattended substation or switching station, and operate continuously (24 hours per day) according to diagram EVK-6376

16.2.4. AC Input Data:

16.2.4.1. AC Voltage Power supply [V] 400 ± 10%

16.2.4.2. AC frequency [Hz] 50

+1%,-3%

16.2.4.3. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) in main voltage up to 5 %

5%

16.2.4.4. Short circuit current at chargers supply terminals [kA]

10

16.2.5. DC Output Data:

16.2.5.1. Rated voltage [Vdc] ©

60±1%

16.2.5.2. Rated current [A] ©

45 ±2%

16.2.5.3. Stability of output voltage not more than [V] ± 0.5


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

296B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.5.4. Automatic strong charge voltage (V/cell)

16.2.5.5. Floating charge (V/cell)

16.2.5.6. Manual strong charge voltage (V/cell)

16.2.5.7. Strong charge current (A)

16.2.5.8. Maximum power (kVA)

16.2.5.9. Power factor at full load (%) 0.8

16.2.5.10. Efficiency at full load (%) 92

16.2.6. Operating Characteristics

16.2.6.1. Floating Charge (normal operation) Mode

16.2.6.1.1. The charger shall be equipped with a floating (trickle) charge mode

©

16.2.6.1.2. It supplies the load current and charges the battery simultaneously with the maintenance charging current, thus maintaining its full capacity available

16.2.6.1.3. The voltage is maintained constant ±1%

16.2.6.1.4. On AC supply failure, the battery takes over the supply of the load without break

16.2.6.1.5. On restoration of the AC supply, the charger takes over the load and charges the battery with the difference between charger rated current and load current

16.2.6.1.6. The current supplied by the charger to the load and battery shall be limited to the rated current of the charger, regardless of the discharging degree of the battery

Irated±2%


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

297B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.6.1.7. The transients occurring upon the AC supply restoration (inrush currents, current spikes etc.) shall by no means affect the charger operation, even in the case of an extremely short supply interruption

16.2.6.1.8. When the charger reaches the preset floating voltage, it starts to operate with the constant voltage characteristics. The current will decrease until the full capacity of the battery is restored

16.2.6.1.9. Means of inrush current limitation will be provided

16.2.6.1.10. The charger shall be stable at any point of the operating characteristic

16.2.6.1.11. The required operating characteristic appears in drawing

EVK-6375

16.2.6.1.12. Float charge voltage range (continuously adjustable)

© 54÷67V

16.2.6.1.13. The current limitation must be [A] ©

45±2%

16.2.6.2. Equalizing Charge Mode

16.2.6.2.1. The charger shall be equipped with a equalizing charge mode

©

16.2.6.2.2. An internally mounted manual selector switch shall permit change over to the equalizing charge mode of operation

16.2.6.2.3. The operating characteristic of the equalizing charge will be IU characteristic, as in float mode but with different voltage

16.2.6.2.4. The contractor shall supply the necessary control circuit and connection terminals

16.2.6.2.5. In case of AC failure the charger shall return to float charge mode


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

298B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.6.2.6. In case of load changes all M.C.B. and C.B. will not be affected by the transformer inrush current

16.2.6.2.7. All the operating characteristic shall be according to

DIN 41773

16.2.6.2.8. Equalizing charge, intended to bring all the cells to equally charged condition, shall be

2.4V per cell

16.2.6.2.9. The low current limit value shall be 5÷7A per

every 100Ah of a

battery

16.2.6.2.10. The required operating characteristic appears in drawing

EVK-6375

16.2.6.2.11. Equalizing charge voltage range (continuously adjustable)

© 67÷72V

16.2.6.2.12. The current limitation must be [A] ©

45±2%

16.2.6.3. Boost Charge Mode

16.2.6.3.1. The charger shall be equipped with a boost charge mode

©

16.2.6.3.2. An internally mounted manual selector switch shall permit change over to the boost charge mode of operation

16.2.6.3.3. The operating characteristic of the boost charge will be IU characteristic, as in normal service, but with different parameters

16.2.6.3.4. A boost charge mode operation requires the operation of the exhaust fans in the battery room

16.2.6.3.5. If the exhaust fans power supply circuit is interrupted, the charger will pass automatically to the floating charge mode with the last adjusted values


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

299B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.6.3.6. Change-over will be initiated by the boost charge blocking relay connected in the exhaust fan circuit

16.2.6.3.7. Return to boost mode may only be performed manually by an operator

16.2.6.3.8. The contractor shall supply the necessary control circuit and connection terminals

16.2.6.3.9. In case of AC failure the charger shall return to float charge mode

16.2.6.3.10. In case of load changes all M.C.B. and C.B. will not be affected by the transformer inrush current

16.2.6.3.11. All the operating characteristic shall be according to

DIN 41773

16.2.6.3.12. The charger will include a timer that can be pre-set to return from boost charge to float charge

16.2.6.3.13. Boost charge voltage range (continuously adjustable)

72÷81V

16.2.6.3.14. The current limitation (half of float mode value) must be [A]

22.5A±2%

16.2.6.4. Transient Behavior of the Charger

16.2.6.4.1. The speed at which the charger reacts to sudden load changes is very important to the correct behavior of the charger in the DC system

16.2.6.4.2. After a sudden load change including short circuits, the voltage shall return to the values of the operating characteristics within:

94%÷106% within 200ms

16.2.6.5. Start-up behavior of the Charger

16.2.6.5.1. In all working modes the output voltage shall not exceed

106%


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

311B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.6.5.2. Start-up amplitude of AC current shall not exceed

2xIn

16.2.6.5.3. Start-up time [sec] <30

16.2.7. Design and Construction:

16.2.7.1. The Battery Chargers, shall consist of free standing, floor mounted Cabinet, made of welded steel frame work, steel frontal doors and panels, heavy duty industrial constructed. Doors and panels shall be of at least 2 mm steel; frame work shall be of at least 3 mm steel. Plates smaller than 600 x 600mm may be manufactured from 1.5mm steel plates

16.2.7.2. The ventilation of the unit will be by natural ventilation only.

16.2.7.3. All the ventilation openings shall be front located. No ventilation openings shall be located on cubicle top unless protected by an additional cover (roof).

©

16.2.7.4. Control switches and measuring instruments shall be located on the front panel, not higher than 1200 mm or lower than 600 mm.

16.2.7.5. The cubicle shall be provided with appropriate lifting hooks for transport

16.2.7.6. The cubicle shall be protected against splash water, 600mm from the floor.

16.2.7.7. The charger degree of protection shall be IP54 until 600 mm and IP23 above 600mm according to

IEC 60529

16.2.7.8. The cubicles shall be cleaned and painted according to Purchaser’s Appendix A2 and Appendix B6 (in case of aluminum surfaces)


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

310B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.7.9. The Battery Charger and control systems shall be in modular construction for ease of maintenance and to minimize downtime. They will be reinforced in such a manner that they will provide adequate rigidity and strength to withstand all stresses which can occur during transportation, installation, testing and operation, without any distortion or damage of the cabinets or components mounted inside the cabinets

16.2.7.10. All chargers modules shall be of the draw-out type, removable from the front of the Battery Charger

16.2.7.11. The Battery Charger shall permit easy access to modules and assemblies for control and maintenance. They will permit easy checking, adjustment or maintenance without the removal of any adjacent module or assembly

16.2.7.12. The Battery Charger Cabinet shall have all instruments, status indicators, and controls placed easily visible to the operator. All warning labels shall be clearly visible when any of the cabinet doors are open

16.2.7.13. Easy access to terminal blocks shall be provided. Separating plate between terminals for different voltages or functions shall be provided

16.2.7.14. Cable entrances into the Battery Charger cabinet shall be done on the bottom side of the cabinet, through removable plate. Necessary framework and brackets for fixing the cables into the cabinets will be supplied by the Manufacturer. All the wiring and cables shall be installed in cable ducts

©

16.2.7.14.1. The Cable entrances will be compatible with RF shielding and fully enclosed in the LV Container and shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

312B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.7.15. The cubicle shall be equipped with a copper ground bus, of at least 50mm². All metallic parts of electrical components, normally not under voltage, but which can assign voltage as result of a trouble should be grounded to this ground bus. The contractor shall bolt the cubicle ground bus to the station grounding via two 50mm² ground cables.

16.2.7.16. Access to the electrical equipment mounted in the cabinets shall be from the front. The cabinet shall have a front door with 3 fastening points, at least one point lockable with two sets of keys. The doors shall have stainless steel hinges and shall be easily removable from the cabinet.

16.2.7.17. All screws and mounting devices used for fastening equipment and nameplates, inside / outside the cabinets shall be of rustproof type. Screws shall not penetrate outside faces of the cabinet

16.2.7.18. Indicators LEDs denoting abnormal conditions shall be visible by operator without removing panels or opening cabinet doors. Main circuit breakers shall be actuated preferable from front side without opening cabinet's doors

16.2.7.19. All status, alarm and instrumentation displays shall be arranged on the front panels, easily visible and accessible to a person standing on the floor. All factory adjustments or non-operator controls should be located behind the lockable cabinet doors. All alarms and signals shall be remotely indicated by Potential Free contacts of output relays

16.2.7.20. The Battery Charger shall have a modular construction, permitting easy and fast maintenance. Replacement of the faulty module will be possible by opening connectors and screws, without need of soldering. The replacement shall be done only through the front doors of the cabinet

16.2.7.21. Vibration withstanding according to IEC 60255-

21-1, class 2


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

313B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.7.21.1. Vibration response (energized): sinusoidal; frequency 60 to 150 Hz; acceleration 1g; sweep rate 1 octave/min; 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal directions

16.2.7.21.2. Vibration withstand (de-energized): sinusoidal; frequency 60 to 150 Hz; constant acceleration 2g; 40 cycle in 3 orthogonal directions

16.2.7.21.3. Vibration during transportation: 2 g in each of three mutually perpendicular axes swept over range of 10 to 500 Hz for a total of six sweeps, 15 min each sweep, without structural damage or degradation of performance

16.2.7.22. Seismic withstanding according to IEC 60255-

21-3,

16.2.7.22.1. level 2, criteria acceptance A: X- and Y-axes: 3g, 11[mm], 1÷50[Hz] Z-axis: 2g, 7.5[mm], 1÷50[Hz]

16.2.8. Electrical Design Requirements

16.2.8.1. The charger will be based on a full wave, thyristor controlled rectifier, connected through an isolating transformer, to the AC supply

16.2.8.2. A solid state control system shall provide the rectifier with the required characteristic. The rectifier shall be protected by automatic circuit breaker with appropriate characteristics

16.2.8.3. A filtering and smoothing system shall assure that the ripple of the output voltage measure at the output terminals will be:

16.2.8.3.1. With battery connected, the output r.m.s voltage less than

0.2%

16.2.8.3.2. Without battery connected, the output r.m.s voltage less than

1%


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

314B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.8.4. Appropriate filtering or other means shall prevent voltage disturbances being fed by the charger to the AC system

16.2.8.5. Radio interference voltage level according to IEC 61204-3

16.2.8.6. Electromagnetic compatibility according to IEC 61000-3- 4 Class A

16.2.8.7. Interference suppression devices and filters shall be provided in order to limit the electromagnetic interference voltage levels from charger to power system and from power system to charger

16.2.8.8. The maximum noise level at 1m distance shall be no more than. The noise test will be performed with the rated voltage and at full load

55dB

16.2.8.9. The charger shall be natural air-cooled. The maximum temperature rise of any component

shall be [C]

© 55

16.2.8.10. If the heat dissipater of the thyristor controlled rectifier bridge reaches the temperature of 95ºC, the Battery Charger's main switch shall be tripped and an alarm shall be provided by a N.O. dry contact in addition to indicator lamp (led) in the front panel

16.2.9. Charger Components

16.2.9.1. Transformers and Reactors

16.2.9.1.1. Manufacturer Name and Model Number

16.2.9.1.2. The transformer shall comply with the requirements of

IEC 60146-1-3

16.2.9.1.3. Core type

16.2.9.1.4. The transformer core shall be of low losses steel sheets [W/kg]

16.2.9.1.5. Maximum inrush current [A]


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

315B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.1.6. The Insulation Class of the transformer winding shall be at least

F

16.2.9.1.7. The Insulating Transformer's external maximum temperature [ºC]. The measuring can also be done with Infrared Thermometer

85

16.2.9.1.8. The electronic parts maximum temperature [ºC]

70

16.2.9.2. Rectifier Bridge Unit


16.2.9.2.2. Maximum voltage of SCR shall be not less than [V]

1200

16.2.9.2.3. Maximum D.C. current at +40C ambient temperature [A]

16.2.9.2.4. Maximum over temperature at rated current

[C]

16.2.9.2.5. Maximum impulse current [A]

16.2.9.2.6. Impulse current duration [sec]

16.2.9.2.7. Rectifier Bridge must be equipped with overvoltage protected elements

16.2.9.2.8. The rectifier bridge shall be of full wave type, thyristor controlled, for three phase supply

16.2.9.2.9. The heat sink of the bridge shall be of the cast or rolled aluminum type (as originally supplied with the bridge)

16.2.9.2.10. Maximum allowable temperature of the heat sink shall be is [ºC]

85

16.2.9.2.11. Heat sink must be protected from over temperature by thermo switch connected to control circuit

16.2.9.3. Electrolytic capacitors for DC filters


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

316B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


16.2.9.3.2. Type

16.2.9.3.3. The capacitors shall be Heavy Duty Type,

industrial grad of at least 105[C] temperature, and designed to operating life

of 20 years at 40[C] temperature

16.2.9.3.4. ESR (Equivalent Series Resistance) of

electrolytic capacitor at 100 Hz and 20[C]

45 mΩ

16.2.9.3.5. These capacitors must be suitable for use with high ripple current and manufactured by,

EPCOS, Vishay, KEMET, Nippon

Chemi-Con, BHC

Aerovox, Hitachi AIC

or equivalent

16.2.9.3.6. A catalog shall be added to each kind of capacitor

16.2.9.3.7. The Bidder shall include the calculations for capacitors to be chosen

©

16.2.9.3.8. The calculations shall be also for life time at work without battery

16.2.9.3.9. The DC filter capacitors (electrolytic capacitors) shall have not less than rated voltage

400VDC

16.2.9.3.10. The AC filter capacitors (non-electrolytic) shall have not less than rated voltage

630VAC

16.2.9.4. Miniature Circuit Breaker

16.2.9.4.1. The charger shall be equipped with at least the following M.C.B.’s and according to

IEC 60898

16.2.9.4.2. AC input M.C.B., for short circuit current of at least ….. including N.C. auxiliary contact for alarm

10kA


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

317B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.4.3. DC output M.C.B, for short circuit current of at least ….. including N.C. auxiliary contact for alarm

15kA

16.2.9.4.4. M.C.B. of suitable characteristic (Z characteristic) for main diodes (thyristor) overload protection and for bridge protection

16.2.9.4.5. The main AC input and DC output M>C.B.’s shall be operated from inside the cubicle

16.2.9.4.6. The bidder shall include a tripping characteristic curve of each type of M.C.B.

16.2.9.4.7. Are there any fuses for protection of internal circuits?

16.2.9.4.8. Main Rectifier Bridge Protection Units

16.2.9.4.8.1. Rectifier Circuit Yes/No

16.2.9.4.8.2. M.C.B.


16.2.9.4.8.4. Rated current [A]

16.2.9.4.8.5. Short circuit current [kA]

16.2.9.4.8.6. A characteristic curve included

16.2.9.4.9. AC input M.C.B.



16.2.9.4.9.3. Short circuit current according to IEC-60947-2 [kA]

10


16.2.9.4.10. DC output M.C.B.



ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

318B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


16.2.9.4.10.3. Short circuit current according to IEC-60947-2 [kA]

15


16.2.9.5. Damping Resistors


16.2.9.5.1.2. The battery charger shall connect the load via damping resistors. The battery shall be connected to full charger output and the load connected after the damping resistor to insure 60V DC output

16.2.9.5.1.3. In Floating Mode the damping resistor shall lower the voltage from 67.2V DC to the nominal 60V DC

16.2.9.5.1.4. In Equalizer Mode the damping resistor shall lower the voltage from 72V DC to the nominal 60V DC

16.2.9.5.1.5. In Boost Mode the damping resistor shall lower the voltage from 81V DC to the nominal 60V DC

16.2.9.6. Control Circuits

16.2.9.6.1. Electronic control circuits and assemblies must be suit to requirements of

IPC-A-610, IPC-A-620 IPC-TM-650

16.2.9.6.2. Boards will be protected by transparent acrylic panel

16.2.9.7. Measuring Instruments

16.2.9.7.1. The measuring instruments should not be part of the controller or the Display Panel

16.2.9.7.2. Output DC Digital Voltmeter



ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

319B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.7.2.2. Scale [V]

16.2.9.7.2.3. Size: 96 x 48mm (at least)

16.2.9.7.2.4. Accuracy 1%

16.2.9.7.2.5. The resolution need to be accurate to one digit after the decimal point

16.2.9.7.2.6. Operating temperature: -5[C] to 40[C]

16.2.9.7.2.7. Digits: three and half (3.5) digits measuring for 60V DC

16.2.9.7.3. Output DC Digital Ammeters


16.2.9.7.3.2. Scale [A]

16.2.9.7.3.3. Size: 96 x 48mm (at least)

16.2.9.7.3.4. Accuracy 1%

16.2.9.7.3.5. The resolution need to be accurate to one digit after the decimal point

16.2.9.7.3.6. Operating temperature: -5[C] to 40[C]

16.2.9.7.3.7. Digits: three (3) digits measuring for 45A

16.2.9.8. Controlling Method

16.2.9.8.1. The charger shall be provided with the following controls:

16.2.9.8.2. A three (3) positions selector switch for float operation or equalizing charge operation or boost charge operation (internally mounted), or three (3) push buttons for operating mode of operation

16.2.9.8.3. The charger shall have potential free contacts, for charging mode indication (one contact for each mode)


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

301B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.8.4. The Charger shall have one potential free contact, closed in boost charge position, for customer’s use

16.2.9.8.5. Voltage regulating knob locked type or push buttons for floating charge operation (internally mounted)

16.2.9.8.6. Voltage regulating knob locked type or push buttons for boost charge operation (internally mounted)

16.2.9.8.7. In case of use of push buttons the manufacturer will supply two pushbuttons for each operation to insure double action for operation

16.2.9.8.8. A 230VAC, 16A socket including an earth leakage relay shall be installed in the cubicle for auxiliary uses

16.2.9.9. Communication

16.2.9.9.1. All the Battery Charger shall be provided by manufacturer with a communication adaptor (SNMP-Simple Network Management Protocol) to transfer all needed data such as System Parameters, history of events, identification and diagnostic, to the dispatch center or client by using TCP/IP communication protocol with MIB's standard

16.2.9.9.2. The SNMP adaptor is connected to Ethernet networks using standard communications cables. There will be no possibility of shut-down or change of parameters from remote station

16.2.9.9.3. SNMP Module

16.2.9.9.3.1. Using the SNMP module, the Battery Charger is seen as a network device in the WAN or LAN applications, and with this way it can be monitored. Battery Charger will be connected to the network (in future) through site monitoring program


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

300B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.9.4. SNMP Software

16.2.9.9.4.1. Battery Charger will be equipped by manufacturer with SNMP agent. The SNMP Agent should be configured properly and Battery Charger Management software should be installed in the monitoring computer. The SNMP Agent will be supplied with software CD which contains the following programs and tools

16.2.9.9.4.2. SNMP Agent Operating manual in PDF format

16.2.9.9.4.3. Configuration utility for SNMP Agent IP address and firmware upgrade

16.2.9.9.4.4. SNMP monitoring soft ward – Battery Charger management software for multi-system Agent environment in Windows operating systems

16.2.9.9.4.5. Battery Charger MIB – MIB Management Information Base definition file for SNMP management console

16.2.9.9.4.6. Time Server – Time calibration program for SNMP Agent

16.2.9.10. Programmable Controller


16.2.9.10.2. Type

16.2.9.10.3. The Programmable Controller will be of known manufacturer and type

16.2.9.10.4. Function of the programmable controller:

16.2.9.10.5. Operation, supervision and indication in accordance with the functions of the charger

16.2.9.10.6. Control all operations of the battery charger


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

302B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.9.10.7. Able to be connected to a portable personal computer and supplied with PC based GUI (Graphic User Interface) Windows supported

16.2.9.10.8. Able to be controlled from a remote control center by using TCP/IP and communication line with a friendly protocol

16.2.9.10.9. Able to transmit to the control center the read parameters, trouble, alarms

16.2.9.10.10. The programmable controller operation modes shall be:

16.2.9.10.10.1. Float charge

16.2.9.10.10.2. Equalizing charge

16.2.9.10.10.3. Boost charge

16.2.9.10.11. In case of programmable controller failure, the control functions will be held by internal controller PCB without charger interruption

16.2.9.10.12. If, prior to programmable controller failure, charger was in equalizing/boost mode, it will be switched to the float mode

16.2.9.10.13. Technical characteristics of the Programmable Controller

16.2.9.10.13.1. The programmable controller shall be connected to the charger and shall have a memory at least for 500 events

16.2.9.10.13.2. The programmable controller shall be supplied with at least with 20 inputs and 20 outputs in accordance with the requirements of the battery charger

16.2.10. Alarms

16.2.10.1. The charger shall be provided with the following alarms:


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

303B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.10.2. Open of each circuit breaker

16.2.10.3. Boost charge

16.2.10.4. Float charge

16.2.10.5. Equalize charge

16.2.10.6. Low output voltage

16.2.10.7. Over temperature (95ºC on the tyrstor heat sink)

16.2.10.8. Over and under input AC voltage and phase failure

16.2.10.9. High output voltage

16.2.10.10. Current limit

16.2.10.11. PC failure

16.2.11. Labeling

16.2.11.1. All the charger components, cables/wires and their connections shall be clearly labeled for easy identification

16.2.11.2. The front mounted components shall be labeled with engraved 5[mm] high black letters on white background

16.2.11.3. The labels shall be in Hebrew or English

16.2.11.4. Internally mounted components and wiring shall also be labeled

16.2.11.5. The labeling technique is according to manufacturer’s decision, but shall be approved

by Purchaser.

16.2.11.6. Dimensions of the Battery Charger:

16.2.11.6.1. Length [mm]


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

304B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

16.2.11.6.2. Width [mm]

16.2.11.6.3. Height [mm]

16.2.11.7. Weight (kg)

16.2.12. Tests:

16.2.12.1. The battery charger shall be tested according to standard

IEC- 60146-1-1 cl 7

16.2.12.2. Type Tests for steady-state performance shall be performed. It shall be conducted for load variation, Line Voltage, D.C. voltage, power factor, frequency and temperature.

16.2.12.3. Type Tests for dynamic performance shall be performed. It shall be conducted for tripping the main D.C. M.C.B., short circuiting the output terminals and fuse clearing

16.2.12.4. Output voltage deviation shall not exceed 3.6% of rated value even for fast dynamic changes of full load range


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

305B -


ITEM 5 - DC SUPPLY

306B -


ITEM 6 – M.V. GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR

307B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

17.1. MANUFACTURER



17.1.3. Type of the 36kV SF6 Switchgear (denomination)





17.1.8. The offered type of 36kV SF6 Switchgear shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©

17.1.9. List of all subcontractors or sub suppliers including name, address and status of QMS versus ISO 9001:2015 (see subclause ‎‎7.1 above) standards and attach a copy of their Q.M.S. certificate




components of the switchgear:

17.2.1. IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers – Part 1: General requirements

17.2.2. IEC 61869-2:2012 Current transformers 17.2.3. IEC 61869-3:2011 Inductive voltage transformers



308B -

17.2.4. IEC 60071(2014) Insulation co-ordination 17.2.5. IEC 60085:2007 Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical

insulation 17.2.6. IEC 60168:1994(AMD2:2000) Tests on indoor and outdoor post

insulators of ceramic material or glass for systems with nominal voltages greater than 1000V.

17.2.7. IEC 60255-26:2013 Electrical relays. 17.2.8. IEC 60376:2005 Specification and acceptance of new sulphur

hexafluoride 17.2.9. IEC 60529:1989(AMD2:2013) Degrees of protection provided by

enclosure (IP code). 17.2.10. IEC 62271-1:2007 Common specification for high voltage switchgear and

control gear standards 17.2.11. IEC 60721-3-4:1995 Classification of environmental conditions. 17.2.12. IEC 61000(2016) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 17.2.13. IEC 62271-100:2008 High voltage alternating current circuit breakers. 17.2.14. IEC 62271-102:2001(AMD2:2013) Alternating current disconnectors

and earthing switches. 17.2.15. IEEE SA - 693-2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of

substations 17.2.16. ISO 9001-2015 Quality management systems 17.2.17. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of

testing and calibrating laboratories 17.2.18. ASTM A 123:2013 Standard specification for zing coating (hot-dip) on iron

and steel hardware 17.2.19. ASTM B 579:2015 Standard specification for electrodeposited coatings of

tin-lead alloy (solder plate) 17.2.20. ASTM B 580:2014 Standard specification for anodic oxide coatings on

aluminum

17.3. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED


17.3.1.1. Rated voltage (kV): © 36

17.3.1.2. Rated short duration power-frequency withstand voltage, common value (kV r.m.s.)

© 70

17.3.1.3. Rated short duration power-frequency withstand voltage, across the isolating distance (kV r.m.s.)

80

17.3.1.4. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage, common value (kV peak)

© 170

17.3.1.5. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage, across the isolating distance (kV peak)

195



309B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.3.1.6. Rated frequency (Hz) © 50

17.3.1.7. Rated normal current (in accordance with drawings SP-1010-01 at least

17.3.1.8. Transformer bays (A) © 1250

17.3.1.9. Capacitor bay (A) © 630

17.3.1.10. Line bays (A) © 630

17.3.1.11. Coupler bay (A) © 1250

17.3.1.12. Busbars (A) © 1250

17.3.1.13. Rated short-time withstand current (kA r.m.s.) © 20

17.3.1.14. Rated peak withstand current (kA peak) 50

17.3.1.15. Rated duration of short-circuit (sec) © 2

17.3.1.16. Total time until burn-through at line-to-ground short-circuit current not less than (kA r.m.s/sec)

20/1

17.3.2. Auxiliary and Control Voltages

17.3.2.1. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening devices of auxiliary and control circuits (V DC)

60 +10% -15%

©

17.3.2.2. Rated supply voltage of heaters (V AC) 230

+10% -15% ©

17.3.3. Temperature rise

17.3.3.1. The components of the equipment shall be able to carry the specified rated normal current continuously without exceeding the limit values of temperature rise stated in the standard

© IEC 62271-1

17.3.3.2. Spring loaded contacts (indicate value and material) (K)

17.3.3.3. Bolted connection (indicate value and material) (K)



321B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.3.3.4. Bus bars (indicate value and material) (K)........

17.3.3.5. Insulation materials (indicate value and material) (K)

17.3.3.6. Accessible parts of the switchgear expected to be touched in normal operation (K)

17.3.4. Degree Of Protection IEC 60529

17.3.4.1. Indoor GIS IP 3X

17.3.4.2. Operating mechanism IP 55

17.3.4.3. Control compartment IP 55

17.3.4.4. Current termination boxes IP 55


REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.1. General requirement

17.4.1.1. The switchgear connections shall be of SF6 insulation type, designed for indoor installation

17.4.1.2. Welded and/or bolted connections of the equipment steel structure are acceptable, but field assembly of separate sections should be done by bolting. Field welding is not acceptable

17.4.1.3. All electrical safety clearances shall conform to IEC Recommendations as appropriate for the system conditions described under clause ‎10

17.4.1.4. Each a/m item and component shall be defined as a separate transportation unit which will be assembled on site in order to create the whole metal-enclosed switchgear



320B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.1.5. A mimic diagram depicting one line diagram shall be provided on the front of the metal-clad switchgear.

17.4.1.6. Stable framework in each item Indicate material and thickness

17.4.1.7. Rear, side, top and bottom covers in each item Indicate material and thickness

17.4.1.8. Front doors in each item. Access to the internal equipment shall be from the front only

17.4.1.9. Partition walls between items

17.4.1.10. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands in each item. The bottom plate for customer cables shall be removable

17.4.1.11. Solid copper earthing bar in each item. Indicate cross section[mm2]

17.4.1.12. For repair and maintenance purposes each item and component shall be provided with the possibility to dismantle (by screws) the front, sides and rear plates

17.4.1.13. Painting and corrosion protection shall be done according to Appendix A2 and Appendix B6 (in case of aluminum surfaces) in order to stands the environmental conditions under clause ‎10.1

17.4.2. Metal Enclosure

17.4.2.1. Type of the enclosure material

17.4.2.2. Type of the enclosure manufacture (casting or welding):

17.4.2.2.1. Circuit breaker

17.4.2.2.2. Disconnectors and earthing switches

17.4.2.2.3. Current transformers



322B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.2.2.4. Voltage transformers

17.4.2.2.5. Remaining sections of the switchgear

17.4.2.3. Wall thickness of the enclosure material:

17.4.2.3.1. Circuit breaker [bar]

17.4.2.3.2. Disconnectors and earthing switches [bar]

17.4.2.3.3. Current transformers [bar]

17.4.2.3.4. Voltage transformers [bar]

17.4.2.3.5. Remaining sections of the switchgear [bar]

17.4.2.4. Design pressure of the enclosure:






17.4.2.5. The maximum pressure (relative or absolute) that the enclosure can withstand without damage or distortion assuming that a pressure relief device is not fitted or fails to operate:






17.4.2.6. Induced calculated current in the enclosure:



323B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.2.6.1. Bus bar section (% of rated current)

17.4.2.6.2. Bay sections (% of rated current)

17.4.3. Protection against overpressure

17.4.3.1. Each item shall be provided with a pressure relief device to relieve the pressure developed inside the bay when an internal arcing occurs

17.4.3.2. Type of pressure relief device

17.4.3.3. Operating pressure of pressure relief device

17.4.3.4. Suitable guards and deflectors for the pressure relief device shall be provided to protect operating personnel who may be present at site

17.4.4. Associated Steelwork

17.4.4.1. All other metallic parts (supporting structures, access platforms, etc.) shall be included in the switchgear scope of supply

17.4.5. SF6 Gas

17.4.5.1. The SF6 gas shall comply with provisions according to

IEC 60376

17.4.5.2. Manufacturer of SF6 gas

17.4.5.3. Density of SF6 gas at 20 (ºC) and 760 torr (g/l)

17.4.5.4. Critical temperature for liquefying by compression of SF6 gas (ºC)

17.4.5.5. Dielectric strength at atmospheric pressure and 20ºC (kV/cm)

17.4.5.6. Dielectric dissipation factor at atmospheric pressure and 20ºC (tan δ) (%)

17.4.5.7. Impurity of group of impurities as determined by test according to:



324B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.7.1. CF4 (concentration mass by mass) (%)

17.4.5.7.2. Oxygen + Nitrogen, air (%)

17.4.5.7.3. Water (ppm)

17.4.5.7.4. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm)

17.4.5.7.5. Hydrolyzable fluoride expressed as HF (ppm)

17.4.5.7.6. Oil content Indicate concentration and method of measurement

17.4.5.8. Division into compartments

17.4.5.8.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided into independent gas compartments

17.4.5.8.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with gas tight segregating insulators, so that the following requirements are observed:

17.4.5.8.2.1. The dielectric characteristics in one compartment shall not substantially alter when an adjacent compartment is at a reduced pressure (due to leaks or maintenance operations)

17.4.5.8.2.2. The dielectric strength of the insulation shall not be reduced as a result of switching operations during the service life

17.4.5.8.2.3. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and recharged before and after maintenance operations shall be a minimum

17.4.5.8.2.4. Indicate volume (m3)

17.4.5.8.2.5. The extent of plant rendered inoperative as a result of excessive leakage or for maintenance operations shall be a minimum



325B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.8.3. The electrical connections between the various gas compartments shall preferably be made by means of multiple contact connectors so that electrical connection is automatically achieved when bolting one section to another

17.4.5.8.4. The surface of the connector fingers and conductor tubes on such connections shall be silvered

17.4.5.8.5. Please give details in case of other electrical connections between gas compartments

17.4.5.8.6. Each gas compartment shall be provided with means for eliminating decomposition products and residual moisture

17.4.5.9. SF6 Gas Pressure Ratings:

17.4.5.9.1. Rated filling pressure in circuit breaker compartment for insulation at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.9.2. Rated filling pressure in remaining compartments for insulation at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.9.3. The critical pressure in circuit breaker compartment at which an alarm signal will be given at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.9.4. The critical pressure in remaining compartments at which an alarm signal will be given at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.9.5. The critical pressure in circuit breaker compartment at which the affected part of the switchgear must be isolated at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.9.6. The critical pressure in remaining compartments at which the affected part of the switchgear must be isolated at 20 °C (bar)

17.4.5.10. SF6 Gas Density Ratings:

17.4.5.10.1. Rated density in circuit breaker compartment (g/l)



326B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.10.2. Rated density in remaining compartments (g/l)

17.4.5.10.3. The critical density in circuit breaker compartment at which an alarm signal will be given (g/l)

17.4.5.10.4. The critical density in remaining compartments at which an alarm signal will be given (g/l)

17.4.5.10.5. The critical density in circuit breaker compartment at which the affected part of the switchgear must be isolated (g/l)

17.4.5.10.6. The critical density in remaining compartments at which the affected part of the switchgear must be isolated (g/l)

17.4.5.11. Dielectric strength at rated density:

17.4.5.11.1. Circuit breaker compartment (kV/cm)

17.4.5.11.2. Remaining compartments of the switchgear (kV/cm)

17.4.5.12. Dew point temperature of water vapor content in SF6 gas in the installed equipment determined according to IEC 60376 not more than (°C)

17.4.5.13. Maximum permissible water vapor content at rated operating pressure at 20 °C (ppm)

17.4.5.14. Indicate whether gas refilling is provided automatically in case of gas leakage

17.4.5.15. Permissible total SF6 gas losses in switchgear (%/year)

17.4.5.16. Time between refilling in switchgear (years)

17.4.5.17. Mass of SF6 gas in each switchgear (kg)

17.4.5.18. Gas used during shipping of the switchgear (kg)



327B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.19. Gas monitoring

17.4.5.19.1. The insulating capacity of the gas filled in the switchgear shall be monitored simultaneously with:

17.4.5.19.1.1. Temperature compensated gas density monitors or sensors

17.4.5.19.1.2. Pressure monitoring devices

17.4.5.19.2. The devices shall provide continuous and automatic monitoring of the state of the gas

17.4.5.19.3. The devices shall have alarm contacts setting and trip contacts setting. The alarm contacts are set to operate, as a warning to add more gas, when a critical low gas pressure or density is reached, due to gas losses. If gas pressure or density continues to drop, there will be an option to automatically trip, by the trip contacts, the circuit breaker, and thus isolate electrically the affected part of the switchgear

17.4.5.19.4. The switchgear will preferably be equipped with pressure-switches that will sense an internal arc presence in the gas compartments, in which they are located, due to the overpressure created by the arc itself. The pressure-switches will cause the tripping of the circuit breakers feeding the internal arc. The tripping is achieved through the pressure-switch contacts. The pressure-switch contacts are of stay-put type and they stay in the changed-over (trip) position independently of the internal arc time duration. The reset is achieved by pushing a release button

17.4.5.20. Gas treatment devices

17.4.5.20.1. Constructional measures for controlling moisture increase in SF6 gas or to remove the impurities, if any:



328B -

REQUIRED OFFERED




17.4.5.20.1.4. Driers

17.4.5.20.1.5. Other measures (please describe)

17.4.5.20.2. These constructional measures shall be provided as permanent facilities, preferably arranged so that they can be removed, replaced or recharged without having to take the switchgear out of service

17.4.5.21. Gas storage, filling and evacuation plant

17.4.5.21.1. SF6 gas supply system, if any, must be self-contained and must work independently

17.4.5.21.2. Each gas compartment shall be provided with a gas supply connection to permit evacuation or refilling with gas

17.4.5.21.3. The SF6 gas supply connection for the gas compartments shall be appropriate to connect the mobile DILO gas refilling devices type 3-019, 3-041, 3-020 and 3-061


17.4.5.21.5. The capacity of the temporary storage facilities shall be at least sufficient for storing the maximum quantity of gas that could be removed when carrying out maintenance or repair work on any parts of the switchgear and associated equipment



329B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.21.6. The equipment shall be provided with all the necessary pipes, couplings, flexible tubes and valves for coupling up to the equipment for filling or evacuating all the gases to be used

17.4.5.21.7. The design of the plant, valves, couplings, connections etc. shall be of such a standard that the leakage of SF6 gas during the filling and evacuating processes is kept to an absolute minimum


17.4.5.21.9. Minimum time required for evacuating and recharging the largest gas section (min)

17.4.5.21.10. The switchgear shall be filled up by SF6 gas according to evacuation principles

17.4.5.22. Gas seals


17.4.5.22.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when exposed to the gas and vapors as well as to temperature variations and mechanical forces that can be expected

17.4.5.22.3. Type of material of gas seals:

17.4.5.22.3.1. Between gas barrier insulator and conductors

17.4.5.22.3.2. Between gas barrier insulator and enclosures

17.4.5.22.3.3. Between enclosure flanges

17.4.5.23. Pipes and fittings



331B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.23.1. Type of material of pipes

17.4.5.23.2. Type of material of fittings

17.4.5.24. Vent outlets

17.4.5.24.1. Vent outlets, if any, shall be arranged so as to minimize the danger to an operator when performing his duties, if gases or vapors are escaping under pressure

17.4.5.25. Shut off valves

17.4.5.25.1. All shut off valves shall be equipped with protective cover over the valve spindle to guard against unauthorized operation

17.4.5.26. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control and protection equipment associated with gas density/pressure monitoring devices shall be provided, together with any relays for the alarm, indication, protection and control released to gas monitoring. Provision shall be made for remote signaling

17.4.5.27. The alarm and trip signals, as well as indications and control on all SF6 gas monitoring circuits from the various compartments shall be grouped together at the front of the switchgear. Alarm and trip signals shall be displayed separately

17.4.5.28. Legends shall be provided for each signal to permit easy identification of source of trouble. The legends shall be in English or in Hebrew

17.4.5.29. The control and protection circuits associated with the gas monitoring devices shall be supplied with the switchgear as part of this Contract

17.4.5.30. Complete scheme of SF6 gas monitoring, alarm, indication, etc. circuits as well as the wiring schemes to all devices involved in these circuits, shall be supplied



330B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.5.31. The gas system name plate shall be provided. The name plate shall contain the following minimum information including a schematic physical representation of the gas system:

17.4.5.31.1. Each gas compartment and each gas monitoring zone (if any) in the schematic physical representation

17.4.5.31.2. Each gas barrier insulator

17.4.5.31.3. Each gas bypass (if any) and fill point

17.4.5.31.4. Rated density/pressure and reference temperature for the pressure.

17.4.5.31.5. Maximum operated pressure and minimum dielectric density/pressure.

17.4.5.31.6. Volume of each gas compartment or gas monitoring zone.

17.4.6. Expansion and Flexible Connections

17.4.6.1.1. Expansion joints or flexible connections shall be provided in the metal enclosures to absorb the actual or relative thermal expansion and contraction of the equipment, resulting from variations in the temperature of the switchgear as well as other externally applied forces, without damage to the equipment


17.4.7.1. Surface Roughness:


5

17.4.7.2. Moisture



332B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.7.2.1. Particular attention shall be paid to the selection of suitable materials and to constructional features to prevent moisture penetration

17.4.7.3. General Contamination of Insulation

17.4.7.3.1. The design of hazarded insulation systems, the methods of clearing and preliminary treatment, the assembly, transport, etc. shall ensure that no ingress of impurities (left over from assembly, or metallic parts produced by switching operations) occurs so that the insulating capacity shall not be affected. This also applies to dust/fibers left from cleaning and traces of lubricant

17.4.8. Earthing

17.4.8.1. The earthing of the switchgear shall be performed according to

IEC 62271-1

17.4.8.2. All metallic parts of the switchgear normally not energized (enclosures, supports, bases, pipes, doors, etc.) shall be included in the earthing circuit

17.4.8.3. The continuity of the earthing circuit shall be ensured taking into account the thermal and electrical stresses caused by the fault current they may have to carry

17.4.8.4. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and copper rope conductors for switchgear earthing shall be provided by the Contractor

17.4.8.5. The ground pads shall be copper faced

17.4.8.6. The earthing terminals shall be marked with appropriate graphical symbols

17.4.8.7. The pad's location shall be marked in the dimension drawing

17.4.8.8. The ground pads and the earthing connections shall be designed to withstand a short time (2 sec) current of (KA)



333B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.8.9. The maximum potential difference between any point of the equipment and nearest ground pad or between any two points of adjacent equipment shall not exceed for the maximum internal or external design fault current (V)

17.4.8.10. The earthing system in the room the switchgear shall be installed, shall be proposed by the Contractor based on his equipment and design arrangement, taking into account that the meshed earthing system may improve EMC

17.4.8.11. If portable devices for temporary earthing for carrying out maintenance works are considered necessary, the Contractor shall propose such devices in his technical proposal. In this case ground pads for temporary earthing shall be provided

17.4.9. Auxiliary and Control circuits

17.4.9.1. Internal wiring shall be performed according to IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7)

17.4.9.2. The Purchaser can furnish the following power supply:

17.4.9.2.1. Heating purposes (V AC single phase) 230

17.4.9.2.2. Rated control voltage (V DC) 60 (+10% -

15%)

17.4.9.2.3. Remote control circuits only for circuit breaker from Dispatcher Center (V DC)

60 (+10% -15%)

17.4.9.2.4. Alarm circuits (V DC) 60 (+10% -

15%)

17.4.9.2.5. Motor drives control circuits, coupling relays and alarm circuits etc.

60 (+10% -15%)

17.4.9.3. Heating of the electrical unit shall be provided, for each operating mechanism and low-voltage compartment according to the ambient temperature condition as per clause‎10.1



334B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.9.4. Contractor shall supply all cables for interlocking purposes, for A.C. and D.C. supply between the switchgear equipment

17.4.9.5. Current circuits and voltage circuits shall be in separate cables

17.4.9.6. Control circuits to the two tripping coils shall be in separate cables

17.4.9.6.1. Tripping coil cables will include an appropriately sized MOV at the coil/cable junction to protect against potentially damaging RF pulse energy

17.4.9.7. All cables shall be of the shielded type and the sheath shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

17.4.9.8. All wiring for auxiliary equipment and operating devices for connection to Purchaser's cables shall be terminated at terminal blocks

17.4.9.9. All the terminals, cables and the wires will be clearly labeled and numbered

17.4.9.10. Each terminal block shall be provided with not less than 10% spare terminals.

17.4.9.11. Separated plates shall be used between +DC and -DC terminal blocks

17.4.9.12. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample clearance on all sides

17.4.9.13. The terminals shall be with facility for plug connection on both sides for circuit breakers and isolators Indicate type

17.4.9.14. Complete schemes of measuring, control, alarm, interlocking, etc. circuits, as well as the wiring schemes for switchgear shall be supplied

17.4.9.15. Legends (in English or Hebrew) shall be provided for all schemes and for each signal



335B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.9.16. The cubicle shall be designed bottom closed with plates provided with cable glands

17.4.9.17. Any manual control, measuring equipment, relays or terminals will not be mounted higher than 1800mm or lower than 600mm

17.4.9.18. Switchgear

17.4.9.18.1. Type of wires

17.4.9.18.2. Type of insulation

17.4.9.18.3. Rated insulation level of the wires (V)

17.4.9.18.4. Operating temperature of the wires (ºC)

17.4.9.18.5. Section of the wires of control and alarm circuits (mm2)

17.4.9.18.6. Section of the wires of secondary circuits of current transformers (mm2)

17.4.9.18.7. Indicate whether heaters are provided with thermostats for temperature regulation or are continuously switched on

17.4.9.18.8. Number of heaters for each operating mechanism

17.4.9.18.9. Number of heaters for low-voltage compartment

17.4.9.18.10. Rated power (W/heater)

17.4.9.18.11. Total power required by all heaters in a bay (W)

17.4.9.18.12. Type of terminals for current circuits (6 mm2, 500V)

17.4.9.18.13. Type of terminals for voltage circuits (6 mm2, 500V)



336B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.9.18.14. Type of terminals for control circuits (6mm2, 750V)

17.4.9.18.15. Type of terminals for alarm circuits (6mm2, 750V)

17.4.10. Interlocks

17.4.10.1. Interlocking between different items of switchgear shall be carried out

17.4.10.2. The internal interlocking system of each bay of switchgear shall fulfill the following conditions:

17.4.10.2.1. A complete mechanical interlocking system between circuit breaker and three position disconnector shall be provided

17.4.10.2.2. Bus bar isolator in each bay can only be operated when circuit breaker is open and bus bar is not earthed

17.4.10.2.3. Circuit Breaker cannot be closed when position disconnector is in intermediate position.

17.4.10.2.4. The disconnector and circuit breaker operating (opening or closing) shall be impossible when the cubicle door is in open position.

17.4.10.2.5. The locking position shall be provided with labels "open" and "closed respectively.

17.4.10.2.6. When the circuit breaker is used to earth the circuit:

17.4.10.2.6.1. All the electrical tripping signals will be interrupted

17.4.10.2.6.2. Only mechanical tripping / closing of the circuit breakers will be possible

17.4.10.2.6.3. The mechanical tripping of the circuit breakers shall be prevented against accidental operation



337B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


17.4.10.3. The Contractor is requested to indicate if in his opinion additional interlocks may be necessary.

17.4.11. Nameplates

17.4.11.1. Switchgear and its components (circuit breaker, disconnectors, earthing switches, operating mechanism) shall be provided with clearly legible nameplates

17.4.11.2. The name plates shall be written in English or Hebrew, with metric units, with all symbols in accordance with the latest IEC Recommendations

17.4.11.3. The name plate material shall be non-corrosive type stainless steel and they shall be mounted with non-corrosive type stainless steel screws, bolts or rivets. Mounting of the name plates with adhesive is not acceptable

17.4.11.4. The following types of name plates shall be provided:

17.4.11.4.1. One-line diagram name plate

17.4.11.4.2. Gas system name plate (for SF6 gas insulated switchgear only)

17.4.11.4.3. Circuit name plates

17.4.11.4.4. Equipment name plates

17.4.11.5. The one-line diagram name plate shall be centrally located, not more than 1.80m above floor level and shall contain the following minimum information:

17.4.11.5.1. One-line diagram with buses, circuit breakers, disconnectors, earthing switches, voltage transformers, current transformers, transformer connections



338B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.11.5.2. Legend and symbol table

17.4.11.5.3. Manufacturer's name or trademark and country of origin

17.4.11.5.4. Manufacturer's type designation

17.4.11.5.5. Manufacturer's serial number and year of manufacture

17.4.11.5.6. Project name, purchase order number of this Specification

17.4.11.5.7. Rated voltage (maximum operating voltage)

17.4.11.5.8. Rated insulation level (lightning impulse, withstand voltage, power frequency withstand voltage)

17.4.11.5.9. A listing of current ratings

17.4.11.5.10. Rated frequency

17.4.11.5.11. Rated short-time withstand currents and fault duration

17.4.11.5.12. Rated auxiliary voltages

17.4.11.5.13. Instruction book number(s)

17.4.11.6. The gas system name plate shall be mounted adjacent to the one-line diagram name plate and shall contain the following minimum information including a schematic physical representation of the gas system:

17.4.11.6.1. Each gas compartment and each gas monitoring zone (if any), in the schematic physical representation





339B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.11.6.4. Rated density/pressure and reference temperature for the pressure

17.4.11.6.5. Maximum operating pressure and minimum dielectric density/pressure

17.4.11.6.6. Volume of each gas compartment or gas monitoring zone

17.4.11.7. Circuit name plate shall be provided for each high-voltage circuit, as bus systems, transformers connections, line connections, etc. containing the circuit name. Circuit names will be indicated by Purchaser. Instead of name plates, painted inscriptions with the same content may be provided. Position, letter dimensions and color of the name plates or inscriptions shall be agreed between Contractor and Purchaser.

17.4.11.8. Equipment name plates shall contain the information required in this Specification for each type of the equipment. The equipment name plates may be mounted on the equipment itself, or only one name plate may be provided for each type of equipment, mounted adjacent to the one-line diagram name plate. In this latter case, an identification symbol or number shall be written on each apparatus and name plate for identification

17.4.11.9. All the name plates shall be subject to Purchaser's approval

17.4.11.10. The bays shall be numbered at both side, according to the Purchaser's final one line diagram

17.4.11.11. The phases shall be marked L1, L2, L3 on all diagrams, name plates, cables and apparatus in the cubicle

17.4.12. Busbars



341B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.12.1. The busbar conductors connections to be supplied for interconnecting the items of primary equipment, shall be in accordance with the following general requirements:

17.4.12.1.1. The busbar system shall be SF6 insulated type

©

17.4.12.1.2. The busbar system shall be separated from other compartments of the switchgear

©

17.4.12.1.3. Expansion joints shall be provided in the busbar, conductor and connections wherever they are necessary

17.4.12.1.4. The conductors shall be capable of carrying, without overheating or otherwise deteriorating, the rated current

17.4.12.1.5. All the conductors shall be sized so as to withstand without any damage or distortion the short-circuit forces

17.4.12.1.6. Conductors shall be supported by insulators (or section barriers) spaced at such intervals that under short-circuit fault current conditions any transient reduction in the phase-to-phase or phase-to-earth clearance of the conductors (as a result of elastic bending or distortion) shall not cause any faults

17.4.12.1.7. The diameter and surface finish of the conductors shall be such as to reduce the electrical surface stresses at maximum rated voltage to less than minimum partial discharges in the SF6 gas. This applies to joints and connections as well

17.4.12.2. Type of bus bar conductors (denomination)

17.4.12.3. Rated bus bar voltage (kV) 36

17.4.12.4. Rated busbar short-duration power frequency withstands voltage common value (kV r.m.s.)

70



340B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.12.5. Rated busbar lightning impulse withstand voltage common value (kV peak)

170

17.4.12.6. Rated busbar normal current (A) 1250

17.4.12.7. Rated short-time (2 sec) withstand current 17.4.12.8. (kA r.m.s.)

20

17.4.12.9. Bus bar mounting (three phases in one enclosure or each phase in separate enclosure)

17.4.12.10. Bus bar conductor material and cross-section

17.4.12.11. (material/mm2)

17.4.12.12. Phase distance between busbar conductors (mm)

17.4.12.13. Maximum unsupported length of busbar conductor between insulators (mm)

17.4.13. Circuit Breaker

17.4.13.1. General Requirements

17.4.13.1.1. Manufacturer's name and address

17.4.13.1.2. Circuit breaker type (denomination)

17.4.13.1.3. Circuit breaker shall be of SF6 insulated type with vacuum or SF6 interrupter for indoor installation, complying with the requirements of

IEC 62271-100

17.4.13.1.4. Circuit breaker shall be safe for protecting and interrupting the circuit as specified in sub clause ‎10.1.1 System data

17.4.13.1.5. Circuit breaker shall be able to break any current up to the rated breaking current at any voltage up to the maximum rated voltage



342B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.1.6. Circuit breaker shall be re-strike free (very low probability of re-strike) during capacitive current breaking duty as specified in IEC 62271-100 clause 3.4.115

Class C2

17.4.13.1.7. Circuit breaker shall have an extended mechanical endurance capability according to IEC 62271-100 clause 3.4.117

Class M2

17.4.13.1.8. Circuit breaker shall be designed for extended electrical endurance test according to IEC 62271-100 clause 3.4.113

Class E2

17.4.13.1.9. Circuit breaker shall have a monitoring system to ensure that all breaker poles in each phase are either open or closed

17.4.13.1.10. The circuit breaker shall be operated by an electrical operating mechanism. The closed or open position of the main contacts shall not change as a result of loss of the energy supply or reapplication of energy supply

17.4.13.1.11. The circuit breaker shall be so constructed that it cannot come out of it open or closed position by external forces as gravity, vibration, electromagnetic forces etc.

17.4.13.2. Electrical Data of Circuit Breaker

17.4.13.2.1. Circuit breaker rated voltage (kV) 36


17.4.13.2.3. Circuit breaker rated current:

17.4.13.2.3.1. Switchgear named 1Q0, 2Q0 (see drawing SP-1010-01) of transformer and coupler bays (A)

1250

17.4.13.2.3.2. Switchgear named 3Q0, 4Q0, 5Q0, 6Q0,7Q0 (see drawing SP-1010-01) (A)

630

17.4.13.2.4. Rated short-time withstands current of circuit breaker (kA r.m.s.)

20



343B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.2.5. Rated peak withstand current of circuit breaker (kA peak)

50

17.4.13.2.6. Rated duration of short-circuit (three-phase fault) (sec)

2

17.4.13.2.7. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening devices and auxiliary and control circuits (VDC)

60 (+10%, -15%)

17.4.13.2.8. Rated SF6 gas pressure for insulation and interruption at 20°C (MPa)

17.4.13.2.9. Minimum SF6 gas pressure for insulation and interruption at 20°C (MPa)

17.4.13.2.10. Rated short-circuit breaking current (value of AC component, not less than) (kA r.m.s.)

17.4.13.2.11. Rated short-circuit breaking current (maximum permissible percentage of the DC component at minimum opening time +10 msec shall be calculated for the standard system time constant 45 msec) (%)

17.4.13.2.12. Rated short circuit making current (kA peak)

17.4.13.2.13. Rated operating sequence for circuit breakers 630A: O – 0.3s – CO – 60s – CO

IEC 62271-100, Cl.4-104

17.4.13.2.14. Rated operating sequence for circuit breakers 1250A: CO – 15s - CO

IEC 62271-100, Cl.4-104

17.4.13.2.15. Rated capacitive switching currents: IEC 62271-

100, Table 9

17.4.13.2.15.1. Rated line charging breaking current (A r.m.s.)

10

17.4.13.2.15.2. Rated cable charging breaking current (A r.m.s.)

31.5

17.4.13.2.15.3. Rated single capacitor bank breaking current (A r.m.s.)

400



344B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.2.16. Rated time quantities:

17.4.13.2.16.1. Opening time (no load) (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.2. Break time (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.3. Closing time (no load) (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.4. Open-close time (no load) (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.5. Reclosing time (no load) (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.6. Close-Open time (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.7. Pre-insertion time (msec)

17.4.13.2.16.8. Operation time diversion between any two phases on closing or tripping shall not exceed: On/Off (msec)

4/4

17.4.13.2.17. Sound pressure level:

17.4.13.2.17.1. Sound pressure level shall be measured according to

ANSI C37.082-

1982 or DIN 45635-1

17.4.13.2.17.2. Sound pressure level at 0.5m distance from tested circuit breaker during tripping operation (dB)

17.4.13.2.17.3. Sound pressure level at 0.5m distance from tested circuit breaker during closing operation (dB)

17.4.13.3. Operating Mechanism of Circuit Breaker

17.4.13.3.1. Type spring

17.4.13.3.2. Type (denomination)


17.4.13.3.4. Number of operating mechanisms per circuit breaker

1



345B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.5. The operating mechanism shall be designed to absorb any shock incident to the operation of the circuit breaker with minimum resultant disturbance, jar and noise

17.4.13.3.6. The operating mechanism shall be designed for successful local and remote electrical control and local manual control. The manual tripping device shall be protected against accidental operation

17.4.13.3.7. The stored energy shall be sufficient to provide for the performance of the rated operating sequence at all currents up to the rated short circuit current

17.4.13.3.8. In case the stored energy is not sufficient for the completion of a closing or tripping operation, the operating mechanism shall be blocked and an alarm shall be given. Any operation already started shall be carried out to the end

17.4.13.3.9. Automatic recharging of the closing mechanism shall be provided for renewed operation immediately after completion of a closing operation

17.4.13.3.10. The operation motor shall be protected with a thermal magnetic type overload protection device

17.4.13.3.11. The motor circuit shall be provided with means for disconnecting the motor and the protection devices from the power supply. The disconnecting means shall be enclosed in suitable housing, even if located inside the operating mechanism cabinet

17.4.13.3.12. Local/Remote selector switch shall interrupt all circuits, including those of the trip coil for control purposes, but shall not interrupt the circuits used for protection purposes

17.4.13.3.13. The selector switch Local/Remote shall have two free close contacts at local position for alarm



346B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.14. Circuit Breaker shall be provided with an electrical positioning indicating device with the following functions:

17.4.13.3.14.1. Position 1 - CB closed

17.4.13.3.14.2. Position 2 - CB open

17.4.13.3.14.3. Position 3 – no voltage

17.4.13.3.15. Circuit Breaker shall be provided with a mechanical positioning indicating device to indicate clear whether a CB is in open or closed position

17.4.13.3.16. The operating mechanism with its control relays shall afford the equivalent of trip-free and anti-pump features, and shall be so connected that the closing mechanism will be automatically become inoperative after and while the breaker is closed, regardless of the position of the control switch. The closing mechanism will not become inoperative until the breaker has had enough time to complete the operation of closing. It shall be impossible to operate the closing mechanism again, until the operator has first moved the breaker control switch to the manual position

17.4.13.3.17. Control relays supplied with the CB shall be heavy-duty, plug-in-type, with dust tight covers. Where practical, they shall be arranged to break both polarities of the control circuit

17.4.13.3.18. All the three poles shall be tripped automatically if any one pole fails to close following a closing pulse. Phase disagreement relays or other devices shall be provided by Manufacturer

17.4.13.3.19. Phase disagreement relays shall command all trip coils

17.4.13.3.20. Rated power supply voltage (V DC) 60 (-15%

+10%)



347B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.21. The operating mechanism shall be capable of operating for any value of supply voltage between 85% and 110% of the rated value

17.4.13.3.22. Closing coils:

17.4.13.3.22.1. Number of closing coils per breaker

17.4.13.3.22.2. Maximum power rating per closing coil at 60VDC (VA)

17.4.13.3.22.3. Maximum current required by closing circuit at 60VDC (A)

17.4.13.3.22.4. Permissible duration of total current by closing circuit (sec)

17.4.13.3.23. Tripping coils:

17.4.13.3.23.1. Number of tripping coils per breaker

17.4.13.3.23.2. Maximum power rating per tripping coil at 60VDC (VA)

17.4.13.3.23.3. Tripping peak current required at 60VDC (A)

17.4.13.3.23.4. Permissible duration of total current by tripping circuit (sec)

17.4.13.3.24. The following alarms shall be provided as a minimum with one dry potential free contact:

17.4.13.3.24.1. Abnormal density of SF6 gas system (low density, minimum breaking density/pressure, minimum dielectric density)

17.4.13.3.24.2. Abnormal spring stretching

17.4.13.3.24.3. Undervoltage in motor supply circuit (with time delay)

17.4.13.3.24.4. Undervoltage for direct current control circuits



348B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.24.5. Failure of any essential part of the operating mechanism and motor protection

17.4.13.3.25. Electrical motor:

17.4.13.3.25.1. Manufacturer's name and address

17.4.13.3.25.2. Rated power (kW)

17.4.13.3.25.3. Rated voltage (V DC) 60

17.4.13.3.25.4. Rated current (A)

17.4.13.3.25.5. Starting current/elapsed time until steady current (A/msec)


17.4.13.3.25.6.1. After one operation (sec)



17.4.13.3.26. Degree of protection of the operating mechanism cabinet

IP 55

17.4.13.3.27. Spring mechanism shall be provided with electrical and mechanical interlocks against undesired operation resulting from a mechanical fault

17.4.13.3.28. Heaters

17.4.13.3.28.1. Heaters shall be provided in operating mechanism to prevent condensation

17.4.13.3.28.2. Heaters shall be provided with thermostat


17.4.13.3.28.4. Rated power (kW)



349B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.28.5. Rated voltage (V AC)

17.4.13.3.28.6. Total power required by all heaters (kW)

17.4.13.3.29. Auxiliary switches

17.4.13.3.29.1. Auxiliary switches shall be supplied with and directly operated by each operating mechanism to indicate positively each pole of the circuit breaker is open or closed

17.4.13.3.29.2. The number of normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts for Purchaser's use shall not be less than

8NO+8NC

17.4.13.3.29.3. All these contacts shall be wired to terminal block in the LV compartment

17.4.13.3.29.4. The contacts shall comply with IEC 60947-3 and shall be designed for:

17.4.13.3.29.4.1. Rated voltage (VDC) 60

17.4.13.3.29.4.2. Rated current (A) 20

17.4.13.3.29.5. Breaking current at 60 VDC and a current time constant L/R=40 msec at least (A)

8

17.4.13.3.29.6. Making current at 60 VDC at least (A) 20

17.4.13.3.29.7. Auxiliary switches shall be easily accessible for connection, inspection and adjustment

17.4.13.3.29.8. Auxiliary switches shall be clearly and durably marked

17.4.13.3.29.9. Auxiliary circuit terminals shall comply with IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7)

17.4.13.3.30. Wiring



351B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.13.3.30.1. All wiring for auxiliary and operating devices for connection to Purchaser's cable shall be terminated at termination blocks, enclosed in the LV compartment

17.4.13.3.30.2. Wiring shall comply with IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7) and will also shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

17.4.13.3.30.3. The Purchaser reserve himself the right to give his amendments during approval of the electrical drawings

17.4.13.4. Nameplates

17.4.13.4.1. Each circuit breaker and its operating mechanism shall be provided with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable material including the data in according to

IEC 62271-100 Table 10

17.4.13.4.2. In addition the following data shall be included:

17.4.13.4.2.1. Rated duration of short circuit

17.4.13.4.2.2. Rated cable-charging breaking current

17.4.13.4.2.3. Rated single capacitor bank breaking current

17.4.13.4.2.4. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank breaking current

17.4.13.4.2.5. Rated back-to-back capacitor bank inrush making current

17.4.13.4.2.6. Date of manufacture

17.4.13.4.2.7. Classification

17.4.14. Current Transformer




350B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.14.1.1. Type (denomination):

17.4.14.1.2. Manufacturer's name and address:

17.4.14.1.3. Current transformer shall comply with the requirements of

IEC 61869-2

17.4.14.1.4. The change in ratio shall be made by secondary reconnection

17.4.14.1.5. The secondary windings (including taps) shall be wired to barrier type terminals accommodated in a low voltage compartment.

17.4.14.1.6. The terminals shall enable the connection of two connectors of 6 mm2 per terminal

17.4.14.1.7. Provisions shall be made for earthing of the secondary windings

17.4.14.1.8. Each current transformer shall be properly identified with polarity marking

17.4.14.1.9. Cables to CTs shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 4

17.4.14.1.10. Appropriately sized MOVs shall be installed on the CT conductors as needed to prevent damage from RF energy

17.4.14.2. Electrical Data of Current Transformer

17.4.14.2.1. Current transformer rated voltage (kV) 36


17.4.14.2.3. Rated short-time withstands current of current transformer (kA r.m.s.)

20

17.4.14.2.4. Rated peak withstand current of current transformer (kA peak)

50


2



352B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.14.2.6. Two (2) cores current transformers 200-400/5/5A shall be mounted in capacitor bank bays

17.4.14.2.6.1. Core 1 (measuring):

17.4.14.2.6.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 200-400/5

17.4.14.2.6.1.2. Extended current rating (%) 120

17.4.14.2.6.1.3. Rated output (VA) 20

17.4.14.2.6.1.4. Accuracy class 0.5

17.4.14.2.6.1.5. Instrument security factor 5

17.4.14.2.6.2. Core 2 (protection):

17.4.14.2.6.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 200-400/5


17.4.14.2.6.2.3. Rated output (VA) 20

17.4.14.2.6.2.4. Accuracy class 5P

17.4.14.2.6.2.5. Accuracy limit factor (ALF) 20

17.4.14.2.7. Two (2) cores current transformers 200-400/5/5A shall be mounted in outgoing line bays

17.4.14.2.7.1. Core 1 (measuring):

17.4.14.2.7.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 200-400/5


17.4.14.2.7.1.3. Rated output (VA) 20

17.4.14.2.7.1.4. Accuracy class 0.5




353B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


17.4.14.2.7.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 200-400/5


17.4.14.2.7.2.3. Rated output (VA) 20



17.4.14.2.8. Two (2) cores current transformers 400-800/5/5A shall be mounted in coupler bay

17.4.14.2.8.1. Core 1 (measuring):

17.4.14.2.8.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 400-800/5


17.4.14.2.8.1.3. Rated output (VA) 20

17.4.14.2.8.1.4. Accuracy class 0.5



17.4.14.2.8.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 400-800/5


17.4.14.2.8.2.3. Rated output (VA) 20



17.4.14.2.9. Three (3) cores current transformers 1000/5/5A shall be mounted in transformer bay

17.4.14.2.9.1. Core 1 (measuring):



354B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.14.2.9.1.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 1000/5


17.4.14.2.9.1.3. Rated output (VA) 30

17.4.14.2.9.1.4. Accuracy class 0.5



17.4.14.2.9.2.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 1000/5


17.4.14.2.9.2.3. Rated output (VA) 30




17.4.14.2.9.3.1. Rated ratio (A/A) 1000/5


17.4.14.2.9.3.3. Rated output (VA) 30




17.4.14.3.1. Each current transformer shall be provided with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable material including the data in accordance with

IEC 61869-2


17.4.14.3.2.1. Rated short-time withstand current



355B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.14.3.2.2. Rated peak withstand current

17.4.14.3.2.3. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding and its corresponding terminal markings


17.4.14.3.2.5. Number of standard

17.4.15. Voltage Transformer


17.4.15.1.1. Type (denomination):

17.4.15.1.2. Manufacturer's name and address:

17.4.15.1.3. Voltage transformer shall comply with the requirements of

IEC 61869-3

17.4.15.1.4. Voltage transformer shall be single phase, connected between each phase and earth

17.4.15.1.5. The secondary windings shall be wired to barrier type terminals accommodated in a low voltage compartment

17.4.15.1.6. Terminals of voltage transformers and their connections to the adjacent instrument compartment shall have additional insulation, as the protecting miniature circuit breaker is mounted in those compartments

17.4.15.1.7. The frame of the voltage transformer shall be connected to the earthing conductor of the switchgear

17.4.15.1.8. Wiring to VT’s shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 4

17.4.15.1.9. An MOV of appropriate size and rating shall be installed between the terminals of the VT to exclude RF energy



356B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.15.2. Electrical Data

17.4.15.2.1. Voltage transformer rated voltage: 36


17.4.15.2.3. Rated primary voltage (kV) 36/√3

17.4.15.2.4. Rated secondary voltage:

17.4.15.2.4.1. Secondary winding 1 (V) 110/√3

17.4.15.2.4.2. Secondary winding 2 (V) 110/3

17.4.15.2.5. Secondary windings and destination:

17.4.15.2.5.1. Secondary winding 1 measuring

17.4.15.2.5.2. Secondary winding 2 Protection

17.4.15.2.6. Accuracy class of secondary windings:

17.4.15.2.6.1. Secondary winding 1 0.2

17.4.15.2.6.2. Secondary winding 2 3P

17.4.15.2.7. Rated output at a power factor of 0.8 lagging:

17.4.15.2.7.1. Secondary winding 1 (VA) 50

17.4.15.2.7.2. Secondary winding 2 (VA) 05

17.4.15.2.7.3. Total simultaneous load in specified accuracy class (VA)

100

17.4.15.2.7.4. Each winding shall fulfill its respective accuracy requirements within its output range, while at the same time other winding has an output of any value from 0 to 100% of the upper limit of the output range specified for the other winding

17.4.15.2.8. Rated voltage factor:



357B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.15.2.8.1. Continuous not less than 1.2

17.4.15.2.8.2. 8 hours not less than 1.9


17.4.15.3.1. Each voltage transformer shall be provided with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable material including the data in accordance with

IEC 61869-3


17.4.15.3.2.1. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding and its corresponding terminal markings



17.4.16. Disconnector and Earthing switches


17.4.16.1.1. Disconnector Type (denomination):

17.4.16.1.2. Disconnector Manufacturer's name and address:

17.4.16.1.3. Earthing Switch Type (denomination):

17.4.16.1.4. Earthing Switch Manufacturer's name and address:

17.4.16.1.5. Disconnectors and earthing switches shall comply with the requirements of

IEC 62271-102

17.4.16.1.6. The disconnectors and earthing switches shall be so constructed that it cannot come out of it open or closed position by external forces as gravity, vibration, electromagnetic forces etc.



358B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.16.1.7. The disconnectors and earthing switches shall be operated manually from the front of the switchgear. Operating mechanism shall be designed for successful local electrical and manual control

17.4.16.1.8. The frame of the disconnectors and earthing switches shall be connected to the earthing conductor of the switchgear

17.4.16.1.9. The disconnectors and earthing switches shall be provided with an indicating pointer linked directly to the operating shaft of the moving contact in order to indicate unequivocal the open and close position

17.4.16.1.10. Disconnector shall have an extended mechanical endurance capability according to IEC 62271-102 clause 3.4.101.3

M2

17.4.16.1.11. Earthing switch shall have a short-circuit making capability according to IEC 62271-102 clause 3.4.105.3

E2

17.4.16.2. Electrical Data

17.4.16.2.1. Disconnectors and earthing switches rated voltage (kV)

36


17.4.16.2.3. Disconnectors rated current:

17.4.16.2.3.1. Switchgear named 1Q1, 2Q1 (see drawing SP-1010-01) of transformer and coupler bays (A)

1250

17.4.16.2.3.2. Switchgear named 3Q1, 4Q1, 5Q1, 6Q1,7Q1 (see drawing SP-1010-01) (A)

630

17.4.16.2.4. Rated short-time withstands current of disconnectors (kA r.m.s.)

20

17.4.16.2.5. Rated peak withstand current of disconnectors (kA peak)

50



359B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


2

17.4.16.2.7. Rated supply voltage of auxiliary and control circuits (VDC)

60 (+10%, -15%)

17.4.16.3. Auxiliary contacts

17.4.16.3.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for signaling

17.4.16.3.2. The auxiliary contact block shall include following NO and NC contacts for purchaser use:

17.4.16.3.2.1. Disconnector 8NO+8NC

17.4.16.3.2.2. Earthing switch 8NO+8NC

17.4.16.3.3. Multiplication of contacts from the contacts for Customer's use is acceptable but only by monitored latching relay with two stable positions mounted in control cubicle or by two separate auxiliary relays, one operates by NO main contact and the other operates by NC contact. In that case the Contractor will prepare via the contacts of these relays a supervisory alarm which indicates no voltage or faulty position

17.4.16.3.4. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the terminal block in LV compartment

17.4.16.3.5. Rated carry and making current for auxiliary contacts at 60 V DC shall be (A)

20

17.4.16.3.6. Breaking current at 60 V DC (L/R =40 msec) shall be at least (A)

4

17.4.16.3.7. Nameplates

17.4.16.3.8. Each disconnector and earthing switch shall be provided with a corrosion proof nameplate, of suitable material including the data in accordance with

IEC 62271-102



361B -

REQUIRED OFFERED




17.4.17. Cables Connections


17.4.17.2. Incoming cables for connections toward Power transformer and cables for connections toward Capacitor bank will be single phase, of EPR type and shall be part of the Contractor scope of supply

17.4.17.3. Outgoing cables will be furnished by the Purchaser. All the cables will be single phase, 18/30 kV 300 mm2 or 26/45 kV 240mm2, of XLPE type of XLPE type.

17.4.17.4. Switchgear Cable connections shall be multi-use plug-socket connection as follows:

17.4.17.4.1. Item 6.1 transformer bay shall be provided with six (6) sockets for 26/45kV 240mm2 CU EPR cables.

17.4.17.4.2. Item 6.2 coupler bay shall be provided with six (6) sockets suitable for both 26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV 300 mm2 CU XLPE cables. The contractor shall provide the plugs in one of two alternatives: Alt A - six (6) plugs suitable for both sizes of cables (26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV 300mm2) Alt B - twelve (12) plugs: six (6) plugs suitable for 26/45kV 240mm2 and six (6) plugs suitable for 300mm2 cables.

17.4.17.4.3. Item 6.3 capacitor bay shall be provided with three (3) sockets for 26/45kV 240mm2 CU EPR cables.



360B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.17.4.4. Items 6.4 ÷ 6.7 outgoing bays. Each bay shall be provided with six (6) sockets suitable for both 26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV 300 mm2 CU XLPE cables. The contractor shall provide the plugs in one of two alternatives: Alt A - six (6) plugs suitable for both sizes of cables (26/45kV 240 mm2 and 18/30 kV 300mm2) Alt B - twelve (12) plugs: six (6) plugs suitable for 26/45kV 240mm2 and six (6) plugs suitable for 300mm2 cables..

17.4.17.5. Voltage presence on the cable terminals shall be permanently indicated by voltage indicator on each phase. Three (3) indicators shall be visible by the operator, who shall perform the plug in/plug out or normal earthing operation and three (3) voltage indicators shall be mounted on the front of each bay. The voltage indicators shall be suitable for performance test on power supply socket (230 VAC-50Hz)

17.4.17.6. In addition to plug and socket sets which shall be provided by manufacturer, six (6) dummy plugs for each switchgear for each bay

17.4.17.7. Manufacturer shall provide twelve (12) blind caps for protection against electric-shock hazard for live cable plugs

17.4.17.8. The structure of the switchgear shall enable the connection and disconnection of the cables with plugs to the switchgear, easily and without dismantling the current transformers

17.4.17.9. Manufacturer's plugs and sockets: PFISTERER or

equivalent

17.4.17.9.1. Type of plug for Cu XLPE 26/45 kV 240 mm2 cable

17.4.17.9.2. Type of plug for Cu XLPE 18/30kV 300 mm2 cable

17.4.17.9.3. Type of plug suitable for both Cu XLPE 26/45kV 300mm2 and 18/30kV 300mm2 cables



362B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.17.9.4. Type of plug for Cu EPR 26/45kV 240mm2 cable

17.4.17.9.5. Type of socket suitable for both Cu XLPE 26/45kV 300mm2 and 18/30kV 300mm2 cables

17.4.17.9.6. Type of socket for Cu EPR 26/45kV 240mm2 cable

17.4.17.9.7. Type of dummy plug suitable for both Cu XLPE 26/45kV 240mm2 and 18/30kV 300mm2 cables

17.4.17.9.8. Type of dummy plug for Cu ERP 26/45kV 240mm2 cable

17.4.18. Loads on Semitrailer

17.4.18.1. Static (kN)

17.4.18.2. Dynamic impulse forces in all relevant directions during switching operation of CB's (kN)

17.4.18.3. Number of drawing including diagram of forces and explanations

17.4.18.4. Please indicate and describe recommended methods to absorb shocks transmitted to floor of the semitrailer

17.4.19. Dimensions and Weights:

17.4.19.1. Dimensions

17.4.19.1.1. for each bay (length*width*height) [mm/mm/mm]

17.4.19.1.2. for MV container (length*width*height) [mm/mm/mm]

17.4.19.2. Weights:

17.4.19.2.1. for each bay [kg]



363B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.4.19.2.2. for empty MV container[kg]

17.5. TESTS & INSPECTIONS

REQUIRED OFFERED

17.5.1. Type Tests

17.5.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1 and all relevant standards

©

17.5.2. Routine Tests

17.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine tests for all switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1 and all relevant standards

©

17.6. ELECTROMAGNETIC PLUSE

REQUIRED OFFERED


17.6.1.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience measures at the MV Switchgear, Bidder shall supply Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow operation of the MV switchgear in potential extreme circumstances where normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not available


ITEM 7 – M.V. NEUTRAL SWITCHGEAR

364B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

18.1. MANUFACTURER



18.1.3. Type of the Neutral Switchgear (denomination)





18.1.8. The offered type of Neutral Switchgear shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©







components of the switchgear:

18.2.1. IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers – Part 1: General requirements

18.2.2. IEC 61869-2:2012 Current transformers 18.2.3. IEC 61869-3:2011 Inductive voltage transformers



365B -

18.2.4. IEC 60071(2014) Insulation co-ordination 18.2.5. IEC 60085:2007 Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical

insulation 18.2.6. IEC 60168:1994(AMD2:2000) Tests on indoor and outdoor post

insulators of ceramic material or glass for systems with nominal voltages greater than 1000V.

18.2.7. IEC 60255-26:2013 Electrical relays. 18.2.8. IEC 60376:2005 Specification and acceptance of new sulphur

hexafluoride 18.2.9. IEC 60529:1989(AMD2:2013) Degrees of protection provided by

enclosure (IP code). 18.2.10. IEC 62271-1:2007 Common specification for high voltage switchgear and

control gear standards 18.2.11. IEC 60721-3-4:1995 Classification of environmental conditions. 18.2.12. IEC 61000(2016) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 18.2.13. IEC 62271-100:2008 High voltage alternating current circuit breakers. 18.2.14. IEC 62271-102:2001(AMD2:2013) Alternating current disconnectors

and earthing switches. 18.2.15. IEEE SA - 693-2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of

substations 18.2.16. ISO 9001:2015 Quality management systems 18.2.17. ISO/IEC 17025:2005 General requirements for the competence of

testing and calibrating laboratories 18.2.18. ASTM A 123:2013 Standard specification for zing coating (hot-dip) on iron

and steel hardware 18.2.19. ASTM B 579:2015 Standard specification for electrodeposited coatings of

tin-lead alloy (solder plate) 18.2.20. ASTM B 580:2014 Standard specification for anodic oxide coatings on

aluminum

18.3. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED


18.3.1.1. Highest system High Voltage (kV): © 36/√3

18.3.1.2. Rated short duration power-frequency withstand voltage, common value (kV r.m.s.)

© 70

18.3.1.3. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage, common value (kV peak)

© 170

18.3.1.4. Rated continuous current (A) © 400

18.3.1.5. Rated short time (5 sec) current (kA r.m.s.) 1500




366B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

18.3.1.7. Total time until burn-through at line-to-ground short-circuit current not less than (kA r.m.s/sec)

20/1

18.3.2. Auxiliary and Control Voltages

18.3.2.1. Rated supply voltage of closing and opening devices and of auxiliary and control circuits (V DC)

60 +10% -15%

©

18.3.2.2. Rated supply voltage of heaters (V AC) 230

+10% -15% ©

18.3.3. Temperature rise

18.3.3.1. The components of the equipment shall be able to carry the specified rated normal current continuously without exceeding the limit values of temperature rise stated in the standard

© IEC 62271-1

18.3.3.2. Spring loaded contacts (indicate value and material) (K)

18.3.3.3. Bolted connection (indicate value and material) (K)

18.3.3.4. Busbars (indicate value and material) (K)........

18.3.3.5. Insulation materials (indicate value and material) (K)

18.3.3.6. Accessible parts of the switchgear expected to be touched in normal operation (K)

18.3.4. Degree Of Protection IEC 60529

18.3.4.1. Indoor GIS IP 3X

18.3.4.2. Operating mechanism IP 55

18.3.4.3. Control compartment IP 55

18.3.4.4. Current termination boxes IP 55



367B -


REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.1. Metal Clad requirement

18.4.1.1. The switchgear connections shall be of air (at atmospheric pressure) or SF6 insulation type designed for indoor installation.

18.4.1.2. The metal-clad switchgear shall include the following two cubicles (see drawing SP-1010-01): Cubicle No 1 for connection toward Power transformer and Petersen Coil. Cubicle No 2 for connection toward substation earthing system. The Contractor can suggest another cubicle configuration as an alternative connection solution.

18.4.1.3. A mimic diagram depicting one line diagram shall be provided on the front of the metal-clad switchgear. The mimic diagram shall include position indicators for the disconnector and circuit breaker as well as voltage indicators to indicate the presence of voltage on the cable terminals.

18.4.1.4. Each cubicle shall be designed with the following features:

18.4.1.4.1. Stable framework.

18.4.1.4.2. Rear, side, top and bottom covers.

18.4.1.4.3. Front door with transparent window for checking up the main contacts position of the disconnector

18.4.1.4.4. Partition walls between units.

18.4.1.4.5. Bottom plates equipped with cable glands. The bottom plate for customer cables shall be removable.

18.4.1.4.6. Solid copper earthing bar.



368B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.1.4.7. Access to the internal equipment shall be from the front only.

18.4.1.4.8. For repair and maintenance purposes each cubicle shall be provided with the possibility to dismantle (by screws) the front and side plates.

18.4.1.4.9. Each cubicle will be provided with painting and corrosion protection.

18.4.1.4.10. Contractor is requested to mention if it is necessary to provide cubicle ventilation (natural or forced) in order to evacuate the heat produced by current flow or by closing the disconnector or current breaker.

18.4.1.5. Protection against overpressure:

18.4.1.5.1. Each cubicle shall be provided with a pressure relief device to relieve the pressure developed inside the cubicle when an internal arcing occurs.

18.4.1.5.2. Suitable deflectors for the pressure relief device shall be provided to protect operating personnel who may be present at site.

18.4.1.6. Partition and support insulators

18.4.1.6.1. The support insulator shall have appropriate strength to ensure that the connection bus bar spacing and clearances are maintained when faults occur.

18.4.1.6.2. The partition insulators shall ensure withstanding the maximum pressure in the cubicle when an internal arcing occurs.

18.4.1.7. Earthing

18.4.1.7.1. The earthing of the switchgear shall be performed according to

IEC 62271-1 subcl. 5.3



369B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.1.7.2. All metallic parts of the metal-clad switchgear normally not energized shall be included in the earthing circuit.

18.4.1.7.3. The continuity of the earthing circuit shall be ensured taking into account the thermal and electrical stresses caused by the fault current they may have to carry.

18.4.1.7.4. All necessary ground pads, flat copper and copper rope conductors for earthing shall be provided by the Contractor.

18.4.1.7.5. Each cubicle of the switchgear shall be provided with two (2) ground pads. The ground pads shall be copper faced. The pad's location shall be marked in the dimension drawing.

18.4.1.7.6. The ground pads and the earthing connections shall be designed to withstand a short time (5 sec) current [A]

1500

18.4.1.8. Auxiliary and control circuits:

18.4.1.8.1. The wiring of the measuring and tripping units shall be performed according to IECo standard EPD-A.03 (see Appendix A7)

18.4.1.8.2. Heating of the tripping unit and circuit breaker operating mechanism shall be provided

18.4.1.8.3. The following power supply:

18.4.1.8.3.1. Heating purposes (230V AC single phase)

18.4.1.8.3.2. Motor of operating mechanism (60V DC)

18.4.1.8.3.3. Control circuits (60V DC)



371B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.1.8.4. All wirings shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Each terminal block shall be provided with not less than 10% spare terminals and shall be spaced to allow clearance on all sides

18.4.1.8.5. All terminals will be clearly labeled and numbered

18.4.1.8.6. The control boxes shall be designed bottom closed with plates with cable glands

18.4.1.8.7. All manual control equipment or terminals will not be mounted higher than 1800 mm or lower than 600 mm

18.4.1.8.8. Control circuits and power circuits shall be in separate cables

18.4.1.9. Busbars:

18.4.1.9.1. The busbar conductor shall be capable to carry without over-heating the rated current

18.4.1.9.2. The busbar conductor shall be sized so to withstand the dynamic forces due to short-circuit current

18.4.1.9.3. The busbar conductor shall be supported by insulators spaced at such intervals that under short circuit forces any reduction in the phase-to-ground distance shall not cause any faults

18.4.1.10. Interlocks

18.4.1.10.1. The following interlocks between different components of the equipment shall be provided for reason of safety of the equipment (see drawing SP-1010-01):

18.4.1.10.2. The disconnector NQ1 operating (opening or closing) shall be impossible if the circuit breaker NQ0 is in close position



370B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.1.10.3. The disconnector and circuit breaker operating (opening or closing) shall be impossible when the cubicle door is in open position

18.4.1.10.4. The Contractor is requested to indicate if in his opinion additional interlocks may be necessary

18.4.1.10.5. The locking position shall be provided with labels "open" and "closed" respectively


18.4.1.11. Nameplates:

18.4.1.11.1. Each cubicle and their components (disconnector, circuit breaker, operating mechanism) shall be provide with corrosion proof and clearly legible nameplates

18.4.1.11.2. The nameplates shall include the data according to

IEC 62271-1 subcl. 5.10

18.4.1.11.3. In addition each nameplate shall include the following information:

18.4.1.11.3.1. Manufacturer's name

18.4.1.11.3.2. Type designation and serial number

18.4.1.11.3.3. Number of relevant standard

18.4.1.11.3.4. Number of Purchaser's technical specification

18.4.1.11.3.5. Number of Purchaser's order

18.4.1.11.4. All the nameplates shall be subject to Purchaser's approval

18.4.2. SF6 Insulated Switchgear



372B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.1. Division into compartments

18.4.2.1.1. The gas insulation system shall be divided into independent gas compartments

18.4.2.1.2. Such subdivisions shall be accomplished with gas tight segregating insulators so that the following requirements shall be observed:

18.4.2.1.3. The dielectric characteristic in one compartment shall not substantially alter when an adjacent compartment is reduced pressure (due to leaks or maintenance operation)

18.4.2.1.4. The dielectric strength of the insulation shall not be reduced as a result of switching operations during the service life.

18.4.2.1.5. The quantity of gas to be evacuated and recharged before and after maintenance operations shall be a minimum.

18.4.2.1.6. The extent of plant rendered inoperative as a result of excessive leakage or for maintenance operations shall be a minimum

18.4.2.1.7. The electrical connections between the various gas compartments shall preferably be made by means of multiple contact connectors so that electrical connection is automatically achieved when bolting one section to another

18.4.2.1.8. The surface of the connector fingers and conductor tubes on such connections shall be silvered

18.4.2.1.9. The Contractor shall give details in case of other electrical connections between gas compartments

18.4.2.1.10. Each gas compartment shall be provided with means for eliminating decomposition products and residual moisture



373B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.2. SF6 gas requirements:

18.4.2.2.1. The SF6 gas shall comply with provisions according to

IEC 60376

18.4.2.2.2. Density of SF6 gas at 20 deg. and 760 torr 6.16(g/l)

18.4.2.2.3. Critical temperature for liquefying by compression of SF6 gas

45.6 (˚C)

18.4.2.2.4. Impurity of group of impurities as determined by test according to

IEC 60376

18.4.2.2.5. CF4 (concentration mass by mass) 0.05%

18.4.2.2.6. Oxygen + Nitrogen, air 0.05%

18.4.2.2.7. Water (ppm) 15

18.4.2.2.8. Acidity expressed as HF (ppm) 0.3

18.4.2.2.9. Hydrolysable fluoride expressed as HF (ppm)

1.0

18.4.2.3. Gas Monitoring

18.4.2.3.1. The insulating capacity of the gas filled in the switchgear shall be monitored simultaneously with:

18.4.2.3.1.1. Temperature compensated gas density monitors or sensors

18.4.2.3.1.2. Pressure monitoring devices

18.4.2.3.2. The devices shall provide continuous and automatic monitoring of the state of the gas



374B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.3.3. The devices shall have alarm contacts setting and trip contacts setting. The alarm contacts are set to operate, as a warning to add more gas, when a critical low gas pressure or density is reached, due to gas losses. If gas pressure or density continues to drop, there will be an option to automatically trip, by the trip contacts, the circuit breaker, and thus isolate electrically the affected part of the switchgear

18.4.2.3.4. The switchgear will preferably be equipped with pressure switches that will sense an internal arc presence in the gas compartments, in which they are located, due to the overpressure created by the arc itself. The pressure-switches will cause the tripping of the circuit breakers feeding the internal arc. The tripping is achieved through the pressure-switch contacts. The pressure-switch contacts are of stay-put type and they stay in the changed-over (trip) position independently of the internal arc time duration. The reset is achieved by pushing a release button

18.4.2.4. Gas treatment devices

18.4.2.4.1. Constructional measures for controlling moisture increase in SF6 gas or to remove the impurities, if any:




18.4.2.4.1.4. Driers

18.4.2.4.1.5. Other measures (please describe)



375B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.4.2. These constructional measures shall be provided as permanent facilities, preferably arranged so that they can be removed, replaced or recharged without having to take the switchgear out of service

18.4.2.5. Gas storage, filling and evacuation plant

18.4.2.5.1. SF6 gas supply system, if any, must be self-contained and must work independently

18.4.2.5.2. Each gas compartment shall be provided with a gas supply connection to permit evacuation or refilling with gas

18.4.2.5.3. The SF6 gas supply connection for the gas compartments shall be appropriate to connect the mobile DILO gas refilling devices type 3-019, 3-041, 3-020 and 3-061


18.4.2.5.5. The capacity of the temporary storage facilities shall be at least sufficient for storing the maximum quantity of gas that could be removed when carrying out maintenance or repair work on any parts of the switchgear and associated equipment

18.4.2.5.6. The design of the plant, valves, couplings, connections etc. shall be of such a standard that the leakage of SF6 gas during the filling and evacuating processes is kept to an absolute minimum


18.4.2.5.8. The switchgear shall be filled up by SF6 gas according to evacuation principles



376B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.6. Gas seals


18.4.2.6.2. The seals shall not deteriorate when exposed to the gas and vapors as well as to temperature variations and mechanical forces that can be expected

18.4.2.7. Vent outlets

18.4.2.7.1. Vent outlets, if any, shall be arranged so as to minimize the danger to an operator when performing his duties, if gases or vapors are escaping under pressure

18.4.2.8. Shut off valves

18.4.2.8.1. All shut off valves shall be equipped with protective cover over the valve spindle to guard against unauthorized operation

18.4.2.9. Visual alarm signals, as well as the control and protection equipment associated with gas density/pressure monitoring devices shall be provided, together with any relays for the alarm, indication, protection and control released to gas monitoring. Provision shall be made for remote signaling

18.4.2.10. The alarm and trip signals, as well as indications and control on all SF6 gas monitoring circuits from the various compartments shall be grouped together at the front of the switchgear. Alarm and trip signals shall be displayed separately

18.4.2.11. Legends shall be provided for each signal to permit easy identification of source of trouble. The legends shall be in English or in Hebrew



377B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.2.12. The control and protection circuits associated with the gas monitoring devices shall be supplied with the switchgear as part of this Contract

18.4.2.13. Complete scheme of SF6 gas monitoring, alarm, indication, etc. circuits as well as the wiring schemes to all devices involved in these circuits, shall be supplied

18.4.2.14. The gas system name plate shall be provided. The name plate shall contain the following minimum information including a schematic physical representation of the gas system:

18.4.2.14.1. Each gas compartment and each gas monitoring zone (if any) in the schematic physical representation



18.4.2.14.4. Rated density/pressure and reference temperature for the pressure

18.4.2.14.5. Maximum operated pressure and minimum dielectric density/pressure

18.4.2.14.6. Volume of each gas compartment or gas monitoring zone


18.4.3.1. Surface Roughness:


5

18.4.3.2. Moisture



378B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.3.2.1. Particular attention shall be paid to the selection of suitable materials and to constructional features to prevent moisture penetration

18.4.3.3. General Contamination of Insulation

18.4.3.3.1. The design of hazarded insulation systems, the methods of clearing and preliminary treatment, the assembly, transport, etc. shall ensure that no ingress of impurities (left over from assembly, or metallic parts produced by switching operations) occurs so that the insulating capacity shall not be affected. This also applies to dust, fibers left from cleaning and traces of lubricant

18.4.4. Disconnector Requirements

18.4.4.1. Rated voltage (not less) (kV) ©

36/√3


18.4.4.3. Rated current for continuously operation (A) ©

400

18.4.4.4. Rated current for short time (5 sec) operation ©

1500

18.4.4.5. Rated short duration (1 min) power frequency withstand voltage (kV r.m.s.)

70

18.4.4.6. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV peak)

170

18.4.4.7. The frame of the disconnector shall be connected to the earthing conductor of the switchgear

18.4.4.8. The disconnector shall be operated manually. The operating handle shall be provided with padlock for locking the disconnector in open or close position

18.4.4.9. The operating handle shall be furnished with a flexible grounding strap, long enough to allow the rod rotation and span from the rod to a grounding pad



379B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.4.10. The disconnector shall be so constructed that it cannot come out of it open or closed position by external forces as gravity, vibration, electromagnetic forces etc.

18.4.4.11. The disconnector shall be provided with an indicating pointer linked directly to the operating shaft of the moving contact in order to indicate unequivocal the open and close position

18.4.4.12. Disconnector contacts:

18.4.4.13. Contacts shall be of the high pressure contact type and shall open and close sufficient positive action but shall not cause galling of the contact surface

18.4.4.14. All contact surfaces shall be silver plated

18.4.4.15. Auxiliary contacts:

18.4.4.15.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for signaling. Signaling shall be performed according to

IEC 62271-102

18.4.4.15.2. The auxiliary contact block shall include contacts for purchaser use

2NO+2NC

18.4.4.15.3. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the operating mechanism terminal block

18.4.4.15.4. Rated carry and making current for auxiliary contacts at 60 V DC shall be

20 A

18.4.4.15.5. Breaking current at 60 V DC (L/R = 40 msec) shall be at least

4 A

18.4.4.15.6. The disconnector shall have a name plate including all relevant characteristics

18.4.5. Circuit Breaker Requirements

18.4.5.1. Rated voltage (not less) (kV) ©

36/√3




381B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.5.3. Rated current for continuously operation (A) ©

400

18.4.5.4. Rated current for short time (A) ©

1500

18.4.5.5. Rated short duration (1 min) power frequency withstand voltage (kV r.m.s.)

70

18.4.5.6. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (kV peak)

170

18.4.5.7. Rated breaking current not less than (A) ©

1500

18.4.5.8. Rated breaking capacities not less than (kVA) ©

31170

18.4.5.9. Circuit breaker shall be able to break any current up to the rated breaking current at any voltage up to the maximum rated voltage

18.4.5.10. The frame of the circuit breaker shall be connected to the earthing conductor of the switchgear

18.4.5.11. The circuit breaker shall be operated by an electrical operating mechanism. The closed or open position of the main contacts shall not change as a result of loss of the energy supply or reapplication of energy supply

18.4.5.12. The circuit breaker shall be so constructed that it cannot come out of it open or closed position by external forces as gravity, vibration, electromagnetic forces etc.

18.4.5.13. Operating mechanism:

18.4.5.13.1. Control shall be arranged for local (manual and electrical) and remote control

18.4.5.13.2. It shall not be possible moving the main contacts from the open to the close position unless the operating mechanism spring charge is sufficient for satisfactory completion of the closing operation



380B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.5.13.3. Once the electrical command of an operation has been initiated, the power mechanism shall complete the open or close operation without requiring the electrical command to be held closed

18.4.5.13.4. Local/remote selector switch shall be provided on the front of the cubicle for selecting the desired mode of operation of the circuit breaker

18.4.5.13.5. A normally closed alarm contact in the "local" position shall be provided and wired to the terminals

18.4.5.13.6. The operating mechanism shall be provided with push buttons located inside the operating mechanism cabinet for local opening and closing of the earthing switch

18.4.5.13.7. On the front of the cubicle an electrical position indicating device shall be provided with following functions:

18.4.5.13.7.1. Position 1 – closed

18.4.5.13.7.2. Position 2 – open

18.4.5.13.7.3. Position 3 – no voltage

18.4.5.13.8. The circuit breaker shall be provided with an indicating pointer linked directly to the operating shaft of the moving contact in order to indicate unequivocal the open and close position

18.4.5.13.9. Control relays supplied with the circuit breaker shall be heavy-duty, with dust tight cover

18.4.5.13.10. The electrical motor shall be protected with a thermal-magnetic overload protection device

18.4.5.13.11. The electrical motor shall be provided with means for disconnecting the motor and the protection device from power supply



382B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.5.13.12. The circuit breaker shall operate correctly (opening and closing) when the supply voltage is in the limits 85-110%

18.4.5.14. Circuit breaker contacts:

18.4.5.14.1. Contacts shall be of the high pressure contact type and shall open and close sufficient positive action but shall not cause galling of the contact surface

18.4.5.14.2. Full contact and current carrying capacity shall be secured during reasonable over travel and under travel of the mechanism

18.4.5.14.3. Full contact and current carrying capacity shall be secured during reasonable over travel and under travel of the mechanism

18.4.5.15. Auxiliary contacts:

18.4.5.15.1. The operating mechanism shall be provided with auxiliary contacts for signaling.

18.4.5.15.2. Signaling shall be performed according to

IEC 62271-100

18.4.5.15.3. The auxiliary contact block shall include 4NO + 4NC contacts for purchaser use

18.4.5.15.4. All auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the operating mechanism terminal block

18.4.5.16. Heaters

18.4.5.16.1. Heaters shall be provided with thermostats

18.4.5.17. Nameplate

18.4.5.17.1. The circuit breaker shall have a name plate including all relevant characteristics

18.4.6. Cable Connections Requirements

18.4.6.1. The connecting cables will be of EPR type rated 26/45 kV shall be furnished by the contractor



383B -

REQUIRED

OFFERED

18.4.6.2. The terminations for cable connections shall be part of the Contractor's scope of supply

18.4.6.3. Cubicle No 1 shall be provided with 2 (two) terminations for 26/45 kV cables

18.4.6.4. Cubicle No 2 shall be provided with 1 (one) terminations for 26/45 kV cable

18.4.6.5. Blind caps for protection against electric socks hazard for live cable terminations, shall be provided

18.4.6.6. Three (3) measuring sockets to be mounted on each cable for plugging in a continuous voltage indicator DSA, shall be provided

18.4.6.7. Three (3) voltage indicators DSA shall be suitable for performance test on a power supply socket, shall be provided (VAC, 50Hz)

18.5. TESTS

REQUIRED OFFERED

18.5.1. Type Tests

18.5.1.1. Type tests shall be performed for all switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1 and all relevant standards

©

18.5.2. Routine Tests

18.5.2.1. Contractor shall perform routine tests for all switchgear components as defined in Standard IEC 62271-1 and all relevant standards

©

18.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF MEASURES

REQUIRED OFFERED




384B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

18.6.1.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience measures at the Neutral Switchgear, Bidder shall develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow operation of the Neutral Switchgear in potential extreme circumstances where normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not available


ITEM 8 – NEUTRAL EARTHING SYSTEM

385B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

19.1. MANUFACTURER



19.1.3. Manufacturer's name and type (denomination) of Petersen Coil (plunger core, indoor and outdoor mounted, oil immersed) (Item 8.1)

19.1.4. Manufacturer's name and type (denomination) of Resistor Switching System cubicle (item 8.2)

19.1.5. Manufacturer's name and type (denomination) of Automatic Resonance Controller (Item 8.3)

19.1.6. Manufacturer's name and type (denomination) of Current Injection Unit (Item 8.4)

19.1.7. The offered type of Items 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©







components of the equipment.



386B -

ASTM B579-73 (2009) Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Tin-

Lead Alloy (Solder Plate)

ASTM B580-79 (2009) Standard Specification for Anodic Oxide Coatings on

Aluminum

ASTM B633-13 Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel

ASTM D635-10 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent

and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position

ASTM F1135-99

(2004)

Standard Specification for Cadmium or Zinc Chromate

organic corrosion, Protective coating for fasteners

API STD 650-2011 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage

ISO 2409:2007 Paints and varnishes - Cross cut test

IEC 61869-2 (2012) Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional requirements for

Current transformers

IEC 60076-1 (2011) Power Transformers – General

IEC 60076-2 (2011) Power transformers – Part 2: Temperature rise for liquid-

immersed transformers

IEC 60076-3 (2013) Power transformers – Part 3: Insulation levels, dielectric

tests and external clearances in air

IEC 60076-6 (2007) Power Transformers – Reactors

IEC 60076-10 (2001) Power transformers - Part 10: Determination of sound levels

IEC 60137 (2008) Insulating bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V

IEC 60214-1 (2003) Tap-changers - Part 1: Performance requirements and test

methods

IEC 60296 (2003) Fluids for electro-technical applications – Unused mineral

insulating oils for transformers and switchgear

IEC 60721-3-4 (1996) Classification of environmental conditions - Part 3:

Classification of groups of environmental parameters and

their severities - Section 4: Stationary use at non-weather

protected locations

IEC 60085 (2007) Electrical insulation – Thermal evaluation and designation

IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)



387B -

IEC 60554 Cellulosic papers for electrical purposes – Part 1: Definitions

and general requirements

IEC 61439-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies – Part

1: General rules

IEC 60641-3-1 Pressboard and presspaper for electrical purposes – Part 3:

Specifications for individual materials

IEC 60815-1 (2008) Selection and dimensioning of high-voltage insulators

intended for use in polluted conditions – Part 1: Definitions,

information and general principles

IEC 60255-26(2013) Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 26:

Electromagnetic compatibility requirements

IEC 60255-27(2013) Measuring relays and protection equipment – Part 27:

Product safety requirements

IEC 60255-21-1(1988) Electrical relays Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and

seismic tests on measuring relays and protection equipment

- Section 1: Vibration tests (sinusoidal

IEC 60255-21-2(1988) Electrical relays Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and


- Section 2: Shock and bump tests

IEC 60255-21-3(1993) Electrical relays - Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and


- Section 3: Seismic tests

IEC 60068-2-30 (2005) Environmental testing – Part 2-30: Tests – Test Db: Damp

heat, cyclic (12 + 12 h cycle)

IEC 60068-2-78(2012) Environmental testing – Part 2-78: Tests – Test Cab: Damp

heat, steady state

IEC 61000-4-2(2008) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-2: Testing and

measurement techniques – Electrostatic discharge immunity

test


measurement techniques – Radiated, radio- frequency,

electromagnetic field immunity test


measurement techniques – Electrical fast transient/burst

immunity test



388B -

19.3. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED


19.3.1.1. The Petersen Coil shall be provided with a main winding and secondary winding (see also drawing MA-105-V1)

19.3.1.2. The secondary winding shall be separate winding

19.3.1.3. Rated frequency [Hz] 50

19.3.1.4. Main winding (D1-D2):

19.3.1.4.1. Rated voltage [kV] 36/3

19.3.1.4.2. Adjustable current range [A] 30÷150

19.3.1.4.3. Rated current for 1 (one) hour operation at rated voltage [A]

150

19.3.1.4.4. Rated power for 1 (one) hour operation [kVA] 3100


measurement techniques – Surge immunity test


measurement techniques –Immunity to conducted

disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields


measurement techniques – Power frequency magnetic field

immunity test

IEC 61000-4-11(2004) Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-11: Testing

and measurement techniques – Voltage dips, short

interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests

IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems in substations

ISO 9001:2015 Quality management systems requirements

IEEE 693-2005 Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations



389B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.3.1.4.5. Allowed operation time at different coil positions (without exceeding 80K winding temperature rise):

19.3.1.4.5.1. At 60A position [hours]



19.3.1.4.6. Maximum continuous voltage [kV] 20%36/3

19.3.1.4.7. Maximum continuous current when the reactor tuned at a minimum inductance, without exceeding 80K winding temperature rise for

≤30

19.3.1.4.8. Temperature rise at rated current for continuous operation shall not exceed, according to:

IEC 60076-6

19.3.1.4.8.1. Average winding temperature rise, measured by resistance method [K]

80

19.3.1.4.8.2. Top oil temperature rise, measured by thermometer [K]

75

19.3.1.4.8.3. Calculated hot spot temperature rise [K]

19.3.1.4.9. Temperature rise at rated for 1 hour shall not exceed, according to:

IEC 60076-6

19.3.1.4.9.1. Average winding temperature rise, measured by resistance method [K]

100

19.3.1.4.9.2. Top oil temperature rise, measured by thermometer [K]

90

19.3.1.4.9.3. Calculated hot spot temperature rise [K]

19.3.1.4.10. Oil time constant [hours]

19.3.1.4.11. Winding time constant [minutes]



391B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.3.1.5. Secondary winding (M2-N2) for resistor connecting:

19.3.1.5.1. Rated voltage [V] 500

19.3.1.5.2. Rated current for:

19.3.1.5.2.1. continuous operation [A] 100

19.3.1.5.2.2. 1 min [A]

19.3.1.5.2.3. 10 seconds [A] ≥560

19.3.1.5.2.4. 1 seconds [A] ≥

Ir*100/Usc

19.3.1.5.3. Rated power for:

19.3.1.5.3.1. continuous operation [kVA] 50

19.3.1.5.3.2. 1 min [kVA]

19.3.1.5.3.3. 10 seconds [kVA] ≥200

19.3.1.5.3.4. 1 seconds [kVA]

19.3.1.6. Impedance voltage between main winding and secondary winding related to rated power of secondary winding (%)

≤6%

19.3.1.7. Rated impedance of Petersen Coil (in case of order, tested values shall be provided according to sub-clause ‎19.5.4.12 at:

19.3.1.7.1. Minimum rated current and applied voltage

Un []


0.05 * Un []

19.3.1.7.3. Maximum rated current and applied voltage

Un []


0.05 * Un []



390B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.3.1.8. Insulation level according to: IEC 60076-3

19.3.1.8.1. For the terminal of Petersen Coil connected to transformer neutral:

19.3.1.8.1.1. Rated short duration 1 min power frequency withstands voltage [kV rms]

70

19.3.1.8.1.2. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage [kV peak]

200

19.3.1.8.2. For the terminal of Petersen Coil connected to earth:

19.3.1.8.2.1. Rated short duration 1 min power frequency withstands voltage [kV rms]

70

19.3.1.8.2.2. Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage [kV peak]

200

19.3.1.9. Total active losses of the Petersen Coil at 75C for:

19.3.1.9.1. Maximum current and applied voltage Un [kW]

19.3.1.9.2. Maximum current and applied voltage 0.05*Un [kW]

19.3.1.9.3. Minimum rated current and applied voltage Un[(kW]

19.3.1.9.4. Minimum rated current and applied voltage 0.05*Un[ kW]

19.3.1.10. Cooling method taking into account indoor and outdoor mounting

ONAN

19.3.1.11. Thermal class of insulation according to IEC-60085

A

19.3.1.12. Current Transformer CT1 mounted on primary winding:




392B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.3.1.12.2. Type Bushing,

Measuring

19.3.1.12.3. Rated ratio [A/A] 150/5

19.3.1.12.4. Rated burden [VA] 10

19.3.1.12.5. Accuracy class 1

19.3.1.12.6. Instrument security factor (FS) 5

19.3.1.12.7. Current error at rated primary current [%] 1

19.3.1.12.8. Phase displacement at rated primary current [minutes]

60

19.3.1.12.9. The Manufacturer shall have two options for CT1 connection and shall indicate which one is use :

19.3.1.12.9.1. From transformer’s neutral side Yes/no

19.3.1.12.9.2. From earth side Yes/no

19.3.1.12.10. Depending on how CT1 is connected to the coil, indicate the following data :

19.3.1.12.10.1. Highest voltage for equipment Um [kV]

19.3.1.12.10.2. Rated power frequency withstand voltage for 1 minute [kV rms]

19.3.1.12.10.3. Rated lightning impulse voltage [kV]

19.3.1.13. Current Transformer CT2 mounted on secondary winding:


19.3.1.13.2. Type Bushing,

Protection

19.3.1.13.3. Rated ratio [A/A] 500/5

19.3.1.13.4. Rated continuous thermal current 1.2*I1 [A] 600



393B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.3.1.13.5. Rated short time thermal current for 1sec [A] ≥0000

19.3.1.13.6. Rated burden [VA] 10

19.3.1.13.7. Accuracy class 5P

19.3.1.13.8. Accuracy limit factor (ALF) 20

19.3.1.13.9. Current error at rated primary current [%] 1

19.3.1.13.10. Phase displacement at rated primary current [minutes]

60

19.3.1.14. Linearity

19.3.1.14.1. The reactor shall be linear reactor up to 1.1Ur of the ASR rated voltage at even if the ASR is tuned to its maximum inductance

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.4.8

19.3.1.15. Tolerances according to: IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.9

19.3.1.15.1. Current of main winding at minimum inductance and rated voltage (% In)

5

19.3.1.15.2. Current at other settings (% of specified values)

10

19.3.1.15.3. No load voltage of auxiliary windings at rated current in the main winding (% of specified values)

10

19.3.1.16. The total sound power level at rated voltage, rated current and rated frequency, calculated according to IEC 60076-10 shall not exceed (dB[A])

85



394B -


REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1. Item 8.1 - Petersen Coil

19.4.1.1. The Petersen Coil shall be of the plunger core type stepless adjustable (continuously adjusted) by means of spindle and motor drive

19.4.1.2. Magnetic core

19.4.1.2.1. Type of plunger core

19.4.1.2.2. Material of the laminated sheets in the return paths of the magnetic flux

19.4.1.2.3. Thickness of the laminated sheets [mm]

19.4.1.2.4. Number of return paths distributed round the core

19.4.1.3. Windings

19.4.1.3.1. Main winding material (H.V.)

19.4.1.3.2. Secondary winding material

19.4.1.3.3. Thermally upgraded paper or equivalent shall be used for winding insulation

19.4.1.3.3.1. Manufacturer's upgraded paper

19.4.1.3.3.2. Catalogue number

19.4.1.3.3.3. Conforming standards IEC 60554

IEC 60641-3-1

19.4.1.4. Tank

19.4.1.4.1. The Petersen Coil (ASR) tank shall be of welded steel plate construction, reinforced in order to withstand the conditions of operation and transport



395B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.4.2. The steel grade shall be EN 10025

grade S235 JR G2

or equivalent

19.4.1.4.3. Other steel grades will be subjected to Purchaser approval

19.4.1.4.4. All welding shall be according to API 650

standard or European equivalent standards (DIN, EN)

19.4.1.4.4.1. Details of welding: Tanks and their structural attachments shall be welded by the SMAW with basic E70 covered electrodes conform to AWS A5.1, GTAW, SAW, FCAW with E71T-5 electrode conform to AWS A5.20. Use of any other process shall be by agreement between the Contractor and the Purchaser. Welding shall be performed in a manner that ensure complete penetration and complete fusion in the vertical and horizontal butt welds

19.4.1.4.4.2. Welders qualification: The Contractor shall conduct tests for all welders assigned to manual and semiautomatic welding and all operators assigned to automatic welding to demonstrate the welders and operators ability to make acceptable welds

19.4.1.4.5. The ASR tank shall be absolutely water and hot-oil tight and provided with an oil tight cover The tank cover shall be leak tested at [bar]

0.5

19.4.1.4.6. The tank shall be designed to withstand an overpressure of [MPa]



396B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.4.7. The construction of the tank shall enable easy installation or removal of bushings and other accessories without disturbing the leads, taking out the active part of the ASR or removing its cover

19.4.1.4.8. The joints between the tank and the cover and between various sections shall be provided with suitable flanges and properly spaced bolts and gaskets to make joints oil-tight

19.4.1.4.9. The bottom of ASR shall have a steel base with holes for fixing (indicate number of holes and number of mounting drawing)

19.4.1.4.10. Provisions for blocking the ASR after its installation shall be provided. The ASR shall be fixed firmly through the blocking system to the foundations. This blocking shall avoid ASR moving in any direction in case of a seismic event as defined under subcl. ‎10.1.5

19.4.1.4.11. Three pockets shall be provided on Petersen Coil cover :

19.4.1.4.11.1. Pocket for oil thermometer

19.4.1.4.11.2. Pocket for resistance bridge controller

19.4.1.4.11.3. Reserve pocket

19.4.1.4.12. Lifting eyes for ASR cover and lugs for lifting completely assembled ASR shall be provided

19.4.1.4.13. Four (4) jacking points shall be provided at height not less than 350mm to ASR base and shall be sufficient wide to permit a tolerance from the center line of 150mm Please indicate location and relevant dimensions



397B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.4.14. Two (2) grounding pads with tapped holes shall be provided. Location shall be indicated in relevant drawing

19.4.1.4.15. Material of grounding pads copper

19.4.1.4.16. The tank shall also be provided with :

19.4.1.4.16.1. Oil drain valve, Indicate type

19.4.1.4.16.2. Oil filter valve, Indicate type

19.4.1.4.16.3. Oil sampling valve placed on the drain side of the drain valve, Indicate type

19.4.1.4.17. All other necessary valves for vacuum and filling, draining and filtration of oil shall be provided

19.4.1.4.18. All the metal parts, exclusive of those energized, shall be grounded

19.4.1.4.19. The galvanizing and painting of the tank and conservator shall enable withstanding the service conditions specified under clause ‎10.1 and shall be carried out according to (see option detail in Appendix B7)

Option A

19.4.1.4.20. The finish painting of the inside and outside of the tank and conservator shall be gray color

RAL7038

19.4.1.5. Skids

19.4.1.5.1. The bottom of the Petersen Coil shall be provided with a steel skid base, suitable for skidding in directions parallel to both center lines of the tank

19.4.1.5.2. Pulling eyes at base of the Petersen Coil for skidding ASR parallel to either center line of transformer shall be provided



398B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.5.3. After notification of award the contractor shall submit a drawing showing the bottom of the Petersen Coil

19.4.1.6. Gaskets

19.4.1.6.1. The necessary gaskets shall be tight under all conditions especially against the hot oils. Means shall be provided to prevent over compression of the gaskets

19.4.1.6.2. Material of gaskets shall be synthetic rubber which shall not deteriorate under the action of hot oil

19.4.1.6.3. Gaskets between metal surfaces shall be set in grooves so that all parts are bolted metal to metal

19.4.1.6.4. A full set of gaskets for Petersen Coil bushings, radiators and all valves shall be provided with instruction and drawings for location, storage and identification of same

19.4.1.7. Oil and Oil Preservation System

19.4.1.7.1. The Petersen Coil oil shall meet the requirements indicated in I.E.Co. Laboratory Specification for inhibited mineral insulating oil No. 52/6.90/93 ( see Appendix B3)

19.4.1.7.2. In addition the Contractor (Manufacturer) is requested to fill in all data in the a.m. Appendix B3

19.4.1.7.3. Oil Manufacturer and type, one of the types listed in Appendix B3

19.4.1.7.4. The Petersen Coils oil certificate shall be approved by Purchaser before delivery



399B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.7.5. Oil preservation system shall be provided for protecting the oil against atmospheric moisture and oxygen

19.4.1.7.6. Oil preservation system should be Manufacturer's standard, excluding any system, which permits direct contact between oil and air. All necessary accessories shall be supplied by Manufacturer

19.4.1.7.7. Type of oil preservation equipment:

19.4.1.7.7.1. Conservator shall be provided with flexible separator. Indicate type.

19.4.1.7.7.2. The conservator shall be provided with a silica gel air drier breather :

19.4.1.7.7.2.1. Type

19.4.1.7.7.2.2. Manufacturer

19.4.1.7.7.2.3. Standard or Specification shall be attached

19.4.1.7.7.2.4. In addition Manufacturer is requested to fill in all data in the enclosed Appendix B4

19.4.1.7.7.2.5. The silica gel air drier breather shall be clearly visible through a glass and shall be mounted for each conservator at 1.5m approximately above ground level

19.4.1.7.8. Israel Electric Corporation shall be allowed to mount the silica gel air drier breather 2m away from the Petersen Coil if it is required by the substation layout

19.4.1.7.9. The tank and the conservator shall be provided with all necessary accessories, piping system for oil filling, connections etc.



411B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.7.10. The paint, insulation materials and all other materials in contact with Petersen Coil oil shall not contain any substance that may, to any extent, influence its dielectric properties or result in chemical reactions with the oil, or any way lead to a deterioration of oil quality

19.4.1.7.11. First filling of oil shall be provided by Manufacturer

19.4.1.8. Cooling System

19.4.1.8.1. All radiators (coolers) on Petersen Coils shall be equipped with valves to permit the removal of any radiator without draining the oil from the ASR

19.4.1.8.2. Vent holes with plugs shall be provided in the top and drain holes with plugs in the bottom of each radiator

19.4.1.8.3. Number of radiators.

19.4.1.8.4. Cooler’s Manufacturer. Menk or Schmieg

19.4.1.8.5. The studs, as well as their threaded holes, used in various subassemblies in contact with the atmosphere shall be silicone greased before fastening

19.4.1.8.6. The galvanizing and painting of the cooling system shall enable withstanding the service conditions specified under clause ‎10.1 and shall be carried out according to (see option detail in Appendix B7)

Option A

19.4.1.8.7. The finish painting of the inside and outside of cooling system shall be gray color.

RAL7038

19.4.1.9. Operating Mechanism



410B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.9.1. The Petersen Coil shall be provided with a motor drive for adjustment of the plunger core (for reactance adjustment) with emergency manual drive and with mechanical position indicator

19.4.1.9.2. Control of motor drive mechanism shall be arranged for local (by manual and electrical) and remote control

19.4.1.9.3. The motor drive shall be designed for continuous, stepless adjustment and shall be suitable to operate together with an earth fault compensation resonance Controller

19.4.1.9.4. The operating mechanism shall be provided with 2 (two) potentiometers

having a resistance of 20010% and limit switches (with a free potential change-over contact) for Purchaser’s use :

19.4.1.9.5. One potentiometer will be connected to the remote position indicator (see subcl.‎19.4.1.11.6)

19.4.1.9.6. The second potentiometer will provide Petersen Coil position information for an Automatic Resonance Controller device

19.4.1.9.7. Manufacturer and type

19.4.1.9.7.1. Rated power [kW]

19.4.1.9.7.2. Rated Voltage [VAC] 230/400 +10% to -

15%

19.4.1.9.7.3. Number of phases

19.4.1.9.7.4. Rated frequency [Hz]

19.4.1.9.7.5. Start-up current [A]

19.4.1.9.7.6. Synchronous speed [rpm]



412B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.9.7.7. Operating time for full adjustment range [minute]

19.4.1.9.7.8. Rated torque on the drive shaft [Nm]

19.4.1.9.7.9. Number of revolutions of the hand crank per one revolution of the operating spindle

19.4.1.9.7.10. Number of revolutions of the operating spindle to cover the whole range of adjustment

19.4.1.9.8. All necessary mechanical and electrical parts shall be housed in weatherproof hot dip galvanized or aluminum enclosure with doors provided with gaskets and locks

19.4.1.9.9. The housing of operating mechanism shall be provided with environmental protection according to

IEC 60529 IP 54

19.4.1.9.10. The bottom of the housing of the operating mechanism shall be provided with plates for the cable entries (indicated number) including cable glands

19.4.1.9.11. Gearing of motor drive unit shall include transmission gear and control gear

19.4.1.9.12. Hand crank with plastic handle shall be provided

19.4.1.9.13. The housing of operating mechanism shall be fixed on tank by means of 4 (four) corner lugs

19.4.1.9.14. The housing of operating mechanism shall be provided with 2 (two) eyebolts for lifting and handling

19.4.1.9.15. Material and thickness of the housing of operating mechanism



413B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.9.16. The housing shall be provided for terminating the conduits and wiring for Purchaser's connection

19.4.1.9.17. Drain holes shall be provided at low points of box and conduits

19.4.1.9.18. The housing shall be supported by suitable vibration damping device

19.4.1.9.19. Heaters 230VAC with thermostats shall be provided :


19.4.1.9.19.2. Rated power [Watt per heater]

19.4.1.10. Wiring

19.4.1.10.1. Wiring shall be provided according to enclosed Appendix A7 unless otherwise required explicitly in this Specification

19.4.1.10.2. All small wiring for control or accessory equipment shall be installed in standard galvanized rigid steel conduits, or electrical metallic tubing or ducts, with water tight joints (indicate type)

19.4.1.10.3. All small wiring enclosures shall be grounded

19.4.1.10.4. Wiring shall be carried out with flexible conductors with a preferred cross section not less than:

19.4.1.10.4.1. For control circuits [mm2] 1.5

19.4.1.10.4.2. For current circuits [mm2] 4

19.4.1.10.5. Type of terminals shall be :

19.4.1.10.5.1. Up to 10mm2, 500V Phoenix

UK6N



414B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.10.5.2. 16mm2 to 35mm2, 500V Phoenix

UK35

19.4.1.10.6. All control and instrument wiring, alarm leads for connection to Purchaser's cables shall be terminated at terminal blocks

19.4.1.10.7. The secondary wiring terminal block shall be accommodated in a box having the environmental protection degree

IP54

19.4.1.10.8. The terminal blocks shall be spaced to allow clearance on all sides according to clause 5.8 in Appendix A7. Liberal space shall be provided for training and crossing Purchaser's incoming leads


19.4.1.10.10. The assembled control equipment and wiring connections shall be subjected to one (1) minute test of 2000VAC at the factory after fabrication and assembly is complete

19.4.1.10.11. All wiring insulation and terminal blocks shall be flameproof protected according to

ASTM D635

19.4.1.11. Accessories

19.4.1.11.1. All accessories will provided with a label including the main technical data, part number, Manufacturer name

19.4.1.11.2. Oil level indicator :

19.4.1.11.2.1. Manufacturer (or equivalent) Qualitrol

19.4.1.11.2.2. Type magnetic

19.4.1.11.2.3. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

19.4.1.11.2.4. Manufacturer’s Catalogue number



415B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.11.2.5. Scale diameter [mm]

19.4.1.11.2.6. Oil-level indicator shall be provided with one low level alarm contact

19.4.1.11.2.7. Number and type of contacts (normally-open, normally closed, changeover)

1NO+1NC

19.4.1.11.2.8. The contacts shall be wired to barrier type terminals accommodated in a terminal box mounted direct on transformer tank

19.4.1.11.2.9. Make/break current of the alarm contact for 60VDC and time constant of 4ms[A/A]

19.4.1.11.2.10. Switching capacity of the alarm contact [W]

19.4.1.11.2.11. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1min [kVrms]

2

19.4.1.11.2.12. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2], in frequency range [Hz to Hz]

19.4.1.11.2.13. Degree of protection IP 55

19.4.1.11.3. Pointer thermometer for local measuring of oil temperature:

19.4.1.11.3.1. Manufacturer (or equivalent) MESSKO

19.4.1.11.3.2. Manufacturer’s designation (order No.)

(TRASY 2 MT-ST 160F)

19.4.1.11.3.3. Catalogue number (635082)

19.4.1.11.3.4. Type dial

19.4.1.11.3.5. The pointer thermometer shall include Thermo well. Indicate Its Part No.:

(174800)

19.4.1.11.3.6. Thermometer case welded into transformer according to

DIN 42554



416B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.11.3.7. Measuring range [C] -20 to +140

19.4.1.11.3.8. Tolerance of indication class 1

DIN 16203

19.4.1.11.3.9. The oil temperature indicator shall have appropriate contacts for alarms and tripping

19.4.1.11.3.10. Number/type of adjustable alarm contacts (normally-open, normally-closed, changeover)

4/

19.4.1.11.3.11. Switching capacity of the contacts

5A 220VAC 0.1A

250VDC

19.4.1.11.3.12. Capillary (length/type) 6m/23

19.4.1.11.3.13. Number of cable glands/ type 4/2

19.4.1.11.3.14. Test voltage to ground 50Hz, 1 min [kVr.m.s.]

2

19.4.1.11.3.15. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2], in frequency range (Hz to Hz)

2g 5 - 15


DIN 40050

19.4.1.11.3.17. Manufacturer recommendations for temperature values:

on off on off

19.4.1.11.3.17.1. Alarm [C]

19.4.1.11.3.17.2. Trip [C]

19.4.1.11.4. Adjustable thermal monitor :


19.4.1.11.4.2. Type

19.4.1.11.4.3. Scale limits [C/C]

19.4.1.11.4.4. Sensor length [mm]



417B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.11.4.5. Switching temperature difference [C]


19.4.1.11.4.7. Number and type of contacts 1CO

19.4.1.11.4.8. Switching capacity of contacts at 60VDC with:

19.4.1.11.4.8.1. Purely resistive load [A]

19.4.1.11.4.8.2. Inductive load [A]

19.4.1.11.5. Twin-float Buchholz relay :

19.4.1.11.5.1. Manufacturer (or equivalent) EMB

19.4.1.11.5.2. Manufacturer designation

19.4.1.11.5.3. Type

19.4.1.11.5.4. Vent valve for taking gas sample shall be provided

19.4.1.11.5.5. Number and type of contacts (normally open, normally close, changeover)

2

19.4.1.11.5.6. Make/break current for 60VDC [A/A] Indicate also time constant [msec/msec]

2/2

19.4.1.11.5.7. Switching capacity of contacts [W]

19.4.1.11.5.8. Test voltage to ground 50Hz 1min. [kVrms]

2

19.4.1.11.5.9. The relay shall be tested for leaks at :

19.4.1.11.5.9.1. Pressure [bar]

19.4.1.11.5.9.2. Time [min.]



418B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.11.5.10. Shock and vibration proof up to [m/sec2] In frequency range [Hz to Hz]


19.4.1.11.5.12. Manufacturer recommendations for alarm and trip:

trip alarm

19.4.1.11.5.12.1. Oil level above pipe center [mm tolerance]

19.4.1.11.5.12.2. Gas accumulation or oil loss [cm3 tolerance]

19.4.1.11.5.12.3. Oil flow velocity referred to nominal

pipe size [cm/s %]

19.4.1.11.6. The motor drive shall be delivered with a remote position indicator indoor type (96x96mm) for flash mounting on switchboard. The remote position indicator shall be calibrated according to the coil inductive current

19.4.1.11.7. The Petersen Coils shall be delivered with a voltmeter, indoor type for flush mounting on switchboard. The scale range shall be 0÷60V with scale extension until 120V and dimension of 96x96mm. Indicate type.

19.4.1.12. Bushings

19.4.1.12.1. The Petersen Coils connections between transformer's neutral point and ground as well as connection to secondary windings will be achieve by bushings

19.4.1.12.2. The arrangement of the main bushings (ITEM A - for connection to transformer neutral and ITEM B - for connection to ground) should be in accordance with annexed drawing EVK-8459



419B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.12.3. The bushings shall be designed for live-washing (automatic and manual) taking into account service conditions described under sub-clause ‎10.1

19.4.1.12.4. The bushings shall be designed for the service conditions stated in sub-clause ‎10.1 and tested according to

IEC 60137

IEC 62155

19.4.1.12.5. The bushings shall have temperature limits according to:

IEC 60137 cl. 10

19.4.1.12.6. Manufacturer :

19.4.1.12.6.1. ITEM A - Bushing for connection to transformer neutral point

Preferred Micafil or Haefely or Siemens or

Zapel or equivalent

19.4.1.12.6.2. ITEM B - Bushing for connection to ground

Preferred Micafil or Haefely or Siemens or

Zapel or equivalent

19.4.1.12.6.3. ITEM C - Bushing for connection the secondary windings

19.4.1.12.7. Manufacturer's type designation and catalogue for :

19.4.1.12.7.1. ITEM A

19.4.1.12.7.2. ITEM B

19.4.1.12.7.3. ITEM C

19.4.1.12.8. Material and color brown

19.4.1.12.9. Rated voltage :

19.4.1.12.9.1. ITEM A [kV] 36

19.4.1.12.9.2. ITEM B [kV] 36



401B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.12.9.3. ITEM C [kV]

19.4.1.12.10. Rated current :

19.4.1.12.10.1. ITEM A [A] 500

19.4.1.12.10.2. ITEM B [A] 500

19.4.1.12.10.3. ITEM C [A]

19.4.1.12.11. Dry lightning impulse withstand voltage

1.2/50 sec :

19.4.1.12.11.1. ITEM A [kV peak] 200

19.4.1.12.11.2. ITEM B [kV peak] 200

19.4.1.12.12. Power frequency withstand voltage dry and wet :

19.4.1.12.12.1. ITEM A [kV rms] 70

19.4.1.12.12.2. ITEM B [kV rms] 70

19.4.1.12.12.3. ITEM C [kV rms]

19.4.1.12.13. Outdoor heavy duty, high grade, high creepage path type, porcelain insulators suitable for the climatic, environmental and atmospheric conditions as described under clause ‎10.1 shall be provided.

19.4.1.12.14. The insulator will be normal sheds type (preferred dimensions according to the enclosed drawings on pages B-449, B-450) permitting easy access for greasing and cleaning to all surfaces

19.4.1.12.15. Insulator's Pollution level suitable for Desert and Coastal area environments according to

IEC 60815-1

19.4.1.12.15.1. Environmental type of pollution combination of type A and

type B



400B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.12.15.2. Site pollution Severity (SPS) D (heavy)

19.4.1.12.16. Please indicate on enclosed drawing on pages B-449, B-450 all dimensions

19.4.1.12.17. Minimum external creepage distance :

19.4.1.12.17.1. ITEM A [mm] 900

19.4.1.12.17.2. ITEM B [mm] 900

19.4.1.12.17.3. ITEM C [mm]

19.4.1.12.18. Arcing distance not less than :

19.4.1.12.18.1. ITEM A [mm] 500

19.4.1.12.18.2. ITEM B [mm] 500

19.4.1.12.19. Failing load bending :

19.4.1.12.19.1. ITEM A [Nm]

19.4.1.12.19.2. ITEM B [Nm]

19.4.1.12.20. Failing load torsion :

19.4.1.12.20.1. ITEM A [Nm]

19.4.1.12.20.2. ITEM B [Nm]

19.4.1.12.21. Rated thermal short-time current (Ith) at 2sec [kA rms]

19.4.1.12.22. Rated dynamic current [kA peak] 2.5*Ith

19.4.1.12.23. Stresses on mounted bushings :

19.4.1.12.23.1. Guaranteed value of failing load

120% F 27 as follows, according to

DIN 48113

27

F = minimum failing load. Manufacturer is requested to indicated values of loading which offered bushing is capable to bear.



402B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.12.23.1.1. ITEM A not less than [N] 3000

19.4.1.12.23.1.2. ITEM B not less than [N] 3000

19.4.1.12.23.2. Permissible values of loading for terminals according to

19.4.1.12.23.3. Service load (40%F) 28 (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in service: conductor pull, conductor weight and wind) in any direction in space :



19.4.1.12.23.4. Testing load for 60sec. applied to the midpoint of the terminal, perpendicular to the bushing axis

(70%F):

19.4.1.12.23.4.1. ITEM A [N] 1750

19.4.1.12.23.4.2. ITEM B [N] 1750

19.4.1.12.23.5. Short-time load F (sum of all loads occurring simultaneously in case of short-circuit) in any direction in space :



19.4.1.12.23.6. Wind load [N] according to DIN 1055

19.4.1.12.24. Material of the conductor terminal :

19.4.1.12.24.1. ITEM A copper

19.4.1.12.24.2. ITEM B copper

19.4.1.12.25. Diameter of the conductor terminal :

28

In case stress value is not applicable in any direction in space explain reason.



403B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.12.25.1. ITEM A [mm]

19.4.1.12.25.2. ITEM B [mm]

19.4.1.12.26. Cross sectional area of the conductor terminal :

19.4.1.12.26.1. ITEM A [mm2]

19.4.1.12.26.2. ITEM B [mm2]

19.4.1.12.27. Indicate whether the protective gaps are provided for bushings

19.4.1.12.28. Nameplate shall be according to: In addition the following data shall be provided on nameplate:

IEC 60137 clause 10.3

19.4.1.12.28.1. Creepage distance

19.4.1.12.28.2. Cantilever withstand service load

19.4.1.12.28.3. Total weight (including flanges) [kg]

19.4.1.13. CT's Terminal Box

19.4.1.13.1. The secondary winding shall be wired to bushing type terminals mounted directly on Petersen Coil tank Indicate type

19.4.1.13.2. Degree of protection of terminal box IP 55

19.4.1.13.3. Test voltage of terminal box for 1minute AC separate source [kV rms]

2.5

19.4.1.14. Nameplates and Marking

19.4.1.14.1. Each Petersen Coil shall be provided with a rating plate made of waterproof material, fitted in a visible position, including the data according to

IEC 60076-6 sub clause

11.7

19.4.1.14.2. In addition the following data shall be provided:



404B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.14.2.1. Rated current for 1 (one) hour operation

19.4.1.14.2.2. Rated current for continuous operation

19.4.1.14.2.3. Minimum operation current

19.4.1.14.2.4. Allowed operation time for different coil positions

19.4.1.14.2.5. Short-circuit impedance between main winding and secondary winding

19.4.1.14.2.6. Rated impedance of Petersen Coil at maximum rated current and applied voltage Un

19.4.1.14.2.7. Insulation material class

19.4.1.14.2.8. Main data of secondary winding (voltage, current, power, time, terminal marking etc.)

19.4.1.14.2.9. Main data of each Current transformer (type, rated current, rated burden, accuracy class, ALF/FS, terminal marking, etc.)

19.4.1.14.2.10. Oil type

19.4.1.14.2.11. Main data of Operating mechanism

19.4.1.14.2.12. A diagram showing the use of each winding and the corresponding terminal markings

19.4.1.14.2.13. Removable part weight

19.4.1.14.2.14. I.E.Co. Order number, Technical Specification number and year of manufacture

19.4.1.15. Dimensions:



405B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.1.15.1. Height during transport [mm] 2800

19.4.1.15.2. Assembled height, not more than [mm]

2800 ©

19.4.1.15.3. Assembled depth (D) [mm] 2000

19.4.1.15.4. Assembled width (W) [mm] 2100

19.4.1.15.5. Shipping volume [m3]

19.4.1.16. Weights:

19.4.1.16.1. Core and coils [kg]

19.4.1.16.2. Tank and fittings [kg]

19.4.1.16.3. Oil [kg]

19.4.1.16.4. Total weight, not more than [kg] 5800 ©

19.4.1.16.5. Heaviest piece to be handled [kg]

19.4.1.16.6. Un-tanking weight [kg]

19.4.1.16.7. Shipping weight [kg]

19.4.2. Item 8.2 – Resistor Switching System

19.4.2.1. The Resistor Switching System is provided to disconnect/reconnect the resistor R1 to the secondary winding (500V) in a switching sequence as described at sub-clause ‎19.4.2.4‎19.4.2.4

19.4.2.2. The Resistor Switching System shall be includes all equipment according to drawing MA-106-V1

19.4.2.3. Resistor Descriptions

19.4.2.3.1. Manufacturer’s name

19.4.2.3.2. Type designation



406B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.3.3. Material of resistor

19.4.2.3.4. Resistance at 25C [] 0.9

19.4.2.3.5. Rated voltage for 10 seconds [V] 500

19.4.2.3.6. Maximum continuous voltage [V] 60

19.4.2.3.7. Permissible rated current for the R1 resistor:

19.4.2.3.7.1. For continuous [A] 100

19.4.2.3.7.2. For 1 min [A]

19.4.2.3.7.3. For 10 seconds [A] 560

19.4.2.3.7.4. For 1 seconds [A]

19.4.2.3.8. The resistor shall be mounted to the upper part of the cubicle

19.4.2.4. Automatic Switching Sequence

19.4.2.4.1. R1 Resistor is connected to secondary winding as long as the voltage on the Petersen Coils does not exceed 12%*Un (Utrig)

19.4.2.4.2. When abnormal voltages (above 12%*Un in case of Unom=24kV, above 8%*Un in case of Unom=36kV) persist on the secondary winding, and do not disappear after a settable time delay (settable from 0.5 to 10 sec) resistor R1 is switched of, activating alarm signal and blocking ASC

19.4.2.4.3. The automatic switching system shall be provided with the necessary contacts in order to connect the open delta voltage of the Power Network System to the watt-metric relays of the line protection only when the R1 resistor is connected to the secondary (500V) winding



407B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.4.4. Local and remote resetting for automatic switching system shall be provided

19.4.2.5. ALARMS for automation shall be provided

19.4.2.5.1. Uo higher than Utrig - operated by the Digital Residual Over-voltage relay 'e2'

19.4.2.5.2. R1 connected

19.4.2.5.3. R1 disconnected

19.4.2.5.4. Automatic blocked

19.4.2.5.5. High Speed Earthing Switch (HSES) closed by time delay (relay d7)

19.4.2.5.6. Loss of 60 VDC supply

19.4.2.5.7. Loss of 230 VAC supply

19.4.2.5.8. Loss of 110 VAC supply

19.4.2.6. Cubicle design

19.4.2.6.1. All necessary automatic control, protective relays, contactors etc. for automatic switching of resistor, shall be provided by Contractor and assembled in a dust proof and weatherproof galvanized METAL CUBICLE, factory wired and tested.

19.4.2.6.2. The Metal Cubicle shall be installed outdoor and

indoor

19.4.2.6.3. The equipment of the automatic switching shall be installed in a cubicle having two compartments. The top compartment shall accommodate the resistor and the bottom compartment shall accommodate all other equipment

19.4.2.6.4. Access to the internal equipment of the cubicle shall be from the front only



408B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.6.5. Any manually controlled equipment shall not be mounted higher than 180cm or lower than 60cm

19.4.2.6.6. The top part of the cubicle shall be provided with natural air ventilation to permit heat dissipation, having a degree of protection of

IP 51

19.4.2.6.7. Filters shall be provided behind the ventilation apertures

19.4.2.6.8. The bottom part of the cubicle shall be of tropical design having a degree of protection of

IP 54

19.4.2.6.9. Minimum two (2) lifting eyes shall be provided for lifting completely cubicle

19.4.2.6.10. All cables shall enter the cubicles from the bottom. The cubicle shall be designed bottom closed with plates provided with cable glands. The bottom plate for Purchaser’s cables shall be removable

19.4.2.6.11. The cubicle shall be provided with internal lighting operated by a door limit switch and also with heaters

19.4.2.6.12. All metal parts of the relays, which can accidentally become live, shall be earthed. The doors shall be earthed through flexible copper connection

19.4.2.6.13. Two grading pads shall be provided for cubicle. Indicate material for the grading pads

19.4.2.6.14. All steel components of the cubicles shall be electrolytically galvanized according to the requirements laid down in ASTM B633, or equivalent. The thickness of this coating shall be not less than

25 m



409B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.6.15. In addition, the cubicles shall be painted according to painting specification CL-716 in Appendix A2. The method, type and thickness of painting shall be sub-clause 3.2 of painting specification CL-716

19.4.2.6.16. The finish painting of the inside and outside of cubicles shall be gray color

RAL7038

19.4.2.6.17. The wiring shall be carried out according to Appendix A7

19.4.2.6.18. Required type of terminals blocks:

19.4.2.6.18.1. The terminals for external connections shall be made of thermosetting plastic material (melamine)

19.4.2.6.18.2. Current circuits terminals shall be of bridge type provided with the possibility to short circuit either one of the current inputs for connecting wires up to 10mm2, type

Phoenix UGSK/S

19.4.2.6.18.3. Control circuits, alarm circuits and voltage circuits for connecting wires up to 4mm2, type.

Phoenix SSK UK6N

19.4.2.6.19. Equivalent terminals may be used, subjected of Purchaser approval.

19.4.2.6.20. Compression type (solder-less) lugs or ferrules shall be applied on the ends of all stranded wired for connection to terminal block or to relays. For connection to screw type terminals, ring tongue tin plated lugs shall be used


19.4.2.6.22. The blocks shall be spaced to allow ample clearance on all sides. Cable supports shall be provided for Purchaser’s wiring



421B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.6.23. The terminal blocks shall not be mounted lower than 30cm from the bottom glands plate

19.4.2.6.24. Terminals associated with individual items of equipment shall be grouped for convenient cable connection

19.4.2.6.25. Any non-metallic components such as terminal blocks, wired ducts, wired troughs, wired cleats, cable ties, etc. shall be manufactured from non-burning materials as defined by ASTM D635

19.4.2.6.26. Identification labels for wiring indicating destination, address (at both ends) shall be provide

19.4.2.6.27. Wired and wired groups shall be installed in plastic wire ducts or packed in neatly formed bundles securely clamped or tired together and supported form the cubicle framework. Not more than 30 wires shall be bundled together in wire hinge loops

19.4.2.6.28. No more than one conductor shall be connected to any one terminal point of a terminal block

19.4.2.6.29. All spare contacts from the auxiliary relays and control switches shall be wired to the terminal blocks

19.4.2.6.30. Additional details of the circuits in the cubicles as well as design details will be settled between Contractor and Purchaser later

19.4.2.7. Cubicle Equipment

19.4.2.7.1. Operating voltage for the automatic switching system (VDC)

60



420B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.7.2. DIGITAL RESIDUAL OVERVOLTAGE RELAY (e1) will start the automatic switching system - above Utrig. The relay will be connected to zero sequence voltage [Uo]:

19.4.2.7.2.1. Manufacturer’s name

19.4.2.7.2.2. Type designation

19.4.2.7.2.3. Number of relays 1

19.4.2.7.2.4. Number of contacts 3*NO

19.4.2.7.2.5. Setting range [Un%] 2 to 100

19.4.2.7.2.6. Operating time [sec] 0.05 to 100

19.4.2.7.3. DIGITAL RESIDUAL OVERVOLTAGE RELAY (e2). The relay will be connected to zero sequence voltage and will issue an alarm signal:




19.4.2.7.3.4. Number of contacts 1*NO

19.4.2.7.3.5. Setting range [Un%] 2 to 100


19.4.2.7.4. OVERCURRENT RELAY (e3) shall be connected to the current transformer CT2, to protect the Petersen Coil against overloading:






422B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.7.4.4. Low set stage setting range [*In] 0.01 to 2

19.4.2.7.4.5. Operating time for low set stage [sec] 0.05 to 100

19.4.2.7.4.6. High set instantaneous stage [*In] 0 to 20

19.4.2.7.5. MONITORING RELAY (d4) for transmitting of alarm signals:




19.4.2.7.5.4. Number of contacts 1*CO auto and hand

reset

19.4.2.7.5.5. The relay will be with flag on LED

19.4.2.7.6. AUXILIARY RELAY (d3, d6):




19.4.2.7.6.4. Number of contacts 10*CO

19.4.2.7.7. TIME DELAYED DROP-OUT RELAY with auxiliary supply (d2):






19.4.2.7.7.6. Number of selectable ranges 8



423B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.7.7.7. Voltage supply [Vdc] 60

19.4.2.7.8. TIME DELAYED PICK-UP RELAY (d1):






19.4.2.7.8.6. Number of selectable ranges 8

19.4.2.7.9. TIME DELAYED PICK-UP RELAY (d7):





19.4.2.7.9.5. Operating time [hours] 0.5 to 3

19.4.2.7.10. THREE-PHASE CONTACTOR fitted to resistor R1 loading (a1):



19.4.2.7.10.3. Number of contactors 1

19.4.2.7.10.4. Number of contacts 2*NO+1*NC

19.4.2.7.10.5. Rated power [kW] 90kW

19.4.2.7.11. All auxiliary contacts shall be designed for making and breaking capacity at 60VDC



424B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.7.12. TWO POLE M.C.B. for protection the 60VDC supply circuit:


19.4.2.7.12.2. Number of MCB. 1


19.4.2.7.12.4. Operating voltage [VDC]

19.4.2.7.12.5. Number of auxiliary contacts 1*NC+1*NO

19.4.2.7.13. ONE POLE M.C.B. for protection the 230VAC supply circuit :


19.4.2.7.13.2. Number of MCB 1


19.4.2.7.13.4. Operation voltage [VAC]


19.4.2.7.14. ONE POLE M.C.B. for protection the 110VAC supply circuit :


19.4.2.7.14.2. Number of MCB 1



19.4.2.7.14.5. Operating voltage [VAC]

19.4.2.7.15. HEATERS:


19.4.2.7.15.2. Number 2



425B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.7.15.3. Rated power for each heater

19.4.2.7.15.4. Operation voltage [VAC] 230

19.4.2.7.16. HUMIDITY CONTROLLER:


19.4.2.7.16.2. Number of controllers 1


19.4.2.8.1. Each Cubicle of Resistor Switching System shall be provided with Name Plates (60x150mm) made of waterproof material, fitted in a visible position on outer side of the door, including the following data:

19.4.2.8.1.1. Manufacturer’s name, “Resistor Switching System Cubicle for Petersen Coil 24/36kV, 150A”


19.4.2.8.1.3. Electrical scheme with denomination of each relay and also components, on inner side of the door

19.4.2.9. Dimension and weight

Dimensions and weights for Resistor Switching System, included in the Cubicle, for indoor and outdoor installation:

19.4.2.9.1. Dimensions:

19.4.2.9.1.1. Assembled height [mm]

19.4.2.9.1.2. Assembled depth [mm]

19.4.2.9.1.3. Assembled width [mm]



426B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.2.9.1.4. Shipping volume [m3]

19.4.2.9.2. Weights :

19.4.2.9.2.1. Total weight [kg]

19.4.2.9.2.2. Shipping weight [kg]

19.4.3. Item 8.3 – Automatic Resonance Controller

19.4.3.1. The Automatic Resonance Controller is intended to communicate with Petersen Coil in 24kV and 36kV network

19.4.3.2. Manufacturer name of Resonance Controller

19.4.3.3. Type of Resonance Controller for indoor installation (denomination)

rack 19" version

19.4.3.4. The Automatic Resonance Controller shall be of computerized digital type

©

19.4.3.5. The input signals of the Controller shall include:

19.4.3.5.1. Zero sequence voltage Uo [V]

19.4.3.5.2. Coil current IL [A]

19.4.3.5.3. Auxiliary contacts of limit switches of the Petersen Coil operating mechanism

19.4.3.5.4. Position potentiometer connected to the Petersen Coil operating mechanism.

19.4.3.6. For outside connections, the controller shall not require shielded cables

19.4.3.7. The Controller shall be supplied by a universal (AC/DC)/DC power supply converter

19.4.3.8. Mutually interlocked push buttons for local and remote actuation of the Petersen Coil shall be built into the Controller. The manual command shall be handled with priority.



427B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.9. The Controller shall ensure switching ON and OFF of automatic adjustment both local and via the remote control.

19.4.3.10. The Controller shall be designed for indoor installation having protection degree.

IP20

19.4.3.11. Sustained short-term over-voltages and over-currents in the controller input circuits shall not exceed 150% of the rated values.

19.4.3.12. The Controller shall include earthing system, and all metallic parts which does not energized normally shall be earthed

19.4.3.13. The auxiliary DC power supply shall be provided through DC/DC converter.

19.4.3.13.1. Rated DC supply voltage [V] 60 ©

19.4.3.13.2. Voltage operating range [%] +10 to –20

©

19.4.3.13.3. Power consumption quiescent [W]

19.4.3.13.4. Power consumption pick-up W]

19.4.3.13.5. Bridging time during failure or short-circuit of DC supply voltage (ms)

50

19.4.3.14. Input quantities :

19.4.3.14.1. Rated current of CT's [A] 5 ©

19.4.3.14.2. Rated frequency [Hz] 50

19.4.3.14.3. Load carrying capacity of current input continuous [A]

2xIn

19.4.3.14.4. Load carrying capacity of current input for 1 sec. [A]

19.4.3.14.5. Rated zero sequence voltage Un [V] 110 ©

19.4.3.14.6. Continuous over voltage in voltage circuit [V]

1.2xUn



428B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.14.7. Rated burden for voltage circuit [VA]

19.4.3.14.8. Rated burden for current circuit not more than [VA/phase]

0.5

19.4.3.15. Signaling outputs :

19.4.3.15.1. Type of signaling output: static or electromechanical

19.4.3.15.2. Number of optical signal annunciation [LED]

19.4.3.15.3. Number of signaling relays

19.4.3.15.4. N.O. contacts per relay

19.4.3.15.5. Maximum operating time of signaling relay [ms]

19.4.3.15.6. Thermal ratings of contacts carry for 0.5 sec

19.4.3.15.7. Make power at 60VDC [W] 300

19.4.3.15.8. Breaking current for electromechanical signaling output at 60VDC and L/R less than 40 msec [A]

0.1

19.4.3.16. Optocoupler inputs :

19.4.3.16.1. Number of optocoupler inputs

19.4.3.16.2. Operating time [ms]

19.4.3.16.3. Rated voltage for optocoupler [VDC] 60 ©

19.4.3.16.4. Input signal voltage low/high [V/V]

19.4.3.16.5. Maximum signal current [mA]

19.4.3.17. Analog output

19.4.3.17.1. Number of Analog channels



429B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.17.2. Signal current range [mA]

19.4.3.18. Synchronization

19.4.3.18.1. The internal real-time clock of the unit shall be synchronized via an input by an external synchronizing system

IRIG B input

19.4.3.18.2. The accuracy of time synchronizing shall be of 1msec.

19.4.3.19. Communication

19.4.3.19.1. Terminal interface shall be supplied serial interface for communication with a PC terminal (type)

© USB/RJ45

19.4.3.19.2. Serial interface for communication with a Substation Control System or for communication over telephone networks using a modem. The transmission protocol for communication with the substation control system shall comply with the requirement of.

© IEC 61850

19.4.3.19.3. Data transfer interface connection type RJ45/ RS485

19.4.3.19.4. Data transfer interface connection transmission speed (baud)

19.4.3.19.5. Data transfer interface connection transmission distance (m)

19.4.3.20. Software

19.4.3.20.1. The Controller shall have a built in automatically operated test for alerting in case of internal failure.

19.4.3.20.2. The Controller shall provide relevant signals in case of faults in its external circuits like, power supply interruptions, open or short-circuits in coil control units

19.4.3.20.3. All settings (or most of them) shall be done by software



431B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.20.4. The Controller shall memorize every retuning event and pertaining information, including:

19.4.3.20.4.1. Retuning date and time

19.4.3.20.4.2. Petersen Coil current in the exact tuning position

19.4.3.20.4.3. Uo value on the retuning completion

19.4.3.20.4.4. Detuning (v) and damping (d) value

19.4.3.20.5. The Controller shall be provided with a setting of the type of compensation over or under, in the range of up to 20%

19.4.3.20.6. The Controller has to compute a correction to Petersen Coil position, taking into account the Petersen Coil non-linearity in order to provide experimental “impedance-voltage” curves depending on the actual Petersen Coil.

19.4.3.20.7. The full range adjustment time of operating mechanism (moving time from one end coil position to the other end) and the Controller delay time must be mutually coordinated

19.4.3.20.8. The Coil position shall be indicated by a potentiometer in the operating mechanism and can also be obtained by computation the ratio Uo/Io.

19.4.3.20.9. The Controller shall be provided with a counter to accumulate the number of automatic adjustments

19.4.3.20.10. The Controller shall ensure setting of the maximum adjustable current of the Petersen Coil

19.4.3.20.11. At each retuning the Controller shall compute and display the state parameters of the compensated network:

©



430B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.20.11.1. Detuning v

19.4.3.20.11.2. Damping d

19.4.3.20.11.3. Asymmetry k

19.4.3.20.12. The following signals shall be provided by the Controller:

19.4.3.20.12.1. Insufficient input voltage

19.4.3.20.12.2. Too high asymmetry

19.4.3.20.12.3. Earth fault

19.4.3.20.12.4. Insufficient Petersen Coil capacity

19.4.3.20.12.5. Excessive insulation leakage

19.4.3.21. Human Machine Interface

19.4.3.21.1. The HMI operating language shall be English.

19.4.3.21.2. The HMI facilities shall be used for Controller setting, for data exchange with a switching station control, for reading of events, for reading of primary system data (voltages, currents, etc.) and for diagnostic purposes.

19.4.3.21.3. The Controller shall be provided with a LCD screen for displaying setting, data exchange, events reading and diagnostic data.

19.4.3.21.3.1. Indicate screen size [mm]

19.4.3.21.3.2. Indicate screen resolution [pixels]

19.4.3.21.4. The Controller unit shall be equipped with pushbuttons for setting and displaying by menu assisted



432B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.21.5. The Controller unit shall be equipped with alarm and trip front-plate signals, user configurable .

19.4.3.21.6. User interface application program shall be included for Controller unit setting, data read out and configuration intended to be installed on PC. Indicate application software denomination

19.4.3.21.7. User interface application program shall be based on Windows 7 O.S. on English platform. All drivers for the application program shall be included in scope of supply Indicate requirements for PC hardware

19.4.3.21.8. Setting, data read out and configuration of Controller unit shall be possible also from a substation control computer by the program. Access shall be password protected.

19.4.3.22. Tuning Control Method

19.4.3.22.1. The coil current shall be adjustable continuously in range of rated current with step less adjustable plunger core coil

19.4.3.22.2. The Controller shall be able to find the correct tuning position of the coil even in very symmetrical networks with non-negligible disturbances, by current injection into auxiliary winding of Petersen coil

©

19.4.3.22.3. The Controller shall also operate normally if a fixed (non-adjustable) Petersen Coil is connected in parallel with the adjustable one. In this case, the fixed coil parameters are set into the Controller.

19.4.3.22.4. The Petersen Coil tuning in normal operation regimes while zero sequence voltage Uo applied to the Petersen Coil is, as a rule, less than 5% of its maximum value.



433B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.22.5. In additional to the automatic mode, a manual Petersen Coil tuning mode shall be provided. Change-over of these modes shall be performed with the aid of the Controller’s keyboard and through a binary input for remote change-over.

19.4.3.22.6. The Petersen Coil tuning shall be triggered when the absolute value of a phasor

deviation Uo of the zero sequence voltage Uo exceeds a preset level Utrigger during a preset time interval

Ttrigger delay: lUol = lUo – Uo8(previous tuning)l>Utrigger

19.4.3.22.7. The mentioned above settings are chosen in the following ranges :

19.4.3.22.7.1. Utrigger [V] 0.5 to 25

19.4.3.22.7.2. Ttrigger delay [sec)] 10 to 200

19.4.3.22.8. The returning process shall be also triggered in the beginning of the controller operation or after a change-over from manual to automatic control

19.4.3.22.9. If UN exceeds a preset level Uearth, during a time interval of 5 seconds or more, the Petersen Coil tuning shall be stop and current Injection is aborted and a signal “Earth fault” shall be provided

Indicate Uearth range [V]

0.5 to 20

19.4.3.22.10. If UN has decreased below a preset level UN-min during a preset time interval, TU-min, the controller shall provide a signal “Insufficient input voltage” and the Petersen Coil position shall remain unchanged. This is used in very symmetrical networks. The setting ranges are:

19.4.3.22.10.1. UN-min (V) 0.1 to 5

8 Uo (previous tuning) – zero sequence voltage obtained in the last coil tuning.



434B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.22.10.2. TU-min (min) 0.5 to 20

19.4.3.22.11. If UN exceeds a preset level UN-max, the Petersen Coil tuning shall be terminated and a signal “Too high asymmetry” shall be provided

Indicate UN-max range (V)

2 to 25

19.4.3.22.12. If the coil position changes in the process of tuning and the condition for generation of the signal “Insufficient input voltage” is not fulfilled but to reach the preset deviation value is impossible, then a signal “Insufficient Petersen Coil capacity” shall be provided and the coil shall be set in its maximum current position

19.4.3.22.13. If damping exceeds a preset value (which can be set in a range of 0.03-0.40) a signal “Excessive insulation leakage” shall be provided

19.4.3.22.14. Tuning with Current Injection shall be calculate cyclic by using UOPEN-DELTA ICURRENT-INJECTION and after changing control form manual to remote control

19.4.3.22.15. The Petersen Coil tuning accuracy under earth-fault conditions shall be not less than (%)

With possibility of its detuning to a preset deviation value in the range of [%] The deviation value shall be displayed

± 0.1

± 20

19.4.3.22.16. The mentioned accuracy shall be kept under fluctuations of Uo voltage when its amplitude fluctuates in the limits of ±15%, with a frequency in the range of (Hz)

0.1 to 2.0

19.4.3.22.17. The Controller shall be non-sensitive to power network load changes

19.4.3.23. Dimensions and Weights

19.4.3.23.1. The type of mounting Panel

mounting



435B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.3.23.2. Dimension (Height/Width/Depth) [mm]

19.4.3.23.3. Weight [Kg]

19.4.4. Item 8.4 – Current Injection Unit

19.4.4.1. Manufacturer name of Current Injection Unit

19.4.4.2. Type of Current Injection Unit (denomination) outdoor/indoor cubicle

19.4.4.3. The Current Injection Unit shall be installed in cubicle according to subcl. ‎19.4.2.6‎19.4.2.6

requirements

19.4.4.4. Current Injection Unit working in very symmetrical network

19.4.4.5. Current Injection can be switched on continuously or intermittently

19.4.4.6. Sustained short-term over-voltages and over-currents in the input circuits shall not exceed 150% of the rated values

19.4.4.7. Maximal injected current [A] 20

19.4.4.8. The frequency range injected currents output into Power Auxiliary Winding [Hz]

19.4.4.9. Maximum time for detuning calculation [msec]

19.4.4.10. Maximum influence on Zero Sequence voltage produced by injection current [U0%]

5%

19.4.4.11. Maximum Influence on positive sequence voltage produced by injection current [Un%]

19.4.4.12. Maximum Influence on loading of Power Auxiliary Winding produced by injection current [PPAW%]

19.4.4.13. Minimum current injected continuously or periodically at a very symmetrical network for supervision network purposes.



436B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.4.14. Minimum power consumption of the Current Injection unit [kW]

19.4.4.15. DC Power Supply :

19.4.4.15.1. The auxiliary power supply shall be provided through DC/DC converter.

19.4.4.15.2. Rated DC supply voltage [V] 60

19.4.4.15.3. Voltage operating range [%] +10 to –20

19.4.4.15.4. Power consumption quiescent [W]

19.4.4.15.5. Power consumption operative [W]

19.4.4.15.6. Bridging time during failure or short-circuit of DC supply voltage [ms]

50

19.4.4.16. Current Input quantities:

19.4.4.16.1. Rated current of CT's [A] 5 ©


19.4.4.16.3. Load carrying capacity of current input continuously [A]

1.2 x In

19.4.4.16.4. Rated burden for current circuit [VA] 0.5

19.4.4.17. Voltage Input Quantities:

19.4.4.17.1. Rated of synchronized voltage [VAC] Indicate the number of phases(1 or 3)

230

19.4.4.17.2. Rated Zero Sequence voltage Un [VAC 110 ©


19.4.4.17.4. Continuous over voltage in voltage circuit [V]

1.2 Un

19.4.4.17.5. Rated burden for voltage circuit [VA]



437B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.4.4.18. Signaling outputs :

19.4.4.18.1. Number of optical signal annunciation [LED]

19.4.4.19. Binary inputs:

19.4.4.19.1. Number of optocoupler inputs

19.4.4.19.2. Operating time [ms]

19.4.4.19.3. Rated voltage for optocoupler [VDC] 60 ©

19.4.4.19.4. Input signal voltage low/high [V/V]

19.4.4.19.5. Maximum signal current [mA]

19.4.4.20. Binary output:

19.4.4.20.1. Number of binary relay output

19.4.4.20.2. Number of N.O. contacts per relay

19.4.4.20.3. Maximum operating time of relay [ms]

19.4.4.20.4. Thermal ratings of contacts carry for 0.5 sec

19.4.4.20.5. Make power at 60VDC [W]

19.4.4.20.6. Breaking current for relay contact at 60VDC and L/R less than 40 msec [A]

19.4.4.21. Serial interfaces :

19.4.4.21.1. Data transfer to a central data unit

19.4.4.21.2. Data transfer interface connection type

19.4.4.21.3. Data transfer interface connection transmission speed [baud]

19.4.4.21.4. Data transfer interface connection transmission distance [m]



438B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


19.4.4.22.1. Each Cubicle of Current Injection Unit shall be provided with Name Plates (at least 60x150mm) made of waterproof material, fitted in a visible position on outer side of the door, and also including the following data:


19.4.4.22.1.2. Electrical scheme with denomination of each relay and also components, on inner side of the door

19.4.4.23. Dimensions and weights

19.4.4.23.1. Dimension (Height/Width/Depth) [mm]

19.4.4.23.2. Weight [Kg]

19.5. TESTS

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.1. Type tests for Petersen Coil

19.5.1.1. The type test reports shall be performed for the first delivered Petersen Coil.

19.5.1.2. The type test reports shall include tests as follows, according to:

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.3

19.5.1.3. Measurement of current over the whole adjustment range at nominal voltage, according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.5



439B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.1.4. Temperature rise test at a nominal current as follows, according to :

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.7 &

IEC

60076-2

19.5.1.4.1. Temperature rise at continuous rating:

19.5.1.4.1.1. H.V. winding temperature measured by resistance method, temperature rise [K]

80

19.5.1.4.1.2. Top oil temperature measured by thermometer, temperature rise [K]

75

19.5.1.4.2. Temperature rise at 1 hour rating :

19.5.1.4.2.1. H.V. winding (temperature rise measured by resistance) [K]

100

19.5.1.4.2.2. Top oil temperature measured by thermometer, temperature rise [K]

90

19.5.1.5. Lightning impulse test, according to: 29 IEC

60076-6 subcl. 11.8.8 &

IEC

60076-3 cl.13

19.5.1.5.1. The test voltage (kV peak) 200

19.5.1.6. Testing of current transformers, type tests according to

IEC 61869-2

19.5.1.7. Testing of bushings, type tests according to IEC

60137

19.5.1.8. Tank welding test shall be provided

19.5.1.9. Chemical oil test shall be provided Appendix

B3

19.5.1.10. Tests of Silica gel air drier breather, Flexible separator Pronal (if any) and Buchholz relay shall be provided from Sub-suppliers

Appendix B4

29

Arc Suppression Reactor shall be set for minimum current



441B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.2. Type tests for Resistor Switching System

19.5.2.1. Type Tests for resistor shall be provided according to

IEC 61439-1 Clause

10

19.5.3. Type tests for Automatic Resonance Controller and Current Injection Unit

19.5.3.1. Test of degree of protection test according to IEC

60529

19.5.3.2. Impulse voltage test with 2.5kV impulses waveform

1.2/50 s on all inputs and outputs circuits according to

IEC 60255-27

19.5.3.3. Dielectric test with 2.5kV-50Hz, 1min. of all inputs and outputs circuits according to

IEC 60255-27

19.5.3.4. Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field test of enclosure port according to

IEC 61000-4-

3

19.5.3.5. Electrostatic discharge test of enclosure port according to

IEC 61000-4-

2

19.5.3.6. Power frequency magnetic field test of enclosure port according to

IEC 61000-4-

8

19.5.3.7. Conducted disturbance induced by radio-frequency fields test of power supply, input/output and communication ports and functional earth according to

IEC 61000-

4-6

19.5.3.8. Fast transient test of power supply, input/output, communication ports and functional earth according to

IEC 61000-

4-4

19.5.3.9. Surge test of power supply, input/output and communication ports according to

IEC 61000-

4-5

19.5.3.10. AC and DC voltage dips and interruption tests of power supply ports according to

IEC 61000-

4-11

19.5.3.11. DC voltage gradual shutdown/start-up of power supply ports according to

IEC 60255-

26



440B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.3.12. Damp heat steady state test, according to IEC

60068-2-78

19.5.3.13. Cyclic Temperature with humidity test, according to IEC

60068-2-30

19.5.3.14. Vibration test class 1, according to IEC

60255 PT21-1

19.5.3.15. Shock and Bump test class 1, according to IEC

60255 PT21-2

19.5.3.16. Seismic test class 2, according to IEC

60255 PT21-3

19.5.3.17. Power consumption and overload test

19.5.3.18. Accuracy test for measuring elements and timers depending on frequency and amplitude of power supply and ambient temperature

19.5.3.19. Operating and resetting time test

19.5.3.20. Tests to prove all basic and additional functions of the required equipment

19.5.4. Routine tests for Petersen Coil

19.5.4.1. Contractor shall perform all routine tests for each Petersen Coil according to the provisions of IEC Recommendation except where indicated otherwise and submit all test reports

19.5.4.2. Contractor shall submit the routine test reports to Purchaser for approval, one month prior to delivery

19.5.4.3. The equipment can be delivered only after approval of routine test reports

19.5.4.4. The Routine Test Reports shall include tests, according to, as follows :

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.2



442B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.4.5. Measurement of winding resistance, according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.2 &

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.2

19.5.4.5.1. Temperature during the test (C)

19.5.4.5.2. H.V. winding ()

19.5.4.5.3. Secondary winding ()

19.5.4.5.4. Current transformer primary/ secondary winding

(/)

19.5.4.6. Measurement of current over the whole adjustment range at nominal voltage, according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.5

19.5.4.7. Measurement of no-load voltages of secondary windings over the whole adjustment range, according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.6

19.5.4.8. Dielectric tests, (during dielectric tests the Petersen Coil shall be equipped with the bushings) as follows, according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl.

11.8.8

19.5.4.8.1. Separate-source AC withstand voltage test, according to 30

IEC 60076-3 cl. 10

19.5.4.8.1.1. The voltage test for main winding (kV r.m.s.)

70

19.5.4.8.2. Induced AC withstand test, according to IEC

60076-3 cl. 11

19.5.4.8.2.1. The voltage test (kV) 2 * Un

31

19.5.4.8.2.2. Frequency (Hz)

19.5.4.8.2.3. Duration (sec)

30

Arc Suppression Reactor shall be set for minimum current 31

Un - Rated voltage



443B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.4.9. Voltage test (3kVr.m.s./1 min.) for secondary windings according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.2 &

IEC 60076-3 cl. 10

19.5.4.10. Operation test of air–gap mechanism according to IEC

60076-6 subcl. 11.8.2 &

IEC 60076-1 subcl.

11.7 a,b.c

19.5.4.11. Measurement of impedance voltage between main winding and secondary winding related to rated power of secondary winding (see sub-clause 19.3.1.6

IEC-60076-1

subcl. 11.1.2.1

c

19.5.4.12. Measurement of rated impedance of Petersen Coil, for the whole regulating range; test in steps (see sub-clause‎‎19.3.1.7) at :

IEC-60076-1

subcl 11.4

19.5.4.12.1. Minimum rated current and applied voltage Un

[]


0.05 * Un []

19.5.4.12.3. Maximum rated current and applied voltage Un

[]


0.05 * Un []

19.5.4.13. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor at

nominal voltage (tan ) in the following conditions :

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.1.2.2

c

19.5.4.13.1. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor shall be made on fully assembled Petersen Coil



444B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.4.13.2. The voltage shall be applied on Petersen Coil in increasing steps (of 0.2 Un) up to rated coil voltage and reduced in similar steps

19.5.4.13.3. The dielectric dissipation factor shall be recorded for each voltage step on both increasing and reducing voltage

19.5.4.13.4. Guaranteed value of tan() [%] < 1

19.5.4.14. Measurement of the Polarization Index (the ratio of apparent insulation resistance after 60 sec to that after 15 sec after the application of testing voltage):

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.1.2.2

b

19.5.4.14.1. between HV winding and tank, and secondary windings [kV DC]

5

19.5.4.14.2. between secondary and tank [kV DC] 2

19.5.4.15. Measurement of Insulation Resistance between main winding and ground, between main winding and secondary winding

IEC 60076-1

subcl. 11.1.4 h

19.5.4.16. Oil leak Pressure test (Tightness test) of Petersen Coil including radiators and all accessories, according to Manufacturer Standards (see also sub-clause ‎19.4.1.4‎19.4.1.4)

IEC-60076-1

subcl. 11.1.2.1

g

19.5.4.16.1. Pressure [MPa]

19.5.4.16.2. Temperature [C]

19.5.4.16.3. Duration [hours] 24

19.5.4.17. Testing of radiators, from radiators Manufacturer Routine test report shall include also pressure test

19.5.4.18. Tests of oil - the test shall be provided per oil filling, according to

IEC 60296

19.5.4.19. Testing of motor drive mechanism, including:

19.5.4.19.1. Mechanical test according to IEC

60214-1 subcl. 8.3.1



445B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.4.19.2. Insulation test according to IEC

60214-1 subcl. 8.3.2

19.5.4.19.3. Protection test against electric shock according to

VDE 0106

19.5.4.20. Testing of current transformers, routine tests according to

IEC 61869-2

19.5.4.21. Testing of bushings, routine tests according to: IEC

60137

19.5.4.22. The Contractor shall provide tests for painting of all components (Petersen Coil tank, cover, conservator, radiators, cubicle, etc.) according to including at least :

ISO 2409 and

Appendix B7

19.5.4.22.1. Identification number of the equipment

19.5.4.22.2. Testing code

19.5.4.22.3. Prime and intermediate coat (description) and type of paint

19.5.4.22.4. Spacing between cuts

19.5.4.22.5. Thickness of coat and measuring instruments

19.5.4.22.6. Type of color RAL7038

19.5.4.22.7. Test results

19.5.4.23. For each unit of Petersen Coil, an Acceptance (routine) test shall be provided from sub-suppliers for the following accessories: Buchholtz relay, Oil thermometer and Combi well, Thermal monitor, Motor drive, Gear, Remote position indicator, Voltmeter

19.5.5. Routine tests for Resistor Switching System

19.5.5.1. Routine Tests for resistor shall be provided according to

IEC 61439-1 Clause

11



446B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.6. Routine tests for Automatic Resonance Controller and Current Injection Unit

19.5.6.1. Dielectric test with 2.5kV-50Hz, 1min. of all inputs and outputs circuits according to IEC 60255-27

©

19.5.6.2. Checking of all hardware and software functions

19.5.6.3. Measurement of pick-up values

19.5.6.4. Measurement of tolerances and errors for pick-up values and timers

19.5.6.5. Functional tests including test of input and output circuits

19.5.7. Special tests for Petersen Coil

19.5.7.1. In addition to the tests mentioned above, Manufacturer shall perform the following tests on the first (unless specified otherwise) delivered unit of the Petersen Coil and supply test reports and curves accordingly :

19.5.7.2. Measurement of Losses, according to: IEC

60076-6 subcl.

11.8.9

19.5.7.2.1. The following currents through the ASR (A) : 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135 and 150

19.5.7.2.2. Manufacturer shall submit a curve of active losses versus current in adjustment range

19.5.7.2.3. Active losses for 1 hour at maximum current operation [W]

19.5.7.3. Measurement of linearity, on each delivered unit, by applying voltage up to 1.1 times Un, at maximum and minimum current, for the following values: The measured current at any point on the curve shall not deviate by more than 5% from the straight line from the zero through the point determined at rated voltage

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.10



447B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.7.3.1. The following applied voltage values, up to 1.1 Un (V): 50, 200, 500, 1000, 2100, 4200, 6200, 8300, 10400, 12500, 14500, 16600, 18700, 20785 and 22900.

19.5.7.4. Measurement of acoustic sound level to prove the guaranteed value under sub-clause ‎19.3.1.16‎19.3.1.16 according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.11

IEC 60076-10

19.5.7.5. Endurance test is required with running in of the mechanical part for 1000 regulation operations according to

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.12

19.5.7.6. Demonstration of the ability to withstand the dynamic effects at rated current

IEC 60076-6 subcl. 11.8.13

19.5.7.7. The Manufacturer is required to provide an “Estimated (by extrapolation) voltage current characteristic up to 2.0 times Un, for different coil position within the adjustable current range”, for the following values:

19.5.7.7.1. The following currents through the ASR : 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 105, 120, 135, and 150 [A]

19.5.7.7.2. The following applied voltage values, up to 2.0 Un (V): 24940, 27020, 29100, 31180, 33260, 35340, 37410, 39490 and 41570.

19.5.7.8. Tightness pressure test of the gear box for 1hour duration, no load operation under specific pressure in the tank of [bar]

0.3

19.5.8. Equipment qualification to prove seismic withstands (additional requirements to subcl. ‎11.1.2)

19.5.8.1. The equipment performance level is defined according to

IEEE 693 clause

9.3.2 and Fig. 5



448B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

19.5.8.2. The equipment shall be tested or analyzing for the Required Response Spectrum according to

IEEE 693 clause

9.4 and Fig. A.2

19.5.8.3. Required qualification method for Petersen Coil: IEEE 693

Annexure D

19.5.8.3.1. Seismic withstand capability for Petersen Coil shall be demonstrated by

Static analysis

load path calculatio

ns

19.5.8.3.2. Seismic withstand capability for ceramic material insulators shall be demonstrated by

Static pull test

19.5.8.4. After performing the tests‎or analysis the Contractor is requested to submit for approval the following documents:

19.5.8.4.1. Seismic analysis qualification report according to

IEEE 693 Annexur

e R

19.5.8.4.2. Seismic test qualification report according to IEEE 693

Annexur

e S

19.5.9. Test after erection on site

19.5.9.1. The field tests will be performed by the Purchaser in the presence (if requir7ed) and under responsibility of Contractor’s delegate according to Appendix B5

19.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES

REQUIRED OFFERED


19.6.1.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience measures at the Neutral Earthing System, Bidder shall develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow operation of the Neutral Control System in potential extreme circumstances where normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not available



449B -


REQUIRED OFFERED

P1-P2 > 15 mm P1-P2 =

S/P1 > 0.65 S/P1 =

C > 40 mm C =

= 5-10 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =


L = 5280 mm L =

L/A < 4.7 L/A =

l1/d1 < 4.5 l1/d1 =

l2/d2 < 4.5 l2/d2 =





A = Arcing distance

P1

P2

P1

S1

l1

d2

S

d1

l2

Dt

l2

Ds2

Ds1

\2

C



451B -

COMPOSITE INSULATOR – NORMAL SHEDS TYPE

REQUIRED OFFERED

S/P > 0.65 S/P =

C > 25 mm C =

= 5-10 =

Kad = 1 Kad =

Da < 300 mm Da =


L = 5280 mm L =

L/A < 4.7 L/A =

l/d < 4.5 l/d =


Da = (Dt+Ds1)/2



A = Arcing distance

S

C=d

P

l

P

Dt

Ds

\2



450B -



452B -


ITEM 9 – M.V. CAPACITORS BANK

453B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

20.1. MANUFACTURER



20.1.3. Type (denomination) of Capacitor Bank of 36 [kV], 2 x 4 [MVAr] – see drawings No.1 (Item 9)

20.1.4. Type (denomination) of Special Tool for removing and replacing the capacitor units

20.1.5. The offered type of Item 9 shall be a proven design (not a prototype) and high experience in work (Manufacturer’s declaration)

©








IEC 60076-6 Power transformers – Part 6: Reactors

IEC 60137 (2008) Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000V

IEC 60529 (2013) Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code)

IEC 61869-2 (2012) Instrument transformers – Part 2: Additional

requirements for current transformers



454B -

20.3. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED



20.3.1.2. Type (denomination)

20.3.1.3. Steady-State Condition Ratings

20.3.1.3.1. Rated Voltage [kV] 36


20.3.1.3.3. Continuous output power at 36kV, 50Hz [MVar]

2 x 4.0 +/- 0.1

20.3.1.4. Insulation level of the bank module

20.3.1.4.1. Maximum Highest Voltage 30.6

20.3.1.4.2. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) [kV rms]

70

20.3.1.4.3. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) [kV peak]

170

20.3.1.5. Short-circuit capability

20.3.1.5.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1 [sec] – at least [kA rms]

12.5

IEC 60871-1 (2014) Shunt capacitors for a.c. power systems having a rated voltage above 1000V – Part 1: General

IEC 62271-102 (2013) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 102:

Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches

IEC 62271-200 (2011) High-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 200: AC

metal-enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated

voltages above 1kV and up to and including 52kV

ISO 9001-2015 Quality management systems.

IEEE Std. 693:2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of substations



455B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.3.1.5.2. Rated peak withstand current – at least [kA, peak]

31.5


REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1. Capacitor Bank

20.4.1.1. All modules of each Capacitor Bank System shall have identical internal structure and components

20.4.1.2. The capacitor bank outdoor application

20.4.1.3. Every capacitor bank shall contain the following main components (see drawings No. 1)

20.4.1.3.1. Capacitor bank enclosure structure

20.4.1.3.2. One (1) capacitor bank for reactive power compensation with or without internal fuses

20.4.1.3.3. Two (2) three-pole line disconnector for the capacitor bank

20.4.1.3.4. One (1) current transformer (CT) for unbalance protection

20.4.1.3.5. Support insulators

20.4.1.3.6. One Eight (8) phase earthing switch with manual operating mechanism for short-circuiting and grounding the capacitor bank

20.4.1.3.7. Capacitive indicator of voltage presence

20.4.1.3.8. Bus-bars, joints, grounding system and all necessary appurtenances for normal operation



456B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.4. The degree of protection for the module base on enclosure structure shall be at least IP23 or IP20 by using woven fence made from AWG No. 14 galvanized coated steel wire with holes between wires not great than 15 [mm]

©

20.4.1.5. Ability to operate continuously and satisfactorily under the climatic and environmental conditions specified in clause ‎10.1 for Outdoor location and the maximum anticipated temperature inside the capacitor compartment shall not exceed +50˚C

20.4.1.6. The bank module shall be design for natural air cooling

20.4.1.7. The capacitor bank roof shall include lifting lugs for ease of the bank placement

20.4.1.8. Also the manufacturer shall supply all the means to place the bank with forklift

20.4.1.9. The module housing consist a self-supporting structure framework with (see clause ‎10.1.4

20.4.1.9.1. Material of structure framework shall be made of aluminum or hot deep galvanized steel

20.4.1.9.2. Metal Panels enclosure that shall be made of aluminum or electrolytically zinc plated

20.4.1.10. Roof:

20.4.1.10.1. The roof of the module shall be sloped

20.4.1.10.2. The width & length of the roof shall be longer at least 15 [cm] more than the width & length of bank module

20.4.1.11. Panels, floor, door and window(s): ©

20.4.1.11.1. The metal housing shall be provided with screwed panels to allow access to the line disconnectors, earthing switch, capacitor units and other equipment



457B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.11.2. The metal housing shall be provided with full screwed floor panels. The floor panels shall be supplied with openings for the HV power cables

20.4.1.11.3. The walls shall have shatterproof window(s) for viewing the position of poles of the earthing switch and the line disconnectors from outside of the bank. Number of windows shall be

4

20.4.1.11.4. The thick of window(s) shall be at least [mm] 5

20.4.1.11.5. The metal housing shall be with a door / panel to allow an easy access to the incoming 36kV cable terminals

20.4.1.12. Special windows for Infra-Red (IR) and visual inspections:

©

20.4.1.12.1. Number of windows shall be 4

20.4.1.12.2. Optic Diameter of each window shall be at least [mm]

90

20.4.1.12.3. Quick Access Hinged Cover – Simple thumb screw releases the permanently-hinged IR window cover:

20.4.1.12.3.1. Easy, flip-open hatch for faster scans

20.4.1.12.3.2. Inside label for permanent identification

20.4.1.12.4. Broadband Crystal IR Window – Lens encased in rugged, anodized aluminum frame allows indoor & outdoor scans:

20.4.1.12.4.1. Transmits short wave, mid wave and long wave IR images

20.4.1.12.4.2. Supports visual inspections and fusion features

20.4.1.12.5. The windows shall be located around the module for optimal visual inspection



458B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.13. Capacitor unit position and removal ©

20.4.1.13.1. The bank shall be designed so as each single capacitor shall be in its standing position and can be removed without removing bus work or other capacitor unit

20.4.1.14. Ventilation: ©

20.4.1.14.1. The module shall be design for natural air cooling

20.4.1.14.2. The contractor shall make every effort in the module design to reduce the temperature inside the cubicle in order to comply with the temperature conditions specified in clause ‎10.1

20.4.1.14.3. Maximum anticipated temperature inside the capacitor compartment shall not exceed +50˚C

20.4.1.14.4. Anticipated value of power losses [kW] inside the module

20.4.1.15. Heaters: ©

20.4.1.15.1. Heaters shall be provided to minimized condensation. The heaters located in the capacitor cubicle shall be controlled by contact of the switch together with hygrometer

20.4.1.15.2. All heaters shall have guards to prevent injury to personnel

20.4.1.15.3. All heaters shall be rated 250 [VAC] but shall be operated at 220 [VAC], single phase

20.4.1.15.4. All heaters shall be supplied with high temperature wire

20.4.1.15.5. Number of heaters

20.4.1.15.6. Rated power of each heater [W]



459B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.16. Lighting: ©

20.4.1.16.1. All the interior lights are provided with protective guards

20.4.1.16.2. Lighting enables to see the position of earthing switch poles at night

20.4.1.17. Grounding system: ©

20.4.1.17.1. The material shall be Copper with:

20.4.1.17.1.1. Cross section [mm2]

20.4.1.17.1.2. Dimensions [mm / mm / mm]

20.4.1.17.2. Continuous current carrying capacity shall be at least [A]

200

20.4.1.17.3. Short-circuit capability according to clause ‎20.3.1.5

20.4.1.17.4. Ground bus extension for the full length of the module

20.4.1.17.5. Two (2) Copper ground pads, with two (2) holes (1/2”) drilled shall be welded at the bottom of the module at diagonal corners

20.4.1.17.6. All panels, doors shall be connected to the ground bus with extra-flexible wires sized 16 [mm2] at least

20.4.1.17.7. Devices connected to the ground bus

20.4.1.17.7.1. Earthing switch

20.4.1.17.7.2. Provision for connecting grounding leads to the cable terminals

20.4.1.18. Connections: ©

20.4.1.18.1. All connections shall be flexible

20.4.1.18.2. The material shall be Copper with:



461B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.18.2.1. Cross section [mm2]

20.4.1.18.2.2. Dimensions [mm / mm / mm]

20.4.1.18.3. Continuous current carrying capacity shall be at least 200 [A]

20.4.1.18.4. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4


20.4.1.18.6. The minimum clearance between live parts shall be at least [mm]

330

20.4.1.18.7. The flexible connections shall be sized so as to withstand without any damage or distortion the above mentioned short-circuit currents

20.4.1.18.8. Where bus connections are made, the bars shall be silver plated, brazed or welded to give proper contact surfaces

20.4.1.18.9. High strength bolts of bronze or stainless steel having a minimum diameter of 1/2” shall be used for each connection. The numbers of bolts shall be at least 2

20.4.1.18.10. At any point where clearances are not adequate to maintain LIWL of 170 [kV peak], the bus shall be insulated and/or phase barriers installed. The insulation shall be flame retarding, anti -hygroscopic and track resistant

20.4.1.18.11. At insulated bus connection points, removable insulating boots shall be provided. These insulating boots shall be bolted with plastic bolts and not taped

20.4.1.18.12. The anchorage design of each module on a concrete foundation (floor) should be in accordance with the recommendations of IEEE standard 693/2005 clause 5.8 and Annex A clause A4, for moderate level



460B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.19. Cable Terminals: ©

20.4.1.19.1. Medium Voltage cables will be directly connected to the bank’s terminals

20.4.1.19.2. Each phase shall have its own bullet for earthing the capacitor bank with a mobile short-circuit device

20.4.1.19.3. Capacitive insulators (for voltage presence) on each phase

20.4.1.19.3.1. Type and manufacturer of capacitive insulators (for voltage presence):

20.4.1.19.4. Every capacitive insulator shall be marked with embedded markup by the manufacturer with manufacturer name/symbol and capacitive insulator type

20.4.1.19.5. Voltage indicators on each phase by means of lamps:

20.4.1.19.5.1. Type and manufacturer of voltage indicators

20.4.1.19.6. The voltage indicator shall be visible by the operator, who shall perform the plug in, plug out or normal earthing operation

20.4.1.19.7. Location of voltage indicators shall be on the front of the enclosure

20.4.1.19.8. Continuous current carrying capacity for cable terminal of 300 [A]

20.4.1.19.9. The terminal shall be design so it can drive two (2) additional modules

20.4.1.19.10. The cable terminal of the module shall be sized so as to withstand without any damage or distortion the above mentioned short-circuit currents

20.4.1.19.11. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4



462B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


20.4.1.20. Connection scheme of capacitor bank ©

20.4.1.20.1. The capacitor units' type shall be fuse-less or internally fused

20.4.1.20.2. Bank connection scheme (with indication on neutral point operation) shall be ungrounded symmetrical double-Wye

20.4.1.20.3. The Number of capacitor units shall be (see drawing No. 1)

12 units

20.4.1.20.4. The neutral point treatment shall be ungrounded

20.4.1.21. Low voltage terminal blocks: ©

20.4.1.21.1. The distance between two terminal blocks shall be at least [cm]

10

20.4.1.21.2. The distance between any terminal block and metal plate that is above him or below him shall be at least [cm]

10

20.4.1.21.3. The terminal block shall be fingers proof or protected by a transparent shield

20.4.1.22. Painting: ©

20.4.1.22.1. Painting is performed in compliance with Appendix A2 and Appendix B6 (in case of aluminum surface)

20.4.1.22.2. The Contractor shall provide complete information about the paint system as well as about the detailed paint procedures

20.4.1.22.3. The finish coat shall be light gray RAL7038

20.4.1.22.4. The rear and lateral sides of the module present a similar appearance to the front



463B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.1.23. Seismic qualification: ©

20.4.1.23.1. Seismic qualification according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex O shall prove that the anchorage of the capacitor bank satisfy the requirements of clause A.1.4 – required moderate level

20.4.1.23.2. Seismic qualification according to IEEE 693/2005 Annex O shall prove that the capacitor module including all accessories will operate fully satisfactory during and after earthquake – required.

moderate level

20.4.1.24. Maximum overall dimensions and weight of the bank module

20.4.1.24.1. Width [mm] 2500

20.4.1.24.2. Length [mm] 3000

20.4.1.24.3. Height [mm] 2200

20.4.1.24.4. Weight [kg]

20.4.2. Capacitor Unit


20.4.2.2. Type (denomination)

20.4.2.3. General

20.4.2.3.1. Capacitor units shall be with fuse-less or with internal fuses

20.4.2.3.2. Protection against contact with the live parts of the capacitor units shall be ensured

20.4.2.3.3. The capacitor unit standard shall comply with standard according to

IEC 60871-1 or

IEEE 18-2002



464B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.2.3.4. Can capacitor operate satisfactory inside the module if ambient temperatures outside the module are as described in clause ‎10.1

20.4.2.4. Ratings ©

20.4.2.4.1. Capacitor rated voltage shall be at least at 50Hz [kV r.m.s.]

20.785

20.4.2.4.2. The capacitor reactive power rated at rated voltage and frequency [kVAr]

667

20.4.2.4.3. The tolerances of capacitance (F) measured at 25˚C shall be [%]

0-10%

20.4.2.4.4. Capacitor unit’s ability to withstand peak

transient current 100Inom twice per year

yes/no

20.4.2.4.5. If the capacitor unit container is grounded, the capacitor unit insulation system shall be able to withstand 2 hours, when 36 kV is applied between the terminal and container

yes/no

20.4.2.4.6. Insulation level of the capacitor unit (between terminal and container):

20.4.2.4.6.1. Maximum operating voltage at least [kV] 36

20.4.2.4.6.2. Insulation level according to clause ‎20.3.1.4

20.4.2.5. For Capacitor Unit With Internal Fuses Only

20.4.2.5.1.1. The inrush current and frequency due to the switching operation

9kA / 3.3kHz

20.4.2.5.1.2. The outrush current and frequencies due to the switching operation

11kA / 3.3kHz

20.4.2.6. Capacitor Bushing


20.4.2.6.2. Type of insulator. Submit catalogue composite



465B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.2.6.3. Number of bushings in one (1) capacitor unit shall be

2 ©

20.4.2.6.4. Bushing's Pollution levels shall be according to Desert and Coastal types of environments, as defined by IEC 60815-1(2008). The bushings shall have site pollution severity (SPS) class d (heavy) as defined at

IEC 60815-1 (2008)

clause 8.3

20.4.2.6.5. The bushing creepage shall be according to IEC 60815-1(2008) ((or IEEE Standard 18 – 2002 Clause 4.1) minimum creepage distance shall be at least [mm/kV])

31 ©


20.4.2.6.7. Terminal

20.4.2.6.7.1. Type

20.4.2.6.7.2. Material

20.4.2.6.7.3. Dimensions (mm / mm / mm)

20.4.2.6.8. Drawing shall be enclosed ©

20.4.2.7. Design Data of Capacitor Unit

20.4.2.7.1. Overall dimensions and Weight of the capacitor unit:

20.4.2.7.1.1. Height including bushings (mm)

20.4.2.7.1.2. Height without bushings (mm)

20.4.2.7.1.3. Length (mm)

20.4.2.7.1.4. Depth (mm)

20.4.2.7.1.5. Weight (kg)

20.4.2.7.2. Capacitor unit drawings shall be enclosed ©

20.4.2.7.3. Internal structure of the capacitor unit:



466B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.2.7.3.1. Number of elements in parallel in one row (p; parallel elements)

20.4.2.7.3.2. Number of rows in series (s, series)

20.4.2.7.3.3. Total number of elements in one capacitor unit

20.4.2.7.4. Internal connection scheme of the capacitor unit showing the rows and columns and their interconnection is enclosed

©

20.4.2.7.5. The temperature category into which the capacitor unit is classified in accordance with the temperature groups shown in (Temp. Category -5/D) IEC 60871-1, Clause 4.1 or IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 4.1

©

20.4.2.7.6. Dielectric material:

20.4.2.7.6.1. The capacitor shall be of all-film dielectric type

20.4.2.7.6.2. Number of PP-film layers wound between the metal foil electrodes of one element

©

20.4.2.7.6.3. PP-film dielectric constant (at 25˚C)

20.4.2.7.7. Impregnating liquid:

20.4.2.7.7.1. Commercial name

20.4.2.7.7.2. Main chemical components

20.4.2.7.7.3. The impregnating liquid is neither PCB, nor contain PCB derivatives

© NON PCB

20.4.2.7.7.4. Dielectric Constant

20.4.2.7.7.5. Breakdown Voltage (kV/2.5 mm gap) Please indicate if otherwise determined

20.4.2.7.7.6. Flash point (˚C)

20.4.2.7.7.7. Quantity in each capacitor unit



467B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.2.7.7.8. Quantity which may leak out from each capacitor when damaged

20.4.2.7.7.9. Poisonous effect - if any - when spread on the ground

20.4.2.7.7.10. Are there special protective means necessary in order to avoid the above-mentioned effects? If yes, please elaborate

20.4.2.7.7.11. Are there special protective means necessary in order to avoid the possible effects of an ignition? If yes, please indicate them

20.4.2.7.7.12. Material Safety Data Sheets shall be enclosed

©

20.4.2.7.7.13. Disposal procedure for defective capacitor units are enclosed

20.4.2.7.8. Discharge Inception Voltage (DIV) ratio to operating stress (%), at room temperature shall be more than 180%

20.4.2.7.9. A Partial Discharge Inception curve versus dielectric temperature is enclosed

20.4.2.7.10. Capacitor Unit’s Tank characteristics

20.4.2.7.10.1. The material of the tank:

20.4.2.7.10.1.1. Carbon steel protected with zinc Yes/no

20.4.2.7.10.1.2. Stainless steel Yes/no

20.4.2.7.10.2. The tank is rust and corrosion resistant and does not require repainting during expected life of the capacitor unit

20.4.2.7.10.3. Energy capability or Joule rating of the capacitor unit (energy capability - maximum parallel stored energy, the tank must be capable of handling without rupture hazard less than 20 [kJ]



468B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.2.7.10.4. Tank rupture curves:

20.4.2.7.10.4.1. Capacitor unit I2t discharge from the peak rated voltage [A2*sec]

20.4.2.7.10.4.2. Maximum hot spot temperature of the container when capacitor is operated at rated voltage and frequency [˚C]

20.4.2.7.11. Discharge Device

20.4.2.7.11.1. Resistance (MegaOhm)

20.4.2.7.11.2. Discharge time (from crest value of rated voltage - to 50V) shall be less than 300 [sec]

© yes/no

20.4.2.7.12. Capacitor unit losses:

20.4.2.7.12.1. Losses in discharge resistor [W]

20.4.2.7.12.2. Dielectric and other losses [W]

20.4.2.7.12.3. Total specific losses W/kVAr]

20.4.2.7.12.4. Compliance with Standard: IEC 60871 -1 or IEEE 18 (2002)

20.4.3. Damping reactor (for outdoor usage)


20.4.3.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the damping reactor

20.4.3.3. The damping reactor shall be Single-phase unit applied in three-phase sets, dry-type, natural cooled reactors with air core

20.4.3.4. Electric Rating ©


20.4.3.4.2. Rated current [A] 150



469B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.3.4.3. Rated inductance [µH] 200

20.4.3.4.4. Inductance tolerance at the frequency of 3.3 [kHz] shall be

0-10%

20.4.3.4.5. Insulation level of the damping reactor:

20.4.3.4.5.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) shall be at least [kV rms]

70

20.4.3.4.5.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) shall be at least [kV peak]

170

20.4.3.4.6. Short-circuit capability

20.4.3.4.6.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1 [sec] shall be at least [kA rms]

12.5

20.4.3.4.6.2. Rated peak withstand current shall be at least [kA, peak]

31.5

20.4.3.4.7. The damping reactor shall withstand the inrush currents (peak value of 9 kA and frequency of 3.3 kHz) and outrush currents (peak value of 11 kA and frequency of 3.3 kHz) without any damage or accelerating aging during its lifetime

20.4.3.5. Design Data

20.4.3.5.1. The damping reactors inside the modules shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the requirements of the following standard: IEC Standard Publication 60076-6, Clause 9

20.4.3.5.2. The damping reactor is capable to operate reliably under the climatic and environmental conditions specified under clause ‎10.1



471B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.3.5.3. The damping reactor is capable to withstand the maximum steady-state current, maximum inrush and maximum outrush currents listed in Clause Error! Reference source not found.‎20.4.3.4.7 without any damage or accelerated aging during the capacitor bank life expectancy

20.4.3.5.4. Conductor material; please specify

20.4.3.5.5. Damping Reactor losses at damping reactor rated current [W]

20.4.3.5.6. Damping Reactor losses at capacitor bank rated current [W]

20.4.4. Line Disconnector (for outdoor usage)


20.4.4.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the line disconnector



20.4.4.3.2. Rated Frequency [Hz] 50

20.4.4.3.3. Rated current [A] 150

20.4.4.3.4. Insulation level of the line disconnector:

20.4.4.3.4.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) at least [kV rms]

70

20.4.4.3.4.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) at least [kV peak]

170

20.4.4.3.5. Short-circuit capability:

20.4.4.3.5.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1 [sec] at least [kA rms]

12.5



470B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.4.3.5.2. Rated peak withstand current at least [kA, peak]

31.5


20.4.4.4.1. The line disconnector shall be: ©

20.4.4.4.1.1. Operated from outside manually

20.4.4.4.1.2. Interlocked with the enclosure compartment doors

20.4.4.4.1.3. Mechanical Interlocked with the earthing switch inside the module

20.4.4.4.2. An external indication of the position of the line disconnector shall be provided

20.4.4.4.3. The line disconnector is capable to operate reliably under the climatic and environmental conditions specified under clause ‎10.1

20.4.5. Earthing Switch (for outdoor usage)


20.4.5.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the earthing switch

20.4.5.3. Electric Rating

20.4.5.3.1. The earthing switch shall be eight (8) poles type

20.4.5.3.2. Rated Voltage [kV] 36 ©

20.4.5.3.3. Rated Frequency [Hz] 50 ©

20.4.5.3.4. Rated current, manufacturer's choice [A]

20.4.5.3.5. Insulation level of the earthing switch: ©

20.4.5.3.5.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) at least [kV rms]

70



472B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.5.3.5.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) at least [kV peak]

170

20.4.5.3.6. Short-circuit capability: ©

20.4.5.3.6.1. Rated short - time withstand current for 1 [sec] at least [kA rms]

12.5

20.4.5.3.6.2. Rated peak withstand current at least [kA, peak]

31.5


20.4.5.4.1. The earthing switch shall be: ©

20.4.5.4.1.1. Operated from outside manually

20.4.5.4.1.2. Interlocked with the enclosure compartment doors

20.4.5.4.1.3. Mechanical Interlocked with the line disconnector inside the module

20.4.5.4.2. An external indication of the position of the earthing switch shall be provided

20.4.5.4.3. The earthing switch is capable to operate reliably under the climatic and environmental conditions specified under clause ‎10.1

20.4.6. Current Transformer For Unbalance Protection (for outdoor usage)


20.4.6.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the current transformer for unbalance protection


20.4.6.3.1. Rated Voltage [kV] 36 ©

20.4.6.3.2. Rated Frequency [Hz] 50 ©

20.4.6.3.3. Insulation level of the current transformer ©



473B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.6.3.3.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) least [kV rms]

70

20.4.6.3.3.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) least [kV peak]

170

20.4.6.3.4. Electric parameters that shall be set according to the Manufacturer choice

20.4.6.3.4.1. Rated Burden [VA]

20.4.6.3.4.2. Rated primary current [A rms]

20.4.6.3.4.3. Rated secondary current [A rms]

20.4.6.3.4.4. Primary maximum continuous current [A rms]

20.4.6.3.4.5. Rated short time thermal withstand current for 1 [sec] [kA rms]

20.4.6.3.5. Accuracy class shall be 0.5 IEC or 0.6 ANSI

20.4.6.3.6. Knee point voltage at rated burden and rated current [V]

20.4.6.3.7. Instrument security factor [FS]

20.4.6.3.8. Secondary winding resistance [Ω]

20.4.6.3.9. Current error at rated primary current shall be +/- 0.5%

yes/no

20.4.6.3.10. Phase displacement at rated primary current shall be +/- 30[min]

yes/no

20.4.6.4. Design data

20.4.6.4.1. Manufacturer shall take into account the following note:



474B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.6.4.1.1. The current transformer must be designed to ensure a reliable operation under outrush and short - circuit currents in the neutral of the capacitor bank resulting from the failure of a capacitor unit

20.4.6.4.1.2. The failure of a capacitor unit may cause transient over-voltages across the primary side of the current transformer

20.4.6.4.1.3. A crest value of these over-voltages may reach 29.4 kV In order to limit the over-voltages and to prevent primary turn-to-turn breakdown, a protective device such as rod gap, surge arrester or variable resistor shall be connected across the primary terminals of the current transformer

20.4.6.4.1.4. The protective device shall be selected with due account of transients in the neutral of the capacitor bank resulting from the failure of a capacitor unit

20.4.6.4.1.5. A residual voltage across the protective device terminals, when a surge current with peak value 10 kA flows through the protective device, shall not exceed [kV]

3

20.4.6.4.1.6. A protective device shall be also connected across the secondary winding of the current transformer

20.4.6.4.1.7. The protective device across the secondary winding should be chosen to limit the CT secondary voltage so that the voltage does not exceed the insulation voltage rating

20.4.6.4.2. Compliance with Standards: IEC 61869-2

20.4.6.4.3. Total weight [kg]

20.4.6.4.4. Class of insulation shall be class A

20.4.6.4.5. Protection against transient over-voltages

20.4.6.4.6. Secondary winding protective device ©



475B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.4.6.4.6.1. Type


20.4.6.4.6.3. Spark over Voltage [kV]

20.4.6.4.6.4. Performance characteristics enclosed yes/no

20.4.6.4.7. The current transformer is capable to operate reliably under the climatic and environmental conditions specified under clause ‎10.1

20.4.7. Support Insulators (for outdoor usage)


20.4.7.2. Type and Catalogue Number of the support insulator

20.4.7.3. Rated Voltage [kV] 36 ©

20.4.7.4. Insulation level of the support insulator ©

20.4.7.4.1. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (PFWV) at least [kV rms]

70

20.4.7.4.2. Lightning Impulse Withstand Level (LIWL) at least [kV peak]

170


20.4.7.5.1. Detailed drawing shall be provided. Indicate number of drawing

20.4.7.5.2. The support insulator is capable to operate reliably under the climatic and environmental conditions specified under clause ‎10.1

20.4.7.5.3. The creepage shall be according to IEC 60815-1 (2008), minimum creepage distance shall be at least [mm/kV]

31 ©

20.4.7.5.4. Type of terminal

20.4.7.5.5. Dimensions of terminal [mm/mm/mm]



476B -

REQUIRED OFFERED


20.4.7.5.7. Static terminal load [N]

20.4.7.5.8. Short time load [N]

20.4.7.5.9. Every support insulator shall be marked with embedded markup by the manufacturer with manufacturer name/symbol and insulator type

©

20.4.8. Special Tools

20.4.8.1. Manufacturer shall design and manufacture a special mechanical tool for removing, replacing and install the capacitor units in a safe and secure mode to and from the bank

20.4.8.2. The tool shall be design to ensure the safe and secure of the workers in its operation according to the European "Guide to application of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC" or other international standard or Israel standard

20.4.8.3. The Manufacturer shall provide with the proposal the tool preliminary drawing

20.4.8.4. The final design shall be agreed between the manufacturer and the purchaser and shall be approved by purchaser

20.5. TESTS

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.5.1. Type tests for Capacitor and Switching Module

20.5.1.1. Dielectric tests at power frequency voltage including tests on auxiliary circuits shall be carried out in accordance with: The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units (empty container + bushings).

IEC 62271-

200 Clause

6.2



477B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.5.1.2. Lightning impulse voltage tests shall be carried out in accordance with The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units (empty container + bushings).

IEC 62271-

200 Clause

6.2

20.5.1.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-

200 Clause

6.4

20.5.1.4. Temperature rise tests shall be carried out in accordance with The tests can be done with "fictive" capacitor units (empty container + bushings + resistance elements representing the equivalent capacitor heating losses).

IEC 62271-

200 Clause

6.5

20.5.1.5. Short-time and peak withstand current tests shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-

200 Clause

6.6.

20.5.1.6. Tests to prove the satisfactory operation of included switching devices and removable parts shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-

200 Clause 6.102

20.5.1.7. Tests to verify the protection of persons against dangerous electrical effects shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-

200 Clause 6.104

20.5.1.8. Tests to verify the protection of the equipment against external effects due to weather shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-

200 Clause 6.105

20.5.1.9. Tests to verify the protection of equipment against mechanical impact shall be carried out in accordance with IEC.

62271-200

Clause 6.7

20.5.1.10. Tests for protection against access to hazardous parts shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 60529 Clause

12.

20.5.1.11. Tests for protection against solid foreign objects shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 60529 Clause 13



478B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.5.1.12. Tests for protection against water shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 60529 Clause 14

20.5.1.13. Type tests on capacitor unit shall be performed in accordance with either IEC 60871-1 Clause 6.3 or IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 7.1.2

20.5.1.14. Type tests for line disconnector

IEC 62271-

102 clause 6

20.5.1.15. Type tests for earthing switch

IEC 62271-

102 clause 6

20.5.1.16. Type tests and Special tests Sample tests for current transformer according to IEC 61869-2 clause 7 or IEEE C57.13 (2008) sub-clause 4.7.3 and 4.7.4

20.5.1.17. Type tests and sample tests for Insulator/bushing according to relevant IEC/IEEE standards

20.5.1.18. Type tests performed in accordance with IEC Std. 60076-6 sub clause 9.10.3 or IEEE Std. C57.16-1996 subclause 6.1.2.

20.5.1.19. Type tests for Special Tool according to relevant standards

20.5.1.20. Reports of any additional type tests executed by manufacturer shall be submitted to the Purchaser

20.5.2. Routine tests for Capacitor and Switching Module

20.5.2.1. Dielectric tests on the main circuit shall be carried out in accordance with: The test circuit shall include capacitors connected by one of their terminals to the main circuits (with shorted terminals). The manufacturer shall have all the equipment to test the module at Power Frequency Withstand Voltage for 60 seconds.

IEC 62271-200 sub Clause

7.1



479B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.5.2.2. Dielectric tests on auxiliary and control circuits shall be carried out in accordance with


7.2

20.5.2.3. Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit shall be carried out in accordance with


7.3

20.5.2.4. Tightness test shall be carried out in accordance with


7.4

20.5.2.5. Design and visual checks shall be carried out in accordance with


7.5

20.5.2.6. Mechanical operation tests shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-200 sub Clause 7.102

20.5.2.7. Test of auxiliary electrical devices shall be carried out in accordance with

IEC 62271-200 sub Clause 7.104

20.5.2.8. Routine tests on capacitor unit shall be performed in accordance with either IEC 60871-1 Clause 6.2 or IEEE 18 (2002) Clause 7.1.1

20.5.2.9. Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) of the capacitor unit shall be done between the shorted terminals to the container. The voltage test Un±10%, or 10kV±10%, using a method that excludes errors due to due to harmonics. The accuracy of the measuring system shall be reported. The dielectric dissipation factor (tan δ) results shall be less than 0.5%

20.5.2.10. Routine tests for each line disconnector

IEC 62271-

102 clause 7



481B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

20.5.2.11. Routine tests for each earthing switch

IEC 62271-

102 clause 7

20.5.2.12. Routine tests for each current transformer according to IEC 61869-2 clause 7 or IEEE C57.13 (2008) sub-clause 4.7.2

20.5.2.13. Routine tests for each Insulator/bushing according to relevant IEC/IEEE standards

20.5.2.14. Routine tests for each damping reactor IEC Std. 60076-6 sub clause 9.10.2 or IEEE Std. C57.16-1996 subclause 6.1.1.

20.5.2.15. Routine tests for each Special Tool according to relevant standards

20.6. SUPPLEMENTAL RF RESILIENCE MEASURES

REQUIRED OFFERED


20.6.1.1. Regardless of the implementation of RF resilience measures at the Capacitor Bank, Bidder shall develop Manual Safe Operating Procedures in order to allow operation of the Capacitor Bank in potential extreme circumstances where normal safety measures, sensors, controls, and protections are not available



480B -

Drawing No. 1


ITEM 10 – ELECTRICAL POWER PROTECTIONS

482B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

21.1. MANUFACTURER





IEC-61000-4-2:2008 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-2: Testing and

measurement techniques - Electrostatic discharge immunity

test

IEC-61000-4-3:2007 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-3: Testing and

measurement techniques - Radiated, radio-frequency,

electromagnetic field immunity test

IEC-61000-4-4:2012 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4-4: Testing and

measurement techniques – Electrical fast transient/burst

immunity test

IEC-61000-2-1:1990 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 2: Environment -

Section 1: Description of the environment - Electromagnetic

environment for low-frequency conducted disturbances and

signaling in public power supply systems

IEC-61000-2-2:2002 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 2-2: Environment - Compatibility levels for low-frequency conducted disturbances and signaling in public low-voltage power supply systems

Environment - Compatibility levels for low-frequency

conducted disturbances and signaling in public low-voltage

power supply systems

IEC-61000-4-8 :2009 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 4-8: Testing and

measurement techniques - Power frequency magnetic field

immunity test



483B -


REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.1. Relay configuration

21.3.1.1. The Control and Protection relays should be multi-function stand-alone devices which support different protection, control, automation, metering, and communication features for the bay equipment and for the overall MV switchgear.

21.3.1.2. Relays should be placed in RF protected cubicles or a RF protected Container with Engineered penetrations for Power, Communications, signals, controls, ventilation, see Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

21.3.1.3. The Control and Protection relays structure is to conform to IEC standard 61850

21.3.1.4. Basic LN information (according to IEC 61850-7-4)

IEC–60255-26:2013 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 26:

Electromagnetic compatibility requirements

IEC-60255-27:2013 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 27:

Product safety requirements

ANSI/IEEE C37.90 Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests for Protective

Relays and Relay Systems

IEC-60255-21-1:1988 Electrical relays - Part 21: Vibration, shock, bump and


- Section One: Vibration tests (sinusoidal)

IEC 60068-2-6:2007 Environmental testing - Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration

(sinusoidal)

IEEE Std. 693:2005 Recommended practice for seismic design of substations

IEC 60529:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code)

IEC 61850 Communication networks and systems in substations



484B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.1.5. IED Capability Description, ICD (according to IEC 61850-6)

21.3.1.6. The Contractor has to submit, for the Control and Protection relays, conformance test against IEC 61850-10.

21.3.2. Self-Monitoring

21.3.2.1. The Control and Protection relays shall perform continuous self- monitoring and self-testing of its hardware firmware and software with fault diagnostic display.

21.3.2.2. Upon detection of a hardware fault, the relay shall block itself and issue an alarm signal.

21.3.2.3. In case that a software fault is detected, the device shall reset and restart. If restarting does not eliminate the fault, the relay operation has to be blocked.

21.3.2.4. In case of faulted Control and Protection relays, visual indication will appear on the front panel and signaling potential-free "watchdog" contacts will change position to "relay-fail" status.

21.3.2.5. In case that a power supply fault is detected, despite the redundancy, visual indication will appear on the Control and Protection relays front panel and a signaling potential-free "watchdog" contacts will change position to "power supply-fail" status.

21.3.3. Communication ports

21.3.3.1. USB-2 or RJ45 serial data communication interface for local connection with a laptop. A steady communication is required, especially during the Unit's Firmware update.

21.3.3.2. Communication cables permanently installed in RJ45 and/or USB ports shall be according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5



485B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.3.3. The up-to-date drivers USB-2 or RJ45 communication ports shall be included. Those drivers will support the latest Microsoft OS at delivery date, as well as its two earlier versions.

21.3.3.4. Two interfaces for FO data communication TCP/IP bus IEC-61850- at least Addition 2 protocol embedded.

21.3.3.5. Time-synchronization port according to Appendix D2

21.3.4. Password protection

21.3.4.1. The data in the Control and Protection relays Units will be protected by three access levels.

21.3.4.2. The enabled level of access determines which of the Control and Protection relays settings can be changed according to the following:

21.3.4.2.1. Access level 0: Reading of settings, alarms, event records and fault records.

21.3.4.2.2. Access level 1: as level 0 plus the following control commands:

21.3.4.2.2.1. Reset of fault and alarm conditions

21.3.4.2.2.2. Reset LEDs

21.3.4.2.2.3. Clearing of event and fault records

21.3.4.2.3. Access level 2: As level "1" plus all other settings

21.3.5. Time synchronization

21.3.5.1. The Control and Protection relays shall acquire all bay-level process data and tag them at a resolution of at most 1 [ms], Time synchronization of the Control and Protection relays will be according to Appendix D2.

21.3.6. Event Recorder and Fault Recorder



486B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.6.1. The Control and Protection relays shall be provided with the needed non-volatile memory for storage of at least:

21.3.6.2. 200 time-tagged event records.

21.3.6.3. Records of the last 5 faults

21.3.7. Disturbance Recorder

21.3.7.1. The Control and Protection relays shall be provided with a non-volatile memory for storage of at least: 16 analog, 64 digital and one (1) time channels

21.3.7.2. Data will be sampled at least 12 times a cycle. The memory volume shall be enough for storage of 10 disturbances of 10 seconds or more duration each. All channels and trigger sources shall be user configurable

21.3.8. Inputs/Outputs of Protection relays:

21.3.8.1. Protection Relays for MV protection shall be placed in RF shielded cabinets wherever possible. Inputs and outputs shall traverse either a filter or a penetration cabinet to ensure that MV protective relays remain operational during and after a RF interference event, according to Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

21.3.8.2. Binary inputs

21.3.8.2.1. Rated voltage 60V DC

21.3.8.2.2. Power consumption, less than 2W

21.3.8.3. Signal and alarm outputs


21.3.8.3.2. Permissible continuous current 5A

21.3.8.3.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, at inductive load (L/R=0.04s)

5A



487B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.8.3.4. Breaking capacity, at inductive load (L/R=0.04s)

0.1A

21.3.8.3.5. Loaded contact: 10,000 operations minimum

21.3.8.3.6. Unloaded contact: 100,000 operations minimum.

21.3.8.4. Trip and control outputs


21.3.8.4.2. Permissible continuous current 5A

21.3.8.4.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, at inductive load (L/R=0.04s)

10A

21.3.8.4.4. Breaking capacity at inductive load (L/R=0.04s)

0.5A

21.3.8.4.5. Response time/drop out time, less than 4 msec

21.3.8.4.6. Loaded contact: 10,000 operations minimum

21.3.8.4.7. Unloaded contact: 100,000 operations minimum.

21.3.8.5. Current inputs

21.3.8.5.1. Rated current 5A

21.3.8.5.2. Power consumption per phase less than 0.5 VA

21.3.8.5.3. Overload thermal capability:

21.3.8.5.3.1. for 1 sec 100 X In

21.3.8.5.3.2. In continuous 3 X

21.3.8.5.3.3. Dynamic (impulse current) : (half cycle) 250 X In

21.3.8.6. AC voltage inputs



488B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.8.6.1. Rated voltage (phase to phase) 110V

21.3.8.6.2. Continuous overload capacity 1.5 X Un

21.3.8.6.3. Surge withstand capability 2 X Un

21.3.9. Transformer Protections comprises the following Relays:

21.3.9.1. Transformer Differential Protection:

21.3.9.1.1. One (1) Numerical Differential Protection (full digital)

21.3.9.1.2. Each three (3) phases biased differential protection will be:

21.3.9.1.2.1. Digital type

21.3.9.1.2.2. Suitable for 19" rack mounting

21.3.9.1.2.3. Provide high-speed protection against the following faults:

21.3.9.1.2.3.1. Internal faults

21.3.9.1.2.3.2. Phase to phase faults

21.3.9.1.2.3.3. Earth faults

21.3.9.1.2.3.4. Winding, layer and inter-turn faults

21.3.9.1.2.3.5. Faults in the leads between the current transformers and power transformers

21.3.9.1.2.4. Contain a means of compensating for vector group and current transformer differences without the use of auxiliary interposing current transformers

21.3.9.1.2.5. Have high-speed operating times even with small fault currents



489B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.9.1.2.6. Possess high through fault stability also during conditions of CT saturation

21.3.9.1.2.7. Be stabilized against errors of the current transformer ratios in the event of external short circuits

21.3.9.1.2.8. Be stabilized against magnetizing inrush current when the transformer is energized

21.3.9.1.2.9. Be stabilized against over-fluxing

21.3.9.1.2.10. Possess a standard wiring diagram regardless of power transformer vector group

21.3.9.1.2.11. Contain at least 2 independent trip relays with normally open trip contacts and 3 independent alarm relays with normally open alarm contacts

21.3.9.1.2.12. Provide the means for indicating the faulted phase

21.3.9.1.2.13. Be provided with suitable testing and monitoring points

21.3.9.2. Transformer Back-Up Phase Time Overcurrent Protection:

21.3.9.2.1. One (1) Numerical Overcurrent Protection (HV Side) (full digital)

21.3.9.2.2. Each three (3) phases overcurrent protection will be:

21.3.9.2.2.1. Digital type

21.3.9.2.2.2. Suitable for 19" rack mounting

21.3.9.2.2.3. Possess the following current setting ranges for the rated current:

21.3.9.2.2.3.1. Normally inverse unit: 0-30 PU



491B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.9.2.2.3.2. Instantaneous unit: 0.1-30 PU

21.3.9.2.2.4. Provide a means of indicating the faulted phase

21.3.9.2.2.5. Contain at least 2 independent trip relays with normally open trip contacts and 3 independent alarm relays with normally open alarm contacts

21.3.9.2.2.6. Be provided with suitable testing and monitoring points

21.3.9.3. Lock Out Relays

21.3.9.3.1. Two (2) Lock-out Relays

21.3.9.3.2. Each lock out relay will:

21.3.9.3.2.1. Electrically operated manual reset type

21.3.9.3.2.2. High-speed trip type (approx. 8ms operate time)

21.3.9.3.2.3. Used as an auxiliary relay for control purposes

21.3.9.3.2.4. Suitable for 60V D.C. operation

21.3.9.3.2.5. Contain at least 12 normally open and 6 normally closed contacts in the reset position

21.3.9.3.2.6. The Contacts of the Lockout relays will have the following characteristics:

21.3.9.3.2.6.1. Rated voltage: [V DC] 60

21.3.9.3.2.6.2. Permissible continuous current [A] 5

21.3.9.3.2.6.3. Make and carry for 0.5 sec, Inductive load (L/R=0.04s) [A]

30

21.3.9.3.2.6.4. Breaking capacity, Inductive load (L/R=0.04s) [A]

0.5



490B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.9.3.2.6.5. Response time/drop-out time: less than [msec]

4

21.3.9.3.2.6.6. Loaded contact minimum operations 10,000

21.3.9.3.2.6.7. Unloaded contact minimum operations.

100,000

21.3.9.3.2.7. Contain visual means for indicating state of relays

21.3.10. MV control and protection units:

21.3.10.1. Inputs/Outputs of Protection units:

21.3.10.1.1. The minimum number and type of required inputs and outputs of the MVCPU 24/36 KV are according to Table No 1 I/O of MVCPU in Appendix D1

21.3.10.1.2. Power supply for the MVCPU

21.3.10.1.2.1. The MVCPU includes two redundant Power Supply Units

21.3.10.1.2.2. Voltage range of the Power Supply Unit of the MVCP Units is

60 VDC ± 20%.

21.3.10.1.3. Control functions

The following bay-level function are executed in the MVCPU:

21.3.10.1.3.1. Interlocking

21.3.10.1.3.2. Sequences of commands

21.3.10.1.3.3. Calculation of rms values of currents and voltages, active and reactive power, frequency, power factor, summed up currents, etc

21.3.10.1.4. MV Local Control

21.3.10.1.4.1. The local control of the MV switchgear is performed by its control switches.



492B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.1.4.2. Local control is possible only when the Local/Remote selector switch of the switchgear, is in the "Local" position.

21.3.10.1.4.3. In that position the MVCPU shall receive a Local indication to an opto-coupler input.

21.3.10.1.4.4. When this input will be active, no control signals from the MVCPU to the switchgear should be sent.

21.3.10.1.5. MV Remote control

21.3.10.1.5.1. When the Local/Remote selector switch of the switchgear is in the "Remote" position two sources of control to the switchgear are possible:

21.3.10.1.5.1.1. Station – control panel (station level).

21.3.10.1.5.1.2. Tele - Control from the dispatch center.

21.3.10.1.6. MV Process Control

21.3.10.1.6.1. The process control of each of the MVCPU includes continuous monitoring of current and voltage inputs, plausibility check of position indications of isolating/earthing switches and circuit breakers, and supervision on correct execution of control commands.

21.3.10.1.6.2. Each MVCPU also includes the required logic for the bay-level Interlocks.

21.3.10.1.6.3. Part of the required data is to be acquired from HVCUs and MVCPUs

21.3.10.1.6.4. Implementation of interlocks within the HV level and between the HVCUs and MVCPUs is done by direct communication (GOOSE messages).

21.3.10.2. Protection functions



493B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.2.1. MVCPU 24/36KV protection functions allocation is according to Appendix D1 Table No. 2 - Protection Functions 24/36KV and Appendix D4: MV Bay Protection Functions

21.3.10.2.2. Overcurrent time protection (50/51). Protect against phase-to-phase faults, with three (one per phase), overcurrent, inverse-time units, and three (one per phase) overcurrent instantaneous units.

21.3.10.2.3. Residual (leakage) overcurrent protection (51N).

21.3.10.2.3.1. Protection against earth faults in the solidly grounded operation mode. The protection is connected to the feeder's CT in a residual scheme.

21.3.10.2.3.2. The protection shall include:

21.3.10.2.3.2.1. Inverse time overcurrent unit.

21.3.10.2.3.2.2. Instantaneous overcurrent unit.

21.3.10.2.4. Overcurrent protection settings for Capacitor Bank bay

21.3.10.2.5. Instantaneous unit blocking of Outgoing Feeders

21.3.10.2.5.1. The instantaneous unit of the protections shall permit blocking after the first rapid reclosing step, to count for the selectivity between the feeder protection and the distribution transformer fuses.

21.3.10.2.6. Instantaneous unit blocking of Infeed, and Coupler.

21.3.10.2.6.1. The MVCPU of these bays shall permit instantaneous blocking by a signal from each Outgoing feeder protections, to assure full selectivity for close-in faults.



494B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.2.7. Directional Earth Fault (Wattmetric) protection (32N)

21.3.10.2.7.1. A separate core of the CT will supply the residual current.

21.3.10.2.7.2. A VT will supply the zero-sequence (open delta) residual voltage. The Wattmetric protection has a 0° characteristic angle.

21.3.10.2.7.3. Maximum sensitivity is obtained when the measured current is in phase with the polarizing voltage. For other phase angles, the relay operates when Ix*cosφ≥Is. See Figure 1 Appendix D1

21.3.10.2.7.4. The protection will be enabled according to terms of Table No.3 and No.4 Appendix D1

21.3.10.2.7.5. For a period of time, typically up to 5 seconds, during which the current active component increasing resistor is connected to the secondary winding of the Petersen coil.

21.3.10.2.8. Auto-reclosing function (AR):

21.3.10.2.8.1. The feeder's circuit breaker will be reclosed by the feeder's MVCP Unit when tripped by one of its protection functions (Overcurrent, Leakage, Wattmetric).

21.3.10.2.8.2. The feeder's MVCPU shall be able to produce up to four "shots" prior to AR locking out.

21.3.10.2.8.3. The time of each reclosing shot shall be configured in the feeder's MVCPU, within time range of 0-900 [sec] and resolution of 10 [msec]



495B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.2.8.4. Each MVCPU shall include a user-programmable logic to determine, for each protection function, the reclosing blocking-stage (i.e. it will be possible to determine, for each protection function, after which stage, the AR function will be locked out).

21.3.10.2.8.5. A two-position selector switch is installed for each MVCPU, in order to select between:

21.3.10.2.8.5.1. AR blocked

21.3.10.2.8.5.2. AR de-blocked

21.3.10.2.8.6. The selector-switch shall be wired to MVCPU's opto-coupled input.

21.3.10.2.8.7. The AR function will operate only if the MVCPU has issued a trip command.

21.3.10.2.8.8. The reclosing function shall be provided with a two separate counters for the reclosing attempts: one for rapid reclosing, and another for delayed reclosing.

21.3.10.2.8.9. The reclosing function shall issue an alarm after the last unsuccessful reclosing attempt (definite trip).

21.3.10.2.8.10. The "OFF" (blocked) state of the reclosing shall be locally signaled and remotely indicated.

21.3.10.2.8.11. If the CB has been tripped manually or by other functions (i.e. load shedding) these are regarded as external operations, which do not activate the AR function.

21.3.10.2.8.12. The AR function is disabled in the following cases:

21.3.10.2.8.12.1. AR block/de-block selector-switch is in “block” position.



496B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.2.8.12.2. The CB was manually tripped (Block reclosing function will be canceled by manual closing of the circuit breaker).

21.3.10.2.8.12.3. Remote “Block Reclosing command” from the Station’s Control HMI or/and from the dispatch center.

21.3.10.2.8.12.4. After operation of Breaker Failure Protection.

21.3.10.2.8.12.5. After Load Shedding Tripping.

21.3.10.3. Special functions of MV section of Substation

21.3.10.3.1. Breaker Failure Protection (BFP)

21.3.10.3.1.1. In case of CB failure, trip commands will be sent to the Couplers, Infeed and Feeder CBs, connected to the same bus-section, and will block the reclosing of all the Feeder CBs connected to the faulty busbar

21.3.10.3.1.2. Each of the bays will be equipped with a BFP block/unblock selector-switch, installed in the Bay Control Cabinet, and wired to MVCPU inputs

21.3.10.3.1.3. The trip and blocking commands shall be issued if the following conditions are simultaneously fulfilled:

21.3.10.3.1.3.1. A MVCPU issued a trip command

21.3.10.3.1.3.2. A time delay, adjustable between 0-1s has elapsed.

21.3.10.3.1.3.3. A current of a certain adjustable magnitude is still present in one of the phases or the circuit breaker is still closed.



497B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.3.1.3.4. If the double indication of the CB and/or the bus disconnector is 00 or 11, they are considered in the "closed" logic status

21.3.10.3.1.4. The current detectors shall have a fast resetting in order to avoid malfunction

21.3.10.3.1.5. See Legend 1 Appendix D1

21.3.10.3.2. Earthing State

21.3.10.3.2.1. Two different methods of earthing system are used, including a Petersen coil and an earthing switch:

21.3.10.3.2.2. The Petersen coil and the earthing switch are connected directly to the neutral point (see one line diagram on page 170)

21.3.10.3.3. Leakage Relay and Wattmetric Relay Function

21.3.10.3.3.1. The logic should also include the feature to set simultaneous operation of both functions.

21.3.10.3.3.2. For this purpose two operations that can be activated from the front of infeed bay MVCPU should be configured:

21.3.10.3.3.2.1. Operation 1: both functions are set

21.3.10.3.3.2.2. Operation 2: the function is set depending on system earthing method.

21.3.10.3.3.3. These operations should Set and Reset an internal variable that enables or disables the protection functions.

21.3.10.3.3.4. In this logic, an undefined state of the switchgear is taken as "open".

21.3.10.3.4. Earth Fault (Wattmetric) protection



498B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

Line Wattmetric protection function shall be activated upon the following conditions:

21.3.10.3.4.1. If the fault voltage on the Peterson coil reaches set point V01 as per ‎19.4.2.4,

Peterson Alarm shall be activated

21.3.10.3.4.2. If the fault voltage on the Peterson coil reaches set point V02 as per ‎19.4.2.4,

Wattmetric relay activated

21.3.10.3.4.3. The wattmetric function shall be active for t1 seconds (normally set for 5 sec)

21.3.10.3.4.4. If the fault voltage continues to be at V02 after t1 seconds, the wattmetric protection shall be de-activated, the resistor R1 shall be disconnected, Peterson lock alarm set, and flag relay set as per ‎19.4.2.4.

21.3.10.3.4.5. In addition, the wattmetric function of each feeder shall be activated only if both its busbar disconnector is in the line position and the infeed CB is closed

21.3.10.4. Load shedding

21.3.10.4.1. The frequency relay must fulfill requirement of Appendix D3

21.3.10.4.1.1. Three (3) protection stages for combined frequency drop and frequency rate of change are set.

21.3.10.4.1.2. Each stage corresponds to a priority in the feeder bays:

21.3.10.4.1.2.1. Priority 1: Low frequency and/or Frequency rate of set point 1

21.3.10.4.1.2.2. Priority 2: Very low frequency and/or Frequency rate of set point 2

21.3.10.4.1.2.3. Priority 3: Extremely low frequency and/or rate of set point 3



499B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.4.1.3. When a frequency has eventually dropped below a pre-defined value, or above a frequency rate of change level, the under-frequency relay will send a trip command to all feeder MVCPUs.

21.3.10.4.1.4. Once the trip signal is received, it shall be compared to the feeder priority. If they match, the feeder MVCPU should trip the CB and set an internal variable to enable the Load Shedding to restore it.

21.3.10.4.1.5. The under-frequency relay can measure the frequency of the HV busbar,

21.3.10.4.1.6. The under frequency functions for the three priority levels are defined as in Appendix D1 Table No.5 Frequency protection functionality for the three priority levels

21.3.10.4.1.7. If the feeder MVCPU is in “Local” mode, the load shedding will trip the CB, but it won't close with the restoration function (this interlock is done in the feeder bay itself).

21.3.10.4.1.8. The minimum number and type of required inputs and outputs of the frequency relay are according to the following Appendix D1 Table No. 6 I/O OF FREQUENCY RELAY

21.3.10.4.2. Feeder bay

21.3.10.4.2.1. The priority of each Feeder bay shall be independent and selected by a selector switch on the MV switchgear

21.3.10.4.3. Feeder Restoration

21.3.10.4.3.1. Feeder reclosing is done when the frequency is above the under-frequency level 1.



511B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.4.3.2. All the feeders with the same priority should close at the same time.

21.3.10.4.3.3. The first that will close will be priority 3 feeders: the under-frequency relay will send the closing order to the first MVCPU of the busbar and the CB will close if the following conditions are fulfilled:

21.3.10.4.3.3.1. The priority of the feeder matches with the closing order priority.

21.3.10.4.3.3.2. The circuit breaker has tripped by Load Shedding protection.

21.3.10.4.3.3.3. The frequency remains over the under-frequency level.

21.3.10.4.3.4. The restoration process will finish with priority 1. The time shift between the reclosing of the different priorities will be configured in the under-frequency relay logic (T12, T13, T14 in the following Appendix D1 Table No. 7 Time shifts between the priorities)

21.3.10.4.3.5. In case of having a Load Shedding Reclosing process in progress, if a "Load Shedding OUT" command to the under-frequency relay is activated, it should be executed after the reclosing process is finished.

21.3.10.5. MV Capacitor Bank Switching See Appendix D1 Figure No 2 Capacitor Bank

21.3.10.5.1. Additional Capacitor Bank MVCPU Inputs

21.3.10.5.1.1. "Unbalance ALARM" - Unbalance current in Capacitor Bank

21.3.10.5.1.2. "Unbalance TRIP" - the Capacitor Bank Unbalance Protection issued a trip command. These inputs are allocated for unbalanced conditions SCPS event recording and display.



510B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

21.3.10.5.1.3. "Lock-out Trip Indication" – The Lock-Out relay of the Capacitor Bank Unbalance Protection is in "locked" state.

21.3.10.5.1.4. In case of undefined state of any switchgear element involved in the Capacitor Bank special function logic, it will be considered as closed.

21.3.10.5.2. Additional Capacitor Bank MVCPU Outputs

21.3.10.5.2.1. "Lock-Out Trip" – trip command to the Lock-Out relay. It will be closed if the Capacitor Bank bay MVCPU issued a trip command to the Capacitor Bank bay Circuit Breaker.

21.3.10.5.2.1.1. This output shall be coupled with "Unbalance TRIP" input.

21.3.10.5.2.2. "CB closing permission" - will close when there are no conditions to block the closing of the Capacitor Bank bay Circuit Breaker, i.e. all the following conditions should be fulfilled:

21.3.10.5.2.2.1. The Capacitor Bank bay Circuit Breaker is in "OPEN" position for at least 300 seconds

21.3.10.5.2.2.2. The MV busbar voltage is NOT above the Capacitor Bank MVCPU overvoltage function upper limit or below the under-voltage function lower limit

21.3.10.5.2.2.3. Input "Lock-Out Trip Indication" is not activated. See Appendix D1 Figure No. 3 Capacitor Bank CB Close permission


ITEM 11 – FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES

512B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

22.1. MANUFACTURER


22.2. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED

22.2.1. General Requirements

22.2.1.1. Fire detection system in each container of the mobile substation

22.2.1.2. Fire detection by smoke detectors in an explosive region in the batteries cabin

22.2.1.3. Fire detection shall be installed in electricity cabinets in which the infeed is 63A and more

22.2.1.4. Fire detection and fire extinguishing by FM200 gas in electricity cabinets with infeed that exceeds 100A.

22.2.1.5. The electrical power to electricity cabinets (that are not vital) with infeed that exceeds 63A shall be disconnected upon detection of fire

22.2.1.6. Operation and cut-off of the air-conditioning and smoke removal systems

22.2.1.7. Fire alarm control system with local and remote alarms shall be mounted in M.V. and L.V. kiosks



513B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

22.2.1.8. Automatic GSM dialer with operating frequency 850, 900, 1800, 1900MHz

22.2.1.9. Catalog and technical specifications for the entire equipment

22.2.1.10. Meeting the requirements of Israeli and international standards of the entire equipment

22.2.1.11. Qualification of quality assurance standard ISO 9001:2015 issued by a certified institution

22.2.1.12. Detailed drawings and plans of the fire detection and fire extinguishing systems at individual level (each item separately)

22.2.1.13. Detailed description of the communications setup among all the components of the system

22.2.1.14. The fire alarm system shall be one of the following approved manufactories or approved equivalent according to Israeli Standard 1220, Parts 1 to 11.

Hochiki Cerberus Simplex Telefire Shark

22.2.1.15. The control panel labels shall be in Hebrew

22.2.1.16. All the equipment, its installation, the inspections, the delivery and the certifications of designing, execution and maintenance shall be in accordance with the standards that are detailed below:

22.2.1.16.1. Israeli Standard 1220, Parts 1 to 11, the last versions and any other part that will be published until the delivery of the systems to the purchaser

22.2.1.16.2. NFPA-72/99 A, B, C, D, E, F – National Fire Protection Association

22.2.1.16.3. International standards: all the equipment shall be approved by the UL and FM international entities

22.2.1.16.4. EN 61000 – 2.4.8 – Endurance of Electromagnetic Interference



514B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

22.2.1.16.5. EN 50161 – Endurance of Radio Frequency Interference

22.2.1.16.6. NFA 70/99: "National Electric Code"

22.2.1.16.7. The Law of Electricity

22.2.1.16.8. Israeli Standard 5210 for aerosol

22.2.1.16.9. The cables shall be fire proof in accordance with IEE-383 Standard

22.2.1.16.10. The obligatory standard for the fire extinguishing systems by flooding with gas is NFPA 2001/100


ITEM 12 – SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM

515B -






REQUIRED OFFERED

23.1. MANUFACTURER


23.2. PROPERTIES

REQUIRED OFFERED


23.2.1.1. The security alarm system will cover the Mobile Substation and all around the station. The system is supposed to alert and display intrusion and location thereof

23.2.1.2. Probability of detection required from the intrusion system at least

98%

23.2.1.3. Percentage of false alarms will not change from summer to winter

23.2.1.4. The system will include a means of disabling against the following interference:

23.2.1.4.1. EMI (Electromagnetic Interference)

23.2.1.4.2. RFI (Radio Frequency Interference), lightning, etc

23.2.1.5. The system will keep working following the intrusion of small objects, birds, animals and so on

23.2.1.6. All the zones of the system will be monitored



516B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.2. System features

The system will perform the following operations:

23.2.2.1. Complete or partial operation based on control panel programming

23.2.2.2. Automatic operation

23.2.2.3. Manual operation

23.2.2.4. Full and ongoing control over all parts of the system and system integrity

23.2.2.5. User friendly programming and control

23.2.2.6. Adequate Inputs for 40 zones for external use.

23.2.2.7. Programmable dry contacts for operation different systems e.g. flashing lights and a CCTV system(future)

12 contacts

23.2.2.8. Automatic dialer will adhere to the requirements of the Israel Ministry of Communication)

23.2.2.9. Determining sequence of operations in advance

23.2.2.10. Intrusion Detections display on LCD and stored on log

23.2.2.11. Administrator and User Level protected by passwords

1 administrato

r and 10 users

23.2.2.12. Service code and Quick Start code

23.2.2.13. An indelible / nonvolatile memory when power fails, etc. (EEPROM)

23.2.2.14. Transfer of alarms to a remote location (by NO / NC contact and / or constant voltage or signal if required)



517B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.2.15. When 'disabling' the alarm system during system testing and other work at the station, the alarm system shall transmit an alert to the remote center.

23.2.2.16. Designed to work with addressed detectors (detector with address)

23.2.2.17. Connection to laptop computer including cable, software, plugs

23.2.2.18. Event history shall be saved by date and year 150 events

23.2.2.19. Siren oscillator with the option to speak in three languages (preferably Hebrew)

127 DB

23.2.3. The components of the security alarm system

23.2.3.1. Control panel

23.2.3.2. Magnetic door detectors

23.2.3.3. Alert sirens with red flashing light with rising and falling sound and intensity of 105 decibels An audio message will be sounded upon intrusion detection

105 DB measured at distance of one meter

23.2.3.4. Keypad with LCD screen

23.2.3.4.1. The system shall include 2 keypads with LCD screen. The primary Keypad shall be installed control cubicle in the control room.

23.2.3.4.2. The secondary keypad will be installed in a water proof protective metal box according to

IP65

23.2.3.4.3. The keypad will be used to perform all operations done from the control panel: program, disable, turn on the system, disable and re-enable zones and detectors, etc.

23.2.3.5. A Cellular modem transmitter will perform the remote transmission



518B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.3.6. Internal or external antenna to transmit signals to the IECo Security Center

23.2.3.7. Calling card

23.2.3.7.1. The contractor shall provide calling card authorized and approved by Bezeq Company

23.2.3.7.2. Message length that can be saved in the calling card (in addition to the four phone numbers) would include the name of the station and location of the intrusion and will inform on the intrusion, if possible

23.2.3.7.3. It also will be able to accumulate messages in the station area

23.2.3.8. The system will be connected to the 230VAC, 50 Hz station UPS distribution and will have 12 volt at least 17AH battery backup.

23.2.3.9. Cables

23.2.3.9.1. Cables installed outside the building will be with cross-section of at least 1.5mm²

23.2.3.9.2. Cables installed inside the building will be 1mm² and at least 0.5mm².

23.2.3.9.3. Cables with cross-section of 0.5mm² will be twisted

23.2.3.9.4. All cables will be shielded and fireproof

23.2.3.10. Control Cabinet and Alarm System

23.2.3.10.1. The control system will be installed in a steel control cubicle located in the control room. All cubicle shelves shall be metal.

23.2.3.10.2. The control cabinet will be equipped with a door and lock

23.2.3.10.3. All equipment will be installed inside the cabinet and not on the door



519B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.3.10.4. This cabinet should be approved before installation

23.2.3.10.4.1. The control panel and control cubicle labels shall be in Hebrew or English

23.2.3.10.4.2. The panel will contain memory for saving of operations and events related to the system with date and name of the operator

23.2.3.10.4.3. The panel input voltage 230 VAC

23.2.3.10.4.4. Operating voltage of the system: 12V DC. The system contains a fuse on the 12V side

23.2.3.10.4.5. The panel will contain four programmable auxiliary dry contacts for alarms, and will support voltage of up to (for customer usage)

230VAC/ 60VDC

2A

23.2.3.10.5. The panel will comply with the following requirements:

23.2.3.10.5.1. Shall display detection areas. It will be possible to expand the areas of detection

23.2.3.10.5.2. Transmit signals to operate the systems

23.2.3.10.5.3. Shall display detection in the area (audio visual) and / or display a particular detector's detection

23.2.3.10.5.4. Shall display fault in the area (audio visual) and / or in the detector

23.2.3.10.5.5. Shall contain system for areas cross-referencing

23.2.3.10.5.6. Shall signal an alert by activating an automatic dialer

23.2.3.10.5.7. Shall transmit an alarm signal to a horn / siren and blinker as defined



501B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.3.10.5.8. Shall test areas / detectors (TEST) also in the synoptic charts

23.2.3.10.5.9. Shall show indication if the detector is activated

23.2.3.10.5.10. Shall activate for each area an intrusion alarm LED and fault alarm LED

23.2.3.10.5.11. Shall verify continuously and regularly the state of detectors sensitivity

23.2.3.10.5.12. In case of disconnection, short, pulling out detectors, battery voltage drop and batteries not charged as required, audible fault alarm Shall be activated in the control panel and by horns. The alert will be transmitted to the IECo Security Center

23.2.3.10.5.13. Visually alerts when detector is removed from its base for maintenance or repair and in case of malfunction

23.2.3.10.5.14. Alerts when system is disabled during maintenance

23.2.3.10.5.15. Disabling of detectors according to its address (if necessary for maintenance)

23.2.3.10.5.16. Shall activate internal buzzer for alarm in case of fault and alert

23.2.3.10.6. System Testing (Test Mode):

23.2.3.10.6.1. In this mode, the siren will be disabled from the control panel.

23.2.3.10.6.2. The system will RESET within few seconds after activating each detector.

23.2.3.10.6.3. The control panel will be equipped with system LEDs testing (LAMP - TEST)

23.2.3.10.6.4. Changing to the TEST mode will not affect the reception of alarms and / or other detectors



500B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.3.10.7. The control panel will include operating unit by keypad and it will be possible to program detection zones or disable them

23.2.3.10.8. Each area will have a switch to disable the area, regardless of the rest of the areas, or the detectors

23.2.3.10.9. The panel will be protected against sabotage and tampering

23.2.3.10.10. Near the panel, digital auto dialer will be installed which will be capable to transmit a message to 4 addresses or to communication card in the switchboard. The Israel Ministry of Communications should approve the dialer

23.2.3.10.11. All alerts will be audiovisual, and will transmitted using a calling card to 4 phone numbers. The first number will be of the regional center and additional 3 according to the customer's decision. The panel will include the option of transmitting alarms by pulses. Operating voltage of the coil will be 12 volts

23.2.3.10.12. Auxiliary relay will be installed on the panel and will remain always connected to the input voltage (230 VAC) of the system. Lack of AC supply will cause the auxiliary contact of the relay to close and to send a fault alarm. The dry auxiliary contacts will work on 60VDC, 2A

23.2.3.10.13. Control Cubicle would be of protection type IP30 and with louvers for natural ventilation

23.2.3.10.14. Wiring will be as required by N.F.P.A., standards 72E & 70

23.2.3.10.15. Emergency batteries will be installed with 12 VDC and automatic charger in Control Cubicle,



502B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.3.10.16. The batteries will be charged from the network using a battery charging equipment. The switch from the network to the batteries and back will be automatic. The charging equipment shall be capable of charging an empty battery within 24 hours. Charging fault will cause malfunction alert

23.2.3.10.17. Batteries capacity will be for 48 hours of current shutdown. The batteries will be of dry-type, nickel-cadmium or jelly. The batteries will be able to supply the required current for alarming for an additional hour after the completion of 48 hours

23.2.3.10.18. The control panel will be connected to the existing UPS located in the Mobile Substation

23.2.3.10.19. The batteries quality will prevent any damage to the panel

23.2.4. Detectors requirements

23.2.4.1. The detectors will be approved by the Standards Institution of Israel and by Israeli Standard No. 1337, or other similar institutes abroad (U.L. F.M. V.D.S. B.S. etc.)

23.2.4.2. The detectors types will be PIR, IR beam, magnetic and microwave

23.2.4.3. The detectors will have the possibility of installation on plaster

23.2.4.4. The detectors will be delivered with their bases and all the other parts for their installation, connection and operation, as required by the device manufacturer

23.2.4.5. All detectors will be connected firmly to the designated walls or ceilings using supports or other means



503B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.4.6. All parts of the system shall be approved by the U.L., VDS, BS or any other institution approved by the customer. These certifications will be submitted to the customer during the bidding

23.2.4.7. The detectors will be numbered. The numbering will be on the detectors base so that one can identify the detector and read the number while standing on floor. This number will be the same as the number that appears on the control panel

23.2.4.8. The detector will include LED indicator that blinks during the operation of the detector

23.2.4.9. Detectors base will be installed to withstand pushing, pulling or rotation

23.2.4.10. The detectors will be protected against environmental conditions such as moisture, dust, soot etc.

23.2.4.11. All detectors will have address to work with the control panel using address units

23.2.4.12. Types of detectors

23.2.4.12.1.1. Door limit switch (Magnet)

23.2.4.12.1.2. Electric magnet made of two parts

23.2.4.12.1.3. It is mounted on the side of the door opening and connected by wire to the control panel

23.2.4.12.1.4. During normal operation, opening of the magnet will activate the alarm system

23.2.4.12.1.5. It will be a magnetic switch for current of 2A at least

23.2.5. Operation mode of the security alarm system

23.2.5.1. The alarm system shall be divided into areas. In each area, a door limit switch (Magnet) shall be installed



504B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.5.2. Upon detection of intrusion in the protected area, the detector will be activated and will transmit alarm to the control panel:

23.2.5.2.1. Red alarm light "intrusion" in the panel will illuminate

23.2.5.2.2. Siren alarm in the panel will be activated

23.2.5.2.3. The alarm siren in the detection area will be activated

23.2.5.2.4. The alarm will be sent using the auto-dialer to the determined IECo security center

23.2.5.3. If one or more detectors switched to an alarm mode, and turn on the system, this action will not affect other areas. This in case of intrusion detection in number of different areas at the same time

23.2.5.4. In case of detector activation due to a failure, the following will be activated in the intrusion detection system:

23.2.5.4.1. Malfunction warning light on the control panel

23.2.5.4.2. Malfunction buzzer in the control panel

23.2.5.4.3. Activation of the automatic dialer to inform the control center about the problem

23.2.5.4.4. The fault will be transferred via a wireless transmitter to the regional center of the Security Department

23.2.5.4.5. Option of remote fault transmission in a way determined by the customer (contact changer or other)

23.2.5.4.6. The system will ensure that removal of detector from base for repairs or maintenance will not disable the rest of the detectors and appropriate alarm will be displayed in the control panel about the removal of the detector



505B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

23.2.6. Security alarm system equipment list

23.2.6.1. Control panel with addresses and 40 zones as described in the bill of materials for the security alarm system. Including emergency batteries, automatic charger and power supply. Digital keypad unit, auxiliary contacts and all functionalities required for the correct operation of the system (to work with addressable detectors) includes a display in Hebrew includes communication card for connection to TCP/IP network

Rokonet. PROSYS 128

or equivalent

23.2.6.2. Digital keypad unit with buttons to operate the system from remote, installed in a cabinet described below

Rokonet RP128KCL01

LA or equivalent

23.2.6.3. Power supply unit and transformer for offered security alarm system

Rokonet RP296EPS or equivalent

23.2.6.4. Address unit for the detector and the control panel made

Rokonet RP296EZ08

or equivalent

23.2.6.5. Tamper proof limit switch for protection of doors and air conditioners – by 2A magnet

Central 2505 model

or equivalent

23.2.6.6. Cellular modem unit Rokonet

RP128GSXM00A or

equivalent

23.2.6.7. Dialer + Audio message unit Rokonet

RP128EV00ILA or

equivalent

23.2.6.8. Siren including an audio-visual alarm with power of 105 DB. Water proof

Rokonet / PROSOUND

or equivalent


ITEM 13 – CABLES

506B -






24.1. PRPERTIES OF M.V. CABLES

REQUIRED OFFERED



24.1.1.2. Type designation of flexible cable

24.1.1.2.1. Cables should include a RF Shield that can be earthed to a RF ground before the transformer secondary bushing, the MV Switchgear and capacitor bank conductors, see Appendix Y1 clause 2 & 4 & 5

24.1.1.2.2. Item 13.1 - Cables connection between power transformer and MV transformer bay

24.1.1.2.3. Item 13.2 - Cables connection between outgoing line bay and capacitors bank

24.1.1.2.4. Item 13.3 - Cable connection between neutral point of power transformer bay and neutral earthing switchgear

24.1.1.2.5. Item 13.4 - Cable connection between neutral earthing switchgear and Petersen coil

24.1.1.2.6. Item 13.5 - Cable connection between Petersen coil and earthing of substation.

24.1.1.2.7. Item 13.6 - Cable connection between neutral earthing switchgear and earthing of substation.

24.1.1.3. Type designation/number of outdoor termination:

24.1.1.3.1. For Item 13.1 outdoor termination at one end (transformer side) and plug in the other end (MV GIS side)


ITEM 13 – CABLES

507B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.1.1.3.2. For Item 13.2 plug in termination at one end and plug in the other end

24.1.1.3.3. For Item 13.3 outdoor termination at one end and plug in the other end

24.1.1.3.4. For Item 13.4 plug in termination at one end and outdoor the other end

24.1.1.3.5. For Item 13.5 outdoor termination at one end and outdoor the other end

24.1.1.3.6. For Item 13.6 plug in termination at one end and outdoor the other end

24.1.1.4. The cables shall be made by EPR flexible single core cables with cooper conductors according to

IEC 60840

24.1.1.5. Cables shall be mounted (rolled) on motorized reels (see sub-clause 18.3) when the mobile substation is not in operation except for transport they shall be unrolled and connected to 36kV side of power transformer on the second semitrailer

24.1.1.6. Cables Item 13.2 shall have the possibility to be connected anyone of outgoing line bay

24.1.1.7. The cables shall be able to withstand often repeated bending in all directions, as well as rolling and unrolling in accordance with possible operating conditions of the mobile substation. No damage shall occur to the cables or any part thereof as a result of such operating conditions

24.1.1.8. The cable shall be supplied with all necessary accessories including terminations at both ends as follows:

24.1.1.8.1. Cable connection for Item 13.1 between power transformer and 36kV transformer bay:

24.1.1.8.1.1. Outdoor termination mounted on supporting structure close to the transformer as far as applicable according to

IEC 60840

24.1.1.8.1.2. Plug in terminations in transformer bay


ITEM 13 – CABLES

508B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.1.1.8.2. Cable connection for Item 13.2 between outgoing line bay and capacitor bank:

24.1.1.8.2.1. Plug in terminations

24.1.1.8.3. Fire hazard shall be taken into account in establishing cable and termination type

24.1.1.8.4. All details concerning cable stresses, mounting, routing, curvature radius, type of termination etc. shall be arranged by cooperation cables manufacturer and Contractor's designer of mobile substation. Such cooperation shall also include performing together factory tests and on site tests, defining fields of responsibilities for all work executed under coordination agreements between the two parties and all other necessary activities for carrying out the connection

24.1.1.8.5. Cooperation between cables manufacturer and 36kV switchgear manufacturer is also necessary to ensure suitable and safe plug in terminations in all bays

24.1.2. Reels Requirements


24.1.2.2. Type designation of reel for cables

24.1.2.3. Stand-type reel with two flanges and one shaft

24.1.2.4. Four (4) bearing mounting reels independent and motorized

24.1.2.5. Each motorized driven shall be provided with:

24.1.2.5.1. Electrical motor sealed IP55, 4 poles (1450rpm) 2200W 400V A.C. 50Hz

24.1.2.5.2. Worm reduction unit

24.1.2.5.3. Chain type final drive


ITEM 13 – CABLES

509B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.1.2.5.4. Crank for manual operation

24.1.2.6. Each reel shall be divided into three (3) sections to accept three (3) cables

24.1.2.7. Each section shall also be fitted with niche housing and fastening the cable ends. The cable termination shall be fixed during transportation on semitrailer's floor

24.1.2.8. The shoulders shall be obtained from iron sections lined with hot galvanized plates

24.1.2.9. The reel shall be shaped from hot galvanized plain plates

24.1.2.10. The main shaft shall made of carbon steel

24.1.2.11. Stand type holding unit shall be made of hot galvanized iron section, fitted with fastening holes, diameter 20 [mm]

24.1.2.12. Bolts and nuts shall be according to our requirements under sub-clause ‎10.1.4

24.1.2.13. The units shall be delivered already tested

24.1.2.14. The reel shall be covered during transport and storage

24.1.2.15. Each motorized reel shall be completed of rotating limit switch that automatically signals when the drum is empty and when it is full load it switches off the relative motor

24.1.2.16. A sealed control electric panel of 4 motors and relative limit switches shall be provided

24.1.2.17. Each motor shall be independent controlled possibility of winding and unwinding

24.1.2.18. Overall dimensions for each motor

24.1.3. Ratings


ITEM 13 – CABLES

521B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.1.3.1. Cables shall be designed for continuous operation in air with rated loading at least as follows:

24.1.3.1.1. Item 13.1 [A] 1250

24.1.3.1.2. Item 13.2 [A] 630

24.1.3.1.3. Item 13.3 [A] 400

24.1.3.1.4. Item 13.4 [A] 400

24.1.3.1.5. Item 13.5 [A] 400

24.1.3.1.6. Item 13.6 [A] 400

24.1.3.2. Rated short time withstand current [kA/s] 16/3

24.1.3.3. Rated peak withstand current [A] 50

24.1.3.4. Lightning impulse withstand voltage between conductor and screen as well as between terminations and earth, not less than [kV]

170

24.1.3.5. Power frequency withstand voltage between each conductor and screen or sheet for which cables and accessories including termination are designed [kV]

70

24.1.3.6. Power frequency withstand voltage between two conductors for which cables and accessories including termination are designed [kV]

24.1.3.7. Maximum power frequency withstand voltage between any two conductors for which cables and accessories including termination are designed [kV]

24.2. Design and Construction

24.2.1.1. Cables and accessories including terminations shall be designed for environmental condition as specified under sub-clause ‎10.1

24.2.1.2. Maximum temperature of conductor at normal operation shall be [˚C]

90


ITEM 13 – CABLES

520B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.2.1.3. Maximum temperature of conductor at short circuit (3 sec) shall be [˚C]

250

24.2.1.4. Maximum temperature of conductor under emergency conditions shall be 130 [˚C] for 8 [hours] continuously. The total conditions shall not exceed 100 [hours] per year

24.2.1.5. Cable conductors shall be of tinned annealed cooper according to

IEC 60228 class 5

24.2.1.6. Cable insulation shall be EPR compound or equivalent

24.2.1.7. The metallic screen to be applied over the nonmetallic semi-conducting insulation screen, shall consist of tinned annealed copper braiding or wired wound helically around the core

24.2.1.8. The cable outer sheet shall consist of poly-chloroprene or equivalent and shall be highly flexible and withstand high ambient temperature, direct exposure to sunrays, prolonged immersion in seawater and shall be of heat resistance and flame retardant type

24.2.1.9. The color of outer sheet shall be black

24.2.1.10. Maximum thickness of semi-conductor layer over the conductor :

24.2.1.10.1. Item 13.1 [mm] 0.6

24.2.1.10.2. Item 13.2 [mm] 0.6

24.2.1.10.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.10.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.11. Maximum thickness of semi-conductor layer over the insulation :

24.2.1.11.1. Item 13.1 [mm] 0.6

24.2.1.11.2. Item 13.2 [mm] 0.6


ITEM 13 – CABLES

522B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.2.1.11.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.11.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.12. Nominal thickness of the insulation:

24.2.1.12.1. Item 13.1 [mm] 10.5

24.2.1.12.2. Item 13.2 [mm] 10.5

24.2.1.12.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.12.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.13. Minimum diameter of each wire of the screen:

24.2.1.13.1. Item 13.1 [mm] 0.5

24.2.1.13.2. Item 13.2 [mm] 0.5

24.2.1.13.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.13.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.14. Total cross section of metallic screen:

24.2.1.14.1. Item 13.1 [mm2] 25

24.2.1.14.2. Item 13.2 [mm2] 25

24.2.1.14.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm2]

24.2.1.14.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm2]

24.2.1.15. Outdoor termination creepage distance, not less than:

24.2.1.15.1. Item 13.1 [mm] 000

24.2.1.15.2. Item 13.2 [mm] 000

24.2.1.15.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.15.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]


ITEM 13 – CABLES

523B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.2.1.16. Cross section conductor and screen:

24.2.1.16.1. Item 13.1 [mm2]

24.2.1.16.2. Item 13.2 [mm2]

24.2.1.16.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm2]

24.2.1.16.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm2]

24.2.1.17. Cable outer diameter:

24.2.1.17.1. Item 13.1 [mm]

24.2.1.17.2. Item 13.2 [mm]

24.2.1.17.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.17.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.18. Permissible bending radius:

24.2.1.18.1. Item 13.1 [mm]

24.2.1.18.2. Item 13.2 [mm]

24.2.1.18.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [mm]

24.2.1.18.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [mm]

24.2.1.19. One phase route of each item of cable shall be:

24.2.1.19.1. Item 13.1 [m] 30

24.2.1.19.2. Item 13.2 [m] 30

24.2.1.19.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [m]

24.2.1.19.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [m]

24.2.1.20. Net weight of cable shall be:

24.2.1.20.1. Item 13.1 [kg/m]


ITEM 13 – CABLES

524B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.2.1.20.2. Item 13.2 [kg/m]

24.2.1.20.3. Item 13.3 and Item 13.4 [kg/m]

24.2.1.20.4. Item 13.5 and Item 13.6 [kg/m]

24.2.1.21. Expected cable life span [years]

24.2.2. Marking

24.2.2.1. Throughout the whole cable length, at a distances not exceeding 50cm, the following marks shall be embossed:

24.2.2.1.1. Manufacturer's name and trademark

24.2.2.1.2. Cable identification marks

24.2.2.1.3. Year of production

24.2.2.1.4. "Property of ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPRATION LTD."

24.2.3. Packing

24.2.3.1. The cables shall be furnished ready mounted on semitrailer

24.2.3.2. The following information shall be supplied on a printed tag firmly attached to each cable

24.2.3.2.1. Manufacturer's name

24.2.3.2.2. I.E.Co. order number

24.2.3.2.3. Manufacturing date

24.2.3.2.4. Cable title

24.2.3.2.5. Cable length

24.2.3.2.6. Gross weight

24.2.3.2.7. Cable standard/specification


ITEM 13 – CABLES

525B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.3. Tests

24.3.1. General requirements for tests under sub-

clause ‎10.1 shall be met

24.3.2. Electrical and mechanical tests on cable and terminations shall be done at both ends according to

IEC 60840

24.3.3. Type tests and all other manufacturer's test reports shall be supplies with tender for proposed cables. Non IEC tests should be listed with short description

24.3.4. Routine tests and special tests shall be performed without extra price.

24.3.5. A list of cables indicating type denomination, number of conductor cross section, length, destination at both ends, utilization (measuring, line protection, transformer protection, etc.) shall be supplied

24.3.6. A drawing indicating cable routing with cables

referred to the list under sub-clause ‎24.3.5

24.4. PRPERTIES OF H.V. 170KV CABLES

REQUIRED OFFERED


24.4.1.1. XLPE insulated single core cables with copper conductors and their terminations between GIS and transformer will be supplied by manufacturer

24.4.1.2. The supplied 161 kV cable shall consist of all the principal layers (such as swelling tape, bitumen, semi-conductive layers, anti-corrosive material etc.), provided that the construction will include all necessary measures against corrosion, water ingression, etc.

24.4.1.3. The cables shall be applicable according to IEC 60840 & IEC 60228


ITEM 13 – CABLES

526B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.4.1.4. The cables shall be able to withstand often repeated bending in all directions in accordance with possible operating conditions of the mobile substation. No damage shall occur to cables or any part thereof as a result of such operating conditions


24.4.1.6. Type designation of:

24.4.1.6.1. 161kV power cable

24.4.1.6.2. Outdoor termination to 170kV GIS

24.4.1.6.3. Outdoor plug in termination to power transformer

24.4.1.7. Fire hazard shall be taken into account in establishing cable and terminations type

24.4.1.8. Cooperation between cable manufacturer and 170kV switchgear manufacturer Is also necessary to ensure suitable and safe plug In terminations

24.4.1.9. All details concerning cable stresses, mounting, routing, curvature radius, type of terminations, etc. shall be arranged by cooperation between cable manufacturer and Contractor’s designer of the mobile substation

24.4.1.10. The cables should be supplied with all necessary accessories including termination at both ends

24.4.2. Ratings (Cables and terminations):

24.4.2.1. continuous operation current in air with a rated loading (A)

450

24.4.2.2. Rated short time withstand current (kA/sec) 50/0.5

24.4.2.3. Rated peak withstand current (A) 125


ITEM 13 – CABLES

527B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.4.2.4. Peak value of lightning impulse voltage between conductor and screen, as well as between terminations and earth, not less than (kV peak)

750

24.4.2.5. Rated r.m.s. power frequency voltage between each conductor and screen or sheath for which cables and accessories, including terminations, are designed (kV)

24.4.2.6. Rated r.m.s. power frequency voltage between any two conductors for which cables and accessories, including termination, are designed (kV)

24.4.2.7. Maximum r.m.s. power frequency voltage between any two conductors for which cables and accessories, including termination, are designed (kV)

24.4.3. Design and construction:

24.4.3.1. Cables and accessories, including terminations, shall be designed for environmental conditions as specified under sub-clause ‎10.1

24.4.3.2. Maximum rated conductor temperature in normal operation shall be [˚C]

90

24.4.3.3. Maximum rated conductor temperature in case of short circuit (3 sec) shall be [˚C]

250

24.4.3.4. Maximum conductor temperature under emergency conditions (shall not exceed 1000 hours during the service life of the cable)

105

24.4.3.5. Cable conductors shall be of stranded compacted high quality electrolytic copper according to IEC 60228

24.4.3.6. The insulation shall be one layer extruded cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE).

24.4.3.7. The semiconducting both inner and outer layers shall be continuous and have a nominal thickness of 5% of the average thickness of the insulation (each layer).


ITEM 13 – CABLES

528B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.4.3.7.1. The ratio between maximum and minimum thickness measured in each layer, shall not exceed 2.

24.4.3.7.2. The outer semi- conducting layer shall be non-peelable.

24.4.3.7.3. The electric resistivity both before and after ageing of the layers at temperature shall not

exceed: 1000 m (for the conductor screen)

& 500 m (for the insulation screen).

24.4.3.8. The cross section of the metallic screen over the insulation semi-conducting layer shall be calculated to withstand the short-circuit current given in sub-clause ‎24.4.2.2

24.4.3.9. The outer protective jacket shall be an extruded layer of black HDPE ST - 7 According to IEC 60840.

24.4.3.10. Cross section of conductor (mm2)

24.4.3.11. Cable outer diameter (mm)

24.4.3.12. Net weight of cable (kg/m)

24.4.3.13. Expected cable life span (years)

24.4.3.14. The cable's accessories (the inner termination of an inlet type into switch-gear and the outdoor termination for connecting the cables to the transformers ‎( should be supplied by manufacturer:

24.4.3.14.1. All the accessories shall be prefabricated and pre-tested.

24.4.3.14.2. The accessories shall incorporate countermeasure against vibrations and earthquakes.

24.4.3.14.3. Mechanical loads

24.4.3.14.3.1. Specific mechanical load (SML) [N]


ITEM 13 – CABLES

529B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.4.3.14.3.2. Max. mechanical load (MML) [N]

24.4.3.14.3.3. Damaged limit [N]

24.4.3.14.4. Creepage distance of terminations not less than

31kV/mm

24.4.3.14.5. Testing of the Terminations shall be in accordance with IEC 60840

24.4.4. Marking:

24.4.4.1. Throughout the whole cable length, at distances not exceeding 50cm, the following marks shall be indelibly marked, preferably embossed

24.4.4.1.1. Manufacturer’s name or trademark

24.4.4.1.2. Year of production

24.4.4.1.3. “Property of ISRAEL ELECTRIC CORPORATION LTD”

24.4.4.2. The cable shall be furnished ready mounted on semitrailer

24.4.4.3. The following information shall be supplied printed on a tag firmly attached to each cable

24.4.4.3.1. Manufacturer’s name

24.4.4.3.2. IECo order No

24.4.4.3.3. Manufacturing date

24.4.4.3.4. 161kV, diameter (mm2), Copper

24.4.4.3.5. length

24.4.4.3.6. weight

24.4.4.3.7. standard/specification

24.4.5. Tests:


ITEM 13 – CABLES

531B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

24.4.5.1. Electrical and mechanical tests on cable and cable terminations (type tests and routine tests) shall comply at least with IEC provisions, as far as applicable

24.4.5.2. The tests shall also include the tests according to manufacturer’s or other standards and which are usually performed by Manufacturer on proposed type of cable

24.4.5.3. Type test and all other Manufacturer test reports shall be supplied with tender for proposed type of cable Non IEC tests should be listed with a short description

24.4.5.4. In case of contract, the routine, special, acceptance and sample tests shall be performed without extra price

24.4.6. Documents

24.4.6.1. Description and drawings of 161kV cable and terminations should be supplied


ITEM 14 – EARTHING

530B -

25. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTHING - ITEM 14






REQUIRED OFFERED

25.1.1. The earthing shall include all the metallic parts of the switchgear, power transformer and Petersen Coil which are normally not energized (enclosure, supports, bases, pipes, doors, windows, heaters, etc)

25.1.2. All relevant parts of the electrical circuits shall be earthed and connected to a common earth on each semitrailer, which will be Contractor’s responsibility

25.1.3. The common earth for earthing conductors of 170kV and 36kV SF6 switchgear, power transformer, Petersen Coil, cubicles, etc. will be connected to the substation earth, which will be Purchaser’s responsibility

25.1.4. Ground pads shall be provided along general earth conductor of mobile substation for connection to Purchaser’s earthing system:

25.1.5. All necessary ground pads for earthing the mobile substation equipment and trailers shall be provided by Contractor

25.1.6. The ground pads shall be copper faced

25.1.7. The continuity of the earthing circuits shall be ensured taking into account the thermal and electrical stresses caused by the current they may have to carry

25.1.8. All ground connections, including ground pads, shall be rated for the 3 sec and 50kA short circuit current

25.1.9. The earthing system shall be designed to permit an easy access on the semitrailer

25.1.10. The earthing system scheme of the mobile substation shall be proposed by the Contractor with the proposal


ITEM 14 – EARTHING

532B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

25.1.11. Portable devices for earthing shall be provided by Contractor

25.1.12. The maximum potential difference between any point on the equipment and the nearest ground pad shall not exceed for the maximum design fault current, the value of 60V

25.1.13. Manufacturer is required to supply his recommendations for steps to be taken before mobile substation operation to ensure safety for personnel

25.1.14. Manufacturer shall indicate in his offer steps taken to mitigate transient ground rise effects on isolator operation

25.1.15. The Contractor shall provide ten (10) portable wheels, each with 2x15m, 95 mm2 of copper cables without insulation, to interconnect the copper bar installed around both semitrailers to grounding electrodes. Each cable shall be provided with connections on both ends

25.1.16. The grounding electrodes shall be provided by Purchaser

25.1.17. To assure safe service of the Mobile Substation in the open-field conditions, the Contractor shall provide a detailed design of Lightning Protection against direct strikes to the equipment. The design will be based on the IEC-62305-2006 and IEEE-998-2012 guidelines


ITEM 15 – SEMITRAILERS

533B -

26. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SEMITRAILERS - ITEM 15





REQUIRED OFFERED

26.1. General Requirements

26.1.1. The semitrailers shall be supplied according to Appendix TR-031

26.1.2. Bidder shall fill in the questionnaire in Appendix TR-031

26.2. On Semitrailer “A”

26.2.1. A protection net fence with a minimum height of 1400 mm on the entire width of semitrailer, with two doors and locking system, between 170kV G.I.S. and 170kV SF6-air bushings. Warning plates shall be mounted on the net

26.2.2. Pipe safety rails with a minimum height of 800mm (pipe of 1÷1.25 inch), around the semitrailer. Minimum two spaces shall be provided on the a.m. fence, for mounting and access on the semitrailer. The painting of the rails shall be performed with the same color like the semitrailer

26.2.3. A metallic ladder with a minimum width of 550 mm, for an easy mounting to the semitrailer platform

26.3. On Semitrailer “B”

26.3.1. Pipe safety rails with a minimum height of 800mm (pipe of 1÷1.25 inch), on the front side of the semitrailer. Spaces shall be provided on the a.m. fence, for mounting and access on the semitrailer

26.3.2. A metallic ladder with a minimum width of 550 mm, for mounting


ITEM 15 – SEMITRAILERS

534B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

26.3.3. A metallic mounting platform with railing and flight, with minimum width of 800 mm for easy access and work at 36kV G.I.S

26.3.4. Warning plates close to Low, Medium and High voltages


INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING

535B -

27. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING





REQUIRED OFFERED

All alt.

27.1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the commissioning of all equipment covered under his contract

27.2. The Contractor shall prepare and submit three (3) months prior to the start of commissioning, a detailed Commissioning Program including time schedule for approval by Purchaser

27.3. The Commissioning Program shall include indications for:

27.3.1. Commissioning inspection to detect faults which have occurred during transportation, storing or during assembly at its final location

27.3.2. Preparation for use and procedures to describe the activities required to prepare systems for testing and operation

27.3.3. Checking of rated data, connection, loading, etc. of the new equipment and necessary interface with the existing equipment supplied by others

27.3.4. Checking of indicating meters, relays, control and communications equipment and similar functions associated with the existing equipment

27.3.5. Checking of station auxiliaries associated with the new equipment as A.C. supply, batteries and chargers etc.

27.3.6. Testing as detailed in tests on site program, including the following:

27.3.6.1. The test objective

27.3.6.2. Test intent

27.3.6.3. Required performance data

27.3.6.4. Prerequisites

27.3.6.5. Sequence of activities



536B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

All alt.

27.3.6.6. Acceptance criteria

27.3.7. Putting the equipment into service

27.3.8. Final check

27.3.9. The critical limits of each criteria for which the equipment should be drawn out from service

27.4. Changes and modifications to the Commissioning Program will be accepted only after Purchaser's approval

27.5. Contractor shall provide during the commissioning, technical support, including drawings, documentation, special tools and all materials necessary for commissioning

27.6. Indicate if special equipment is required during commissioning

27.7. Commissioning results shall be witnessed by the Purchaser and documented on forms to be agreed upon by the Contractor. The record shall include other such as omissions or unsatisfactory test results

27.8. The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date record of all inspections and tests, which shall be handed over to the Purchaser at the completion of the site testing and commissioning

27.9. The Contractor shall be responsible for making available to Purchaser a minimum of 2 (two) complete sets of marked-up "as built" drawings before leaving the site. Contractor shall correct and reissue the original drawings as soon as possible

27.10. The Purchaser shall be responsible for connection and disconnection of the new equipment to and from system, including first energization of the new equipment, but with the advice and technical assistance of the Contractor (if required)

27.11. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying commissioning personnel with a good knowledge in all relevant operations prior and for commissioning and will be requested to submit a list giving name, experience and proposed duration on site (if required)

27.12. The Contractor shall be responsible for safety of personnel (where personnel ours or his own) involved in commissioning and shall take all possible precautions and be fully aware of the dangers involved in testing



537B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

All alt.

27.13. Contractor's personnel should also be insured against death, personal accident and health while in Israel and be covered by Employers Liability insurance applicable in their country of origin

27.14. Major failure or damage to equipment will require either its return to the factory or assignment of a special crew to carry out repairs

27.15. Minor failure as failures in metering, relaying control and communications equipment shall be repaired by commissioning personnel

27.16. All expensive in connection with damages and repairs, including updating of relevant documentation, as described above shall be paid by Contractor

27.17. The Contractor shall submit updates/corrections to software as required. Update modules shall be field tested and validated by Manufacturer


OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

538B -

28. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE





REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.1. SF6 Gas Insulated Switchgear

28.1.1. All electrical and mechanical installations, systems, mechanism devices, couplings contacts etc. shall be pre-adjusted and tested at the factory so that no such work is necessary in the field

28.1.2. Manufacturer shall send for supervision on erection a specialist with a good knowledge in all relevant operations prior to commissioning

28.1.3. Specify which individual part should be adjusted, regulated or tested in the field before and during assembling Indicate adjustment methods, tolerances, etc., for operations

28.1.4. Necessary maintenance work (please give details).

28.1.5. Time (in normal service conditions) between successive SF6 gas replacement [months]

28.1.6. Time (in normal service conditions) between successive checking of contacts of:

28.1.6.1. Circuit breakers [months]

28.1.6.2. Disconnectors [months]

28.1.6.3. Low speed earthing switches [months]

28.1.6.4. High speed earthing switches [months]

28.1.7. Checking of contacts:

28.1.7.1. Value of resistance of main circuit contacts for:

28.1.7.1.1. Circuit breakers (Ω)

28.1.7.1.2. Disconnectors (Ω)



539B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.1.7.1.3. Low speed earthing switches (Ω)

28.1.7.1.4. High speed earthing switches (Ω)

28.1.7.1.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) (Ω)

28.1.7.2. Value of resistance of main circuit contacts at which contact maintenance shall be performed for:

28.1.7.2.1. Circuit breakers (Ω)

28.1.7.2.2. Disconnectors (Ω)

28.1.7.2.3. Low speed earthing switches (Ω)

28.1.7.2.4. High speed earthing switches (Ω)

28.1.7.2.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) (Ω)

28.1.8. Time (in normal service conditions) between successive checking of operating mechanism of:

28.1.8.1. Circuit breakers [months]

28.1.8.2. Disconnectors [months]

28.1.8.3. Low speed earthing switches [months]

28.1.8.4. High speed earthing switches [months]

28.1.8.5. Combined disconnector (if applicable) [months]

28.1.9. Time between successive cleaning, painting and rust proofing of metal parts

28.1.10. Number of interruptions or cycles (CO) after which CB's contacts should be changed at following fault currents:

28.1.10.1. At 50 kA r.m.s.

28.1.10.2. At 40 kA r.m.s.

28.1.10.3. At 30 kA r.m.s.

28.1.10.4. At 20 kA r.m.s.



541B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.1.10.5. At 10 kA r.m.s.

28.1.10.6. At 5 kA r.m.s.

28.1.10.7. At 1.25 kA r.m.s.

28.1.11. Maximum permissible cumulative switching currents for checking of contacts (indicate the method of calculation)

28.1.12. Indicate when breaking chamber should be replaced

28.1.13. Number of makings on to short-circuit of high speed earthing switches after the contact should be inspected

28.1.14. Length of time under service conditions before an overhaul is required

28.1.15. Recommended maintenance works for silicon rubber bushings (please give details):

28.1.15.1. Intervals between checking's (years). Indicate the characteristics which will be checked and maximum permissible values.

28.1.15.2. Intervals between cleaning (years). Indicate also the method (automatic or manual)

28.1.15.3. Number of man-hours for checking and cleaning

28.1.16. Taking into consideration the washing method, indicate the reduction of hydrophobic properties during washing and ability to recover it after washing

28.1.17. Recommended resistivity of water in order to minimize the reducing withstand voltage during the washing

28.1.18. Recommended method to detect on site the defective insulators

28.1.19. Expected man-hours required for periodical inspection and maintenance (CB/others) (hours/hours)

28.1.20. Life duration of:

28.1.20.1. GIS equipment (years)



540B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.1.20.2. Silicon rubber bushings (years)

28.2. Power Transformer

28.2.1. All electrical and mechanical installations, systems, mechanism devices, couplings contacts etc. shall be pre-adjusted and tested at the factory so that no such work is necessary in the field

28.2.2. Specify which individual part should be adjusted, regulated or tested in the field before and during assembling

28.2.3. Indicate adjustment methods, tolerances, etc., for operations


28.2.5. Average sound pressure level of transformer energized at rated voltage and under no load

28.2.5.1. In the immediate vicinity of the transformer [dB]

28.2.5.2. At a distance of 50 m from the transformer [dB]


28.2.6. Average sound pressure level of transformer energized at rated voltage and under full load by measuring and calculation

28.2.6.1. In the immediate vicinity of the transformer [dB]



28.2.7. Time (in normal service conditions) between successive checking of:

28.2.7.1. Oil tightness [months]

28.2.7.2. Oil levels

28.2.7.3. Oil properties:

28.2.7.3.1. Breakdown strength



542B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.2.7.3.2. Dielectric losses (tan δ)

28.2.7.3.3. Neutralization number

28.2.7.3.4. Gas content in oil

28.2.7.4. Air vent

28.2.7.5. Valve position

28.2.7.6. Buchholz relay operation

28.2.7.7. Accessories operation

28.2.7.8. Insulation resistance and polarization index

28.2.7.9. Operating mechanism of on load tap changer

28.2.7.10. Active parts

28.2.8. Number of months between successive cleaning, painting and rust proofing of metal parts

28.2.9. Number of months between successive lubrication of fan bearing and drives

28.2.10. Number of months between successive cleaning of bushings and apparatus cubicle


28.2.12. Expected man-hours required for:

28.2.12.1. Periodical inspection [hours]

28.2.12.2. Periodical maintenance [hours]

28.2.13. The transformer shall be designed for live-washing (automatic and manual) taking into account service conditions described under sub-clause ‎10.1

28.3. Petersen Coil




543B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.3.2. Number of months between successive check

28.3.3. Number of months between successive cleaning of motor drive mechanism

28.3.4. Number of years between successive checking of moisture of the oil

28.3.5. Number of years between successive replacing of oil of gear


28.3.6.1. Periodical inspection [hours]

28.3.6.2. Periodical maintenance [hours]

28.3.7. The Petersen Coil shall be designed for live-washing (automatic and manual) taking into account service conditions described under sub-clause ‎10.1

28.4. Other equipment



28.4.2.1. Periodical inspection:

28.4.2.1.1. Surge arrester [hours]

28.4.2.1.2. 36kV post insulator [hours]

28.4.2.1.3. 36kV insulator with HRC fuses [hours]

28.4.2.1.4. 36kV cables [hours]

28.4.2.1.5. Protective relays [hours]

28.4.2.1.6. L.V. cubicles [hours]

28.4.2.1.7. D.C. Supply (Batteries and Chargers) [hours]

28.4.2.1.8. Capacitor Bank [hours]



544B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

170kV 36kV

28.4.2.2. Periodical maintenance:

28.4.2.2.1. Surge arrester [hours]

28.4.2.2.2. 36kV post insulator [hours]

28.4.2.2.3. 36kV insulator with HRC fuses [hours]

28.4.2.2.4. 36kV cables [hours]

28.4.2.2.5. Protective relays [hours]

28.4.2.2.6. L.V. cubicles [hours]

28.4.2.2.7. D.C. Supply (Batteries and Chargers) [hours]

28.4.2.2.8. Capacitor Bank [hours]

28.4.3. The equipment shall be mounted on two semitrailers in such a way that easy access for checking and maintenance work is ensured while observing all necessary clearances for safe operation


SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS

545B -

29. SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS





REQUIRED OFFERED

29.1. Manufacturer shall ensure spare parts for all supplied equipment for life duration

29.2. The manufacturer shall propose detailed list of spare parts and their storage conditions recommended for:

29.2.1. Commissioning

29.2.2. The first five (5) years operation

29.2.3. Long term operation -10 years

29.2.4. Long term operation - 20 years

29.3. The list of spare parts shall include for each item:

29.3.1. Item designation

29.3.2. Type

29.3.3. Recommended possible manufacturers

29.3.4. Catalogue data for separate order

29.3.5. Quantity

29.3.6. Price

29.3.7. If the supply is from stock or by manufacturing after order

29.3.8. Lead time before supply (including transport time to Israel)

29.3.9. Storage conditions

29.4. For items manufactured by a third party: vendor's spare parts lists will specify the name of the item's manufacturer and the manufacturer's part number

29.5. TOOLS


SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS

546B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

29.5.1. The manufacturer shall propose detailed list of tools and their storage conditions recommended for:

29.5.1.1. Installation

29.5.1.2. Commissioning

29.5.1.3. The first five (5) years operation

29.5.1.4. Long term operation -10 years

29.5.1.5. Long term operation - 20 years

29.5.2. The list of tools shall include for each item:

29.5.2.1. Item designation

29.5.2.2. Type

29.5.2.3. Recommended possible manufacturers

29.5.2.4. Catalogue data for separate order

29.5.2.5. Price

29.5.2.6. Storage conditions


NAMEPLATES AND MARKING

547B -

30. NAMEPLATES AND MARKING





REQUIRED OFFERED

30.1. General Requirements

30.1.1. The nameplates shall be written in English, with metric units, with all symbols in accordance with the latest IEC Recommendations

30.1.2. The nameplate material shall be no corrosive stainless steel and they shall be mounted with no corrosive type stainless steel screws, bolts or rivets. Mounting of the nameplates with adhesive is not acceptable.

30.1.3. The nameplate shall be engraved by laser

30.1.4. The nameplates shall be protected against UV radiation, and withstand the environmental condition described at sub-clause ‎10.1

30.1.5. Equipment nameplates shall contain the information required in this Specification for each type of equipment

30.1.6. Phases shall be identified with phase referencing

30.1.7. Each density/pressure monitor shall be provided with a label identifying the parameter it is reading

30.1.8. Each valve carries a label identifying its gas zone

30.1.9. The equipment nameplates may be mounted on the equipment itself, or only one nameplate may be provided for each type of equipment, mounted adjacent to the one line diagram nameplate. In this latter case, an identification symbol or number shall be written on each apparatus and nameplate for identification

30.1.10. The cubicles shall be provided with labels for cubicle destination as well as for all main cubicle components

30.1.11. All components/accessories shall carry plates with identification and characteristics



548B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

30.1.12. Cable connection (if applicable), the nameplate shall be according to IEC 62271-209 (2007)

30.1.13. All the nameplates shall be subject to Purchaser's approval

30.2. Power Transformer nameplate:

30.2.1. Nameplates shall be indelibly marked and provided according to the IEC 60076-1 cl. 8 including subcl. 8.3

30.2.2. In addition they shall include sound pressure level in full load and no load according to IEC-60076-10

30.3. Petersen Coil nameplate:

30.3.1. Nameplates shall be indelibly marked and provided according to the IEC 60076-6 subcl. 121.7

30.3.2. In addition they shall include sound pressure level in full load and no load according to IEC-60076-10

30.4. One line diagram nameplate on GIS:

The one line diagram plate shall be centrally located, not more than 1.80m above floor level and shall contain the following minimum information:

30.4.1. Legend and symbol table

30.4.2. Manufacturer's name or trademark and country of origin

30.4.3. Manufacturer's type designation

30.4.4. Manufacturer's serial number and year of manufacture

30.4.5. Rated voltage (maximum operating voltage)

30.4.6. Rated insulation level (lightning impulse withstand voltage, power frequency withstand voltage)

30.4.7. A listing of current ratings

30.4.8. Rated frequency



549B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

30.4.9. Rated short-time withstand currents and fault duration

30.4.10. Rated auxiliary voltage

30.4.11. Instruction book number

30.5. SF6 Gas system nameplate:

The gas system nameplate shall be mounted adjacent to the one line diagram name plate and shall contain the following minimum information including a schematic physical representation of the gas system:

30.5.1. Each gas compartment and each gas monitoring zone in the schematic physical representation

30.5.2. Each gas barrier insulator

30.5.3. Each gas bypass and fill point

30.5.4. Rated density/pressure for insulation and for operation, and reference temperature for the pressure

30.5.5. Alarm pressure/density for insulation and for operation

30.5.6. Minimum functional pressure/density for insulation and for operation

30.5.7. Volume of each gas compartment or gas monitoring zone

30.6. Circuit breaker nameplates:

Each circuit breaker shall be provided with a nameplate, of suitable material including the data, acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) cl. 5.10 and table 10 In addition the following data shall be included:

30.6.1. Year of manufacture

30.6.2. Rated frequency

30.6.3. Rated duration of short circuit

30.6.4. DC component of rated short circuit breaking current



551B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

30.6.5. First pole to clear factor

30.6.6. Rated out of phase breaking current

30.6.7. Mass of SF6

30.6.8. Classification (C2, M2)

30.6.9. Name and number of standards

30.6.10. Each operating mechanism shall be provided with a nameplate acc. to IEC 62271-100 (2012) table 10

30.6.11. In addition the following data shall be included:

30.6.11.1. Rated filling pressure for operation

30.6.11.2. Rated supply voltage of auxiliary circuits

30.7. Disconnectors and Earthing Switches nameplate:

Each Disconnectors, earthing switch and their operating devices shall be provided with a nameplate, acc. to IEC 62271-102 (2013) cl. 5.10 and Annex. B,C,E In addition the following data shall be included:

30.7.1. Name and number of standard (publication)

30.7.2. Rated duration of short-circuit

30.7.3. Bus transfer current making and breaking capability of Disconnectors

30.7.4. Class designation for induced currents switching capability of earthing switches

30.7.5. Class of mechanical endurance for Disconnectors

30.7.6. Class of electrical endurance for earthing switches

30.8. Current transformers nameplates:

All current transformers shall carry the markings specified in IEC 61869-2 (2012) cl.6.13.202 In addition the following data shall be included:



550B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

30.8.1. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding and its corresponding terminal markings


30.8.3. Extended current rating (%)

30.9. Voltage transformers nameplates:

All voltage transformers shall carry the markings specified in IEC 61869-3 (2011) cl.6.13.302.3 In addition the following data shall be included:

30.9.1. A diagram showing the use of each secondary winding and its corresponding terminal markings


30.10. Composite insulator nameplate:

Composite insulator nameplate acc. to IEC 60137 In addition the following data shall be included:

30.10.1. Rated (1 sec) short-time current

30.10.2. Creepage distance

30.10.3. Rated pressure and reference temperature for the pressure

30.10.4. Maximum mechanical load (MML)

30.11. Surge Arresters nameplates:

All Surge Arresters shall carry the markings specified in IEC 60099-4 (2014) subcl. 3.1 In addition the following data shall be included:

30.11.1. SF6 pressure for insulation at 20 C

30.11.2. Total leakage current at Uc

30.11.3. Energy capability

30.11.4. Name and number of standard



552B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

30.12. Capacitor Units:

30.12.1. All Capacitor Unit shall carry the markings specified in IEC 60871-1 clause 25, or according to IEEE 18-2002 clause 6.7

30.13. Capacitor Banks:

30.13.1. All Capacitor Bank shall carry the markings specified in IEC 60871-1 clause 26, or according to IEEE 18-2002 clause 6.7

30.14. L.V. Cubicles:

30.14.1. All L.V. Cubicles shall carry the markings specified in IEC 60439-1 clause 5 and also including the following data:

30.14.1.1. I.E.Co. Order number, Technical Specification number and year of manufacture

30.14.1.2. Electrical scheme with denomination of each relay and also components, on inner side of the door


PACKING AND DELIVERY

553B -

31. PACKING AND DELIVERY





REQUIRED OFFERED

31.1. With regard to the shipment and handling of all equipment to be provided by the Contractor to the Purchaser, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that shipment and handling shall be wholly in conformance with the relevant Tender's commercial annexures

31.2. In addition to the provisions of the relevant Tender's commercial annexures, Contractor shall package all shipment in such manner as required to prevent any damage to equipment during prolonged storage (2-3 years) and transportation under the climatic and environmental conditions described at sub-clause ‎10.1

31.3. Any components or accessories not included in the main shipment shall be shipped by Air Mail, by Air Express or by Air Freight at Contractor's expense. Such shipment shall be addressed to The Israel Electric Corporation Ltd. P.O. Box 10, Haifa, Israel

31.4. Each shipping container shall contain a packing list and in addition shall be clearly marked with the following information:

31.4.1. Descriptive names of the equipment or supplies contained

31.4.2. Quantity of each item packed in container

31.4.3. Serial numbers, if any, of the equipment contained

31.4.4. Contract number

31.4.5. Contractor's name and address (city and country)

31.4.6. Gross weight of container

31.4.7. Cubic volume of container

31.4.8. Complete destination marking



554B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

31.5. If Transformer/Petersen Coil will be shipped with oil over core and coil, the transformer shall be fitted with oil level shipping gauges

31.6. If the oil will be shipped separately, indicate weight [t]

31.7. Transformers/Petersen Coils shipped partly oil filled to Purchaser, shall be completed with gas under pressure.

31.7.1. Gas type shall be nitrogen or dry air

31.7.2. Gas pressure at 15˚C shall be ensured until oil completion at 5 [Psi]

31.7.3. Gas pressure shall be monitored continuously until refilling with oil

31.7.4. In case of gas leakage alternatively standby means shall be provided to restore immediately any loss of gas

31.8. Manufacturer shall take all necessary steps to prevent any oil leakage, both during transport to site and during operation. Such steps should include, for example: instructions for loading the equipment on trailer, instructions for ensuring protection of the equipment against inertial forces in all directions during transport, instructions for unloading, etc. as well as instructions for prevention of damage during installation, instructions for prevention of damage in operation with permanent vibrations caused by working conditions, and with wind loading under dynamic conditions, etc.

31.9. Bushing shall be delivered in Manufacturer original package, and bushing inner terminal shall be hermetically sealed. The package shall be provided with means of moisture monitoring for long term storage

31.10. During shipment, SF6 Switchgear shall be filled with gas according to Manufacturer's practice.

31.11. A maximum amount of shop assembly consistent with export shipping requirements is required in order to reduce field erection work. The equipment shall be factory assembled to ensure proper fit of all components and shall be disassembled to whatever extent is necessary for shipping. The extent of disassembly shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Purchaser



555B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

31.12. All components or accessories shipped dismantled for field mounting or field assembly shall be suitably tagged to show identification and service. Tags shall be exceptionally durable and securely tied to items by wire or other approved methods

31.13. The spare parts and special tools shall be packed separately

31.14. Contractor shall prepare a detailed tabulation of all field mounted items with at least the following information:

31.14.1. Item number, if designated in Proposal Documents,

31.14.2. Contractor's shop order number (if any),

31.14.3. Number of items,

31.14.4. Manufacturer and/or supplier, if other than Contractor,

31.14.5. Type or catalogue number, if listed,

31.14.6. Short description including maintenance prescriptions and full instructions for correct mounting,

31.14.7. Shipping date,

31.14.8. Shipping details

31.14.9. Total shipping weight [kg]

31.14.10. Total shipping volume [m3]

31.15. The main shipping components shall be provided with shock detectors in all directions, with minimum recorded shock acceleration level [g]

31.16. During transportation of the equipment on road, the expected accelerations, as a result of non-stationary vibrations and shocks, on the equipment transported may be:

31.16.1. Longitudinal acceleration: 2.0g

31.16.2. Transversal acceleration: 1.2g



556B -

REQUIRED OFFERED

31.16.3. Vertical acceleration: 1.2g

31.17. The Contractor will be required to undertake to arrange on behalf of the Purchaser and in consultation with and at the expense of the Purchaser for the shipment in due time of the equipment to be supplied hereunder, on a vessel suitably equipped for loading the said equipment at the port of origin, for carrying the same and for unloading same at port of destination in Israel, and the Contractor shall further be required to undertake to have the equipment properly stowed on the said vessel, at Contractor's expense


STORAGE AND HANDLING

557B -

32. STORAGE AND HANDLING





REQUIRED OFFERED

32.1. Contractor shall submit detailed storage instructions for the specially designated equipment and other items, which cannot be stored outdoors. Such information shall be available to the Purchaser in ample time to prepare the required facilities.

32.2. The Contractor shall consider that equipment may not be stored inside the Purchaser's warehouse before erection, it will be exposed for 2÷3 years to climatic and environmental conditions described in sub-clauses ‎10.1

32.3. Storage limit temperature:

32.3.1. Maximum +50 [C]

32.3.2. Minimum -5 [C]


NOTES

558B -

33. NOTES

33.1. Evaluation

33.1.1. The Bidder is requested to fill in the offered data in the Specification “Word” format file received on CD from I.E.Co. Supply & Stores Division

33.1.2. The Bidder Proposal containing the Technical Specification “Word” format file filled in with Manufacturer answers as well as all documents intended to complete the Bid shall be submitted at the Proposal submission term, in two different formats, as required in the Tender/inquiry documents

Hard copies Magnetic media copy on Compact Discs

33.1.3. Bidder’s offered data and parameters as well as answers or comments will be evaluated from technical point of view according to their compliance level. Every evaluated answer will be multiplied by its technical weight by using expert evaluation computer program

33.1.4. The technical weight of every sub clause is stated in the Evaluation Criteria document. The Evaluation Criteria document will be attached to the tender documents, and it is identical for every bidder

33.1.5. The computer program uses a pair-wise comparison technique based on statistical analysis to evaluate criteria importance and to rank proposals from technical point of view

33.1.6. The offered "equivalent" equipment, instead of the required figure shall pass the IECo. qualification and approval

33.1.7. The bidder's proposal, for this specification, will be almost certainly disqualified, whether the proposal clauses, indicated by the symbol ©, will not comply with the specification requirements

33.1.8. Furthermore IECo. (Israel Electric Cooperation) keeps the right to disqualify the bidder's proposal which will not meet the other technical requirements of this specification

33.1.9. For evaluation purposes the Bidder is requested to fill in, in the next paragraphs, the offered data and parameters against purchaser’s required values as well as in the absence thereof, in the free columns of the right hand side. A definite answer (yes or no) or appropriate comments shall be given to all other requirements

33.1.10. IECo. keeps the right to demand any clarification and/or technical documentation to demonstrate any answer of your offer


NOTES

559B -

33.2. Comments by Contractor on Annexure “B”


NOTES

561B -

33.3. Deviations from Requirements

Manufacturer is invited to describe or indicate deviations of the equipment and accessories from all requirements in this Specification. In case no deviations are mentioned it will be understood that Manufacturer’s offer entirely complies with all requirements in this Specification


NOTES

560B -

33.4. Conformity with Proposal Documents

33.4.1. Contractor hereby certifies he agrees to all provisions of the Proposal Documents unless exceptions are specifically and clearly listed in the proposal and identified as Exceptions

33.4.2. Contractor printed terms and conditions are not considered specific exceptions. Any exceptions which Contractor has taken are listed on sub-clause ‎33.3 aforementioned.

33.4.3. Contractor hereby certifies that he agree to all conditions of the cover letter of the Israel Electric Corporation Limited which accompanied the Proposal Documents

Signature of Contractor

Print name and the title of signing officer

Date of Proposal